Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

45th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2019

Program by Day for Saturday, May 25, 2019


 

Noteworthy Activity #11
Soldier Field 10 Mile Run
Saturday, May 25, 2019
6:00 AM–6:20 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments)

Join the Health, Sports & Fitness SIG for the Soldier Field 10-Mile Run on Saturday, May 25, 2019. The race starts at 7am at Soldier Field. Register at https://www.soldierfield10.com/. Packet pick-up is available the week leading up to the race and we may be able to arrange a group packet pick-up. On race day either meet-up with us in the lobby of the Hyatt Regency Chicago at 6am and we will 1) walk/jog over to the race, 2) uber over or 3) you can meet us at the start of the race at 6:45am. Let us know you’ll join us by RSVPing for the event on Facebook or email hsf.abai@gmail.com

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #12
PiYo
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Swissôtel, Third Floor, Bianco
Chair: Anna Brasfield (Florida State University)

PiYo is an athletic hybrid workout that combines the mind/body practices of yoga and Pilates with principles of strength training, conditioning and dynamic movement. PiYo is a fun and challenging class that will torch calories, build endurance, tone muscles, improve balance, and increase flexibility all in one high intensity/low impact workout. The class is great for beginners as well as elite athletes. It achieves this by offering variations, modifications and range of motions for every fitness level.

 
 
Special Event #13
CE Offered: BACB
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 AM–9:20 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom A-F
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
CE Instructor: Michael J. Dougher, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Kurt Salzinger: The Consummate Behaviorist in the Lab and at Home

Abstract:

This award will be accepted by Dr. Salzinger's wife, Deanna Chitayat.

 
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University)
 
Kurt Salzinger was born in Vienna, Austria in 1929; at 11 he fled the Nazis. Arriving in New York City in 1938, he attended the Bronx High School of Science, NYU, and Columbia University, where he received his Ph.D. in Psychology. As a committed behaviorist, Dr. Salzinger held positions at the New York State Psychiatric Institute, Poly- technic University, the National Science Foundation, the American Psychological Association (APA), and Hofstra University. He was President of the New York Academy of Sciences where he initiated dialog with the Soviet Academy of Sciences. He was Executive Director of Science at the APA, among other roles, as well as President of the Association of Behavior Analysis and the Eastern Psychological Association. He wrote 14 books and 200 journal articles, and his work continues to be cited widely.
 

SABA Award for Scientific Translation: The Translational Science of Health Behavior Change: A Recruitment Call For Scientists

Abstract:

The health problems that result from our own behavior will increasingly become among the most important challenges to health. For example, alarming increases are already being observed in addiction, obesity, and medication non-adherence. However, efforts to improve these conditions and disorders are hindered by the poor efficacy of most of our treatments. This lack of efficacy, I would argue, results from insufficient understanding of the controlling variables. This is a unique opportunity for those interested in basic science and the underlying theory to make important contributions as translational researchers. I will illustrate these unique opportunities with the application of behavioral economics to important health behaviors.

 
WARREN BICKEL (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech)
 

Dr. Warren Bickel joined the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute in 2011 and serves as Director of the Addiction Recovery Research Center and Co-Director of the Center for Transformative Research on Health Behaviors. In recognition of his extraordinary contributions to research and scholarship achievements, Dr. Bickel was recently awarded the Virginia Tech Carilion Behavioral Health Research Endowed Professorship. He has taught and led research programs at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine, the University of Vermont, and the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences.  NIH has funded Dr. Bickel’s work continuously since 1987. Dr. Bickel is an accomplished scholar and researcher whose accolades include receipt of the 2011 APA International Don Hake Translational Research Distinguished Contributions to Basic Research Award and the 2012 Brady-Schuster Award for Outstanding Behavioral Science Research in Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse, Division 28 of the American Psychological Association.  Dr. Bickel was honored to be the recipient of the 2016 Nathan B. Eddy Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence. Dr. Bickel was Editor of the journal, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, has co-edited five books, and has published over 400 papers and chapters. Dr. Bickel’s work is frequently cited and receives national and international recognition.

 

SABA Award for International Dissemination: Changing the World Through Behavior Analysis: An Exemplary Process of ABA Dissemination in Civil Society and among Governmental/Political Institutions

Abstract:

To make the exhortation "change the world with behavior analysis" a concrete reality, we need the behavior analyst figure to be known, well-estimated and respected by civil society and governmental institutions. At the beginning, we tried to get this approaching the insiders (especially psychologists and educators) to convince them of the goodness of our scientific and evidence-based approach, in order to increase the number of professionals.

Past failures. Unfortunately, to achieve this result we chose to act mainly in universities and public schools, through the publication and spread of experimental research articles and books addressed to psychologists and educators, not to mention all the presentations in congresses and conferences. In time this strategy turned out to be ineffective. In fact, in many countries still nowadays, despite thousands of debates and explanations, only few patients with special needs benefit from ABA treatments, as well as only few companies benefit from performance management, as well as only few hospitals benefit from behavior-based safety, and so on. To demonstrate this, in several countries still there is no law about, or in favor of, behavioral technologies.

A new successful strategy. Starting from the late ‘90s, a small group of ABA practitioners and scientists changed approach in order to get better results in the spread of behavior analysis. They chose to teach ABA to final users rather than to intermediaries (psychologists and educators) and so they started introducing ABA to new categories of professionals as dentists, managers, engineers, medical doctors and industrial safety consultants. The principles and methods of marketing were used to involve new professional categories and, in this way, always more users started to ask to the politicians for more behavior analysis.This unusual strategy demonstrated to be astonishingly better than the previous one. In recent years, in fact, politicians that used to be deaf to the effectiveness proofs brought about by behavior analysts started to care and to pay attention to the demands of professional categories (made by citizens and then voters). Many final users are now demanding for more ABA in their work environment. About this, a list of the actions required to replicate our experience will be presented.

The “ultimate strategy”. Even if the aforementioned marketing-of-a-science tactics are powerful, a faster and more comprehensive strategy it’s in place currently. Our present aim is to influence the state laws writing process in order to change the behaviors of all the stakeholders at the same time. State laws are in fact nothing but conditional statements that, specifying an antecedent, a behavior to be performed, and a consequence (usually a punishment for non-compliance), with the help of prominent judges and politicians could boost a national-level ABA capillary dissemination. Results of this last strategy application will be presented too.

 
FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A. - Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis)
 

Fabio Tosolin is the behavior analyst and consultant that since the ‘80s has been introducing, spreading and applying Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) principles both in Italy and Europe. In 1985, he founded his own consulting company, FT&A, that is specialized in Performance Management, Learning Technologies and Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS), for the last of which he’s also a referent of European level. His company counts hundreds of PM and B-BS processes implemented in plants and construction sites in Italy and around the world. He is currently professor of Human Factor in HSEQ Management at the Safety Engineering Master’s Degree course, Faculty of Industrial Processes, at Polytechnic of Milano and president of the Italian Associate Chapter of ABAI, made of both the oldest and largest Italian Behavior Analysis Scientific Societies (AARBA and AIAMC). Since 2003 he’s also chair of the European Scientific Conference on OBM, PM & B-BS, held by AARBA.

 

SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Oregon Research Institute

Abstract:

Founded in 1960, Oregon Research Institute (ORI) is a non-profit, independent, behavioral sciences research center with an international reputation as a leader in research to help people lead healthier lives. ORI scientists embody the belief that the solutions to many of society’s most pressing health and social issues lie in our ability to understand and influence human behavior. ORI researchers apply fundamental behavior analysis and behavior change principles to develop and scientifically evaluate evidence-based interventions to promote health and wellbeing and to prevent and/or treat important behavioral health problems. ORI’s research focuses on (a) promoting healthy child development through interventions to improve parenting skills in at-risk families, improve school environments and instructional practices, and improve peer environments in and outside of school; (b) promoting psychological health through interventions to prevent and treat depression and eating disorders; (c) promoting physical health through interventions to improve diet and exercise throughout the lifespan and to reduce obesity; (d) preventing and treating substance abuse, through interventions focused on nicotine, alcohol, opioids, marijuana, and other drugs, and (e) implementing and disseminating evidence-based behavioral interventions into real-world settings, such as schools, healthcare settings, service agencies, whole communities, and public policy. ORI is funded by research grants from the National Institutes of Health and Institute on Education Sciences, and has 43 scientists and 50 active research projects. ORI is committed to scientific freedom and scientific excellence and provides a collegial and supportive research community for early career scientists and seasoned researchers alike.

 
CAROL METZLER (Oregon Research Institute)
 

Carol Metzler, Ph.D., received her Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Oregon. Dr. Metzler is a Senior Scientist and the Science Director at Oregon Research Institute in Eugene, Oregon. As a scientist at ORI, she conducts research on parenting practices and child development, and evaluates the efficacy of family interventions for reducing or preventing behavior problems in children. She is particularly interested in research on promoting a public health framework for improving parenting practices and in evaluating the effects of delivering parenting information through non-clinical technology-based approaches. She is currently involved in projects to develop and evaluate technology-based approaches to providing parents of young children with parenting education and support, through video and the internet, and to integrate these parenting programs into pediatric primary care. In addition, Dr. Metzler is also engaged in efforts to summarize what is known about evidence-based programs for children and families and to investigate how these programs can be effectively moved into practice through better integration of science, practice, and policy. As Science Director at ORI, Dr. Metzler works to build awareness of the research done at ORI, build collaborative partnerships between ORI and other research and practice entities, recruit new scientists to ORI, and ensure that ORI continues to provide an optimally supportive environment for world-class behavioral research.

 
 
 
Paper Session #14
Examining Corruption
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:20 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Tete Kobla Agbota (Oslo and Akershus University of Applied Sciences)
 

Examining Corruption as Behavioural and Cultural Phenomena With Behaviour Analytic Concepts

Domain: Theory
TETE KOBLA AGBOTA (Oslo Metropolitan University), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University), Knut Boge (Oslo Metropolitan University)
 
Abstract:

Regardless of the enormous body of literature on corruption, some social scientists claim it lacks contingency analysis. The concept of contingency as used by behaviour analysts is the fulcrum of behavioural analysis. However, the skimming of available research reveals scarcity of behaviour analytic works on corruption. In this paper, we examine the behavioural processes accompanying corrupt practices during a public officer-citizen interface and the persistence of petty corruption in Ghana from a behaviour analytic perspective. Using three studies, the authors demonstrate how some conceptual tools of behaviour analysis can improve our understanding of corruption as behavioural and cultural phenomena. The explanatory models employed are advanced as alternatives to theories that attribute corruption to personality traits. Corruption characterised by non-linear behaviours, with complex sets of concurrent contingencies taking place in complex social environments, is examined with the technical construct metacontingency. Such an analysis enhances the principal-agent theory, which social scientists employ to examine corruption as social episodes. The construct of macrocontingency is posited as an alternative to the barrel of rotten apple theory. The authors call for basic behaviour research to help understand corruption, which is one of the critical social issues of the twenty-first century.

 
 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Strategies for Teaching Executive Function Skills to Children and Adolescents With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University)
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In cognitive and developmental psychology, executive function refers to repertoires related to goal-directed behavior such as attention, inhibition, working memory, flexibility, emotional self-regulation, problem solving, organization, planning, and time management; and skills deficits in these areas have been attributed to the frontal cortex of the brain. From a behavioral perspective, all executive functions involve behaviors which should be able to be strengthened using behavioral principles of learning. For example, according to Skinner, self-control involves two repertoires of behavior: (a) the controlled self, involving normal, ongoing behavior and (b) the controlling self, involving behavior one has learned to control normal behavior. Children with autism have been documented to display deficits in executive function skills. This symposium presents recent research related to teaching executive function skills to children and adolescents with autism. The first paper presents the effects of a treatment package on teaching planning skills. The second paper evaluates procedures for teaching adolescents with beginning time management skills, such as making, following, and adjusting their personal schedules. The final paper presents data investigating the effects of procedures for teaching problem-solving skills.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): executive function, planning, problem solving, time management
Target Audience:

BCBAs and other certified or licensed professionals

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify behavioral strategies for teaching planning skills to individuals with autism. 2. Attendees will be able to identify behavioral strategies for teaching time management skills to individuals with autism. 3. Attendees will be able to identify behavioral strategies for teaching problem solving skills to individuals with autism.
 

Addressing Executive Functioning Deficits: Teaching Planning Skills to Adolescents With Autism

VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), M. Fernanda Welsh (The ABRITE Organization), Sara O'Brien (The ABRITE Organization), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

It has been demonstrated that many individuals with autism present with significant deficits as it relates to various executive functioning skills. Difficulties with planning in particular have been well documented in the literature; however, little research exists seeking to remedy such deficits in the behavioral repertoire of learners with autism. With the use of a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design, the current paper examines the acquisition of planning skills with adolescents with autism. Participants with little to no planning abilities were taught to identify a desired outcome in relation to a given activity, the steps and materials needed to complete the given activity, his or her progress toward completion of the plan, and to subsequently complete the plan and specified activity across multiple exemplars. Results indicate the acquisition of planning skills by the participants and will be discussed in terms of the utility of the present procedures within research-practitioner settings. Suggestions for future research and interventions for individuals with autism will be provided.

 

Teaching Beginning Time Management Skills to Adolescents With Autism: Making, Following, and Adjusting Schedules

M. FERNANDA WELSH (The ABRITE Organization), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Randi Medeiros (The ABRITE Organization), Jesse Andrew Fullen (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

A dearth of research exists for teaching adolescents with autism to engage in beginning time management skills. This study used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of a treatment package consisting of multiple exemplar training, error correction, self-monitoring, and reinforcement for teaching adolescents with autism to make and follow schedules. Results from the first two participants demonstrated that they learned to make, adjust, and follow schedules. During posttraining, performance levels remained high even when various components of the treatment package were removed.

 

Bump Inspector: Teaching Problem-Solving Skills to Children With Autism

ERIN SILVERMAN (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effect of the “Bump Inspector” Treatment Package on conflict resolution skills in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, ages 6 and 7, were selected for this study due to prior reports of conflict resolution difficulty and deficits involving flexibility. For this study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to determine if the intervention increased conflict resolution skills and corresponding actions. Results from the one participant showed completed thus far show that the “Bump Inspector” Treatment Package increased conflict resolution skills in the participant. Findings from the social validity questionnaire revealed that parents of this participant saw clear increases in conflict resolution skills and corresponding action behaviors and that the child seemed to have more courage and independence in the scenarios requiring flexibility.

 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
The High-Probability Instructional Sequence: A Comparison of Procedural Variables
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Adam Carter (Brock University)
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence involves the presentation of high-p instructions followed by the presentation of a low-probability (low-p) instruction. Researchers have used this procedure to increase compliance across a variety of behaviours, including academic skills, social skills, medical tasks, and food acceptance. Given the broad applicability of this procedure, it is important to identify the procedural variables within the high-p instructional sequence that produce the most meaningful outcomes. The first presentation will compare 2 iterations of the high-p instructional sequence, high-p with a preferred food on a spoon and high-p with an empty spoon, to increase food consumption. The second presentation will (a) compare the effectiveness ofpraise versus edibles as the consequence for compliance with high-p instructions and (b) determine if the number of high-p instructions can be faded from 3 to fewer instructions. Both papers will be discussed within the context of clinical implications and suggestions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students

Teachers and coaches

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives:
  1. Describe the variables of the high-probability instructional sequence that influence the effectiveness.
  2. Describe the application of the high-probability instructional sequence to increase food consumption
  3. Describe the application of the high-probability instructional sequence within a multicomponent treatment package.
 

Comparing the High-Probability Instructional Sequence With and Without Food to Increase Food Consumption in Children

(Applied Research)
NANCY LEATHEN (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Food selectivity is defined as a child or youth refusing to eat a sufficient variety of foods based on type, texture, or other dimensions (e.g., colour, packaging). It can have a substantial negative impact on family stress, child nutrition and health, and can lead to inappropriate mealtime behaviours. The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence is a non-intrusive procedure that involves the presentation of three high-p instructions followed by the presentation of one low-probability instruction. To date, only eight studies – with mixed findings – have examined the effectiveness of the high-p instructional sequence to increase young children's consumption of food. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of two iterations of the high-p instructional sequence, high-p with a preferred food on a spoon and high-p with an empty spoon, to increase food consumption in two children with autism spectrum disorder and food selectivity using a multielement design within a reversal design.

 

Analyzing Consequences Within the High-Probability Request Sequence for a Child Diagnosed With CHARGE Syndrome

(Applied Research)
CALEB DAVIS (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract:

To replicate and extend previous research on the high probability request sequence, the first research question was: What are the effects of praise versus edibles as the consequence for responses to high-p requests? In a reversal design with a child with CHARGE Syndrome, there was initial but not sustained experimental control demonstrating higher responding with edibles compared to praise. The second research question was: To what extent can high-p requests be faded from 3 to fewer per low-p request? After demonstrating experimental control with 3 high-p requests, an attempt to fade to 2 high-p requests failed. In a final analysis, experimental control was demonstrated by providing varied reinforcement in the form of videos identified in presession preference assessments. In 20% of sessions, IOA was a mean of 99.1% for high-p requests (range, 93.3% to 100%) and 100% for low-p requests. Results are discussed in terms of continually assessing motivating operations.

 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Strategies for Teaching Perspective-Taking Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Megan Michelle St. Clair, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium presents recent research related to teaching perspective-taking skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper analyzes the effects of in-vivo teaching procedures, multiple exemplar training, and a visual perspective teaching procedure in a multiple-probe across participants design to teach children with ASD, with limited language repertoires, to view the visual perspective of others. The second paper presents data on teaching children with ASD the perspective-taking skill of identifying what they and others know and do not know, and to explain how their knowledge was obtained or why it was not obtained via sensory perspective-taking (i.e., seeing, hearing, feeling, tasting, smelling, etc.), within a multiple baseline across participants design. The final paper evaluates the effects of video-based instruction on teaching a generalized problem solving strategy within and across false-belief categories for shared and differing perspective-taking with individuals with ASD in a multiple-probe across participants design.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): cognition, knowing, perspective taking, problem solving
Target Audience:

BCBAs and other certified or licensed professionals.

Learning Objectives: Learning Objective 1: At the conclusion of the first presentation, participants will be able to describe a visual perspective teaching procedure and an effective way to disseminate it. Learning Objective 2: At the conclusion of the second presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe behavior analytic perspective-taking research, to date, in the area of knowing and (2) identify an effective strategy for teaching perspective-taking skills related to identifying what oneself and others know and do not know, and to explain how their knowledge was obtained or why it was not obtained via the application of sensory perspective-taking. Learning Objective 3: At the conclusion of the third presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify effective strategies for teaching perspective-taking skills and (2) define perspective taking from a behavior analytic perspective.
 

Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Visual Perspective Taking Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JEANNA SHERIDAN (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Abstract:

A prerequisite skill related to the development of perspective taking skills is recognizing that others may have access to different visual information, which is known as visual perspective taking (Howlin, Baron-Cohen, & Hadwin, 1999). There is limited behavior analytic research on methods to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) visual perspective taking. The purpose of the present study was to analyze the effects of in-vivo teaching procedures, multiple exemplar training, and a visual perspective teaching procedure in a multiple-probe across participants design to teach children with ASD to view the perspective of others. Four experimenter-defined categories (i.e., line of sight, item appearance, array appearance, and item rotation) were used to teach perspective taking skills. The results demonstrated low levels of visual perspective taking in the baseline conditions with participants quickly demonstrating mastery criterion after intervention was introduced. Interobserver-agreement and procedure integrity data were taken on at least 50% of the sessions across all conditions and were 90% or better. This study contributed to the existing literature by providing more information on procedures for teaching visual perspective taking to children with ASD that have limited language repertoires.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Identify That Sensing Leads to Knowing

Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), M. Fernanda Welsh (ABRITE), LAURI SIMCHONI (Halo Behavioral Health), Jesse Andrew Fullen (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

Perspective-taking skills such as predicting the future behavior of others based upon their beliefs and creating false beliefs in others for the purpose of adaptive deceptive behaviors such as keeping secrets and surprises and bluffing during games requires one to be able to identify what information others know and do not know (e.g., she does not know we are having a surprise birthday party for her, so she thinks nobody remembers her birthday). The current study evaluated the effects of a multiple exemplar training package that included rules, error correction, and reinforcement on teaching children with autism to identify and explain information that is known and unknown to themselves and others based on each individual’s perspective across the five senses (i.e., she knows or does not know because she can or cannot see, taste, feel, hear, or smell the relevant stimulus). Results of this study thus far indicate that the treatment package was effective in teaching the first of three participants to identify known and unknown information of self and others, as well as how such knowledge was obtained or why it was not obtained. Furthermore, generalization across untrained stimuli and people was observed during posttraining.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Problem Solve Perspective Taking Tasks Using Video-Based Instruction

Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), MARYKATE MCKENNA (Hunter College)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of using video-based instruction to teach a generalized problem-solving strategy for perspective taking. Specifically, four participants with autism spectrum disorder were taught (a) a rule and when to use it to assist in the identification of shared or differing information and (b) to use that information to respond to perspective taking questions embedded in videos. Multiple exemplars of shared and differing perspective scenarios were used to promote differential responding to shared and differing perspective tasks, and generalized problem solving within and across false-belief categories (i.e., false identity, unexpected location, misidentified object). Responses were assessed during in-vivo probes of false-belief and shared-belief tasks. After learning the problem-solving strategy, all four participants responded correctly to trained and novel shared- and false-belief tasks. Strategy used generalized to within and across category video and in-vivo probes. Generalization was also observed in everyday contexts.

 
 
Symposium #18
CE Offered: BACB
Further Evaluations of Instructive Feedback for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Instructive feedback (IF) is an effective strategy for increasing the efficiency of instruction. When presented within a discrete trial format, prompting and reinforcement are provided based on the learner’s response to primary targets, and no programmed consequences are provided based on the learner’s response to secondary targets. Several variations of IF have been evaluated in the literature and the effectiveness of these variations may relate to the underlying behavioral mechanisms that contribute to the effectiveness of IF. The studies in this symposium will examine the effectiveness of variations of IF and discuss how variations may relate to the mechanisms underlying the acquisition of targets exposed to IF. In the first study, Tullis and colleagues evaluated two arrangements of IF – one in which secondary targets were presented before a praise statement and one in which secondary targets were presented after a praise statement. Kopchak and colleagues examined two forms of IF. In one form, secondary targets and probes shared similar words. In the other form, secondary targets and probe questions did not share similar words. Zemantic and colleagues examined the effect of context by comparing the presentation of secondary targets in an instructional setting and a novel setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Instructive Feedback, Skill Acquisition, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

The content would be appropriate for practitioners to apply to clinical practice and graduate students.

 
A Comparison of Secondary Target Location in Instructive Feedback Procedures
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (Georgia State University), Ashley Gibbs (Georgia State), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Maddie Butzer (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) is an effective strategy for increasing the efficiency of targeted instruction. Although effective, the mechanisms underlying the acquisition of secondary targets via IF are unknown. In the current investigation two forms of instructive feedback (IF) were compared to determine if indiscriminable contingencies were responsible, in part, for the acquisition of secondary targets during IF procedures. During teaching, IF stimuli were presented either before or after the praise statement for mastered tacts to two learners with autism spectrum disorder. Across both participants, IF before the praise statement resulted in faster acquisition of secondary targets that were maintained for 16–18 weeks post intervention. These results extend the IF literature by providing evidence that acquisition of secondary targets via IF may at least partially attributed to the occurrence of indiscriminable contingencies.
 

A Comparison of Secondary Targets Procedures to Teach Auditory Tacts to Children With Autism

Kayla Kopchak (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), MOLLY JOYCE (Hunter College)
Abstract:

Although typical discrete trial instruction procedures are effective for teaching tacts to children with autism, they are often time consuming. Using a secondary targets procedure can help increase instructional efficiency. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of two variations of a secondary targets procedure on the acquisition of auditory tacts by children with autism. In one variation of the procedure, the secondary target expansion phrase and the probe question contained shared features (i.e., similar words). In the other variation, the secondary target expansion phrase and the probe question did not contain shared features (i.e., no similar words). In addition, the emergence of listener and speaker categorization were evaluated. All three participants learned to correctly tact the auditory stimuli (i.e., the primary targets). Participant 1 responded correctly to probe questions for only the shared features condition. Participant 2 responded correctly to probe questions for both the shared features and no shared features conditions. Participant 3 did not respond correctly to probe questions for either of the conditions. Listener categorization scores were higher than baseline levels for all participants following tact training. Speaker categorization scores were higher than baseline levels for Participants 1 and 2.

 

Instructive Feedback During High and Low Demand Contexts for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

PATRICIA ZEMANTIC (University of Oregon), Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State), Christine Drew (University of Oregon), Mat C Luehring (University of Oregon), Hannah Barton (University of Oregon), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

Instructive feedback involves including extra stimuli (i.e., secondary targets) within instructional trials in order to increase the efficiency of instruction. No programmed consequences are provided based on the learners’ response to secondary targets. A number of behavioral mechanisms may play a role in the effectiveness and efficiency of instructive feedback, including the context. The current study evaluated the effect of context on the acquisition of secondary targets taught through instructive feedback in an instructional (high demand) and novel (low demand) context for two children with autism spectrum disorder. Both participants acquired secondary targets when presented in a high demand context when presented with primary targets. However, in the absence of primary targets, the low demand context was more effective and efficient for one participant, whereas the high demand context was more effective and efficient for the other participant. Both participants demonstrated generalized responding to novel therapists and untrained Wh-questions. Responding also maintained during probes conducted 2- and 4- weeks post mastery. Future directions for research and clinical applications of instructive feedback procedures are discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #19
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Teaching Safety Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Elif Tekin-Iftar, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University)

Elif Tekin Iftar, Ph.D, is a professor in Special Education at Anadolu University in Turkey. Dr. Tekin-Iftar received her Ph.D. degree in 1999 from Anadolu University. During her doctorate studies she received a scholarship from Turkish Academy of Sciences and pursued part of her doctoral education at University of Kentucky. Dr. Tekin-Iftar received her full professorship in 2009. She served as a director of Research Institute for the Handicapped in Anadolu University between 2007-2014. Her current research and clinical interest include the behavioral treatment of children with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities, single case experimental research methods, and professional development. Dr. Tekin-Iftar received Distinguished Young Scientist Award and Scholarship from Turkish Academy of Sciences in 2003. Dr. Tekin-Iftar has published over 25 international peer-reviewed journal articles, over 20 book chapters, coauthored a book, and served as editors in three books named as Single Case Research Methods in Educational and Behavioral Sciences, Applied Behavior Analysis, and Educating Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Her research has been published in Exceptional Children, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities, Journal of Special Education, Research in Developmental Disabilities, and Autism. Dr. Tekin-Iftar currently serves on the editorial board for Exceptional Children. Dr. Tekin-Iftar teaches research methods in education, applied behavior analysis and single case experimental designs at graduate levels. She served as supervisors for many doctoral students in Turkey. She founded Association for Behavior Analysis Turkey (ABATurkey) Chapter as an affiliation of Association for the Behavior Analysis International and she serves as president of ABA Turkey. She founded a graduate program entitled as “Applied Behavior Analysis in Autism” which is the first and only program in its kind in Turkey. She received a postdoctoral scholarship from The Scientific and Research Council of Turkey and visited University of North Caroline in Charlotte for a year. She is the mother of two daughters.

Abstract:

“Safety skills” is an umbrella term consisting of a wide variety of skills. Research has shown that all children have the risk of being injured perhaps fatally because of the intentional and unintentional accidents. Children with autism spectrum disorder face two or three times the risk of injury or abuse compared with those of their same age peers. Ensuring children’s safety is, and should always be, a concern for parents, teachers, and society. However, it is well-documented that teaching safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder is often neglected both clinically and experimentally. In a relatively new study, it is indicated that (a) although parents and teachers found safety skills instruction important and necessary, they use natural occurrences as teaching opportunities and prevention behaviors rather than providing systematic instruction and (b) neither parents nor teachers have enough knowledge and experience for teaching safety skills (Sirin & Tekin-Iftar, 2016). However, research has shown that when taught systematically, children with autism spectrum disorder could acquire safety skills and perform them over time and across persons and settings. During the presentation, Turkish parents and teachers’ opinions about teaching safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder and a series of research studies investigating the effectiveness of prompting strategies, videomodelling, and Social Stories in teaching safety skills will be shared with the audience. Implications of these research studies will be discussed.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts; Psychologists; Special education teachers; Graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the opinions of parents and teachers about safety skills instruction; (2) identify instructional procedures for teaching safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder; (3) describe the outcomes of research designed to teach safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder; and (4) describe the implications of research designed to teach safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #20
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP

Pain Willingness and Commitment to Valued Living in Chronic Pain

Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
KEVIN VOWLES (University of New Mexico)
Kevin completed his Ph.D. in clinical psychology at West Virginia University in 2004 and post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Virginia the following year. From 2005 to 2012, he held joint positions in academia and with the National Health Service in the United Kingdom. He has been on faculty in the Department of Psychology at the University of New Mexico since 2012, where he is currently an Associate Professor. His clinical and academic activities have focused on the assessment and effective rehabilitation of individuals with chronic pain. He has published over 80 scientific articles in these areas since 2002, with recent work concentrating on identifying the characteristics of effective treatment and differentiating problematic from non-problematic opioid and alcohol use in those with chronic pain.
Abstract:

Behavioral treatments for chronic pain have amassed an impressive and progressive record of success. As with any area of clinical science, challenges and shortcomings have also been identified. These include difficulties in maintaining clinical effectiveness from clinical trials into large scale implementation efforts, unclear identification of specific intervention components that are clearly linked to improved adaptive outcomes, and lack of clarity with regard to the necessary and active ingredients of effective treatment. Overall, these problems highlight the practical difficulty of translating research into practice. They also helpfully illuminate several potential avenues for improvement, including the need for: (1) a precise delineation of what constitutes treatment success and differentiates it from treatment failure, (2) lucidity in the specification of processes by which treatment is hypothesized to work followed by explicit tests of these hypotheses, and (3) methods to promote the generalization and continuance of within-treatment adaptive behavioral changes to the non-treatment environment. This presentation will describe Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) as one potential model that can aid in helpfully progressing down these avenues. In particular, the potential for augmenting patient behavior that displays an open, accepting, and non-struggling response to pain will be highlighted, as this area perhaps differs most markedly from other approaches where a primary focus may be on better management of pain and distress. Furthermore, the importance of identifying important and meaningful areas of living to pursue with pain present will be evaluated, as this has the potential to naturally promote generalization and longevity of treatment gains. Based on the data presented, it seems feasible for individuals with complex and potentially disabling pain to respond to that pain with acceptance and willingness, choose important areas of living that are of personal relevance, and take effective action to improve quality of life. Importantly, these responses are possible when pain is low, but crucially also when pain is elevated or even at its maximum.

Target Audience:

Clinicians and researchers working with chronic physical health conditions or who are interested in such conditions.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the relevance of behavioral approaches to the treatment of chronic pain; (2) identify key strengths of this literature and some of the key shortcomings; (3) explain the key treatment processes of the ACT model, the data supporting them, and their applicability to chronic pain treatments; (4) describe treatment outcomes for ACT in relation to both single-subject and within-group data.
 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB
Get Up and Move!: Fusing Behavior Analysis and Technology to Increase Physical Activity
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong )
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Physical activity is a key factor in numerous important health outcomes; however, research reveals a concerning worldwide trend of physical inactivity (Guthold, Stevens, Riley & Bull, 2018). The World Health Organization (WHO; 2018) estimates that physical inactivity contributes to 3.2 million deaths per year, making it the fourth leading risk factor for mortality. Despite well-publicized recommendations from health organizations (e.g., WHO, Centers for Disease Control) and an increase in access to fitness-related technology (e.g., fitness trackers), these trends of sedentary behavior have not improved since 2001, and more than one in four adults worldwide fail to meet recommended levels of activity (Guthold et al., 2018). On a positive note, advances in technology present an opportunity for behavior analysts to extend behavior-change techniques to an important health-related behavior. Presenters from three different research labs will share outcomes from behavioral interventions employing goal-setting, incentives, and technology for increasing physical activity in adults.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): goal-setting, incentives, physical activity, technology
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is behavior analysts who are researchers or practitioners and are interested in using technology to facilitate interventions with health-related target behavior and/or are interested in using incentive-based interventions for increasing physical activity.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the social significance of physical activity; (2) explain how technology can be used as an intervention component and data-collection method for interventions to increase physical activity; (3) summarize the components of at least one research-supported intervention for increasing physical activity.
 

Examining the Effects of a Fitbit® Treatment Package on the Physical Activity Level and Quality of Life Indices for Adults With Disabilities

KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Globally, only 25% of adults engage in enough regular physical activity (PA) for overall wellness (World Health Organization, 2018). Despite the substantial health benefits of PA, populations with intellectual disabilities (ID) are substantially inactive, even more so than their typically-developing peers. Recent research suggests approximately 90% of adults with disabilities are not active enough (Oviedo et. al, 2017; Ptomey et al., 2017). In consideration of these findings, the goal of the current study was to use a treatment package to increase the daily PA of adults with ID living in community-based settings. The treatment package included a Fitbit® to measure and monitor overall PA, goal-setting, one-on-one “coaching” sessions, and incentives contingent on meeting a pre-established physical activity goal. Due to the extreme sedentary nature of adults with ID, physical health benefits (e.g., weight loss, decreased blood pressure, lower heart rate) from increased PA may take an extended period of time to manifest. As such, any potential increases in quality of life (e.g., affect, mood, preference) that may occur in the meantime will also be measured. Findings of this study, recommendations for ongoing interventions, applications to other settings, and limitations will be discussed.

 

Effectiveness of Contingency Management to Promote Physical Activity in Adults

Jennifer M Owsiany (West Virginia University), KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Kacey Finch (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Physically inactive adults are at a greater risk of developing noncommunicable diseases (e.g., stroke, cancer, coronary heart disease, type 2 diabetes) and premature death compared to their physically active peers. Consequently, physical inactivity is one of the leading causes of death worldwide. Previous research has investigated the use of contingency management interventions (e.g., contracts, lotteries) to increase physical activity in adults. In the current study, we randomly assigned participants to one of three groups (i.e., contingency management, noncontingent reinforcement, or self-monitoring). Participants wore Fitbit® Alta HR fitness trackers, which provided data on various indicators of increased physical activity, such as calorie burn, steps, and active minutes. The goal of the current study was to further investigate the use of contingency management interventions to increase physical activity in adults.

 
 
Symposium #22
CE Offered: BACB
Gamifying Climate Change: Making Sustainability Fun
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan Kimball (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Gamification is the application of game elements, such as points and competitions, to real life - and behavior analysts did it for years without thinking of it in this manner. When video games became immensely popular, gamification reached whole new scholarly levels as well. Some behavior analysis principles have long been incorporated, and that continues to be the case. Compared to health and education, sustainability gamification is more recent, but just as critical. What can behavior analysts working in sustainability learn from the current state of the field of gamification? What can we contribute? In this symposium, we survey the field, examine some sustainability examples, offer suggestions, and provide perspective on gamification in the context of other sustainability/climate change initiatives.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): climate change, gamification, sustainability
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts at all levels

 
Conservation Clue: Help Us Gamify This Green Behavior Game
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University), Jonathan W. Kimball (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Predictable “if-then” behavior-reward contingencies can increase eco- friendly behavior (e.g., “If you ride the bus to work on Wednesdays, then you get a token for a free ride.”). If the presence or absence of the contingency is easily discriminated, however, responding in the contingency’s absence is unlikely (“It’s Thursday—I think I’ll drive.”). Indiscriminable contingencies (IC) offer one way to prevent this problem. ICs have helped young children share toys, select healthy snacks, and stay on task; secondary students maintain improved levels of academic productivity; and adult vocational trainees respond appropriately to feedback from co-workers and supervisors (references available upon request). These studies suggest that the occurrence of sustainable practices (e.g., walking/biking, recycling, unplugging) can be increased by making effective if-then contingencies indiscriminable across responses and environments (e.g., home, work, community). We will describe Conservation Clue, a multidimensional variation of the classic board game that features indiscriminable contingencies. Conservation Clue provides participants with a radically different and enticing “if-then” contingency: If you cannot tell which of several green behaviors, performed exactly where or when, will produce a reward, then the best strategy to optimize reinforcement is to act green in every way, everywhere, all the time.
 
Perspectives on Behavior Analysis, Gamification, and Sustainability
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Root Solutions), Zachary H. Morford (Zuce Technologies)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has always been part of both gamification and sustainability - but generally a small part. How can we up our game, so to speak? Making sacrifices fun is a tall order, but we’ve succeeded in other areas. How can we learn from these examples? Beyond our continuing contributions to gamification lie other questions: Is it likely to be a significant part of sustainable behavior change? Or, given our limited numbers, should we concentrate instead on more traditional behavior analysis interventions, and the incorporation of more behavior analysis into mainstream sustainability? This talk will attempt to summarize the current status of behavior analysis in the much larger interdisciplinary effort supporting behavior change against climate change. How are we behavior analysts doing? How can we do more? Audience suggestions will be welcome.
 
 
Symposium #23
CE Offered: BACB
Transporting the Competing Stimulus Assessment Into Schools and Educational Settings
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Jonathan Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Adam S. Warman, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Competing Stimulus Assessments (CSA) have been used across a number of client populations, behavioral functions, and topographies of problem behavior. The growing body of research, however, has localized most applications and demonstrations of related treatment effectiveness to intensive service delivery settings. As is the case with other behavioral technologies, CSAs should be further examined in settings such homes, community venues, and schools. Such demonstrations may be useful in enhancing the external validity of the CSA and ensuring they can be carried out accurately and efficiently. Utilizing established methodology, we carried out CSAs with multiple adolescents with development disabilities attending a private school for individuals with specialized education needs. Across participants, target behaviors encompassed multiple functions and topographies. CSA procedures were successfully implemented in the educational setting and within the confines of the students’ daily school schedule. Results also included successful identification of competing stimuli for the participants; furthermore, decreased rates of problem behavior followed treatment. Procedures and results will be further discussed in the context of CSA innovations and behavioral assessment treatment transportability.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, competing stimuli, functional assessment, problem behavior
Target Audience:

The target audiences for this talk include practitioners who serve individuals with developmental disabilities in home, community, or school settings; and researchers who are focused on or who are interested in focusing on examining assessment and treatment procedures outside of intensive, more controlled settings.

 
Assessment and Treatment of Aggressive Behavior Maintained by Access to Physical Attention
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), John Adam Wright (The Faison Center), Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center)
Abstract: This presentation will share methodology and data reported from a published case conference (Newcomb, Wright, & Camblin, 2018), as well as lay groundwork for practical considerations and procedural flexibility necessitated by a school setting. Aggression maintained by access to physical attention was examined using two preparations of a functional analysis, after which additional assessment was carried out to identify stimuli that competed with problem behavior. The participant was a 13-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who attended a private specialized education facility due to underdeveloped communication skills and problem behavior. At the time of the study his aggression had become more prevalent, unpredictable, and elevated in intensity. Following assessment, a noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) intervention using competing stimuli was implemented to reduce rates of Ted’s increasingly unmanageable aggression. Results indicated that implementation of the NCR intervention was followed by decreased rates, more predictable patterns, and diminished intensity of aggressive behavior.
 

Assessment of Competing Stimuli for the Treatment of Behavior Interfering With School Activities and Services

Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center), Olivia Coppes Culbertson (The Faison Center), Kathryn Herndon (The Faison Center), Paul Christopher Liberante (The Faison Center), Kathryn Littlejohn (The Faison Center), NICHOLAS VANDERBURG (The Faison School), John Adam Wright (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Many individuals with developmental disabilities experience deficits with communication and social function to such an extent that treatment and services focus heavily communication training. Individuals with developmental disabilities also often experience greater behavioral dysfunction than other populations, which can produce behavior that interferes with skills training, home life, and school activities (Gurney, McPheeters, & Davis, 2006; Dekker, Koot, Ende, & Verhulst, 2002). Due to the extent it interfered with skills training and posed health complications, problem behavior (mouthing, rumination, pica, and motor stereotypy) maintained by automatic reinforcement was assessed for 4 individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. Competing stimulus assessments were conducted and revealed multiple stimuli that competed with problem behavior, after which related treatment was devised and carried out by educational staff (teachers and teacher assistants) during each participant’s school day. The training of educational staff on assessment and intervention rationale, treatment implementation, and data collection are also discussed.

 
 
Symposium #24
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Research
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Richard B. Graff (May Institute; Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Richard B. Graff, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior analysts have developed a rich technology of reinforcer identification; the studies in this symposium seek to add to this knowledge base. In Study 1, preference assessments were conducted with edibles, leisure activities, and social consequences with five individuals with developmental disabilities. Then, high-preference items from each category were combined and evaluated in additional assessments, and significant displacement effects were seen (edibles displaced leisure items, and both edibles and leisure items displaced social stimuli). In Study 2, the efficacy and efficiency of pictorial and video preference assessments were compared with four individuals with developmental disabilities. For three participants, both assessments identified the same highest-preference item, but pictorial assessments were faster to conduct for all participants, making the pictorial assessments more efficient. In Study 3, the interaction and effects of reinforcer arrangements (distributed and accumulated reinforcement) and technology level (high-tech and low-tech) on preference and reinforcer efficacy was evaluated with three children with autism. The results indicated that participants responded at higher rates when reinforcers were provided in an accumulated arrangement regardless of technology level. Participants also preferred to work for reinforcers provided in accumulated arrangements. Taken together, these studies move behavior analysts towards a more complete technology of reinforcer identification.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Displacement, Preference Assessment, Reinforcer Arrangements
Target Audience: Behavior analyst practitioners who work with individuals with autism and developmental and intellectual disabilities.
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe how displacement affects preference hierarchies. Participants will be able to describe the benefits and limitations of using pictorial and video preference assessments. Participants will be able to describe how reinforcer arrangements and the technology level of stimuli affect reinforcer efficacy.
 
The Effects of Category and Choice on Preference
JESSICA GUTFLEISH (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Diannelys Rojas (New England Center for Children; Western new England University), Hallie Glassman (New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Meaghan Griffin (New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Emily McGrail (New England Center for Children; Simmons College)
Abstract: Behavior analysts must exercise caution when including stimuli from different categories on preference assessments, since some categories of stimuli displace others in a preference hierarchy. In Study 1, paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments were conducted with five individuals with developmental disabilities to identify high-preference edibles, leisure items, and social stimuli. The two highest-preference items from each category were then assessed in a series of “combined-category” assessments. The results indicated that, when combined on the same assessment, edibles displaced leisure items, and both edibles and leisure items displaced social stimuli. In Study 2, 8-item PS assessments were conducted with pictures that depicted the following options: choice of three high-preference edibles, choice of three high-preference leisure items, choice of three high-preference social consequences, choice of the top-ranked item from each category, three no-choice options (the most preferred edible, leisure item, or social consequence), and a control (no consequence). For all participants, access to an item from the highest-preference category was a more reliable predictor of preference than access to choice. Subsequent progressive ratio reinforcer assessments demonstrated that the most-preferred option on the choice assessment was associated with the highest response rates on reinforcer assessments. Interobserver agreement was above 98% on all dependent measures.
 
Comparing the Use of Video and Pictorial Stimuli in Paired Stimulus Preference Assessments
ELIZABETH HARLAN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Richard B. Graff (May Institute; Western New England University)
Abstract: Some researchers have speculated that video-based assessments may be more effective than pictorial assessments for identifying preferences for activities. Since previous studies have not directly compared the results of video and pictorial assessments, there is no data to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of video versus pictorial assessments. In this study, four individuals with developmental disabilities participated in 8-item tangible, pictorial, and video paired-stimulus preference assessments, using toys as stimuli. The duration to complete each modality of preference assessment was measured, and Spearman rank-order correlation coefficients were calculated to determine the degree of correspondence between assessment modalities. Reinforcer assessments were conducted to verify if high-preference stimuli functioned as reinforcers. For three participants, pictorial and video assessments identified the same top-ranked item and reinforcer assessments indicated that those items functioned as reinforcers. For the 4th participant, there was little correspondence across modalities. Pictorial assessments were faster to conduct for all participants. These results do not support previous speculations that video-based assessments may be more advantageous than pictorial assessments, since for three of four participants, pictorial and video assessments were equally effective, but pictorial assessments were more efficient. Mean interobserver agreement was above 97% for preference and reinforcer assessments.
 
Examining Effects of Technology Level and Reinforcer Arrangements on Preference and Efficacy
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah State University; Northern Vermont University-Johnson), Anna Brady (Utah State University; Erskine College), Tyra Paige Sellers (Utah State University; Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Identifying the ways in which reinforcers function optimally is an important consideration for behavioral research. Preference for reinforcers, and how effective reinforcers are, may change depending upon several factors. Two important factors to consider are how reinforcers are arranged and the technology level of the reinforcers used. Reinforcers can be delivered following every response in a distributed manner or they can be delivered following several responses in an accumulated manner. Additionally, leisure items used as reinforcers can be classified according to technology level, for example high- and low-tech items. The purpose of this study was to examine the interaction and effects of reinforcer arrangements (i.e., distributed reinforcement and accumulated reinforcement) and technology level of items (i.e., high-tech and low-tech) on preference and reinforcer efficacy with three children with autism. Participants selected a preferred high- and low-tech item and engaged in academic tasks to earn the items in either accumulated or distributed arrangements. Overall participants responded at higher rates when reinforcers were provided in an accumulated arrangement regardless of whether a high-tech or low-tech item was provided. Participants also preferred to work for reinforcers provided in accumulated arrangements. Interobserver agreement was above 90% on all dependent variables.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #25
CE Offered: BACB

Preparing for a New Role: The School-Based Consultant

Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Edward Daly, Ph.D.
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
EDWARD DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Edward J. Daly III, BCBA-D, conducts research on functional assessment methods. He has co-authored numerous chapters and journal articles on this topic. Dr. Daly is Professor of Educational (School) Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln, where he teaches course work in Applied Behavior Analysis, school-based consultation, and single-case experimental designs.
Abstract:

As schools witness what behavior analysts are capable of doing, they are hiring behavior analysts in increasing numbers to help develop and evaluation interventions with students experiencing behavior and academic problems. In some cases, behavior analysts are delivering direct services, a professional role for which they are well prepared. In a lot of cases, however, schools are calling on behavior analysts to serve as consultants, which is a new role for many of us. A consultant serves in an indirect role by trying to help someone else (e.g., a teacher) help a third party (the student). A consultant typically has no authority over the consultee, but must engage the consultee in such a way that their combined efforts empower the teacher to improve students’ academic achievement and behavioral self-control. The purpose of this presentation will be to help behavior analysts adapt their assessment and instruction/intervention skills to a school-based consultative role. I will present research-based strategies for (a) how to efficiently embed functional assessment principles and practices in the consultation process, and (b) manage the contingencies under which teachers are operating to maximize effectiveness.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts practicing in schools

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) guide teacher consultees in a strategic, efficient, and structured decision-making process that prioritizes improving academic performance; (2) integrate observational data, basic skill assessment data, work samples, and performance-deficit analyses into the functional assessment process; (3) support teacher implementation of empirically derived treatments through antecedent control strategies and performance feedback.
 
 
Symposium #26
Exploring the Role of Technology in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Since the inception of our field, technology has had a very prominent role in the way we gather and collect data and how we learn about behavior. Technology continues to evolve and behavior analysts must be able to keep up with not only the growing needs in our own field for mastering the technology presented to us now, but also the growing needs of our organizations and those we serve. This symposium will examine the role that technology currently plays in our field as well as what direction our field will have to go given the ever-expanding evolution of high-tech options to streamline our practices. The first presentation examines the need for standardization in the technology of graphic displays. The second presentation asked multiple stakeholders including staff, volunteers, advocates, and clients to rate their levels of concern about the privacy of individuals with disabilities when receiving services via smart homes. The final presentation examines the growing need for Organizational Behavior Management researchers to embrace the necessity of technology-based training and its rise across organizations.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): standardization, technology, technology-based training, telecare
 

The Case for Standardized Technology of Graphic Displays

CHAD KINNEY (Florida Tech), Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The technology of graphic display (whether in paper format or electronic) is fundamental for communication in behavior analysis. It has been claimed in the past (and in recent studies) that a standardized display should be adopted because variety in graphing practices can introduce additional interpretation error and slow down communication. However, if given the same set of data, won’t behavior analysts (trained in the same techniques), graph it in the same way? If they do, then the call for standardization may be moot--at least within the field of behavior analysis. The current presentation will examine and interpret results from a non-experimental sample of graphic displays collected from an audience at an ABA professional conference. The audience was asked to graph the same set of 10 raw data entries, and a total of 42 graphs were submitted from audience members. This presentation will describe the submitted graphs as they relate to the argument for standardizing technology of graphic display.

 

A Survey Assessing Privacy Concerns of Smart-Home Services Provided to Individuals With Disabilities

DENYS BRAND (California State University, Sacramento), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Mariah Morley (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Privacy has been identified as a primary concern among stakeholders (service recipients, advocates, administrators, family) when using technology (e.g., video cameras, motion sensors, intercoms) to provide residential services to individuals in need. We conducted a study that distributed a survey to agencies that provide services (e.g., clinical; recreational) and resources (e.g., advocacy groups) to people with various types of disabilities (e.g., physical, sensory, intellectual, developmental) across the United States. The purpose of this study was to ask multiple stakeholders (i.e., staff, volunteers, advocates, clients) to rate their levels of concern about the privacy of individuals with disabilities when receiving services via smart homes. We analyzed the data for 209 respondents. The results for the survey lead to several recommendations about how smart-home service providers can use technology in a way that promotes client privacy, while maintaining safe and secure living conditions. In addition, we make a number of suggestions for how remote staff (i.e., individuals monitoring the information gathered by technology) can assist in the process of ensuring client privacy.

 
Technology-Based Training: An Opportunity for Organizational Behavior Management
DENNIS URIARTE (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Staff training continues to be of monumental importance across all organizations. Ineffective or poorly designed training can lead to low-quality performance due to a lack of proficiency or fluency with the tasks required to complete a job. More recently, staff training in organizations has continued to evolve by incorporating technology including distance training, video modeling, video feedback, computer-based instruction, virtual reality, and augmented reality. While Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), continues to publish research on training in general, the field has not kept up with the growing demand for technology-based training (TBT). Recent research in behavior analysis has evaluated the efficacy of different formats of TBT and demonstrates that behavior analysts are continuing to explore ways in improving training practices in organizations. Given their expertise in methods to improve training, OBM researchers can learn from the findings of research in TBT and expand upon the growing for its development and improvement.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #27
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Using the Past to Predict the Future
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Sarah Cowie, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland)
Presenting Authors: : SARAH COWIE (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is on the cusp of a major change in the way we think about our most fundamental process: Reinforcement. Whereas the law of effect stipulates that reinforcers control behavior because of their special function in increasing a behavior’s strength, an alternative approach casts reinforcers as stimuli with current value to the organism, but no unique function in changing behavior. Under this approach, behavior is controlled by relations between stimuli, depending on the affordances and dispositions of the organism. This tutorial explores some of the data that has led us to change the way we understand control by current environmental conditions. First, the tutorial examines some of the evidence for prospective control, when reinforcers are absent, or temporally distant, or when reinforcer effects are inconsistent with strengthening. Next, I explore how quantitative models can provide a testable explanation of control by the likely future, as extrapolated from the past. Finally, the tutorial considers the implications of a shift from understanding control in terms of retrospective response-reinforcer pairings to prospection on the basis of the perceived structure of the environment, and argues that in conjunction with quantitative models, prospective control need not invoke an inner organism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This talk is aimed at behavior analysts interested in new ways to measure and describe apparently changes in behavior, and/or in new approaches to understanding how reinforcers affect behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss a prospective-control approach to understanding the transaction between behavior and environment, and why this approach might be advantageous in research and practice; (2) discuss some ways to use quantitative models to provide a simple description of apparently complex behaviour; (3) discuss a quantitative model that asserts that behavior comes under control of relations between stimuli (including brief stimuli like reinforcers and behaviors).
 
SARAH COWIE (The University of Auckland)

Sarah Cowie obtained her Ph.D. in 2014 at the University of Auckland, under the supervision of Professor Michael Davison and Dr. Douglas Elliffe. Since graduating with her Ph.D., Sarah’s research has explored how past experience translates into control by the present and the likely future.

Keyword(s): discrimination, prospection, quantitative modeling, reinforcement
 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Complex Verbal Behavior to Individuals With Different Ability Levels
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Briggs Greer (The Faison School)
CE Instructor: Ashley Briggs Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The papers in this symposium are about teaching complex verbal behavior to individuals with various ability levels. The first paper presents an instructional program aimed at teaching children with autism to understand metaphors. The second paper describes teaching children to mand for information via observational learning. The third paper involves teaching applied behavior analysis to non-ABA professionals.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners, graduate students, non-ABA professionals, academic researchers (applied researchers)

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Understand Metaphors

GABRIELLE T. LEE (Western University), Sheng Xu (Chongqing Normal University), Huiling Zou (Hainan Normal University), Lina Gilic (State University of New York at Old Westbury), Michelle Lee (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of an instruction on the acquisition and generalization of metaphor understanding for children with autism spectrum disorder. Three students (two boys, one girl, 5 to 8 years old) participated in this study. A combination of a multiple probe design across two behaviors and three participants was used. The metaphors were categorized by topography: the metaphors involving physical features and the metaphors involving abstract properties. The instruction consisted of intraverbal training with picture prompts. The results indicated that the instruction was effective to establish the acquisition and generalization of metaphor understanding for the two students who completed the entire study. They also maintained the acquired metaphors up to 2 months following the completion of the instruction.

 
Teaching Preschoolers to Mand for Information
JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN-KILROE (Fred S. Keller School), Lin Du (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: The current research investigated whether students would emit mands for information as a function of observing of peers mand information (ask questions) about unfamiliar stimuli. We recruited preschool students with and without disabilities between the ages and 3 and 5 to participate in four different activities. These activities were designed to create opportunities for the students to mand information about unfamiliar pictures and objects. For students who did not emit mands for information, we use a multiple probe design across participants to test the effects of a Peer-Mediated Motivating Operation procedure (PMOP) on the emission of mands for information. In the first experiment, the participants observed the peers ask questions (e.g. What is that?”), receive information from the experimenter, and receive praise and tokens contingent on asking a question. The results show that PMOP increased the number of questions for participants outside of the training sessions in a return to baseline condition. In the second experiment, all conditions remained the same except that question asking only resulted in the inquired information. Results are discussed in terms of where the reinforcement exists for asking questions about unfamiliar things in one’s environment, and whether this truly measures the “need to know”.
 
Testing the Effectiveness of Teacher Training Lectures
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ginger Harms (Fred S. Keller School), Susan Buttigieg (Manhattanville College)
Abstract: Fred S. Keller School is a behavior analytic EI program and preschool for children with and without developmental disabilities from 18 mon to 5 years old. At Keller school, we provided weekly professional training lecture series for our teachers, teacher assistants, and related service providers. The 30 plus lectures covered chapters in Applied Behavior Analysis textbooks (i.e., Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Greer, 2002; Greer & Ross, 2008) and verbal behavior developmental interventions (protocols) (i.e., auditory matching protocol, face conditioning protocol, voice conditioning protocol). The pre- and post-probes were presented in single-choice questions on Google form. The participants were asked to complete the questions on their smartphones or computers. Those who reached criterion in the first post-probe earned 10 bonus points that they could redeem for backup reinforcers (i.e., come to work late, leave work early, gift cards). We used a delayed pre- and post-intervention design across lecture series. The results so far were promising in that the weekly teacher training lectures improved teacher responses pertaining to behavior analysis.
 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB
Explorations of Derived Relational Responding and the PEAK Relational Training System to Training Staff and Advanced Conversational Skills
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shravya Srinivas Sanagala (ASU MS ABA program)
CE Instructor: Seth W. Whiting, Ph.D.
Abstract: The present symposium will highlight recent efforts using the PEAK Relational Training System to promote more efficacious training and the use of BST couched to facilitate higher order development of verbal language in individuals with autism diagnoses. The ways in which these training advancements move the science of behavior analysis along will be discussed, and the specific implications as to how PEAK serves as a catalyst for said advancements is addressed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, PEAK, RFT, Social Skills
Target Audience: The target audience includes students, practitioners, researchers or faculty of behavior analysis or closely related field.
Learning Objectives: 1. evidence supporting derived relational responding as an operant with individuals with and w/out autism 2. behavior analytic assessment procedures couched in derived relational responding specific to language acquisition 3. modifications to current/existing assessment methodologies in service of efficacy of parent and staff training 4. Implications of derived relational responding and language acquisition on intelligence
 
Standardization of the PEAK Relational Training System Pre-Assessments and Implementation Fidelity
(Service Delivery)
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Calculating standardized scores enable clinicians to accurately compare the examinee’s performance against his or her peers and helps provide a more comprehensive assessment and guide to programming. The current study sought to assess the performance of a normative sample to create standardized scores for all four PEAK Relational Training Pre-Assessments (PEAK-DT-PA, PEAK-G-PA, PEAK-E-PA, and PEAK-T-PA). 300 typically developing participants ranging from the ages of 4 to 18 participated in the study. The statistical average of the participants performance on all four pre-assessment and total PEAK score was calculated and then used to create different performance levels based on the standard deviation. Implementation fidelity of the standardized PEAK Pre-Assessment Flip Books was also evaluated during the current study and resulted in 95% implementation fidelity across 60% of assessments conducted.
 
Best Practice Strategies for Implementing PEAK in Messy Environments
(Theory)
MARY GRACE CAVALIERE (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK; Dixon, 2014, 2015ab, 2016) includes four volumes of direct curriculum instruction: Direct Training, Generalization, Equivalence, and Transformation. Emerging research on PEAK highlights the curriculum’s effectiveness at increasing new skills across academic, emotional, and daily living repertoires. For example, previous research has shown PEAK correlates with IQ and has high convergent validity with expressive and receptive language tests, has high inter-rater reliability, and results in larger treatment gains than treatment as usual. Research has also shown behavioral skills training as an effective modality to train implementation of PEAK. While promising, dissemination efforts have primarily focused on research-driven environments; therefore, providing minimal guidelines for clinicians working in ‘messy’ or uncontrollable environments. Further, little information is available for clinicians on best practice approaches when switching from current programing to a new curriculum. Therefore, the current symposium will discuss the top five lessons learned from implementing PEAK in clinical practice and ‘messy’ environments. Lessons will include dispelling clinical lore around derived relational responding; best practice approaches to enhance cultural change; considerations for using organizational behavior management strategies to ensure staff buy-in; arranging supportive environments to reduce implementation drift; and generalization and maintenance strategies.
 

Using Behavioral Skills Training Within PEAK-DT to Establish Extended Conversational Exchanges in an Adolescent With Autism

(Applied Research)
SETH W. WHITING (Central Michigan University), Naomi Evans (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

The PEAK-DT curriculum utilizes discrete trial teaching methods to establish a wide variety of basic and verbal skills, but these methods may not be required to teach skills with more advanced learners or to target sporadic missing skills. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of a behavioral skills training procedure on extended social interactions which combined skill targets across six PEAK-DT programs.During baseline, a 14 year old boy diagnosed with autism attempted to start a conversation (1), tell a joke (2), and engage in conversations to get to know someone better (3) and talk about what he and a partner were doing (4), completing few steps in each interaction type.Administered sequentially across interaction types, a behavioral skills training intervention consisting of instructions, video modeling, feedback, and rehearsal produced steady acquisition, mastery, and maintenance of all four interaction types.The results demonstrated mastery of responses in PEAK-DT programs 1A- Eye Contact, 6B- Greetings and Farewells, 13O- Intermediate Intraverbals, 14M- Advanced Intraverbals, 14T- Verbal Report: Tacting Behavior, and 14Y- Telling a Joke, suggesting that behavioral skills training may be useful in training sporadic missing skills.

 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Technologies Effective in Evoking Speech in Non-Vocal Children With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Nearly a quarter of individuals with a diagnosis of autism, remain non vocal-verbal even after 8 years of age (Lord, Risi, & Pickles, 2004; Wodka, Mathy & Kalb, 2013) and those with speech impairments and minimal verbal skills have less favorable outcomes in life (Anderson,2007). A 6-year 8 months study (2010-2016) with children with autism (n=126) was successful in inducing 7 first instances of speech in 105 (83%) of the participants, Awasthi (2017), using Mand and Intraverbal Training procedures. Drawn from this large cohort study, the first 3 studies in this symposium offer newer perspectives on the technologies that minimize the number of children remaining non-vocal, and reviews its effect on older non-vocal children. Details on the form of 734 first speech instances as words and syllables are also discussed. The fourth study, building upon previous research from behavioral sciences and Speech Language Pathology literature Presents video self-monitoring to improve procedural integrity in speech production training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Intraverbal Training, Mand Trainiing, Speech Production, Video Self-monitoring
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts and Speech Language Pathologists

Learning Objectives: 1. Mand Training protocols to induce speech production in non-vocal children with autism 2. Intraverbal training protocols to induce speech production in non-vocal children with autism 3. Classifying forms of speech and planning additional interventions based on form of speech data 4. Improving treatment integrity in training speech production using video modelling
 

The Role of Sign Mand Training and Intraverbal Training in Inducing First Instances of Speech in 126 Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

The current study spanning 6 years and 8 months, reviews the technologies developed for the emergence of speech in non-vocal children with autism and examines the effectiveness of sign mand training and intraverbal training and the role of stimulus stimulus pairing and motivating operations in inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal children on the autism spectrum. A total of 126 non-vocal children between the ages 1.4 years to 13.5 years participated in 4 experiments that used delayed non-concurrent multiple baseline design across subjects. The technologies were effective in inducing first instances of speech in 83% participants. The time to vocalization, vocals across operants, type of vocal emergence, age of vocalization and the relative successes of the technologies used are explored.

 

An Analysis of First 735 Speech Instances in 105 Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

A 6-year 8 months study (2010-2016) with children with autism (n=126) was successful in inducing 7 first instances of speech in 105 (83%) of the participants (Awasthi, 2017). This retrospective study examines a) the form of speech emergence (syllables, word approximations, words) in this large cohort and b) the form of emergence under different stimulus conditions. A total 735 first instances of speech were recorded (first 7 vocals of each participant). Of these, initial vocals emerged as words in 341 instances (46%) and as word approximations or syllables in 394 (54%). When speech emerged as mands, 66% were words and only 34% were word approximations or syllables. The percentages were 57% and 43% respectively for intraverbal fill ins. With part echoic-part mands, only 19% were words and 81% were word approximations or syllables. Sounds that started with /b/, /m/, /p/, /c / /k/ and /o/ accounted for 54% of the first instances of speech. These results suggest a pattern of speech emergence in children with a diagnosis of autism undergoing behavioral interventions for speech emergence. Identifying, recording and classifying the type of emergence could help with clinical decision making for further interventions and serve as a starting point for new lines of research.

 

Inducing First Instances of Speech in Older Children With Autism Using Mand and Intraverbal Training

(Applied Research)
RAZIA ALI (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Non-vocal-verbal children with Autism, aged between 1.8 years to 13.5 years participated in a large cohort study (n=126) spanning 6 years and 8 months, that was successful in inducing first instances of speech using mand and intraverbal training procedures in 105 (83%) participants, Awasthi (2017). Of these, 7 were older children with autism (8y 2m to 13y 5m). Of these 6 acquired first instances of speech while 1 left the study thirty weeks into intervention. Vocals emerged for 3 with mand training alone, 2 with delayed addition of intraverbal training and for 1 with simultaneous introduction of both. Of the 6 who were successful, the first speech instance emerged within 30 days of intervention with 4 but took more than 150 days with 2 others. The mean days to acquisition of all 7 instances of speech was 181 days (range 58 days to 359 days) taking an average of 25 days/ vocal. A recast of their data in 2 non-concurrent, delayed, MBL graph format confirms the effectiveness of these interventions in inducing first instances of speech in older non-vocal children with autism.

 
Using Video Self-Monitoring to Promote Staff Performance and Procedural Integrity: Applications to Speech Production Training
(Applied Research)
LINA M. SLIM-TOPDJIAN (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: Interprofessional collaboration to improve procedural integrity of speech production for learners with autism with limited vocal repertoires is essential to effective and efficient intervention programming (Brodhead, 2015; Cardon, 2017; Cox, 2012; Garbacz, et al., 2016; Griffin, 2017). It is within the scope of practice of speech-language pathologists (SLP) to assess and develop interventions addressing speech production (ASHA.org). An interprofessional collaborative approach to intervention between speech-language pathologists and behavior analysts will enhance staff performance during speech production training and promote effective learner outcome. This presentation examines the effectiveness of a Staff Training Procedure (STP), consisting of Video Self-Monitoring (VSM), Performance Feedback (PF) and Reflection (R) on sustained and generalized teacher performance and Procedural Integrity, on two Dependent Variables – application of the Learn Unit (LU) and Rate of Effective Instruction (ROI). Results are in support of the literature (DiGennaro-Reed et al., 2010; Gartmeier et al., 2008; Greer et al., 2008; Jansen et al., 2008; LeBlanc et al. 2005; Lerman, et al., 2008; Pelletier et al., 2010) that VSM and PF may enhance teacher/therapist performance and sustainability of procedural integrity. VSM and PF may be an effective skill acquisition procedure to implement during speech production training to improve procedural integrity.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applications of Contingency Management to Promote Healthy Behavior Change
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Shrinidhi Subramaniam, Ph.D.
Abstract: Many chronic health conditions could be prevented, delayed, or improved through healthy behavior change. However, promoting and maintaining health behaviors can be challenging, particularly when reinforcement for an unhealthy choice (e.g., drug use) is available immediately and benefits of a healthy choice (e.g., drug abstinence) are delayed. Contingency management interventions, which arrange for the direct and immediate reinforcement of therapeutically important target behaviors, have been highly effective in promoting a wide range of health behaviors in diverse populations. The presentations delivered in this symposium will cover recent applications of contingency management in the treatment of chronic health problems. Specific topics will include treatment of opioid and cocaine use disorder in chronically unemployed adults, use of a smartphone-based approach to promote adherence to antiretroviral medications in people living with HIV, examination of individual differences in response to treatment for cocaine use disorder, and evaluation of cardiac rehabilitation participation and hospital utilization among low-income cardiac patients. In sum, this symposium offers an overview of interventions that apply behavior analytic principles to promote healthy behavior change.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingency management, health, incentives
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe how operant conditioning can be used to promote therapeutic behavior change; (2) identify key features of contingency management interventions; (3) discuss recent applications of contingency management to promote healthy behavior change.
 
A Long-Term Treatment for Drug Addiction and Unemployment: Interim Results
(Applied Research)
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Poverty, unemployment, and drug addiction are co-occurring problems. This ongoing study is evaluating whether abstinence-contingent wage supplements can promote drug abstinence and employment in chronically unemployed adults with opioid use disorder. In Phase 1 (3 months), participants can earn up to $200/week for engaging in job-skills training. To promote drug abstinence, participants must provide opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples to maintain maximum pay. In Phase 2 (1 year), participants are randomly assigned to receive Individual Placement and Support (IPS) supported employment (IPS Only) or IPS with abstinence-contingent wage supplements (IPS + ACWS). Participants in the IPS + ACWS group can earn up to $320/week for maintaining opiate- and cocaine-abstinence and for seeking and maintaining employment. Participants complete assessments every 30 days throughout Phases 1 and 2. Interim results show that participants in the IPS + ACWS group provided significantly more opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples, and were significantly more likely to gain employment than participants in the IPS Only group. This intervention could be an effective long-term treatment for drug addiction and unemployment.
 
Increasing Adherence to Life-Saving Medicine with Contingencies and Technology
(Applied Research)
HAILY TRAXLER (Western Michigan University), Amanda Devoto (Western Michigan University), David William Sottile (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Antiretroviral therapy (ART) improves life expectancy and quality of life for individuals living with HIV. ART adherence of >95% drastically decreases the likelihood of transmission to others, but many people with a history of drug use do not maintain this level of adherence. The purpose of this study was to develop a mobile contingency management (CM) intervention for promoting medication adherence in people with a history of drug use. Fifty participants with a history of opioid or cocaine use were enrolled in the study for six months and randomly assigned to either a control (n=25) or treatment (n=25) group. Treatment group participants received a smartphone loaded with a CM intervention app that allowed for (1) direct observation of medication consumption through video selfies, (2) easy tracking of incentive earnings, (3) easy access to adherence-related resources, and (4) a dosing reminder texting system. The proportion of individuals who achieved 95% adherence increased over time in the treatment group and decreased over time in the control group, and was significantly different in the final study month (55% vs. 19%; p=0.015). Usage data showed high levels of intervention engagement and correct usage, and self-reports showed a high level of intervention acceptability.
 

Baseline Characteristics and Initial Abstinence During Contingency Management Among Methadone Patients With Cocaine Use Disorder

(Applied Research)
MAGGIE SWEENEY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Tanyaradzwa Chikosi (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Tyrone Scales (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kelly Dunn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Maxine Stitzer (Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit)
Abstract:

Contingency management (CM) promotes drug abstinence using monetary incentives contingent upon drug negative urine samples, but only about half or fewer of substance users exposed to CM respond by initiating abstinence. Thus, there is a need to understand individual differences in abstinence initiation. We are conducting a randomized, placebo-controlled trial evaluating whether the medication bupropion (Wellbutrin®) enhances response to CM for cocaine abstinence among methadone patients with cocaine use disorders. Data collection for the effects of medication is ongoing, but we have conducted preliminary analyses to determine whether individuals who initiate early abstinence differ systematically from individuals who fail to initiate early abstinence. Thus far, 25% of the sample achieved six consecutive cocaine-negative urines within the first six weeks of CM (i.e., prior to randomization; early abstainers). Early abstainers were not distinguishable from other participants according to cocaine use disorder severity, demographics, or performance on neurocognitive assessments. Early abstainers showed significantly greater proportion of cocaine-negative urine samples post-randomization relative to those who did not initiate early abstinence. These data emphasize that considerable and persistent differences exist in response to CM. In addition, cocaine use disorder severity, demographics, and other baseline characteristics may be insufficient to predict early abstinence during CM.

 

Increasing Cardiac Rehabilitation Participation Among Medicaid Enrollees: Effects on Hospital Utilization

(Applied Research)
DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Eline van den Broek-Altenburg (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont), Phillip Ades (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Attendance at cardiac rehabilitation significantly reduces the risk of morbidity and mortality following a cardiac event. However, certain populations of patients, such as lower-socioeconomic status patients, are unlikely to attend or complete the recommended course of rehabilitation. In a clinical trial, 130 participants were randomized to either usual care control or to earn incentives on an escalating schedule for completing up to 36 outpatient rehabilitation sessions. Incentivized participants completed significantly more sessions of cardiac rehabilitation and were twice as likely to complete the program. In this secondary analysis of the trial, we estimated the impact of the intervention on ED, Inpatient and Outpatient expenditures, number of visits and length of stay (LOS). Group differences were evaluated 12 months after patients’ qualifying event. Expenditures were modeled using a two-part model (TPM), since we expected that the probability of incurring any expenditure was independent of the amount of expenditure; number of visits and LOS were modeled by using negative binomial regressions. Models controlled for sociodemographic factors, smoking status, and severity of illness. Preliminary results indicate that the intervention group had, compared to the control group, lower mean expenditures for ED and outpatient, but not inpatient services.

 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Antecedent-Based Manipulations in Applied Behavior-Analytic Feeding Interventions
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute )
Discussant: Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Bethany Hansen, Ph.D.
Abstract: Feeding disorders can range in severity and can negatively impact a child’s nutrition and growth (Piazza, & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). Various factors (e.g., complex medical histories, oral motor deficits) can contribute to the development and maintenance of feeding difficulties. ABA-based interventions have the most empirical support for the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). These ABA-based interventions include antecedent manipulations, such as demand fading (Dolezal, 2006) and utensil manipulation (Wilkin et al., 2014), and consequence-based strategies, such as escape extinction (Bachmeyer et al., 2009). The purpose of the current symposium is to present four studies which investigate a variety of antecedent manipulations as treatment for feeding disorders. The first will compare the effects of three utensil manipulations (i.e., upright-spoon, Nuk, flipped-spoon) and evaluated their effects on oral-motor skills. The second will investigate whether an alternative bite placement can compensate for oral motor deficits and will review effective interventions for increasing lip closure during feeding. The third will evaluate demand fading across several dimensions (i.e., bite placement, bolus size, bite quantity) with and without escape extinction. The fourth will examine whether food preferences change over the course of intervention and discuss implications as possible antecedent manipulations.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent manipulation, escape extinction, feeding, oral motor
Target Audience: Clinicians Researchers Students
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify at least 3 different dimensions that demand fading can occur across. 2. Attendees will be able to discuss at least one treatment aimed to improve lip closure. 3. Attendees will be able to identify at least 3 utensil manipulations that can be used as antecedent strategies.
 

Further Evaluation of Utensil Manipulation During Initial Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

VIVIAN F IBANEZ (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Jovanie St. Paul (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders may pack or expel food when they lack the oral-motor skills, the motivation, or both to swallow. Utensil manipulation such as presenting bites on the tongue with a Nuk or flipped spoon is a treatment that researchers generally implement after these behaviors emerge. One exception is Wilkins et al., (2014) because they implemented utensil manipulation during initial treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. In the current study, we extended previous utensil-manipulation studies by comparing the effects of (a) upright-spoon presentation; (b) Nuk presentation; and (c) flipped-spoon presentation on 2 product measures of swallowing, 15- and 30-s mouth clean, and expulsion during the initial treatment of feeding disorders with 5 children. We also monitored lip closure during upright-spoon presentation and following bite deposit in all conditions to evaluate whether utensil manipulation corresponded with improvements in this oral-motor skill. Nuk presentation produced the highest levels of 15-s mouth clean and the lowest rates of expels relative to upright-spoon presentation and flipped-spoon presentation across children. We discuss the data in terms of potential reasons why utensil manipulation improved feeding behavior and how measures of oral-motor skills might predict the necessity of utensil manipulation during initial treatment.

 
An Examination of Food Preferences Before and After Treatment for a Pediatric Feeding Disorder
JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Jaime Crowley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Exposure to noxious stimuli in the context of eating results in avoidance behavior in nonhuman animals (Garcia & Kellog, 1966), which may be the same mechanism by which feeding disorders develop in children. However, little is known about the food preferences of children with a feeding disorder and medical diagnoses. Therefore, we set out to identify whether intervention for the feeding disorder results in changes in preferences for foods as a function of exposure. In the current investigation, we evaluated whether the food preferences of children with feeding disorders changed over the course of intervention. We conducted repeated free- and random-choice preference assessments with foods to which we either exposed or did not expose children with a feeding disorder and medical diagnoses during clinical treatment. Responding was relatively equivalent for exposure and nonexposure foods throughout the preference assessments, suggesting that preferences for foods did not change due to exposure during treatment.
 

Demand Fading Across Dimensions With and Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

CHEYENNE DANIEL (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health; University of North Carolina Wilmington), Connor Sheehan (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Erika Winnie (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health )
Abstract:

Previous literature supports the use of demand fading in conjunction with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to increase food consumption and mitigate potential emotional responding often observed in escape extinction of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Dolezal, 2006). However, demand fading can occur across many dimensions (e.g., bite placement, bolus size, bite quantity; Kerwin Ahearn, Eicher, & Burd, 1995; Knox, Rue, Wildenger, Lamb, & Luiselli, 2012; Penrod, Gardella, & Fernand, 2012). It is unclear which dimension is the most effective and efficient to fade along to increase consumption and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. We used a combined multielement and reversal design to assess the effects of demand fading across bite placement and bolus size plus differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, with and without escape extinction, on compliance and inappropriate mealtime behavior. So far, results indicated that compliance increased across both demand fading dimensions only after we added escape extinction. Initial rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior were lower across both demand fading dimensions with escape extinction compared to escape extinction alone, suggesting that demand fading can help attenuate some potential side effects of escape extinction. Implications of incorporating demand fading into escape extinction are discussed.

 

Increasing Lip Closure and Decreasing Biting on the Spoon in a Child With Autism and 100% Gastrostomy Tube Dependency

HOLLY M NEY (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

The clinical significance of lip closure as it relates to pediatric feeding disorders has not yet been empirically evaluated. From an oral motor perspective, in typically developing infants, lip closure helps to keep food within the mouth, and the skill becomes more efficient as the child develops (Carruth & Skinner, 2002). Unfortunately, this behavior does not always emerge in children with feeding disorders, as they do not follow an age-typical eating progression. This may result in an “open mouth posture” when depositing food. It is unclear whether this behavior is actually an avoidance response or a result of limited oral motor skills. For children with limited oral motor capabilities, this may also result in higher levels of expulsion and/or packing (Wilkins et al., 2014; Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010). Previous researchers have demonstrated that antecedent manipulations such as an alternative bite placement on the middle of the tongue may compensate for these deficits (Girolami, Boscoe, & Roscoe, 2007). However, bite placement alone does not necessarily address the issue of poor lip closure. Therefore, increasing lip closure may be an alternative antecedent manipulation that may also compensate for a lack of oral motor capabilities. In the current study, we successfully increased lip closure and decreased biting on the spoon in a 6-year old boy with a feeding disorder using physical guidance and fading. As a result of this manipulation, we were able to increase oral intake and decrease tube feedings.

 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Equivalence Class Formation and Errorless Learning: Theory and Application
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address advanced topics in the stimulus control of behavior in the experimental and applied domains. All presentations, two experimental and two applied, investigated how a variety of stimulus conditions impacted the formation of stimulus classes under. The first presentation manipulated the physical properties of stimuli to form generalized equivalence classes (money equivalences) to induce new applied repertoires (purchasing skills) that emerged in novel settings. The second presentation compared contingent and non-contingent reinforcement during errorless instruction and determined that the influence of a “hidden contingency” accounted for errorless learning in the absence of contingent reinforcement. The third presentation evaluated different training modalities on the subsequent formation of equivalence classes. The results suggested that stimulus control topography coherence theory may require revision. Finally, the fourth presentation investigated whether or not prompts used during training entered into equivalence classes and expanded those classes. The results indicated that class-specific prompts became members of relevant classes and could be used to efficiently expand those classes. The outcomes of these studies are discussed in terms of the development of novel forms of stimulus control and improving the efficacy of instruction of complex behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Errorless Instruction, Stimulus Equivalence
Target Audience:

Graduate students conducting research in the areas of complex stimulus control and derived relational responding; Individuals designing instruction for children with and without autism and developmental disabilities,

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the defining properties of stimulus equivalence; 2. Define stimulus control topography coherence theory; 3. Explain how stimulus equivalence and stimulus control topography coherence theory can be applied to instruction.
 
Using A Generalized Equivalence Class Strategy to Teach Functional Money Skills
(Applied Research)
MEGAN BREAULT (Realizing Children's Strengths Learning Center; Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. King (Realizing Children's Strengths Learning Center; Simmons University), Colleen Yorlets (Realizing Children's Strengths, Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons University)
Abstract: A generalized equivalence class is demonstrated when reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive relations emerge among stimuli that are perceptually disparate, and others that are perceptually similar to the members of the base equivalence class. In this study, a participant with autism learned to match coins (B) and items to be purchased (C) and to price tags (A). After three-member classes were established, tests determined whether untrained but physically similar items (C’) entered into the established class, thus expanding the class beyond the original three members. While equivalence classes formed, we found incomplete inclusion of the novel, physically similar items (C’). A second systematic replication will seek to produce complete inclusion of the novel but physically similar items (C’) into the established classes by systematically manipulating those physical properties. The results of these studies are discussed in terms of procedures that may yield a variety of generalized equivalence classes (i.e., minimally, partially and fully elaborated).
 
Learning in Stimulus Fading by Response-Contingent Reinforcement and by Response-Contingent Stimulus Change
(Basic Research)
MARGOT BERTOLINO (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: This experiment explored the influence of the reinforcement contingency on the acquisition of all discriminations in a stimulus fading (SF) protocol by studying two conditions. In the stimulus fading condition (SF) contingent reinforcement was used throughout the SF protocol. In the yoked control condition (YC) non-contingent reinforcers were presented through the protocol. In both protocols, a participant had to learn up to eight increasing difficult discriminations arrayed along a dimension of luminance difference. All eight discriminations were acquired by 18 of 20 in the SF protocol and 2 of 20 in the YC protocol. Of the 18 in the YC protocol who did not learn all eight discriminations, many of intervening discriminations were acquired even though no contingency of reinforcement was active. When errors were considered, very few occurred during the SF protocol (errorless learning) while many more occurred during the YC protocol. Thus, while the contingency of reinforcement played a significant role in learning in stimulus fading, a “hidden” contingency– response produced stimulus change - was responsible for the learning of the discriminations in the absence of the contingency of reinforcement, and non-contingent reinforcement impeded the acquisition of the discriminations. Since response-produced stimulus change is present in all fading protocols, it could also influence discrimination learning in fading, regardless of procedural variation. Finally, failures in stimulus fading might also define a participant’s differential threshold for luminance differences.
 

Training Modality and Equivalence Class Formation: A Test Of Stimulus Control Topography Coherence Theory

(Basic Research)
Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York), DEBRA PAONE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

This experiment explored how training influenced the formation of 3-node 5-member equivalence classes during the simultaneous protocol. The baseline relations were established concurrently (CONC) or serially (SER) on a trial and error basis, or serially and “errorlessly” with a constructed response matching to sample procedure (CRMTS). After training, test blocks were administered to measure class formation. Test blocks trials contained all baseline relations and probes for symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence. The error percentages while acquiring the baseline relations were highest during concurrent training, lower during serial training, and lowest during constructed response training. Yet, similar percentages of participants formed classes in each training condition. Thus, the likelihood of equivalence class formation under the simultaneous protocol was not influenced by training modality or prevalence of errors during baseline acquisition. In addition, transient stimulus control topographies that emerged during training did not subsequently resurge during testing, thus, their resurgence did not account for failed class formation. Because the error and resurgence findings were not consistent with stimulus control topography coherence theory, it might have to be revised to accommodate to the data reported in this experiment.

 
The Inclusion of Prompts in Equivalence Classes
(Applied Research)
SIMONE VILAS BOAS PALMER (Simmons College and Crossroads School), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College), Paula Ribeiro Braga Kenyon (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Sidman (2000) posited that equivalence relations may include all elements of a conditional discrimination (e.g., sample and comparison stimuli, responses, and reinforcers). Research has verified this outcome. However, establishing conditional discriminations may involve the use of supplementary stimuli, called prompts, to occasion the correct responding. To date the question of whether or not prompts may enter into the relevant equivalence class has not be answered. Experiment 1 taught graduate students visual-visual matching-to-sample relations with arbitrary stimuli. Initially, the S+ stimulus on each trial was highlighted using a class-specific prompt (e.g., colors: class 1 = blue; class 2 = red; class 3 = yellow). Contingent on correct responding the prompt was systematically faded until six conditional discriminations were acquired, in the absence of the color prompt (A1-B1; A2-B2; A3-B3; A1-C1; A2-C2; and A3-C3). Following this training, testing documented the formation of 3-three member equivalence classes. Identity matching-to-sample training was then conducted, again using the color prompts (D-D). Subsequent testing revealed that the class-specific prompts (colors) became members of relevant equivalence class, established during training and testing and expanded the classes to four members. Implications for teaching students with developmental disabilities and increased efficacy of instruction are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #35
Verbal Developmental Cusps and Reading: Conditioned Reinforcement and Phonemic Derived Relations for School-Age Readers
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gaige Johnson (May Institute)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: Reading is comprised of multiple textual responses including accurate responding to phonemes and valuation for reading. However, some students have difficulty acquiring these critical repertoires. In this symposium, four studies that evaluate book conditioning procedures and procedures to establish phonemic responding are presented. Participants were preschool, elementary, and middle school students with and without disabilities. The results of the studies indicate that establishing phonemic derived relations and valuation for reading increased students’ book engagement, reading accuracy, and reading achievement scores.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): derivational responding, reading, vocabulary
 

The Effects of a Vocal Segmentation Intervention on Establishing the Essential Stimulus Control for Textual Responding, Spelling, and Vocal Phoneme Blending in Children Who Do Not Acquire These Respones

LEANNA MELLON (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

This study tested the effects of teaching textual responses (reading) or spelling responses on the emergence of untaught repertoires. Dependent measures were the number of correct untaught (a) textual responses, (b) written spelling responses, (c) vocal segmentations for untaught words, and (d) vocally blending phonemes into a composite word. In Experiment I, participants were taught to vocally segment the component phonemes in 5-word subsets of consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words. Results showed increased correct responses after acquiring vocal segmentation. Experiment 2 tested for abstraction of responding to consonant-consonant-vowel-consonant (CCVC) words. Pre-experimental probes indicated that the responses to CVC words established in Experiment 1 had not abstracted to words containing CVCC words. Results of the intervention showed that acquisition of vocal segmentation responses for CCVC words resulted in participants emitting correct responses across all topographies. Implications for vocal segmentation instruction are discussed.

 

Establishing Books as Conditioned Reinforcers to Increase Reading Motivation for Elementary Students With Reading Delays

MARGARET UWAYO (UNKNOWN), Denise Ross (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Establishing reading as a conditioned reinforcer has increased reading motivation, facilitated acquisition of sight words, and improved reading comprehension for children with and without disabilities. The current paper presents two studies designed to examine the effects of a book conditioning intervention on establishing books as conditioned reinforcers for one elementary and two middle school students who did not select or engage with books during free choice time. A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of book conditioning on the following dependent variables: a) percentage of intervals that a student engaged with books, b) correct responses to reading comprehension questions, and c) if books reinforced the acquisition of sight words. Results demonstrated that book engagement increased and that books reinforced the acquisition of sight words for participants. Results are discussed in terms of the applications of this research to reading motivation.

 
The Enhanced Valuation of Reading and Gains in Reading Repertories for Early Elementary Students
LARA GENTILINI (UNKNOWN), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: We assessed associations among, or group differences between, the reinforcement value of reading for 15 second-grade students and reading comprehension, vocabulary, and accuracy in ‘seeing’ and assigning meaning to sentences with a contrived word, or comprehension drawing (CD) and derivational responding (DR), respectively. Results showed significant differences in reading performance between participants with and without conditioned reinforcement for reading in their repertoires. A pre- and post-intervention design with multiple-probe logic was simultaneously used to test the effects of a teacher-pairing reading intervention on conditioned reinforcement for reading. The teacher-pairing procedure was effective in establishing conditioned reinforcement for reading with grade-level increases in comprehension. Results suggest that reinforcement value of reading may influence development of comprehension, vocabulary, and other higher-order reading repertories.
 
Enhanced Valuation of Reading on Reading Achievement in Fourth Grade Students
BRITTANY DIANNE BLY (Teacher's College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted to examine the relation between reading achievement and enhanced valuation for reading. Experiment 1 tested the relationship between enhanced valuation for reading and achievement scores of participants (N = 17). Significant differences in mean scores were observed between students who demonstrated enhanced valuation for reading (N = 9) and students who did not (N = 8). In Experiment 2, a pre-and post-intervention design with a multiple probe logic tested the establishment of enhanced valuation for reading on reading achievement. Six 4th graders without enhanced value for reading were grouped into dyads and a four-step, peer contingency procedure was implemented to enhance the value of reading content. Results indicated significant mean increases in grade-levels for the Woodcock Johnson comprehension (+1.95), vocabulary (+0.3), and Grays Silent Reading Test (+1.0).
 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Discounting Methods, Understanding, and Analytic Techniques
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Delay and probability discounting refer to the devaluation of an outcome as a function of the delay or probability with which the outcome occurs. Discounting rates inform researchers how people make decisions and have been shown to differ between individuals with unhealthy patterns of behavior and control groups. But, everyday choices are not devoid of context and many questions remain about what choice is sensitive to across contexts. This series of talks examines how discounting can be influenced by one’s previous history and current state of access to the commodity under consideration. In addition, these talks highlight novel discounting methodology and data analytic approaches that may allow researchers to better understand what discounting looks like across different groups. Populations discussed will be women with food insecurities, MTurk participants, and the classic undergraduate student. Topics discussed will be amount/delay sensitivity to alcohol; how the size of one’s bank account and intermixing gains and losses influences discounting; and classic population comparisons in discounting rates. Together, the talks that comprise this symposium highlight advances in: methods for measuring discounting, group differences in discounting, and analytic techniques to understand discounting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, behavioral pharmacology, delay discounting, probability discounting
Target Audience:

Graduate students in behavior analysis; Behavior analysts working in feeding; behavior analysts working with substance abuse populations

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe the standard methodology for producing discounting data. Participants will be able to describe how discounting differs between clinical and non-clinical populations. Participants will be able to describe how methods for gathering and analyzing data can influence discounting outcomes.
 

Delay and Probability Discounting for Food and Money Differs in Women With Food Insecurity

LUIS RODRIGUEZ (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University), Dante Kyne-Rucker (Idaho State University), Maria Wong (Idaho State University), Katie Martin (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

Food insecurity, or inconsistent access to foods that meet nutritional needs, has been linked to delay discounting for money, a behavioral measure of impulsivity. The purpose of the present study was to examine differences in delay and probability discounting for food and money outcomes in women with varying levels of food insecurity. Ninety-two women were recruited from a community sample. Participants completed delay and probability discounting tasks for food and money, food security measures, and measures of demographic and health-related variables. Results revealed that food insecure individuals showed significantly higher rates of delay discounting for both food and money compared to food secure individuals. No significant differences were found with probability discounting. These results indicate food insecure individuals are relatively more impulsive for food and money than those of food secure status but not necessarily different in risk-taking. In addition, impulsive behavior may be an underlying mechanism of obesity-related health outcomes in food insecure populations.

 
Gain-Loss Sequence Effects and Asymmetry in Delay and Probability Discounting
GIDEON NAUDE (University of Kansas), Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The sign effect is a well-documented phenomenon that describes the tendency for individuals to differentially discount gains and losses. In the present investigation, we examined the effects of temporal sequencing on delayed and probabilistic monetary gains and losses to determine whether differences occurred when either gains or losses were assessed first, following a loss, or following a gain. Participants (N = 486) recruited from Amazon Mechanical Turk completed either two delay or two probability discounting assessments, counterbalanced across temporal and sign sequences. Regression suggested sequence significantly impacted rates of discounting for delayed and probabilistic gains and modulated magnitude effects across both gains and losses. These results add to the growing literature on gain-loss asymmetry and may inform methods of gathering delay and probability discounting data.
 

On the Differential Discounting of Money and Alcohol in College Students: Effects of Reward Magnitude and Delay

STEFANIE S. STANCATO (University of Kansas), Ale Carrillo (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Heavy alcohol use on college campuses is a major concern, as it can result in academic problems, assault, alcohol use disorders, and death. One hallmark of excessive drinking is elevated discounting rates of alcohol compared to money. Differences in discounting rates could be due to differences in sensitivity to magnitude of rewards and/or delay. Recent analytic techniques may provide a better understanding of these behavioral mechanisms, and their effects on choice. We used the multilevel modeling technique to evaluate discounting of alcohol and money with undergraduate college students. This approach examines group and individual discounting rates simultaneously using a multilevel logistic regression and nonlinear models. It has been recommended for use, as it is sensitive to magnitudes of reward and relative delay, which are considered separate contributors to choice. We found subjects had differential sensitivity to reward magnitude and delay when discounting of alcohol compared to money. Findings suggest these analytic techniques may lead to the enhanced understanding of these behavioral processes needed to successfully target and decrease alcohol consumption on college campuses.

 

Effects of Economic Context in Discounting

MOLLY A BARLOW (University of Florida), David Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Previous studies have investigated how drastic changes to income influence delay discounting (e.g. Bickel et al., 2016). Additionally, while researchers have investigated how choices change as a function of the absolute magnitude of an outcome (e.g. Green et al., 1999), no studies have investigated how choices change as a function of magnitude relative to the amount in a participant’s bank. We investigated how endowing participants with a bank of varying amounts influenced choice within delay discounting tasks. 60 undergraduate psychology students completed 4 delay discounting tasks. Each task presented one of two different amounts for the delayed choice alternative (i.e., $3000 and $500,000). In addition, each task presented one of two relative bank amounts (i.e., 1/4 or 4 times the delayed amount). Discounting of the delayed amount was significantly greater when the bank amount was smaller than the delayed amount (e.g. $750 bank; $3,000 delayed amount) only in the small delayed amount ($3,000) condition. When the delayed outcome magnitude was large ($500,000), the bank amount did not have a statistically significant effect on discounting. Our results suggest contrived economic context influences participants’ choices under conditions in which an outcome is delayed.

 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
Storytelling Intervention Promotes Academic Language Skills and Inclusion: A Verbal Behavior Analysis and Applied Research
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Trina Spencer (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Tina Marie Covington (Anderson Center for Autism)
CE Instructor: Trina Spencer, Ph.D.
Abstract: Academic language, which strongly predicts academic achievement, is defined as the language used in school to acquire and use knowledge (Nagy & Townsend, 2012). Insufficient academic language skills of children with disabilities or at risk of reading failure limit their access to general education and inclusive opportunities. There is a paucity of research investigating interventions that promote the acquisition and normalization of language beyond basic verbal operants. Oral narrative intervention is a promising approach to teaching diverse learners higher level academic language skills, including complex vocabulary, inferencing, syntax and grammar, and writing. Through oral storytelling children with disabilities can receive academically-focused instruction alongside their peers. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a conceptual analysis, multiple empirical examples, and a review of extant literature on storytelling interventions with children with autism. Practitioners will receive recommendations for teaching advanced verbal behavior through fun, interactive, and meaningful storytelling activities that increase opportunities for academic and social engagement.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): education, inclusion, storytelling, verbal behavior
Target Audience: Speech and language pathologists, educators (general and special education, reading specialists), behavior analysts
 
Beyond Elementary Verbal Operants: A Conceptual Analysis of Storytelling
(Theory)
TRINA SPENCER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Narratives are causally related events told or retold in temporal order (Cohn, 1999; Prince, 1982). They are critically important for social and academic development of children, especially those with language related disabilities. Telling or retelling a story is considered a verbal operant response. Therefore, Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior applies to narratives. However, the size of the unit is much larger than what is typically understood by elementary verbal operants and narratives are standardly under multiple control related to tacts, intraverbals, and sometimes mands and echoics. What is less understood is the autoclitic framework involved in the structure of stories and the linguistic structures (e.g., grammar) of the sentences used to tell stories. Nonetheless, these structures are indeed functional (Palmer, 2007). In this paper, a verbal behavior analysis will be offered for complex and large units of verbal behavior known as narratives. Implications of a verbal behavior analysis of storytelling for teaching children with language related disabilities will be presented with particular attention to procedures for establishing and transferring stimulus control of storytelling and for enhancing response and stimulus generalization that results in generative and normalized academic and social communication of diverse children with language related disabilities (e.g., autism).
 
Storytelling Intervention Improves Vocabulary and Inferencing: An Inclusive Approach
(Applied Research)
ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Trina Spencer (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Two of the most important components of language and reading comprehension are vocabulary and narrative skills (Griffin et al., 2004). The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of vocabulary instruction embedded in narrative language intervention on children’s ability to retell stories and infer the meaning of contextually supported vocabulary words. Participants included 22 first grade students who presented with limited or impaired language skills. A small group (3-4 children) narrative language intervention with embedded vocabulary instruction was delivered four days a week for 30 minutes. Intervention sessions involved visually supported storytelling activities and promoting the use of less-common words while retelling personally-themed stories. Intervention effects were examined using a small-scale randomized control group design with an embedded repeated acquisition design across 12 weeks of intervention. Statistically significant differences were observed at posttest on narrative language skills [t(20) = 3.62, p > .001, d = 1.54] and inferential word learning measures [t(20) = 2.77, p = .01, d = 1.18]. Repeated acquisition graphs (see sample graphs) show 12 weekly demonstrations of targeted vocabulary acquisition for each of the 11 students in the treatment group, resulting in 121 replications of experimental effect.
 
Oral Storytelling Intervention Improves Writing and Access to Peers
(Applied Research)
Trina Spencer (University of South Florida), MEGAN ERIN SULLIVAN SULLIVAN KIRBY (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study examined the extent to which oral language instruction using narratives can impact students’ writing skills. Following multiple baseline design conventions to demonstrate an experimental effect, three groups of first grade students experienced staggered baseline and intervention phases. During the intervention condition, groups received six sessions of small group narrative instruction over two weeks. Outside of oral narrative instruction, students were asked to write their own stories, forming the dependent variable across baseline, intervention, and maintenance conditions. Written stories were analyzed for story structure and language complexity using a simple narrative scoring flow chart. Corresponding to the onset of oral narrative instruction, students showed meaningful improvements in story writing, which maintained for several weeks. Results suggest that narrative instruction delivered exclusively in an oral modality has a robust and durable effect on students’ writing, which may be more efficient than addressing writing skills directly. Additionally, improvements in story writing were notable for one student receiving special education services, resulting in increased time spent in the general education classroom and access to grade-level peers. One important implication of a socially valid and flexible narrative intervention is enhanced inclusion of children with language related disabilities in general education and with peers.
 

Review of Storytelling Intervention Studies Involving Children With Autism

(Theory)
MALLAMY IDALIT CAMARGO PENA (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Trina Spencer (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism have deficits in language, communication, social interaction, and perspective taking skills. Storytelling integrates this cluster of skills as it requires an understanding of narrative structure, the use of complex sentences, and it naturally occurs in social contexts. For example, narratives have been used to teach children with autism to tell personal experience narratives (Favot et al., 2018), increase the complexity of the sentences used to tell stories (Petersen et al., 2016), and to take another’s perspective (Gillam et al., 2015). We will present a summary of the currently available data-based research that used storytelling activities to teach various skills to children with autism, many of which are published in non-behavior analytic journals. The results of the systematic review will be discussed while giving special attention to the specific teaching procedures used to promote storytelling, the dependable variables (e.g., social skills, academic skills, perspective taking, and communication skills), and the methodological rigor used to investigate the effect of the intervention. Implications will be discussed as they pertain to academic and social programming for children with autism and directions for future behavior analytic research.

 
 
Paper Session #38
Diversity submission Diversity and Cultural Trends in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Daryl E Stewart (University of Kansas)
 
Diversity submission LGBTQ (Lesbian, Gay, Bi-Sexual, Transgender, Queer/Questioning) Cultural Competency: History, Disparity and Prevalence in Behavior Analysis
Domain: Theory
SARAH CAMPAU (May Institute)
 
Abstract: As in other disciplines and society at large, LGBTQ (Lesbian, Gay, Bi-Sexual, Transgender, Queer/Questioning) individuals have become a more visible part of the cultural landscape. By definition this includes persons who identify outside heterosexual or gender norms. Behavior analyst encounter a statistically high prevalence of individuals who fall under the LGBTQ umbrella. Individuals with autism identify outside of cis-heterosexual norms at a higher rate than persons who are neurotypical. With contemporary data this program will demonstrate not only a significant disparity in the quantity of behavior analytic LGBTQ literature compared with other practices, but also a stark lack of LGBTQ friendly literature in behavior analysis. For the optimal understanding by the audience this presentation will include basic terminology and education about the LGBTQ community. Cultural competency in sexual orientation and gender expression should be required for behavior analysts to best serve LGBTQ individuals and work to form better relationships with a community being served in large numbers.
 
Diversity submission Cultural Influences on Psychotherapy Techniques
Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center)
 
Abstract: Contemporary Western psychotherapy approaches, such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Dialectical Behavioral Therapy and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy, utilize techniques that are influenced by Eastern philosophy to treat anxiety. The present paper looks at two influential figures in the history of psychology – Sigmund Freud, representing Western approach and Shoma Morita, representing Eastern approach. While Freud’s psychoanalysis is well known all over the world, Morita’s therapy may not be. Both Freud and Morita had similar educational and occupational backgrounds and they were contemporaries. There are similarities in their theories, but what set them apart was deeply imbedded in their cultural experience. Thus, culture is looked at as a determining factor in the development of treatment techniques. Both theories are still influencing the field of psychology. The similarities and differences in structuring treatments dealing with anxiety for the two theories will be examined and their relation to contemporary Western psychotherapy discussed. Behavioral contingency analysis is used to examine the treatment structure of Freud’s psychoanalysis, Morita therapy and ACT.
 
Diversity submission 

History of Women in Behavior Analysis: Addressing Women’s Issues at the Association for Behavior Analysis International Conferences

Domain: Theory
DARYL E STEWART (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Christina Nord (University of Lethbridge)
 
Abstract:

Women’s issues in behavior analysis are widely regarded, today, as having had a resurgence (e.g., the Women in Behavior Analysis Conferences). The resurgence is important. Diversity, equity, and inclusion are the basis of a well-functioning organizations and societies -- ones that are likely to survive. However, the assertion about the resurgence lacks evidence. Our presentation offers some evidence. We present the results of a content analysis of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) conference programs between 1975 and 2018 (e.g., women’s committees, special interest groups, symposia, presentations). Given the recent evidence (e.g., 2015-present), the resurgence is real, but is not at a higher level of activism than during the first 15 years of the ABAI conferences. Next, we offer an analysis of the early and later activism – and lack thereof in between -- based on the contributions of specific individuals (e.g., Judy Favell, Elsie Pinkston) and cultural changes (e.g., the second wave of the feminist movement; the Equal Rights Amendment, the #MeToo movement). Finally, we consider how past practices might inform and be adopted selectively to advance a currently more diverse, equitable, and inclusive community of women in behavior analysis, in the ABAI organization, and in society at large.

 
Diversity submission 

Becoming Offended and Other Things We Do To Control Other's Behavior

Domain: Theory
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

In complex social interaction and relationships, it is common for individuals to “become offended,” hurt, or insulted by a speaker’s verbal behavior. This type of event commonly occurs across all types of relationships and can cause great distress for those involved, making it worth investigating from a behavioral perspective. To do so, there are a number of features to explore. First, an understanding of the relevant variables that allow the speaker’s verbal behavior to be responded to as if it were “offensive.” A few examples of variables that contribute to this are relationship-specific contingencies, situational variables, frequency, nonverbal behaviors, paralinguistic features, and content (Toney & Hayes, 2017). Since none of these features are unconditioned aversive stimuli, the conditioning that allows for the development of these stimulus functions should be investigated. Second, it is important to consider the function of becoming offended. Traditionally, such an analysis is overlooked as attention is primarily given to the speaker’s offensive behavior. Yet, behaviors involved in becoming offended operate within their own separate contingencies that are worth investigating. In this paper, the author will explore relevant features and issues of this type of interaction and discuss potential ways a behavior-analytic approach could benefit our understanding.

 
 
 
Symposium #39
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Behavior Analytic Training Methods
Saturday, May 25, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alyssa Miller (Melmark)
Discussant: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
CE Instructor: Stephanie Gerow, M.S.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is concerned with improving or solving socially relevant problems (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968; Fisher, Groff, & Roane, 2011). A socially relevant problem for service organizations and training institutions is ensuring employees and trainees acquire minimum competency to meet job expectations and to be eligible for employment. The purpose of this symposium is to provide examples of behavior analytic training applications in applied and university settings. The first paper provides an example of how behavior analytic training strategies were incorporated into a state mandated medication administration training. The number of organizational medication errors, number of opportunities to pass a written exam, and number of opportunities to pass a competency exam were examined to determine training outcomes. The second paper provides an example of an organizational training to improve outcomes of a functional behavior assessment. The third paper provides an example of university supported training for special educators to conduct trial-based functional analyses and develop function-based supports. The fourth paper provides an example of training for university students learning to conduct functional analyses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Organizational Decision-Making, Teaching, Training
Target Audience:

Practitioners, educators, and administrators who design and implement employee and university training programs specific to behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event participants will describe behavior analytic training strategies, describe the application of behavior analytic training strategies to meet multiple training needs, and describe how the discussed training strategies might support training they are involved with.
 

Effects of Behavior Analytic Training Strategies on a State Mandated Medication Administration Training

(Applied Research)
MEAGHAN CHIRINOS (Melmark, PA), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark, PA), Alyssa Miller (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark, PA), Julianne Brechbeil (Melmark, PA), Nikolaos Tsolakidis (Melmark, PA), Hillary Viola (Melmark, PA)
Abstract:

Melmark is a multi-state human service provider with premier private special education schools, professional development, training, and research centers. Training at Melmark is designed to increase the professional skills of employees, which in turn increases life outcomes for the individuals we support. Melmark trains based upon the principles of competency based instruction, performance-based instruction (Brethower & Smalley, 1998) and behavioral skills training (BST; Reid, Rollyson & Parsons, 2012). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of added material (i.e., 8-hours of video-based instruction), increased opportunities to respond during the training (i.e., fluency-timings, guided notes), and behavior skills training. Additionally, employees observing competency of the medication administration process were retrained using principles of fluency-based methods, active student responding, and behavior skills training. The outcomes of the trainings are discussed in light of medication errors, testing, as well as initial and maintenance observations. Impact on the organization will also be discussed.

 
Antecedent and Consequence Information and Accurate Identification of Function by Direct Service Staff
(Service Delivery)
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The goal of the present study is to identify whether irrelevant stimuli affect the accurate identification of function by observers with limited experience in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Eighteen participants were presented with video segments representing antecedent, behavior, and one of two consequences (either hand-over-hand prompting or removal of materials). While the actions shown in the videos did not vary, additional information irrelevant to the determination of function varied based on subtitles added to each segment. Participants were asked to hypothesize function at the conclusion of each of the 16 videos presented (4 in each condition). Participants’ hypotheses were used to determine whether and how surrounding information affects perception of function for staff with less than one year of experience in ABA. Results indicate when antecedent and consequence combinations depicted in the video segments are consistent, accuracy in identifying function is high. When the combinations are inconsistent, accuracy rates decrease, suggesting that the decrement may be based upon irrelevant surrounding information rather than relevant consequent stimulus changes.
 
Supporting Preschool Teachers to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions
(Applied Research)
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University)
Abstract: Young children with disabilities often require intensive, individualized support for challenging behaviors. Yet early childhood teachers are often undertrained or under supported in addressing challenging behaviors. As a result, classroom teachers may not be familiar with evidence-based practices for assessing and treating challenging behavior. In this two part study we evaluated a professional development curriculum based on behavioral skills training and practice-based coaching on early childhood special education teachers’ implementation of trial-based functional analysis and function-based intervention. We utilized a multiple-baseline design across teacher-student dyads to assess the effects of the model on teacher assessment and intervention fidelity and on child challenging behavior. Results showed improvement in teachers’ fidelity and concurrent decreases in child challenging behavior. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research are discussed.
 

Training Students to Conduct Trial-Based Latency Functional Analyses Using Behavior Skills Training and TAGTeach

(Applied Research)
Maggie Pavone (Lindenwood University), KELLY HANTAK (Lindenwood University)
Abstract:

This study explored methods for training behavior analysis students to conduct functional analyses. Students (n=5) in a behavior analysis graduate program were first taught to conduct one condition of a trial-based latency functional analysis using three 30-minute sessions including instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Performance following training was significantly better than baseline measures, however the criterion for competency was not met for all participants. Students (n=3) that did not demonstrate competency with the behavioral skills training alone were then provided 3 additional 10 minute training sessions using TAGTeach methodology. This additional training was sufficient for all students to attain competency. The same treatment integrity checklist used during training was then used to check for generalization in the students’ applied settings. All students (n=5) performed at mastery criterion under applied settings. Results indicate that behavioral skills training combined with TAGTeach training may be an effective way of training graduate students to conduct complex behavior analytic analyses.

 
 
Paper Session #40
Discounting Sexual Arousal
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:20 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Val Wongsomboon (University of Florida)
 
Sexual “Arousal” Discounting: Devaluation of Condom-Protected Sex as a Function of Reduced Arousal
Domain: Basic Research
VAL WONGSOMBOON (University of Florida), David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 
Abstract: Reduced pleasure from condom use is a commonly reported reason for unsafe sex. Our studies are the first to examine how individuals discount unsafe sex as their own (Study 2) or their partner’s (Study 1 & 2) arousal decreased from condom use. College students selected potential sexual partners and indicated their likelihood of condom use with each partner. Sexual arousal decreased with condom use (from 100% to 10%) but remained at 100% without condoms. In study 1 (N=273), potential sexual partners differed in desirability (most vs. least) and chance of sexually transmitted infection (STI; more vs. less). Only partner arousal varied with condom use. In study 2, (N=266), partners were selected based on desirability (most vs. least), and participants were randomized into the (1) self-group, where their arousal varied, and the (2) partner-group, where the partner’s arousal varied with condom use. We found that arousal level for the most (but not least) desirable partner influenced condom use (Study 1 & 2). In addition, self- and partner-arousal influenced condom use similarly with the most-desirable partner; but self-arousal decreased condom use more than partner-arousal with the least-desirable partner (Study 2). The findings suggest that sexual arousal can impact condom use.
 
 
 
Symposium #41
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis to Health and Physical Fitness
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erin Lusby-Donovan (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the potential of applying behavior principles into health and physical fitness in many different ways (Allison and Allyon, 1980; Luiselli, Woods, & Reed, 2011). Further behavior analytic research should be conducted to assess effectiveness, accessibility, and satisfaction in human performance interventions (Luiselli, Woods, & Reed). Almost 40 years ago, Allison and Allyon (1980) asserted that “exploratory research in the area of the application of behavioral procedures to sport and physical education has been scarce.” Although the application of behavioral procedures to sports has increased over the decades, the specific use of behavioral procedures to improve a variety of skills and safety remains scarce. This symposium will present three novel applications of behavior analysis to various issues in health and physical fitness.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): health, physical fitness, sports
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, graduate students, academic faculty
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will review past applications of behavior analysis to health and physical fitness 2. Participants will learn new applications of behavior analysis to health and physical fitness, such as weightlifting and soccer. 2. Participants will discuss implications to further expanding the role of behavior analysis in health and physical fitness.
 
Comparing Forward and Backward Chaining in Teaching Olympic Weightlifting
James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), BREANNA NEWBORNE (Canopy Children's Solutions), Laura Quintero (Mississippi State University)
Abstract: The popularity of Olympic-style weightlifting in fitness routines is growing, but participating in these exercises with improper technique places lifters at increased risk for injury. Fitness training professionals have developed multiple teaching strategies, but have not subjected these strategies to systematic evaluation, particularly with novice lifters. Two strategies recommended by professional training organizations are akin to forward and backward chaining, which have been shown effective at teaching other novel, complex behaviors. The present study compared these forward- and backward-chaining-like strategies to teach novice lifters “the clean” and “the snatch,” two Olympic weightlifting movements frequently incorporated into high-intensity training programs. Participants performed lifts taught with forward chaining more accurately than lifts taught with backward chaining.
 
Reducing Risk of Head Injury in Youth Soccer: An Extension of Behavioral Skills Training for Heading
LAURA QUINTERO (Mississippi State University), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract: Recently, concerns regarding sport-related concussions have increased within the research literature, the media, and popular culture. One source of potential soccer-related concussions involved the purposeful striking of the ball with one’s head (i.e. heading). There is currently limited research on an effective teaching method to improve safe heading technique. In the current student, Behavior Skills Training was evaluated as a method to teach correct heading techniques to youth soccer players. Results indicated that BST increased the percentage of correct steps for each player based on a task analysis of heading. Based on social validity questionnaires administered to players and the coach, BST was rated as an acceptable form of training. After the final training session, experienced coaches evaluated video recordings of baseline and training sessions for each player and rated each player as having improved from baseline to training.
 

The Effects of Self-Monitoring, Peer-Monitoring, and Peer Yoked Contingency on Physical Activity in Adults

AMANDA M AUSTIN (ARROW Health and Wellness), Erin Lusby-Donovan (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Physical activity is one of the most critical actions Americans can take to improve overall health. Despite the wide range of health benefits physical activity can provide, it is estimated that more than 60% of U.S. adults do not reach the recommended amount of weekly physical activity and 25% do not engage in any physical activity. Effective intervention is needed to increase physical activity in U.S. adults. This study examines the effects of self-monitoring, peer-monitoring, and peer yoked contingency on physical activity in adults. The study is currently in progress and results have not been determined at this time.

 
 
Symposium #42
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Are Women Academics Receiving Fair Treatment in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hugo Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley)
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Anita Li, M.S.
Abstract:

There has been growing interest in the representation of women and other minorities in the field of behavior analysis given the inception of the Women in Behavior Analysis conference and the special issue on Women in Behavior Analysis published in Behavior Analysis in Practice, an ABAI-affiliated journal. This symposium reports data regarding representation of women in academia within behavior analysis by examining research productivity and publicly available salaries. The first paper entitled, “Participation of Women in Behavior Analysis Research: Some Recent and Relevant Data,” reports an increasing trend of women publishing in major behavior analytic journals compared to historical data. The second paper, “The Gender Pay Gap for Behavior Analysis Faculty: It’s Big and Bad,” reports a shocking discrepancy amongst female and male professors employed at ABAI-accredited universities based in the United States relative to other disciplines. We discuss implications of these findings for women in academia and in the field of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): academia, diversity, wage gap, women
Target Audience:

Professors, graduate students, instructors of behavior analysis, and supervisors of individuals pursuing behavior analytic certification

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to report on historical figures on women's participation in research in applied behavior analysis. 2. Audience members will describe strategies to incorporate research in applied settings. 3. Audience members will describe strategies to reduce the wage gap and participation of women in both academia and practice.
 
Diversity submission Participation of Women in Behavior Analysis Research: Some Recent and Relevant Data
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Hugo Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), Joshua K. Pritchard (Factari), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: An examination of article authorship and editorial board membership for six behavior-analytic journals from 2014-16 revealed that, compared to findings from prior years, women’s participation has increased substantially over time. This finding is heartening and continued efforts to ensure that everyone has the opportunity to succeed in, and be served by, behavior analysis are richly merited.
 
Diversity submission The Gender Pay Gap for Behavior Analysis Faculty: It’s Big and Bad
Anita Li (Western Michigan University), NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida), Joshua K. Pritchard (Factari), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: We examined publicly available faculty salaries for men and women faculty members in 16 ABAI-accredited university programs. Overall, 50.6% of the 89 faculty members were women, although there were twice as many men as women at the full professor level. Our data suggest that ABAI-accredited training programs pay women less than men at all academic levels. Both in absolute terms and relative to the wage gap reported in other area of psychology, the difference in mean wages for women and men in our sample is enormous. This state of affairs is an embarrassment for our discipline and should distress all right-thinking behavior analysts. As individuals and as a collective, women have received unequal and unfair treatment for millennia. It’s time for a change.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #43
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Pain: An Update From the Applied Front--Conditioning and Measuring Behavior Still Matter

Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Frank Symons, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
FRANK SYMONS (University of Minnesota)
Dr. Frank Symons is a Distinguished McKnight University Professor in Special Education and Educational Psychology at the University of Minnesota where he also serves as the Associate Dean for Research and Policy in the College of Education & Human Development. His research agenda positions him in the crossroads of interdisciplinary inquiry in behavioral disorders and neurodevelopmental disabilities. His specific focus has been on the behavioral mechanisms and pathophysiology underlying chronic self-injurious behavior occurring among individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders including Fragile X syndrome, Rett syndrome, autism, and intellectual disability. His work has also advanced by addressing issues specific to pain and intellectual and developmental disabilities. He holds current appointments in the Department of Educational Psychology and the Center for Neurobehavioral Development. Symons has been P.I. or a Co-Investigator on several NIH R series grants the majority involving bench and bedside/clinic components and their integration.
Abstract:

Pain is a classic or, perhaps, rather a modern scientific conundrum. It is, by definition, a subjective experience. One of the confusing or difficult problems comes about by reducing the experience to a singular objective entity that can be quantified. How and why this is done will be discussed in two ways. One in relation to contemporary accounts of basic pain research agendas and what seems like the (re)discovery of the brain and conditioning (respondent, operant) mechanisms. The other by placing the issue in the applied context of trying to reliably and validity measure pain experience in individuals with communicative difficulties associated with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

Target Audience:

Behavioral scientists; practitioners providing services to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) define pain; (2) describe the specific problem of the definition of pain for individuals with communication disabilities; (3) describe common features of non-verbal pain rating scales.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #44
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Multilevel Modeling for Single-Subject Designs and Model Fitting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: William DeHart, Ph.D.
Chair: Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM DEHART (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), JONATHAN FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health)
Abstract:

Application of basic statistical measures (e.g., t-tests, ANOVA) to single-subject designs have been a source of conflict in Behavior Analysis because, in part, these tests aggregate behavioral variability across subjects and time, eliminating much of the data that behavior analysts find important. Multilevel modeling (MLM) is a statistical technique that addresses these concerns and is commonly used when data are naturally clustered (e.g., student clusters in classrooms, which are also clustered in various schools across a district). With MLM, the value of a statistical parameter for a specific case depends on the levels of the each cluster for that case. A single subject can serve as a cluster of data and, therefore, MLM can provide subject-by-subject predictions. In a single-subject or small-n design, statistical comparisons based on the IVs of interest are enhanced when the models have already accounted for intrasubject variability. In theoretical modeling of behavior, subject-by-subject model parameters can be obtained while simultaneously accounting for group-level patterns in the data. This tutorial will demonstrate using MLM to analyze experimental data from a single subject design and also to conduct subject level model fitting. The analyses will be conducted in R, a popular, free software package for statistical analyses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers, research-practitioners, students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) enumerate some of the strengths and weakness of the R statistical software; (2) perform the basic steps of creating a multilevel model for experimental data; (3) perform the basic steps of creating a multilevel model for theoretical modeling.
 
WILLIAM DEHART (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), JONATHAN FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health)

Dr. DeHart received his B.A. and Ph.D. from Utah State University under the mentorship of Dr. Amy Odum. In July of 2017, he began his current position as a post-doctoral fellow with Dr. Warren Bickel at the Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at VTC. Dr. DeHart’s primary research interests include the behavioral economics of addiction and other health behaviors including cigarette smoking and obesity as well as the application of advanced statistical methods to behavioral data. His early research investigated novel methods of reducing impulsive choice using framing and financial education and his dissertation applied structural equation modeling to better understand the effects of delay length and outcome magnitude on delay discounting. His current research interests are twofold. First, he is interested in measuring the abuse liability of different risky products including tobacco cigarettes and e-cigarettes and how demand for those products can be changed using public-health narratives. Second, he is interested in understanding the relationship of delay discounting to various health behaviors. In this line, he has applied advanced statistical methods including structural equation modeling, machine learning algorithms, and mixed-effects modeling. Dr. DeHart’s work has been recognized by various popular media outlets including the Wall Street Journal and he currently serves on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.

Jonathan E. Friedel is a research psychologist in the Bioanalytics Branch at the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. As part of the Organizational and Behavioral Research Team, he works on several grant funded projects focused on worker safety in laboratory workers, distracted driving, and data analytics for organizations using behavior based safety. He is currently the primary investigator for a grant funded project designed to use behavioral economics to quantify the factors that affect safety-related decision making in small businesses. He obtained his PhD in experimental psychology from Utah State University where he focused on delay discounting and behavioral economics. He obtained a MS in Behavior Analysis from University of North Texas.  

Keyword(s): R, single-subject designs, statistics
 
 
Symposium #45
Teaching Behavior Analytic Procedures Across a Variety of Populations
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Georgette Morgan (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The collection of studies in this symposium will explore behavior analytic teaching procedures across a variety of populations. First, Ashley Greer will present a descriptive analysis examining the various forms of verbal behavior and how children with autism are all attempting to communicate with their mothers regardless of their level of verbal behavior. As a result, parents of children without vocal verbal behavior require parent behavior analytic training tailored to their child's verbal developmental repertoires rather than their chronological age to ensure all communicative opportunities are captured. Second, Kathy Matthews will discuss the effects of implementing behavior analytic teaching procedures in a urban high school to decrease disruptive behaviors. Finally, Benigno Alonso-Alvarez will present a study demonstrating the effects of two behavior analytic procedures to teach Spanish-speaking children with autism article-noun tacts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Disruptive Behavior, Parent Training, Verbal Behavior
 

Vocal and Non-Vocal Verbal Behavior Between Mothers and Their Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ASHLEY BRIGGS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University; The Faison Center)
Abstract:

A descriptive analysis on the emission of vocal and non-vocal social/verbal interactions between 35 preschool-aged-children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and their mothers was conducted. Using pre-recorded videos of 5-min isolated free-play sessions between the dyads, each occurrence of verbal behavior emitted between the mother and child rotating across listener and speaker responses were transduced. Individual initiated conversational units (speaker-listener-speaker rotations) were isolated across each session. These data were statistically analyzed with previously collected data: child's level of verbal behavior in accordance with multiple verbal behavior assessments, the Autism Diagnosis Observation Schedule-2 (ADOS-2) severity, and the Vineland-3 Adaptive Behavior Scales-Third Edition (VABS-3) scores. Correlations were demonstrated across all assessments. The results did not show a significant difference between the child's level of verbal behavior and the number of child-initiated conversational units emitted with the mother. The differences were, however, indicated across the child's form of verbal behavior -- vocal, non-lexical, and non-vocal verbal behavior. Results are interpreted as parents of children without vocal verbal behavior require parent training tailored to their child's verbal developmental repertoires rather than their chronological age to ensure all communicative opportunities are captured.

 
Applying the Initial Components of Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis in an Urban High School
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison Center)
Abstract: This study describes the effects of applying a Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis (TABA) model to students attending an urban high school program. Many of the students in this program were performing below grade level and were reported to emit frequent disruptive behavior. The disruptive behavior consisted of talking out, using profanity, and emitting disapprovals toward teachers and peers. During the baseline period of the application, instances of disruptive behavior were high and the number of learn units completed by students were low, showing minimal teacher instruction and learning opportunities during class time. After the implementation of the TABA model, notable differences were seen in the occurrence of learn units, disruptions and approvals. This application demonstrates the utility of the TABA model and the results shed light into the benefits it may have for older students.
 

Teaching Article-Noun Tacts in Spanish to Children With Autism via Multiple Exemplar Instruction and Intraverbals Prompts

BENIGNO ALONSO-ALVAREZ (Long Island University), Carlota Belloso-Diaz (Centro CARE)
Abstract:

We evaluated two procedures for teaching two Spanish-speaking children with ASD to tact masculine and feminine items following the rules that masculine nouns ended in “-o” must be accompanied by the article “el”, and feminine nouns ended in “-a” must be accompanied by the article “la.” First, we used a multiple exemplar instruction procedure with echoic prompts. We taught the children to emit article-noun tacts for several exemplars of masculine and feminine items, and then we evaluated whether they emitted appropriate article-noun tacts for new items. This procedure was effective for one child. For the other child, we implemented a new procedure with 3 steps. In Step 1, we established intraverbal control by the endings “-o” and “-a” over “el” and “la”. We presented masculine and feminine nouns as antecedent stimuli and reinforced the responses “el + noun” for masculine nouns, and “la + noun” for feminine names. In Step 2, we used intraverbal prompts for teaching article-noun tacts. For instance, we presented a strawberry as antecedent stimulus and the intraverbal prompt “fresa” (strawberry, in Spanish). We reinforced the tact “la fresa.” In Step 3, we removed the intraverbal prompts. This procedure was effective with the second child.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #46
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Explaining Emergent Tact Control

Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Anna Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
ANNA PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University)
Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir received her Ph.D. from Western Michigan University. She is currently an associate professor of psychology and chair of the psychology department at Texas Christian University (TCU), where she teaches courses and supervises doctoral students in Experimental Psychology. She also holds an appointment as a part-time lecturer at Reykjavik University. Anna is a previous editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, a previous associate editor of JABA and a current associate editor of JEAB. She is president-elect of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, a board member of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, a member of the ABAI science board, and a past president of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis. Anna’s research encompasses both basic and applied interests and focuses primarily on verbal behavior acquisition and the relationship between verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations.
Abstract:

Skinner (1957) defined the tact as a verbal response under the functional control of a nonverbal antecedent stimulus due to a history of generalized conditioned reinforcement. However, control by nonverbal stimuli over vocal verbal responses often emerges in the apparent absence of prior reinforcement. This phenomenon has been documented, for example, in research on on receptive-to-expressive generalization, stimulus pairing observation procedures, and instructive feedback, and it requires explanation in an operant account of language. It is commonly proposed that undocumented reinforcement of overt or covert echoic responses in the presence of the nonverbal stimulus plays a role in emergent tact control. In this presentation I will review research from my own lab and others that has addressed this hypothesis by measuring or manipulating the occurrence of echoic responses during learning trials. I will evaluate the extent to which the results support a functional role of echoic responding in emergent tact control and discuss alternative explanations of the phenomenon, including relational operants and stimulus correlation effects.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts; scientists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the proposed role of the echoic in emergent tact control; (2) discuss which findings do and do not support involvement of echoic responding in emergent tact control; (3) describe two alternative explanations of emergent tact control.
 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Current Applications of Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies to Improve Socially Important Behaviors
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cory Whelan (May Institute; Western New England University)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, M.A.
Abstract:

Research and practice related to function-based interventions for problem behavior have evolved significantly since behavior analysts began working with children with problem behavior. One example is the synthesis of establishing operations and reinforcers in both functional and treatment analyses. The current symposium will focus on examples of the effects of synthesized reinforcement contingencies, and will present data related to (a) efficient analysis and treatment processes conducted in a school setting, (b) the application of a skills-based treatment package without extinction to reduce severe problem behavior, (c) a treatment model in which children and/or parents are continuously provided the choice of participating in treatment or leaving the therapeutic context, and (d) training parents to teach their children functional life skills in an effort to minimize emerging problem behavior and prevent severe problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): FCT, IISCA, parent training, synthesis
Target Audience:

Behavior analysis practitioners, researchers, and educators.

 
Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses and Functional Communication Training: Replications in an Educational Setting
AMY KATE ROSENBLUM (May Institute), Cory Whelan (May Institute; Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (May Institute; Western New England University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an efficacious treatment used to decrease problem behavior and increase communication in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). FCT involves reinforcing the emission of a functional communication response (FCR) while placing problem behavior on extinction (Carr & Durand, 1985). In the present study, a reversal design was used Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses and Functional Communication Training: Replications in an Educational Setting to evaluate the utility of the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) in the identification of functional reinforcers for problem behavior to be used in subsequent FCT. Participants were students enrolled in a private school for students with ASD who engaged in severe problem behavior. For all participants, the IISCA led to the identification of functional reinforcers, and FCT resulted in a decrease in problem behavior and an increase in the FCR.
 
An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction to Decrease Severe Problem Behavior
LAURA A HANRATTY (Elms College), Alyssa Jean Clark (Elms College), Christopher Tamburrino (Elms College), Miranda Fogg (Elms College)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a common behavior change procedure used to increase a desirable behavior and simultaneously decrease a problematic behavior. This study expands on previous research by using differential reinforcement without extinction to teach communication responses, while decreasing severe problem behavior. In this study, three children between the ages of 4 and 12 years-old who were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder were exposed to functional communication and tolerance response conditions. Contingent on communication responses longer, higher-quality reinforcement intervals were delivered, while problem behavior resulted in the delivery of shorter, lower-quality reinforcement intervals. Reinforcement intervals were faded in a response chaining condition in which the number and difficulty of demands were increased. Communication responses, as well as compliance with adult lead instruction resulted in higher quality and longer reinforcement intervals, while problem behavior resulted in shorter, lower quality reinforcement intervals. The results showed that differential reinforcement without extinction was successful in decreasing severe problem behavior of aggression and disruptive behaviors, while increasing communication skills and compliance for all three children.
 
An Enhanced Choice Model for Minimizing Collateral Effects of Extinction in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Rachel Metras (Western New England University)
Abstract: In an attempt to develop and maintain a therapeutic relationship by minimizing extinction side and after-effects, we systematically replicated the progressive skill-based intervention process described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) within an enhanced choice model. In the enhanced choice model, participants were offered the choice to: (a) enter the context where typical treatment procedures were implemented (b) enter a “hangout” context in which the evocative conditions of the treatment context were never present, or (c) leave the therapeutic context altogether. These options were simultaneously and continuously available to participant for the duration of the treatment process. In this model, procedural extinction for PB was programmed in the treatment context, but extinction side- and after effects were avoided as participants could always choose to go “hangout” or to leave entirely. We provide measures on participant performance (e.g., problem behavior and targeted life skills), choices made within the therapeutic process, duration of intervention processes, and social validity of the procedures and outcomes.
 
Balance: A Home-Based Parent Training Program
KELSEY RUPPEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University)
Abstract: Small group and class-wide teaching of particular social skills like functional communication, delay toleration, and compliance has been shown to both prevent and reduce existing problem behavior in typically developing preschoolers. Researchers have also demonstrated that a similar skills-based treatment designed from a functional analysis reduces the severe problem behavior of children with autism in clinics and schools. We will evaluate a similar skills-based program when implemented in the home with parents as the interventionists for their children with autism. Following an interview of parents to identify their child’s preferred and non-preferred activities, parents will be taught how to first play with their child and then taught how to develop the skills of functional communication, delay tolerance, and compliance. We will evaluate whether the program, as delivered in-home by parents, reduces problem behavior and increases functionally relevant skills. We will also report on parents’ acceptability of the program and its general effects.
 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating and Improving Skill-Building Programs for Children and Adolescents Diagnosed With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julia Iannaccone (City University of New York Graduate Center; Queens College)
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many individuals diagnosed with autism demonstrate deficits in verbal, academic, and imitation skills. Various programs have been developed to improve these skills; however, it is important to ensure that these programs are effective, socially valid, and produce generalizable repertoires. Study 1 reviewed the literature on teaching imitation in 20 studies with a total of 166 participants with autism. The authors found that contingent imitation may improve skills adjacent to imitation including language, play, and joint attention. Study 2 addressed the adaptive skill of using a debit card with adolescents. After using multiple exemplars, the participants generalized the skill to the community over a four week period. Study 3 evaluated a recently developed error correction program for discrete trial instruction that involved losing opportunities to earn more-preferred items following a mistake. Not only was the program found to efficiently improve mastery of targeted tasks, it was also preferred by participants and caregivers. Instructor error during discrete trial instruction, such as delays to reinforcer delivery, can also impact skill acquisition of the student. In Study 4, the authors systematically manipulated different delays to reinforcement across multiple reinforcer classes to evaluate the effects of programmed treatment integrity failure. These studies provide evidence for multiple programs that can be used to build skills for those diagnosed with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingent imitation, Discrete trial, error correction, generalized repertoire
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who need to learn different techniques for skill-building with clients diagnosed with autism.

 

A Review of Research Using Contingent Imitation to Teach Imitation Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Applied Research)
LESLIE QUIROZ (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (University of Florida, Caldwell University), David C. Palmer (Smith College)
Abstract:

Imitation training is a critical component of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for children with autism. While extensive research has informed procedures for teaching imitation under tight instructional control, there are not comparable empirically-derived procedures for teaching imitation in the natural environment. Contingent imitation (i.e., the instructor imitating the child’s behavior) is a naturalistic strategy incorporated in reciprocal imitation training (RIT). The present review evaluated the literature using contingent imitation to teach imitation in children with autism across 20 studies, published across 14 journals, with a total of 166 participants with autism. Effects reported include increases to imitation (i.e., vocal, motor, object), language, play behaviors, and joint attention. A nonoverlapping points (NAP) treatment analysis indicated this research has produced variable effect sizes. However, more research is warranted, and directions for future research on contingent imitation are discussed. This review will apply a conceptual analysis of generalized imitative repertoires to its discussion of whether contingent imitation may facilitate skill acquisition and influence motivating variables.

 

Teaching Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder a Generalized Repertoire of Using a Debit Card

(Applied Research)
EILEEN MARY MILATA (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate deficits in performing generalized responses that occur in natural environments. Previous research has discussed the importance of teaching adaptive skills to adolescents with ASD that generalize to the natural environment to increase independence throughout adulthood. To address such deficits, Horner and colleagues (1982) recommended using general-case analysis strategies to identify the full range of stimulus variations and required responses; then creating multiple teaching exemplars that facilitate for generalization of the target skill. To date, general-case analysis and multiple exemplar training have not been used to teach individuals with ASD to use a chip debit card. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to address limitations of previous studies that did not implement generalization strategies to teach adolescents with ASD adaptive skills. A multiple-probe design was used to demonstrate skill acquisition across teaching and generalization probe exemplars for three adolescents with ASD. Pre- and posttest probes were conducted at stores in the natural environment to assess generalized responding. All participants acquired the target skill following video modeling and multiple exemplar training, generalized their responding to the natural environment and maintained their responding during a four-week posttest probe.

 
Comprehensive Evaluation of the Losing Little, Gaining More Error Correction Program
(Applied Research)
SOPHIA MA (Queens College), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Joanna Spartinos (Queens College), Adriana Arline Villanueva (Queens College), Kimberly Shamoun (Behavioral Intervention Psychological Services PC)
Abstract: We conducted this study to evaluate a recently developed form of error correction that incorporates rich-to-lean transitions following incorrect responses. This program has been termed Losing Little, Gaining More. We compared a traditional error correction procedure to the Losing Little, Gaining More program that included a transition to earning less preferred items during discrete-trial instructions. During traditional error correction, an incorrect response resulted in no reinforcement for a single trial but the participant still had the opportunity to earn more-preferred items during the following trials. During the Losing Little, Gaining More program an incorrect response resulted in no reinforcement for a single trial and the child lost the opportunity to earn more-preferred items during the following three trials (i.e., only less-preferred items were available). The Losing Little, Gaining More program often produced more efficient mastery of targeted tasks and was selected more often by the participants during a concurrent-chains preference analysis. The findings suggest that the aversive properties of rich-to-lean transitions might function to correct errors but did not affect preference for these procedures in the context of discrete trial instructions.
 
Further Evaluation of Treatment Integrity Errors During Discrete Trial Instruction: Assessing Errors Across Reinforcer Type
(Applied Research)
JACQUELYN N. MOLINA (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that treatment integrity can impact treatment effectiveness during discrete trial training (DTT). Additionally, researchers have shown that integrity errors are fairly common even among highly trained clinicians. Carroll et al., 2013 evaluated implementation of DTT by 9 trained staff and showed that although some parts of the discrete trial were implemented with a high degree of integrity (e.g., establishes ready behavior), the reinforcement component was only implemented as planned on 20% of trials (i.e., delivered within 5 s of a correct response). This is especially troubling as even short delays can decrease the rate of skill acquisition (Majdalany et al., 2016). One potential limitation of Carroll et al. is that reinforcer deliveries were scored as correct or incorrect based on arbitrary criteria (5 s). Additionally, all classes of tangible reinforcement were collapsed into one measure (food, toys). However, recent research suggests that different classes of reinforcers may be differentially sensitive to delays (Leon et al., 2016). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to systematically replicate Study 1 of Carroll et al. (2013) and extend that line of research by evaluating obtained delays to reinforcer delivery during DTT by reinforcer class (i.e., tokens, food, toys).
 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research on Conditional Discriminations
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Being able to do the right thing in the right context is an essential skill for every species. A fundamental learning process related to behaving appropriately is the capacity to engage in conditional discriminations. As with all forms of learning, many factors can influence conditional-discrimination performance. In this symposium, we will consider several variables influencing conditional-discrimination performance in pigeons and humans across both simple and conditional discriminations. The first presentation examined discrimination of the presence versus absence of prior reinforcement on the development of variable-response sequences in pigeons. The second presentation examined the effects of static versus dynamic samples during simple and conditional discriminations with humans. The third presentation examined the effects of comparison-set size on performance during auditory-visual conditional discriminations in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The final presentation examined the use of quantitative analyses to characterize error patterns during conditional discriminations in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Conditional discrimination, Reinforcement, Stimulus control, Translational research
Target Audience:

Practitioners, teachers, applied researchers, translational researchers, and basic researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how conditional discriminations: (1) are used to teach skills; (2) answer questions about behavioral processes; and (3) results in different types of errors
 
Past Behavior as a Stimulus: Differential Control of Operant Variability in Pigeons
(Basic Research)
RYAN J BECKER (Utah State University), Diana Perez (Utah State University), Haylee Downey (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: The stochastic generation hypothesis proposes that animals trained to behave variably eventually emit random, unpredictable responses (Neuringer, 2004). The present molecular analysis challenges this hypothesis and suggests that animals’ responses under schedules of variability may come under conditional control of their recent behavior. We trained 10 pigeons to emit four pecks distributed across two keys (“left” and “right”) in a multiple lag 1 lag 8 schedule of reinforcement. The lag 1 component reinforced a four-peck sequence if it differed from the previous sequence, whereas the lag 8 component only reinforced a four-peck sequence if it differed from the previous eight sequences. Preliminary data analysis suggests that—for those pigeons that discriminate between the two variability components—the probability of initiating a four-peck sequence with a “left” peck is increased when the previous terminal peck was “left” and reinforced, but not when the previous terminal “left” peck was not reinforced. Non-reinforced terminal pecks drive the probability of initiating a sequence with that same peck towards .5. Thus, these results suggest that pigeons’ moment-by-moment responses in an operant variability paradigm are a function of not only scheduled variability contingencies, but also their recently (non)reinforced behavior.
 
Comparing the Use of Statically and Dynamically Positioned Stimuli in the Training of Simple and Conditional Discriminations
(Applied Research)
Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), ELIANA M. PIZARRO (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Previous research has manipulated parameters of reinforcement, increased response effort, required an observing response, and altered array presentation as methods to alleviate biased responding. We hypothesized that utilizing dynamic stimuli (i.e., stimuli that moved continuously within each trial) may require attending and increase response effort, and therefore may reduce the occurrence and persistence of biased responding. In the current study we compared accuracy, bias, and rate of acquisition across repeated discriminations presented in static or dynamic formats. Seven subjects who were reported or observed to display position biases participated. The comparison was conducted with simple discriminations with all seven subjects. The dynamic format produced favorable outcomes for three subjects, made no difference for three subjects, and produced less favorable outcomes for one subject. Three subjects were included in a subsequent comparison with conditional discriminations. The dynamic format produced favorable outcomes for one subject, and there was no clear effect for two subjects.
 

An Evaluation of Stimulus Set Size During Conditional Discrimination for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), BASAK TOPCUOGLU (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Rebecca Fire (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M Chong (May Institute), Kacie M McGarry (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

When teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations, some of the available teaching strategies (e.g., blocked-trials procedures, conditional-only method) vary by number of comparison stimuli present during training. Sidman (1987) argued that instructors should include more than two comparison stimuli during training to reduce the likelihood of false positive or false negative results. However, researchers have yet to evaluate the effects of comparison size on acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. This study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching using sets of two, three, and four stimulus pairs, using an adapted alternating treatments design. Three children aged 3- and 6-years old, diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, participated in the study. Experimenters taught 12 relations in each experimental condition. For one participant, the 3-array presentation was most efficient, and for the other participant, the 2-array presentation was most efficient. The results will be discussed in terms of clinical implications and directions for future research.

 
Quantitative Analysis of Discriminability and Bias During Conditional Discriminations
(Applied Research)
TIARA RAHADIAN PUTRI (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Courtney Hannula (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Blake A. Hutsell (Virginia Commonwealth University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) make errors during discrimination training regardless of antecedent or consequent procedures implemented to decrease errors. These interventions are not guided by the source of errors. Two equations from Davison and Tustin’s (1978) framework can quantify errors due to bias (log b) and discriminability (log d). This framework categorized errors emitted by children diagnosed with ASD during a matching-to-sample task. The task was displayed on a touchscreen device in which touching a sample stimulus at the beginning of each trial resulted in the appearance of two comparison stimuli. Researchers delivered reinforcement for touching the matching comparison stimulus. More similar sample stimuli were introduced during Phase 2 while keeping the comparison stimuli the same which affected sample discriminability only with little effect on biases for two of three participants. This framework accurately categorized errors emitted by children with ASD when levels of difficulty between the sample stimuli were manipulated. Future research might be able to use these equations to better categorize errors children with ASD exhibit during conditional discriminations. Future research might also be able to improve teaching procedures by targeting interventions to mitigate or eliminate specific errors due to biases or reduced discriminability.
 
 
Symposium #50
CE Offered: BACB
Technology and Training: Advancements in Training Through Telehealth and Virtual Reality
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: david M. richman (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Casey J. Clay, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective training procedures for caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are essential for effective treatment. Additionally, improving efficiency and ease of access to this training through technological advancements will lead to quicker access to effective treatment. This symposium includes applied research on training technologies involving telehealth and virtual reality to increase access to effective assessment and intervention for children with ASD. The first two studies involve the use of telehealth in behavior skills training (BST) with real-time instruction and feedback. The first study focuses on training preference assessment methodology for staff working with children with ASD. The second study focuses on training intervention to decrease disruptive sleep behavior skills in parents of children with ASD. The second two studies involve the use of virtual reality in training skill acquisition (i.e., discrete trial training) and behavior reduction (i.e., functional communication training) procedures to pre-service and in-service teachers working with children with ASD. Discussion of results from both telehealth and virtual reality training studies will follow.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Target audience includes practitioners, researchers, and graduate students working with children with autism spectrum disorders interested in understanding advancements in technology related to training.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will gain an understanding of Behavioral Skills Training. 2. Attendees will be able to describe advancements in technology related to training. 3. Attendees will be able to identify and describe effective components of training caregivers of individuals with ASD.
 

Training Parents via Telehealth to Decrease Sleep Disruptive Behaviors in Children With Autism

TAYLOR CUSTER (University of Houston Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Christine Stiehl (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Leadingham (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) engage in sleep disruptive behavior (SDB). Previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of treatments for SDB, including positive bedtime routines, bedtime passes, faded bedtime, and extinction (Freeman, 2006; Vriend, Corkum, Moon, & Smith, 2011). When training parents to manage SDB, it may be important for the therapist to coach parents and provide feedback on their use of the procedures immediately prior to, during, and following the child’s bedtime. Having a therapist in the home at night may be intrusive for the family and impracticable for the therapist. Telehealth technologies would allow therapists to provide immediate coaching and feedback to parents and to collect procedural integrity data without having to be physically present in the home. In this study, therapists remotely delivered components of behavior skills training to teach parents to implement individualized, function-based treatments for three children with autism who engaged in SDB. All of the children engaged in less SDB and slept longer after the parents implemented the treatment with high integrity. Parents indicated that they were satisfied with the telehealth treatment services. These findings replicate and extend the literature on the efficacy of telehealth technologies to train parents.

 

An Evaluation of Real-Time Feedback Delivered via Telehealth: Training Staff to Conduct Preference Assessments

JANELLE AUSENHUS (Drake University), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Effective, efficient, and accessible staff training procedures are needed to meet the service delivery demand for treating individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Previous research using behavioral skills training (BST) to remotely train staff to conduct preference assessments has been found to be effective, but required up to 6-hours of trainer time per trainee (Higgins, Luczynski, Carroll, Fisher, & Mudford (2017). The purpose of the present study looked to evaluate the effectiveness of delivering a single component of BST, real-time feedback, via telehealth to train newly hired early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) staff to conduct multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A nonconcurrent multiple-baseline- across-participants design showed that remote real-time feedback was associated with short training time and minimal sessions to achieve mastery. Generalization and maintenance probes indicated these skills were transferable to other preference assessment stimuli and learners diagnosed with ASD. Social validity ratings indicated that this was a socially acceptable training procedure.

 
Teaching Discrete Trial Training in a Virtual Reality Environment
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Snorri Johannson (Reykjavik University), Julia Oddsdottir (Reykjavik University), Tinna Sigurdardottir (Reykjavik University), Gunnar Valdimarsson (Reykjavik University), Hannes Vilhjálmsson (Reykjavik University)
Abstract: Staff training is an essential component when implementing an effective behavior change procedure to children with autism and developmental disabilites. Unfortunately due to the lack of resources and time constraints many institutions or schools may not be able to sufficiently train staff. Virtual Reality is a viable alternative to train various skills. In a VR environment one can both actively practice skills as well as receive feedback while engaging in the activity. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a VR environment in training staff to implement steps in Discrete Trial Training (DTT). Participants were 4 teachers who worked at a school for children with disabilities. Performance was compared and evaluated after baseline, lecture, and VR training in a multiple baseline design across participants. All participants mastered the steps of DTT after VR training. This study is the first in examining the effectiveness of VR environment in training DTT skills. We discuss implications as well as future research in the area.
 

Virtual Reality Behavioral Skills Training for Behavioral Intervention With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Brittany Schmitz (Thompson Center for Autism), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Bimal Balakrishnan (University of Missouri), James Hopfenblatt (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

Effective training procedures include Behavioral Skills Training (BST) involving written and verbal instructions, modeling of the skill, rehearsal of the skill, and feedback on the performance. This training typically involves hours of in vivo experience in which trainees and students with ASD are exposed to risk (e.g., behavioral issues such as aggression, errors in teaching performance). Including BST in a virtual reality (VR) context involving virtual individuals with ASD characteristics and behaviors, may be an effective training method that reduces risk. The purpose of this study was to examine if training students to do functional communication training (FCT) in a VR environment is effective. We trained 13 college students to implement FCT for attention and escape functions using a virtual reality environment. Preliminary results show that VR BST was effective at increasing correct steps performed of FCT to mastery criterion levels with all participants. Future researchers should examine generalization and maintenance of these procedures.

 
 
Symposium #51
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kelley L. Harrison (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Kelley L. Harrison, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding disorders range in severity from mild selectivity to complete refusal. If left untreated, pediatric feeding disorders can result in serious health ramifications including malnutrition, growth delays, and developmental delays. In this symposium, we will describe treatments for disordered feeding that involve differential reinforcement, simultaneous presentation plus nonremoval of the spoon (NRS), synthesized reinforcement, and a variation of the finger prompt. Harrison and colleagues will present a study on the evaluation of how to best select an effective reinforcer for the treatment of food selectivity. McHugh and colleagues will present a study comparing a commonly used occupational therapy treatment (food chaining) to an empirically supported behavioral treatment (simultaneous presentation plus NRS) for the treatment of food selectivity in children with autism spectrum disorder. Gover and colleagues will present an extension of the use of shaping with synthesized reinforcers and partial extinction in treatment of pediatric food selectivity. Rubio and colleagues will present a study evaluating the efficacy and acceptability of a variation of the finger prompt to food refusal in children with feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feeding disorders
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners.

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to describe reinforcer assessment strategies to identify a reinforcer most likely to increase acceptance of nonpreferred foods in treatment 2) Attendees will be able to identify and explain effective antecedent- and consequent-based interventions for feeding disorders 3) Attendees will be able to describe an assessment and treatment process to treat pediatric feeding disorders 4) Attendees will be able to identify future directions for research on pediatric feeding disorders
 

Evaluation of a Pre-Assessment to Identify Most Effective Reinforcer for Treatment of Food Selectivity

Jessica Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health), KELLEY HARRISON (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior is a widely used procedure to increase consumption of nonpreferred foods in children with food selectivity (e.g., Allison et al., 2012; Anderson & McMillan, 2001; Kern & Marder, 1996; Najdowski, Wallace, Doney, & Ghezzi, 2003). However, the types of reinforcing stimuli used varies across studies, including edibles, tangibles, attention, or a combination of edibles, tangibles, and attention. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment to identify a reinforcer that will most effectively increase the acceptance of nonpreferred foods. First, we conducted a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment using an arbitrary task. Then, we evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement using an edible, a tangible, a type of attention, or a combination of the stimuli as the reinforcer. We compared the effects of each reinforcer to the outcome of the progressive ratio reinforcer assessment to determine if this assessment accurately predicts the most effective reinforcer to be used during treatment for individuals with food selectivity. Preliminary results suggest the progressive ratio reinforcer assessment predicted the most effective reinforcer to be used during differential reinforcement with food selectivity for one participant.

 

A Comparison of Modified Food Chaining and Simultaneous Presentation Plus Nonremoval of the Spoon to Treat Food Selectivity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CATHERINE MCHUGH (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Feeding disorders can range from mild (e.g., food selectivity by taste or texture) to severe (e.g., total food refusal). If left untreated, feeding disorders can result in serious health ramifications, including malnutrition, growth delays, and developmental delays. Recent studies comparing commonly used occupational therapy (OT) treatments and empirically supported applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatments found that the ABA treatments were effective for all participants while the OT treatments were ineffective for all participants. We used a multielement design to compare a modified version of commonly used OT treatment, Food Chaining, and an empirically validated ABA treatment, simultaneous presentation plus nonremoval of the spoon, to treat the food selectivity of 2 children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). For both participants, consumption of the target foods only increased during the ABA-treatment condition. We subsequently faded the size of the preferred food within the simultaneous-presentation arrangement, moved to a sequential-presentation arrangement, and then thinned the schedule of reinforcement. We will discuss the results within the context of treatment implications, limitations, and suggestions for future research.

 

Extensions of Shaping With Synthesized Reinforcers and Partial Extinction in Treatment of Pediatric Food Selectivity

HOLLY GOVER (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Gover, Hanley, Marcus, Ruppel, and Landa (in prep) described an assessment and treatment process addressing the food selectivity of five children with and without developmental disabilities. The process involved (a) indirectly and directly assessing food preference and problem behavior associated with mealtimes and (b) incorporating assessment results into a treatment process that relied on differential and synthesized reinforcement of successive approximates to eating. This paper extends that research by evaluating the process across novel populations including a group of three typically developing siblings using a group contingency and a young boy with autism who engaged in total food refusal and relied on a g-tube. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed.

 
Efficacy and Acceptability of a Finger Prompt Variation for the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal
EMILY KATE RUBIO (Georgia State University), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders do not consume enough food or liquid to meet their nutritional needs resulting in placement of feeding tubes in severe cases (Kerwin, 1999; Schwartz, 2000). Feeding difficulties are primarily diagnosed in children with complex medical histories and co-morbid developmental disabilities, autism spectrum disorder, and/or related neurological disorders. Children with feeding disorders engage in active and/or passive refusal behavior to escape or avoid eating. Escape extinction combined with reinforcement is a well-established intervention to treat food refusal. Physical guidance procedures (e.g., jaw prompt, finger prompt) have been shown to increase food acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior when escape extinction alone is ineffective. The finger prompt (Borrero, Schlereth, Rubio, & Taylor, 2013) has been evaluated once in the literature to treat active food refusal and needs further examination. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess a variation of finger prompt procedure to treat active and/or passive food refusal and caregivers’ acceptability of it. Three children age 1 to 4 years admitted to an intensive feeding disorders program and their caregivers participated. Across all participants, the finger prompt was effective in increasing bite acceptance and decreasing or maintaining inappropriate behavior at low levels for these participants.
 
 
Symposium #52
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Change for a Sustainable World: Four Research Projects
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions)
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D.
Abstract: For many climate scientists, the biggest challenge of global warming has shifted from proving it is real to getting people to change their behavior in response to it (Thompson, 2010; Werner, 2012). Even if all fossil fuel emissions ceased today, the Earth will continue warming for decades (Marcott, Shakun, Clark, & Mix, 2013). Successfully adapting to that reality will require massive changes in energy sources and use, transportation infrastructure, food production, ecosystem protection, and economic practices on a global scale far beyond the scale of behavior changes we can make now. But the collective impact of the behavior changes we make now can give society time to discover the technological fixes and implement the policy changes necessary to make carbon neutrality and truly sustainable society realities. For researchers and practitioners of a science devoted to understanding behavior and how to change it, helping people mitigate and adapt to climate change is a tremendous opportunity, challenge, and responsibility. This symposium will feature four studies using behavior analysis concepts and principles to promote sustainable practices/environmentally friendly behavior change.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, teachers and students of behavior analysts.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how drivers can obtain real-time feedback on hard-accelerations and hard-braking behaviors. 2. Describe the experimental design and results of a treatment package that reduced idling by drivers picking up students at three schools. 3. Describe the behavior change project that reduced use of sunscreens containing toxic chemicals that harm coral reefs and the ocean eco-system.
 

Promoting Eco-Driving With Immediate Feedback

JAVID RAHAMAN (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Driving gasoline powered cars contributes to greenhouse gas emissions and pollutants. This study used an ABAB reversal design to examine the effects of immediate feedback on non-ecofriendly driving behavior (i.e., hard braking, hard accelerating). An “Automatic” device was installed in each participant’s car to measure specific parameters of driving, including accelerating, braking, and fuel consumption. During the baseline condition participants received feedback after driving by logging in to the Automatic application on their smartphone. During the immediate condition participants received feedback from the “Automatic” device while driving. All three participants had an overall decrease in episodes of hard accelerations/hard brakes during the immediate feedback condition compared to the delayed feedback baseline condition.

 
Reducing Electricity Consumption in Commercial Printers
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Scientists in the field of applied behavior analysis have recommended that behavior analysts apply their attention to the field of sustainability (Heward and Chance, 2010). No sustainability study to date has been published on reductions in printer usage. There are a number of advantages to targeting this topography of energy consumption including reductions energy and paper as well as cost savings to the organization. Given the advantages in targeting commercial printers, this study used automated data collection technology to study reductions of energy consumption from commercial printers in two office suites using electronic feedback, incentives while adding antecedent strategies in the form of manipulating the onset of power saver mode. The data demonstrate that power-saving mode was effective in reducing kilowatt hour energy consumption across both office suites.
 

Enough With the Idling! Evaluation of a Treatment Package to Reduce Vehicle Idling at Three Schools in New Jersey

CORTNEY DEBIASE (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Idling vehicles pollute the air around the vehicle and the exhaust can enter school buildings through air intakes, doors, and open windows. Children are especially vulnerable to vehicle emissions because of their developing lungs, smaller lung surface area, and higher inhalation rate. Emissions can lead to serious health conditions like asthma and allergies (US Environmental Protection Agency, 2003). Along with health conditions, idling vehicles also cause wasted fuel, wear and tear, and wasted money. Given these factors, we designed a study to decrease vehicle idling during school dismissal. We conducted a non-current multiple baseline design across three schools to evaluate the effects of a treatment package on the percentage of 10-s intervals during which vehicles were idling 15 minutes prior to dismissal. The treatment package consisted of providing drivers with a written policy and rationale along with verbal instructions as well as stimulus prompts in the form of “No Idling” signs placed on school grounds. Idling decreased across the three schools with the implementation of the treatment package, however data remained variable. The mean percentage of intervals scored with idling decreased from baseline to treatment. The importance of implementing behavior change for a sustainable world programs within schools will be discussed, as well as the challenges of such programs.

 

Increasing Use of Non-Oxybenzone Sunscreen

Naomi Tachera (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis), AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii))
Abstract:

Coral bleaching negatively impacts the biodiversity and functioning of reef systems and has become a worldwide phenomenon. Benzophenone-3 (BP-3; oxybenzone) contributes to coral bleaching, decline of coral growth and death (Downs et al., 2015). Oxybenzone is also harmful algae, fish and mammals. Oxybenzone is commonly found in sunscreen lotions to protect against the harmful effects of ultraviolet light. Danovaro et al. (2008) reports that 6-000-14,000 tons of sunscreen is discharged into the coral reefs each year. The level of oxybenzone concentration deemed toxic to Hawai?I’s coral reefs is 62 parts per trillion (PPT). Downs et al (2015) tested levels of 700+ PPT. Hawai?i has banned the use of sunscreens containing oxybenzone effective 2021. This presentation will describe a project with dual goals of educating people and getting them to switch to mineral-based, oxybenzone-free sunscreen. Because there were not enough brands that communicated or connected with Hawai?ian culture, I decided to develop my own mineral sunscreen. After two years I successfully obtained FDA approval for Ko?a (Hawai’ian word for coral) sunscreen. To date, I have traded more than 80 free 2-oz. samples of Ko?a sunscreen for more than 150 bottles of reef killing sunscreen. I also organize sunscreen drop offs to ensure the reef killing sunscreen goes to the state-run incinerator and never make its way to the ocean and landfills.

 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Individual and Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies During the Assessment and Treatment of Destructive Behavior
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katherine Brown (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional-analysis methodology allows researchers and clinicians to identify the functional variables maintaining severe destructive behavior (e.g.., self-injurious behavior). Several researchers have expanded upon Iwata et al.’s (1982/1994) initial functional-analysis paper to improve the efficacy and efficiency of functional-analysis procedures, including combining individual consequences (e.g., escape to attention) within test and control conditions (i.e., synthesized contingency analysis) as opposed to the traditional approach of evaluating individual contingencies (e.g., escape alone, attention alone). Recently, Hanley et al. (2014) detailed an approach to developing and assessing destructive behavior known as interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis, which uses caregiver or other stakeholder report and observation to inform the test and control conditions within the synthesized contingency analysis. Though several studies have shown that such an approach can result in brief assessments and clinically significant treatment effects (e.g., Jessel et al. 2018; Rose & Beaulieu, 2018), other studies have highlighted possible limitations to the methodology, such as including potentially irrelevant reinforcers during assessment and treatment (Fisher et al., 2016; Greer et al., in press). This symposium collects applied and translational comparisons of individual and synthesized contingencies from different research groups to further evaluate the correspondence between the approaches, including the benefits and limitations of each strategy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment, IISCA, synthesized contingency
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is comprised of researchers and clinicians who conduct functional analyses within their research and practice, or other behavior analysts who wish to learn about the potential benefits and and limitations of individual and synthesized contingency analyses.

Learning Objectives: Audience members will learn (1) the potential benefits and limitations of using individual contingencies during functional analysis, (2) the potential benefits and limitations of using synthesized contingencies during synthesized contingency analysis, and (3) information regarding the correspondence between the two methodologies.
 
A Comparison of Isolated and Synthesized Contingencies in Functional Analyses
KATHLEEN HOLEHAN (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Kelsey Shinnick (University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Since Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) developed the first comprehensive functional analysis methodology, researchers have suggested various procedural modifications to increase the efficacy and efficiency of FAs (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). In a series of recent studies, Hanley and colleagues have evaluated the efficacy of a FA methodology termed the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014), which involves conducting (a) an open-ended interview to determine potential antecedents, consequences, and precursors to target problem behavior, (b) a brief observation based on the interview results, and (c) test and control conditions that involve synthesized contingencies (as determined by interview and observation). A limitation of this methodology is the necessity of synthesizing contingencies is unknown. We extended Fisher et al. (2016) and Slaton, Hanley, and Raferty (2017) by comparing the outcomes of FAs that involved isolated versus synthesized contingencies, then compared the effects of function-based interventions based on the outcomes for problem behavior of five children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. To date, results suggest that synthesized contingencies were not necessary to show discriminated responding for most participants, and function-based treatments based on isolated contingencies were effective for decreasing problem behavior.
 
Comparisons of Standardized and Interview-Informed Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies Relative to Traditional Functional Analysis
ADAM M. BRIGGS (Eastern Michigan University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: We compared the functions of problem behavior identified by (a) a functional analysis (FA), (b) an interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) that was informed by the results of an open-ended interview and a structured observation, and (c) a standardized-synthesized contingency analysis (SSCA) in which we synthesized three common functions of problem behavior across 12 consecutive individuals. In doing so, we addressed questions about the necessity of synthesized contingency analysis for determining behavioral function and the utility of the assessments informing synthesis. Synthesized contingency analysis was necessary for 0 of the 12 participants to identify the variables maintaining problem behavior, replicating the findings of Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016). Error type (i.e., false positives, false negatives) and prevalence were similar across functions identified by the IISCA and those from the SSCA, calling into question the utility of the open-ended interview and the structured observation that informed the IISCA. We discuss the implications of these and other findings relative to the variables reinforcing problem behavior and FA methodology.
 
A Comparative Evaluation of Functional Analytic Methods
ELIZABETH MCKAY SANSING (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Crysta Perkins (University of North Texas), Maggie Nye (University of North Texas)
Abstract: An extensive amount of research in the functional analysis literature has demonstrated that problem behavior is often sensitive to single reinforcement contingencies. Nevertheless, there is a growing body of research that suggests that problem behavior is sensitive to unique combinations of individual reinforcement contingencies, referred to as a synthesized contingency. Researchers have conducted comparative analyses examining the correspondence between the two methods, but the results are mixed (Fisher et al., 2016; Slaton, Hanley, & Rafferty, 2017). Additional research is needed to compare the outcomes of each approach in order to provide clarity. The purpose of the current study was to further evaluate the use of two different functional analytic methods: the individual-contingency functional analysis (FA) and the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA). We compared the results of each analysis for five individuals who engaged in problem behavior. Results suggests that problem behavior was maintained by individual reinforcement contingencies for all five participants. In addition, we evaluated a subsequent function-based treatment that reduced problem behavior by 90% for all five individuals.
 

A Translational Evaluation of Potential Iatrogenic Effects of Single and Combined Contingencies During Functional Analyses

BILLIE RETZLAFF (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Recent research on the interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) has extolled its benefits relative to traditional functional analysis (FA; e.g., efficiency; Slaton, Hanley, & Raftery, 2017) while other research has focused on its shortcomings (e.g., false-positive outcomes; Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, & Owen, 2016). One limitation of prior comparisons is investigators could not ascertain with surety the true function(s) of the participants’ problem behavior for use as the criterion variable. We conducted a translational study to circumvent this limitation by training a specific function for a surrogate destructive behavior prior to conducting an FA and synthesized contingency analysis (SCA) of this response. The FA correctly identified the function of the target response in all six cases and produced no iatrogenic effects. The SCA produced differentiated results in all cases, and produced iatrogenic effects in three of six cases. We discuss these finding in terms the mechanisms that may promote iatrogenic effects.

 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Innovations in Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 25, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center and Florida Institute of Technology )
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As a sub-discipline of ABA Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) relies on applied research to drive new procedures and refine existing techniques. This symposium features data from four applied studies across a number of domains. Two presentations focus on different aspects of feedback: temporal location and building rapport. Another presentation will focus on a variation of token economies where guests provide tokens to employees. The last study examines a method using the principles of gamification to encourage professional development in line-level employees. Attendees of this symposium will be able to use the information presented to refine practice and generate new lines of research in OBM.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts, researchers, and graduate students in OBM.

 
The Effects of Rapport Building on Performance and Discretionary Effort
SCOTT MICHAEL CURRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: A common concern among business professionals is building rapport in the workplace. However, limited research has systematically evaluated the effects of rapport on performance. The current study evaluated the effects of building rapport versus not building rapport on performance in an analogue setting. Results indicated that the rapport-building group completed more work than the non-rapport group.
 
On the Implementation of a Gamified Professional Development System for Direct Care Staff
JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison School for Autism), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Francesca Jones (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Many industries and professions rely heavily on entry level staff. In some settings, it is important to further develop these individuals after onboarding and initial training is complete. Gamification in the workplace involves the redesign of employee activities such that they resemble or draw from environmental contingencies used in game design. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a descriptive example of how a gamified model of professional development was implemented for a workforce of approximately 130 entry level, direct-care staff.
 
The Effects of Temporal Placement of Feedback on Performance With and Without Goals
CHRISTOPHER MORGAN (The Faison Center, Inc.), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: This presentation compares the effects of temporal placement of feedback, and presence or absence of stated goals, on skill acquisition. Four conditions were examined: feedback before performance with goals, feedback before performance without goals, feedback after performance with goals, and feedback after performance without goals. The results of this study found no statistically significant difference in performance across the four conditions.
 
Using a Guest-Delivered Token Economy to Increase Employee-Guest Interactions at a Zoo
CASSIE VERGASON (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Interactions between employees and guests in a zoological facility can promote educational opportunities and improve guest satisfaction. The present study used a guest-delivered token economy to promote guest greetings by employees at a zoological facility. An ABAB design was used to evaluate the intervention and results showed increases of 35.3% and 45.0% in correct employee-guest interactions in each intervention phase compared to baseline, thus suggesting that a guest-delivered token economy is an effective way to improve guest greetings.
 
 
Symposium #55
Increasing Treatment Integrity Across Training Models, Populations, and Settings
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gena Pacitto (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity, or the accurate implementation of procedures, is an important aspect of applied research and professional practice. If experimental procedures, interventions, or teaching programs are not implemented according to the procedures provided by a behavior analyst with high integrity, the progress a child makes may be slowed or not exist at all. The importance of high treatment integrity and risks of low treatment integrity are not news to behavior analysts; however, it is often difficult to conduct proper trainings due to limited resources and/or staff. For example, in a school with a large staff, it would be difficult to procure the funding for each to receive individualized training, but a group-based training may not provide the necessary information or practice to achieve high treatment integrity. In this symposium, we will present three training models (in-person, video modeling, pyramidal) which were used to increase treatment integrity with teachers, staff, and parents. We will discuss the success of the various training models along with the efficacy and efficiency of each.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Pyramidal Training, Treatment Integrity, Video Modeling
 
An Evaluation of Parent Training Methods to Increase Treatment Integrity
JENNIFER BELLOTTI (33647), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ariana Ronis Boutain Hopstock Hopstock (KGH Consultation and Treatment)
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the accurate implementation of an intervention as written and is an area of upmost importance for applied research and professional practice. However, despite its importance, a limited amount of research has been conducted in this area, particularly for parents as implementation agents. As behavior analytic services provided in the home become more common, it is important to identify strategies to increase treatment integrity for parents. Behavioral skills training has been found to be effective as a package to increase treatment integrity for staff; however, research has not been conducted for parent implementation. The purposes of this study were to (a) examine the effects of behavioral skills training as a method for increasing treatment integrity of parents’ implementation of behavioral interventions for their children, and to (b) assess any correlation between parent treatment integrity and child skill acquisition. Three parent/child dyads served as participants for this study. Results indicated that BST was an effective method for increasing treatment integrity and there was a statistically significant correlation between child skill acquisition and parent treatment integrity scores across dyads.
 

The Effects of Video Modeling on Treatment Integrity Within Home Services

VALERIE LEVINE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity is of utmost importance in clinical practice. It is important that all staff, from brand-new Registered Behavior Technicians to more seasoned Board Certified Behavior Analysts, are implementing treatments consistently and accurately to maximize the potential progress of clients and students. However, due to issues such as staff ratios and/or location of RBTs and clients, it may be difficult to implement training using a face-to-face training model, such as the typical behavior skills training (BST) package. One option that may be particularly useful when the trainer is not able to be physically present is video modeling. The current study evaluated the use of video modeling with 3 newly employed RBTs to evaluate the accuracy of implementing a Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP). Results indicate 2 participants implemented the BIP with 100% accuracy after viewing the video modeling training, indicating improvement compared to baseline levels. After viewing the video modeling training, 1 participant’s accuracy remained variable; however, after receiving performance feedback, participant achieved 100% accuracy. All participants achieved 100% accuracy at the one-week follow-up probe.

 
Effect of Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training on the Implementation of Social Skills Curriculum
TYLER RE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training is a strategy that uses four steps to teach individuals to complete skills with high accuracy. The pyramidal training model develops one person or a small group of people as experts in a specific skill. They are then required to provided initial and on-going training for staff to implement a skill with high accuracy. The following study uses the two training models to evaluate the accuracy of implementation for a social skills curriculum. During Experiment 1, one special education teacher was trained to implement the social skills lesson by the first author and then how to implement a BST training model to train other staff members. During Experiment 2, the participant from Experiment 1 acted as the trainer for three paraprofessionals. The same social skills lesson was used for the para-professionals. Maintenance probes were conducted for all participants 1 week and 2 weeks following the conclusion of training sessions. A generalization probe using a different social skill was conducted at the 2 week mark. All participants met the mastery criteria of 100% accuracy across three trials following training.
 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Interventions Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Food Selectivity
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching )
CE Instructor: Bryant C. Silbaugh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Most pediatric feeding problems are maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of bite or meal termination. Nevertheless, escape extinction-based interventions have undesirable side effects (e.g., extinction-burst) which have motivated researchers to further develop and evaluate interventions that do not rely on escape extinction. The studies herein examined the evidence for the effects of the high-probability instructional sequence on feeding in children, and evaluated the effects of a full, hierarchically organized instructional sequence on generalized food consumption in a typically developing boy with food selectivity. In a final clinical case study, clinicians evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement of acceptance using high preferred foods on acceptance, gagging, and expulsion in both restricted- and free-operant arrangements for a boy with developmental delays. The evidence base for the high-probability instructional sequence suggests the intervention can improve feeding, but the authors call for further research to clarify when and for whom the intervention is effective. Delivering an instructional sequence in which the final step was consumption of a nonpreferred food, consumption of nonpreferred foods increased and the researchers observed generalization. In the clinical case study, differential reinforcement of acceptance with high preferred foods increased self-fed acceptance of nonpreferred foods and this improvement coincided with reductions in gagging and expulsion. These data will be discussed in the context of apparent trends in research on behavioral interventions for feeding problems over the last decade.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Feeding disorders, Food selectivity, High-probability sequence
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners focused on feeding interventions

Learning Objectives: (1) identify three behavioral interventions for food selectivity that do not involve escape extinction. (2) describe how differential reinforcement can be applied to increase acceptance in a free-operant arrangement without escape extinction. (3) discuss the evidence for the effects of the high-probability sequence on feeding in children with feeding disorders.
 

A Synthesis of Research on the Effects of the High-Probability Instructional Sequence in Children With Feeding Disorders

(Applied Research)
Gabriela Calderon (The University of Texas at San Antonio), BRYANT SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching)
Abstract:

The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence is an intervention commonly used to increase compliance. It involves delivering a series of requests with a high probability of compliance prior to the delivery of a request with a low probability of compliance. Researchers have evaluated whether the high-p sequence can increase compliance with low probability (low-p) mealtime demands to consume nonpreferred foods in children with pediatric feeding disorders, for example, by delivering multiple high-p mealtime demands to consume a preferred food prior to the delivery of a low-p mealtime demand (e.g., to consume a bite of a nonpreferred food). The effects of the high-p sequence have varied across studies, and a systematic synthesis of the literature to guide practice and further research is lacking. We conducted a systematic multistep search and identified seven studies that met inclusion criteria. We then extracted data on participant and study characteristics and compared the literature to the 2014 Council for Exceptional Children (CEC): Standards for Evidence-Based Practices in Special Education. Preliminary results suggest that (a) the high-probability instructional sequence can improve compliance with low-p mealtime demands in young children with feeding disorders but more research is needed to clarify when and for whom the intervention is likely to be effective, (b) additional research should examine the effects of the high-p on feeding in older children or adults with disabilities as more intrusive procedure such as escape extinction-based procedures become inappropriate, and (c) the evidence does not meet the CEC’s standards for an evidence-based practice.

 
Effects of a Full Instructional Sequence on Generalized Food Consumption
(Applied Research)
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana), Jonathan K Fernand (Aurora University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of delivering a full- instructional sequence on generalized consumption of nonpreferred foods with similar properties to treatment foods. The participant was a 5-year-old, typically-developing child with a history of food selectivity. The participant was asked to complete each step of an instructional sequence in which the final step was consumption of a nonpreferred food. Praise was delivered after compliance to complete each step and a preferred food was delivered after compliance with the final step. The full- instructional sequence was effective in increasing consumption of nonpreferred foods and generalization was observed to nontarget foods with similar properties. The importance of evaluating reinforcer-based procedures to treat food selectivity will be discussed.
 

A Case Study in the Differential Reinforcement of Acceptance in a Boy With Developmental Delays and Food Selectivity During Restricted- And Free-Operant Arrangements

(Service Delivery)
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Childrens Center), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with high-preferred food can improve feeding problems in children with autism and food selectivity. However, clinical case studies of the effects of DRA in the absence of escape extinction-based procedures such as the nonremoval of the spoon are limited, especially for free-operant feeding arrangements. The current clinical case study evaluated the effects of a Fixed-Ratio 1 schedule of DRA on acceptance of nonpreferred foods in a boy with developmental delays and food selectivity in clinic and home settings. We conducted the first treatment evaluation in a restricted operant arrangement targeting feeder-fed bites. We then incorporated mastered foods from the restricted operant arrangement into an evaluation of DRA for self-feeding in a free-operant arrangement. The results suggest that (a) DRA using high-preferred foods increased self-feeding of nonpreferred foods in a free-operant arrangement without escape extinction, (b) the effects generalized across foods, and (c) increased self-fed acceptance coincided with a reduction in expulsion and gagging.

 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating and Increasing Physical Activity in Children
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Lorraine A Becerra, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium will highlight different methods to evaluate and increase physical activity engagement across children who are typically-developing or diagnosed with a disability. The first study determined the extent to which the Step it UP! game increased the number of steps taken by children in a physical-education (PE) class. The second study examined the use of photographic activity schedules to increase the percent of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) and number of different activities completed across two contexts for all participants. The final study explored factors that contributed to ineffective interventions aimed to increase physical activity for individuals with disabilities.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): fitness, Good-Behavior Game, physical activity, physical education
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe recent advances in physical activity research. 2. State methods to measure and evaluate physical activity engagement. 3. Describe factors influencing the effectiveness physical activity interventions.
 
Using the Step it UP! Game to Increase Physical Activity During Physical-Education Classes
CARLA BURJI (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The Step it UP! Game is an interdependent group reinforcement contingency based on the Good Behavior Game. We evaluated the effects of the Step it UP! Game on the number of steps taken by third-grade students during physical-education (PE) classes at a local public elementary school. We divided the class into two teams and awarded a “Step it UP! Champ” badge to the members of the team with the highest mean step totals at the end of each game. We used a reversal design to compare the mean number of steps taken while playing the game and during regular PE classes. Overall, participants took more steps while playing the game than they did during class periods without the game. When given the opportunity to choose playing the Step it UP! Game or having regular PE class during a follow-up session, 16 of 18 participants voted to play the game.
 

An Evaluation of Photographic Activity Schedules to Increase Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LORRAINE A BECERRA (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Mariana Vieira (Pontifícia Universidade Católica, São Paulo, Brazil), Azure Pellegrino (University of Kansas), Katelin Hobson (University of Washington Doctoral Student)
Abstract:

Obesity rates in children who live in the United States have increased 17% in the past few decades and affects approximately 1/3 of U.S. children (Ogden, Carroll, Kit, & Flegal, 2012). Occurrence of obesity in children with disabilities, including Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), were found to be 40% higher than for children without disabilities (CDC, 2014; Hinckson et al. 2013; Curtin et al. 2010). Regular moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) is likely to reduce many risks associated with obesity in children (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2012). The Observational System for Recording Physical Activity codes (OSRAC; Brown et al., 2009) was used to determine the lowest percent of MVPA across five different contexts (i.e., control, outdoor toys, indoor toys, empty field, fixed equipment) for three preschool children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Photographic activity schedules were used to increase the number of different activities completed and percent of MVPA in the two lowest responding contexts for all participants.

 
Interventions to Increase Physical Activity Don’t Always Work: What We Can Learn from Failure
DIEGO VALBUENA (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida), Carolina Luque (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research shows that various interventions such as self-monitoring, feedback, public posting, and rewards, are effective for increasing physical activity. However, research does not suggest the limits of these interventions nor the factors that may contribute to the ineffectiveness of interventions. In this paper, we describe four studies evaluating interventions implemented in schools or agencies serving adults with disabilities to increase physical activity in which interventions were not effective. We discuss these “treatment failures” and the factors that may have contributed to the failure. These factors include poor implementation fidelity, lack of administrative support from the school, issues with the individuals implementing the procedures, and the limitations of contingencies applied to daily steps. We conclude with recommendations for future research.
 
 
Symposium #58
Behavioral Community Interventions From Small to Large Scales
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Humans possess great capacity for behavioral change, but decades of research shows that our ability to make optimal choices and to change are limited. Since traditional information and education-based interventions show only modest benefits on compliance regarding healthier choices whether it is transmission of infectious diseases, overweight or ethical behavior a “unity of knowledge” might be needed. It is also essential to manage behavioral change at all scales – from individuals to small groups to large populations to cope with our society`s challenges. These presentations aim to build a bridge between behavior analysis and behavioral economics and span behavioral community intervention from a “simple nudge” to increase infection protection to public policy and cultural changes and its ethical concerns. The first study investigates whether a picture of observing eyes will increase cleaning behavior. In the second study both prompting and feedback are used to increase hygienic behavior and the third study investigates ethical behavior in the banking industry.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral intervention, health care, prompting, public policy
 
With My “Own” Eyes Only: A Field Experiment on “Priming” Hygienic Behavior in Gyms
HILDE MOBEKK (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Hanne Jacobsen (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: The gym is an environment that is rich on microorganisms, and the exercise centers strive for better hygiene compliance amongst their members. Several experimental studies show that the physical presence of others, or the “illusion” of being watched, may alter behavior. This field experiment investigates a simple nudge; a picture of a pair of eyes, and the effect on cleaning behavior among gym members. A picture of "observing eyes" was attached to paper dispensers and cleanser spray bottles at two different gyms in Oslo. Observations were carried out with an A-B-A-B design; with and without the presence of the nudge. The number of members who washed the exercise equipment after use was recorded. The results of the study are based on 254 individual choice situations during nine observation sessions conducted over nine weeks. The data from both centers show an increase in the number of members who washed the exercise equipment when the images of eyes were present. These data give further support to previous research indicating that human behavior is influenced by the presence of implicit observation cues – in this case – observing eyes.
 
Promoting Hand Sanitizer Use in a University Cafeteria
CHRISTOPH F. BOERDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg), Hanna Zwingmann (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), Katrin Salzinger (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), Kerstin Njeri (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), Sarah Tozman (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Abstract: Hand washing is the most cost-efficient method to lower the risk of transmission of infectious diseases. Especially before eating in public places like cafeterias, hand washing is recommended. Often people don’t wash hands before eating because of the response effort connected with going to the bathroom. As an alternative way to improve hygiene, disinfection with a hand sanitizer gel is recommended. The current study used an A-B-BC-A design with prompts and feedback to increase the number of cafeteria patrons using hand sanitizer. Dispensers for hand sanitizer gel were placed at the entrance area of a university cafeteria. After baseline measurement, a poster explaining the usefulness of hand sanitizing was posted near the entrance to the cafeteria. This led to a doubling of the percentage of cafeteria patrons using the hand sanitizer. A second poster provided feedback about the percentage of patrons sanitizing hands and asked for more participation. This led to no further increases in hand sanitizing.
 

Ethical Corporate Virtues in the United Kingdom Banking System

ANA CAROLINA TROUSDELL FRANCESCHINI (Banking Standards Board - UK)
Abstract:

The public’s trust in the UK banking system (as in other industries worldwide) has been slowly recovering since the 2008-2009 financial crisis and the subsequent economic recession. The Banking Standards Board (BSB) was created to raise ethical behaviors and trustworthiness in this industry. Between 2016-2018, BSB conducted surveys, interviews and focus groups with thousands of employees from all banking sectors and hierarchical levels. The result is a comprehensive dataset of employees’ self-reported perceptions on nine topics, including honesty, respect, competence, accountability, among others. In 2018, the Insights unit was created to deepen these investigations through experiments and interventions. Such development, however, requires clear and evidence-based functional analyses on the interlocking behavioral contingencies in this industry. To advance on this goal, BSB’s dataset was contrasted with the eight normative criteria proposed by the Corporate Ethical Virtues Model (Kaptein 1998; 2008): clarity, congruency of supervisors, congruency of management, feasibility, supportability, transparency, discussability, and sanctionability. This exercise identified areas in which further investigations and interventions have the greatest potential to succeed and increase ethical cultures in the UK banking system.

 
 
Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
Efforts to Improve Outcomes for Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities Through Behavior Analysis Applied to a State Service System
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melantha Witherspoon (Missouri Department of Mental Health/Division of Developmental Disabilities)
CE Instructor: Teresa A. Rodgers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities is addressing the shortage qualified behavior analysts, increasingly challenging behaviors and continued emphasis on positive, person-centered supports that improve quality of life through an organizational behavior management approach. Three systemic level interventions applying behavioral principles on a meta-level to a state system of services for intellectual disabilities will be discussed. These systemic interventions involve data, systems and practices to improve outcomes for individuals and services, especially Applied Behavior Analysis services across multiple providers, regions and situations. Thinking and applying behavior analysis on a meta-level is sometimes confusing and difficult, these projects utilize a public health, three tiered prevention model, and are demonstrating significant results. The projects involve prevention of crisis and problem behaviors through increasing implementation of strategies aimed at improving quality of life by service agencies, state level interventions that maximize limited skilled resources and evaluate easily available population data and variables, and the use of peer review to improve behavioral services at an individual level.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): organizational management, service systems,, system change
Target Audience:

Intermediate and Advanced behavior analysts involved in administration or management or who are interested in working at a governmental level.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the three prevention levels of the public health model and how applied behavior analysis practice and principles can be utilized to address service issues. 2. Participants will be able to describe what a constructive peer review process is and how it can improve quality of services. 3. Participants will identify challenges to meta level data collection and analysis.
 

Prevention of Crisis and Problem Behaviors through Systemic Intervention: Missouri Tiered Supports

TERESA A. RODGERS (Missouri Department of Mental Health Division of Developmental Disabilities), Rhiannon Marie Evans (The Chicago School and Missouri Department of Mental Health/Division of Developmental Disabilities)
Abstract:

The public health model that emphasizes prevention and the overall health of a public rather than emphasizing the poor health of one, or poor health issues specifically. In contrast, traditional healthcare focuses on the health of one individual. The model addresses strategies and practices that maintain the health of the public and works to increase these as a primary prevention effort. We suggest that ABA tends to align with traditional healthcare in that a large effort in training new practitioners and in the provision of services focuses on deviant or problem behaviors rather than conditions necessary for healthy and desirable behaviors. The Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities has adopted the public health model to focus on practices or services that result in higher quality of life for individuals and developing state level systems to promote and maintain these. Implementation science informs us as to the necessary efforts and conditions that change momentary interventions to “a way we do business”. Data for agencies adopting the process at a high degree of fidelity suggests that broad scope strategies can reduce behavior problems in the agency to a significant degree.

 

Identifying High-Risk Behavior: State Level Data Collection and Analysis and Intervention Strategies

LUCAS EVANS (Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities)
Abstract:

State systems such as Developmental Disabilities and Intellectual Disabilities spend a significant portion of the allotted funding on relatively few individuals who have significant challenges and needs. Approaching this issue with the public health model is helpful in moving efforts towards large-scale interventions maximizing limited resources. These include efforts such as implementing systemic changes like improved data collection and analysis, sharing data strategically, targeted training, intensive review of restrictive strategies and peer review committees. Missouri’s process of behavioral system analysis and systemic interventions will be discussed and the data for the past two years will be shared.

 

Peer Review Committees as an Intervention to Improve Quality of Behavioral Services and Decrease High-Risk Outcomes

RITA M COOPER (Missouri Department of Mental Health/Division of Developmental Disabilities)
Abstract:

Peer review committees can effectively provide consultative feedback that both improves the behavior support for the person and quality of services in general. Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities has a voluntary peer review committee. This process involves community behavior analysts reviewing plans and data using a standard checklist for individuals in high-risk categories. Data from this process includes the items on the checklist missed and post review changes in high-risk outcomes. Data for the checklist and commonly missing elements will be reviewed. The checklist items will be demonstrated as best practice standards referenced to ABA literature and BACB and state funding agency requirements. The data suggest that peer review improves both the plans and reduces the likelihood of an individual continuing to experience high-risk outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #60
CE Offered: BACB
Sources and Outcomes of Bi-Directional Naming
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shahad Alsharif (Teacher College, Columbia University )
CE Instructor: Shahad Alsharif, M.A.
Abstract:

Bi-directional naming (BiN) is a verbal behavior cusp. Initially, listener and speaker behavior are acquired independently and BiN represents the joining of listener and speaker repertoires. In this symposium, three papers will discuss the sources and outcomes of BiN. The first two papers describe experiences that induce BiN. Hotchkiss, Karanian, and Fienup analyzed two intensities of a tact protocol and the effects on inducing BiN. Hawkins, Gautreaux, and Chiesa examined the effects of a history of multiple exemplar instruction on joint incidental BiN. The third paper examined the outcomes of a BiN repertoire. Longano, Harms, Wilczewski, and Ishikawa examined the acquisition of novel tacts under direct instruction and incidental learning conditions and found faster acquisition during incidental learning opportunities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): bi-directional naming, naming, verbal cusps
Target Audience:

participants interested in learning about the sources and outcomes of bi-directional naming, or the joining of speaker and listener repertoires

Learning Objectives: 1. Define bi-directional naming 2. Identify experiences that induce bi-directional naming 3. Identify how to modify instruction for individuals with bi-directional naming
 
Parametric Analysis of the Intensive Tact Procotol to Induce Bi-Directional Naming
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Teacher's College at Columbia University), Genevieve Karanian (Columbia University Teachers College), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to conduct a parametric analysis of verbal behavior developmental protocols used to induce verbal behavioral cusps/capabilities, to determine the most efficient methods of implementing the protocols based on an individual’s present level of verbal behavioral functioning. A parametric analysis was conducted on the intensity of an Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) protocol on the induction of Bidirectional Naming (BiN). The researcher matched the participants into dyads based on their similarity in BiN level and rate of learning to assess the effects of the full (100 learn unit) intensity and the accelerated (50 learn unit) intensity of the ITI protocol. Results found that students with higher BiN level and more cusps/capabilities demonstrated equivalent progress when given the accelerated ITI protocol compared to those who received the full ITI protocol. However, those with lower BiN levels and less verbal behavior development benefitted from the full ITI protocol.
 

Testing the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Induction of Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming in Older Children and Young Adults Diagnosed With Autism

EMMA HAWKINS (Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Mecca Chiesa (University of Kent)
Abstract:

Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Hawkins, Gautreaux, & Chiesa, 2018) is a subtype of Common Bidirectional Naming (Miguel, 2016). Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming is defined as the emergence of both untaught listener behaviour and untaught speaker behaviour following an incidental language experience providing the names of novel items. No direct teaching is involved in the acquisition of the names of these novel items. We evaluated the effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) on the induction of Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming with a group of ten older children and young adults, aged 6-18 years, diagnosed with autism and a learning disability. A multiple probe design was used to test for the acquisition of Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming. One participant acquired Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming following the MEI procedure. Four participants met the criteria for Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming prior to the MEI procedure being implemented. Five participants did not meet the criteria for Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming post-MEI intervention. The potential of tests producing false negative scores and the effects of multiple testing were discussed. It was also suggested that additional prerequisite behavioural cusps may need to be present prior to implementing procedures to induce Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming.

 

A Study of the Rate of Tact Acquisition Under Two Experimental Conditions: Direct Tact Instruction and Naming Experiences

Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), GINGER HARMS (Columbia University Teachers College), Joanna Wilczewski (Columbia University Teachers College), Nana Ishikawa (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract:

We investigated the rate of tact acquisition under two experimental conditions, direct tact instruction and the presentation of Naming experiences. Two experiments were conducted using ABAB design counterbalanced across nine participants. Under the direct tact instruction condition, instructors presented a picture, without a verbal antecedent, and delivered social praise contingent on correct responses and a correction procedure (prompting the correct response and representing the picture) contingent on incorrection response. During the naming experiences phases, the instructors presented the picture and said the name of the picture while the participants were attending to the picture. After, we conducted probes to determine if the participants acquired the tacts presented during the naming experiences. Results from both Experiments showed faster rates of acquisition under the naming experience conditions. Participants with Unilateral naming and/or Bidirectional Naming acquired language in the form of tacts at higher rates incidental, whereas, the participants who did not demonstrate Unilateral naming did not.

 
 
Symposium #61
On the Behavioral Economics of Reinforcer Delays
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Decades of behavioral economic research has clearly converged on a simple truth: Delay of reinforcement impacts choice. This consistent relation is important because individuals suffering from impulse control disorders such as drug addiction, problem gambling, and obesity consistently show response patterns such that delays of reinforcement disproportionately impact their choice. As such research efforts have begun to shift towards mitigating the effect of delays on individuals choices. Despite considerable efforts, however, our understanding of the mechanisms driving these choices remains incomplete. Improving our understanding of these mechanisms may facilitate future efforts to lessen the impact of delays on individuals' choice. The present symposium includes three talks focused on mechanisms by which delays of reinforcement may impact choice. Specifically, talks will be presented on 1) unit price modifications which accommodate patterns of rats' response allocation (i.e., switching) between alternatives in dynamic environment , 2) an examination of effects of delay exposure training on the rats' propensity to escape the experimental situation (i.e., delay aversion), and 3) effects of delay exposure training on animal models of attention deficit hyperactivity disorders' tolerance for increasing delays and dopamine function

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aversion, behavioral economics, delay, neuroscience
 
Signaled Delays, Unsignaled Delays, and Unit Price
ROBERT SCOTT LECOMTE (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Individuals tend to allocate responding based on the costs and benefits of obtaining a reinforcer. Unit price effectively summarizes this cost to benefit ratio. Typically, unit price equations involve the fixed ratio (cost) over the unit of reinforcement (benefit). However, evidence suggests that delay to reinforcement can significantly impact the value of rewards. Taking this into account, the current study examines the effects of signaled delays versus unsignaled delays on unit price. Female Long Evans rats responded on a concurrent progressive ratio (PR) progressive delay (PD) schedule in operant chambers. Completing ratios on the PD lever in the first phase of the study resulted in a signaled delay. Rats then responded on the same concurrent schedules in an unsignaled delay condition. Within-session response allocation was analyzed via a unit price calculation. Of note, the unit price model in this study incorporated the delays in effect during session and the rate of reinforcer devaluation into the more standard approach to unit price, which only accounts for costs (FR) over benefits (SR+). Overall, higher ratios on the PR lever were completed before switching to the PD lever in the unsignaled condition.
 
Potential Mechanisms of Delay-Exposure Training
SARA PECK (USU), Jillian Rung (Utah State University), Jay Hinnenkamp (Utah State), Gregory Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay-exposure (DE) training consistently and robustly reduces impulsive choice in rats. The behavioral mechanisms behind this effect are poorly understood. One published study suggests the mechanism is unrelated to interval timing (Rung, Buhusi, & Madden, 2018). The present study evaluated if DE training works by mitigating aversion to delay-paired stimuli – those encountered when rats choose the larger-later reward. Fifty-seven rats were randomly assigned to 120 days of training with delayed reinforcement (DE), training with immediate reinforcement (IE), or to a fallow Control group. As in prior experiments, DE rats had higher area under the curve (AUC) values, indicating fewer impulsive choices than IE or Control rats (see left panel of attached figure). Subsequently, all rats were given the opportunity to press a lever to temporarily escape from stimuli correlated with long or short time intervals to food. When these escape opportunities occurred in the impulsive-choice task, DE rats escaped from the delay-signaling stimulus less than IE and Control rats (see right panel of attached figure). When escape opportunities occurred outside the impulsive-choice task, the difference only approached significance. These results suggest DE training works, in part, by decreasing aversion to delay-signaling stimuli.
 
Behavioral and Neurochemical Effects of Delay Exposure Training in Animal Models of Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder
TADD DAVID SCHNEIDER (University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder (ADHD) is common among children aged 4-7, with nearly 1 million using pharmacological treatments. The current study used twenty-four experimentally naïve rats (sixteen Lewis, eight Fischer 344) divided into three groups: Lewis delay training, Lewis control, and Fischer control. Groups were either exposed to a delay training program (tandem FR1 DRO 17s) or a control condition. Following delay training, subjects were tested on a Progressive signaled delay procedure. After behavioral testing, animals were moved into neurochemical testing. Ex vivo brain slices procedures were used to evaluate effects on dopamine function in the striatum using titrating levels of amphetamines (typical medication for ADHD). Behavioral differences were seen across groups in both run rate and post-reinforcement pause. Neurochemical differences were seen across groups in the testing phase. This demonstrates that the building of delay histories not only impacts behavior but is correlated to functional differences in the reward processing region of the brain. These results will add to the literature and may provide an opportunity to look at the effects of non-pharmacological interventions in children diagnosed with ADHD.
 
 
Paper Session #62
Human Operant Schedules of Reinforcement
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation/OsloMet University)
 
Noncriterial Behavioral Variability and Related Operant Bias in Humans
Domain: Basic Research
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation/OsloMet University), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: All operant behaviors have multiple dimensions in addition to those designated by the experimenter as criterial for reinforcement, and behavioral variation occurs across all of those dimensions. In addition, all dimensions of an operant can reflect possible bias due to the pre-experimental histories of the participants. In two experiments designed to measure both noncriterial variability and operant bias, human participants performed an operant consisting of typing 14 or more keystrokes on the computer keyboard. The first and last keystrokes were mandated, while the middle 12 (or more) were allowed to vary. The first experiment involved nine sessions of monetary reinforcement on a variable ratio schedule followed by one session of extinction, while the second required nine sessions of continuous feedback followed by a final “test” session with multiple contingencies designed to disrupt the participants’ behavior. There were significant differences in variability among the individual participants, as well as systematic effects of the different experimental designs. Despite not being required for reinforcement, operant-to-operant variability was high overall but decreased across sessions. The “test” session of Experiment 2 resulted in a much larger increase in variability than did extinction, in Experiment 1. Looking at operant bias, there was an overall preference for the letter keys in the center of the keyboard, however the participants also showed a strong bias against center keys when choosing either the first or last letter in each operant sequence. There was also a systematic interaction between variability levels and bias measured.
 
A Fixed-Interval Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement as an Alternative to Reaction Time Measures
Domain: Basic Research
IVAN CHISTYAKOV (National Research University Higher School of Economics (Moscow). Department of Psychology), Anna Voytova (Novosibirsk State Medical University, Department of Clinical Psychology)
 
Abstract: Reaction time measures are widely used in psychology and some areas of behavior analysis despite controversy regarding their reliability and confounding behavior with the conditioning of behavior. Nevertheless, there is an apparent lack of behavior-analytic research on schedules of reinforcement involved in reaction time experiments and free-operant alternatives of reaction time measures. Interpretative functional analysis of Stroop task and implicit relational assessment procedure, two popular reaction time experiments designed to study so-called response competition effects, revealed that this experiments can be represented as simple fixed-ratio schedules, despite intents of their creators to use them as measures of complex behavior. We developed a fixed-interval multiple schedule of reinforcement as an alternative. The Stroop task and the implicit relational assessment procedure were replicated with this technique and a series of experiments using healthy college students as subjects was conducted. Collected data showed that responding under fixed-interval multiple schedule of reinforcement schedule of reinforcement reproduces response competition effects as changes in response rate and allows to study histories of reinforcement, responsible for their occurrence. Formal description of the technique using Mechner’s notation, collected data, and additional possible applications will be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applications and Extensions of Equivalence-Based Instruction
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Leif Albright, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was used to teach classes of animal features, food portion estimation, and verbal operant academic content. The first study was a replication and extension of O’Neill, Rehfeldt, Ninness, Muñoz, & Mellor (2015). Computer EBI was compared to studying from flash cards to teach Skinner’s verbal operants to college students. In the second study, which was an extension of prior studies in which EBI was used to teach portion estimation of food items, non-food items were used during training to increase portion-size estimation accuracy. Preferred and non-preferred foods were used to assess generalization of portion-size estimation accuracy. In the third study, which was a replication of Keintz, Miguel, Kao, and Finn (2011), EBI was used to teach three classes of animal features and to evaluate the emergence of visual-visual and auditory-visual relations and speaker behavior by children with autism spectrum disorder. Together, the three studies in this symposium extend the content domains and procedures that can be used to establish equivalence classes of relevant content.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): derived relations, equivalence, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

The target audience is practitioners who work with children with autism, and those who use equivalence-based instruction to teach socially relevant content.

 

Comparing Flash Cards and Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Verbal Operants to College Students

Gayathiri Ramadoss (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The present study compared the effects of computer-based stimulus equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to that of studying from flash cards to teach Skinner’s verbal operants. Ten undergraduate or graduate students enrolled in an introductory course in Applied Behavior Analysis served as participants. One group was exposed to EBI and a comparison group studied a set of flash cards with all the stimuli presorted into correct groups. Four classes of verbal operants (mand, tact, intraverbal, and echoic) were taught. Each class consisted of 4 stimulus members (name of the term, a colloquial definition, formal definition, and vignettes). Generalization of class-consistent responding was assessed for participants in both groups via a series of sorting tasks, written tests, and computer-based matching tests. Both IOA and treatment integrity data were at least 99%. The results of this study showed that participants of both the EBI group and the flash cards group formed classes across all testing formats. The results of this study did not align with past research in showing efficiency of EBI compared to studying pre-sorted flash cards in establishing academic skills with advanced learners. Overall the EBI group performed at a level that was 10-15% above that of the control group.

 

Equivalence-Based Instruction With Non-Food Items to Increase Portion-Size Estimation Accuracy

Brianna Regan (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), JACQUELINE CARROW (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Researchers have previously taught individuals how to more accurately estimate portion-sizes of foods using equivalence-based instruction (EBI). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether non-food items could be used during training to increase portion-size estimation accuracy. Preferred and non-preferred foods were used to assess generalization of portion-size estimation accuracy. Foods were identified through an assessment and varied per participant. Two non-food items were used for training and one novel non-food item was used to assess for generalization of portion-size accuracy. Three classes of stimuli were taught using EBI (i.e., ¼ cup, ½ cup, and 1 cup). The members of each class were represented by portion-size measurement aids, amounts on paper plates, and measuring cups. All participants more accurately estimated each portion-size of non-food items after training sessions. Accurate estimation also generalized to preferred and non-preferred foods for all participants. IOA and procedural data were at least 99%.

 

Teaching Creature Features to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Equivalence-Based Instruction

LAUREN GRITENAS (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School), Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to replicate Keintz, Miguel, Kao, and Finn (2011) by evaluating the effects of EBI on emergence of visual-visual and auditory-visual relations and speaker behavior by children with autism spectrum disorder. We extended Keintz et al. by evaluating a many-to-one training structure, evaluating the emergence of auditory-auditory relations, and teaching language skills commonly targeted in early intensive behavioral intervention with early learners. Specifically, we taught three 4-member classes of stimuli: donkey (Class 1), seal (Class 2), and cricket (Class 3). Members of each class were the pictures of the creature (Stimulus A), creature’s spoken name (Stimulus B), sounds made by the creature (Stimulus C) and pictures of the creature’s habitats (Stimulus D). Results for all participants increased from low levels during baseline sessions to 86% or higher following EBI. Emergence of speaker behavior was also observed for all participants (i.e., tacts of pictures, tacts of sounds, intraverbals related to sounds and habitats, intraverbal fill-ins, echoics). Interobserver agreement for listener and speaker pretests across all three participants ranged from 94%-100%. Interobserver agreement for teaching relations and listener/speaker post-tests across all three participants was 100%. Percentage of correct implementation of the teaching/training procedures was 100%.

 
 
Symposium #64
CE Offered: BACB
Applying Behavior-Analytic Instructional Strategies in Higher Education Settings
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (Aclan Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Megan D. Aclan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three data-based presentations focused on applying behavior-analytic procedures in higher education settings. All presentations will focus on improving student performance in the classroom through the use of active teaching strategies and creative assignments. In the first presentation, Daniel Wagner will present a comparison of a novel assignment and a traditional assignment to increase undergraduate behavior analysis students’ performance on quizzes and their dissemination skills. Next, Christopher Le will present a comparison of preprinted and write-on response cards in an undergraduate applied behavior analysis course on exam scores, learning gains, and participation. Finally, Kendra Guinness will present an evaluation of the effects of a personalized system of instruction including self-paced tutorials comprised of instructions, video models, practice, and feedback on students’ accuracy in APA formatting. Each presentation will address implications for the behavior analytic teaching strategies in the classroom.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): higher education, instruction, response cards, teaching
Target Audience:

BCBAs, Faculty, Educators

 

Giving Away Our Science: Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Dissemination Assignment in an Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Course

DANIEL WAGNER (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Megan D. Aclan (California State University, Northridge), Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Though many have argued that behavior analysts should be trained as behavioral translators, translating our science and technology to others in a way that disseminates what our field has to offer (Foxx, 1985, 1996; Lindsley, 1991; Morris, 1985; Reed, 2014; Schlinger, 2014), little research identifying how to teach such repertoires exists. In this study, we designed the Giving ABA Away assignment to begin to teach this dissemination repertoire to undergraduate students in behavior analysis. The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of this dissemination assignment, in which students were asked to describe a behavioral concept to a layperson audience, in comparison to a more traditional assignment. This study utilized a counterbalanced within groups design with pre- and post-assignment evaluations to assess student comprehension of the concepts and dissemination skills. Results showed positive effects of the dissemination assignment on student learning outcomes as compared to the traditional assignment. Implications for educators will be discussed.

 
A Comparison of Preprinted and Write-On Response Cards in Higher Education
Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Catherine Copsey (California State University, Sacramento), Sharon Furtak (California State University, Sacramento), CHRISTOPHER LE (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: One pedagogical strategy for increasing student engagement is to incorporate active student responses, such as using response cards, within lecture-style teaching. To the authors’ knowledge, only two studies have compared response card types in higher education settings; however, these studies were translational and were conducted in a simulated classroom. This study compared the benefits of preprinted vs. write-on response cards in two undergraduate psychology courses using an alternating treatments design blocked by content unit. We compared both response card types to standard lecture control condition in Experiment 1 and a passive lecture control condition in Experiment 2. We examined the effects of response card type on students’ exam performance, learning gains (i.e., questions answered incorrectly in class then correctly on exams), retention scores, retention gains (i.e., learning gains maintained on a posttest), and in-class participation. Students also reported their preference for response card type using a satisfaction survey. Both response card conditions resulted in higher exam scores over standard and passive control conditions, and we found that write-on response cards produced significantly higher learning and retention gains across experiments. We offer recommendations for using response cards in higher education as well as expanding this line of research.
 

A Personalized System of Instruction for Teaching APA Formatting to Undergraduate Students

KENDRA GUINNESS (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract:

Formatting documents according the American Psychological Association (APA) guidelines is an essential but difficult skill for undergraduate psychology students. Undergraduate faculty report that their students make frequent APA formatting errors in a variety of domains including citations, quotations, and headers (Mandernach, Zafonte, & Taylor, 2016). The current study evaluated the effects of a personalized system of instruction (PSI) on the accuracy of APA formatting with undergraduate students using a multiple probe design across four units (title page, abstract, body, and references). Participants completed self-paced tutorials comprised of textual instructions, a video model, multiple practice opportunities, and immediate feedback. Results thus far indicate that after low to moderate levels of accuracy in baseline, accuracy rose to high levels immediately following training. Generalization was also measured by evaluating the APA formatting accuracy of actual lab reports the participants submitted in an introductory psychology class. Interobserver agreement was recorded for 33% of sessions (M = 89%; range, 73%-100%). Social validity with students and faculty will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #65
Behavioral Interpretations of Creativity
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Edward Amezquita (University of North Texas)
 
Micro and Macro Variables Responsible for Creativity and Innovation Development: A Three Level Behavioral Theory Draft
Domain: Theory
ANDRE A. BRAVIN (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Hernando Borges Neves Filho (Universidade de São Paulo)
 
Abstract: This paper presents some updates in a micro and macro theory of human creativity and innovation, based on behavioral principles. Micro variables are all behavioral processes responsible for the origin of an individuals new behavior, such as stimuli generalization, response induction, shaping, contingency aduction, interconnection of repertoires, behavioral variability, among others. Macro variables are contingencies and relationships that no longer deal with individual behavior solely, but individuals in groups (e.g., social rules and institutional variables), treated here as group performance, team problem solving, team design and development, law, and others. Based on this two distinct groups of variables, we drafted an operant theory about creativity and innovation determinants, and how it could be increased or decreased in groups and institutions. All theoretical discussion on creativity are based in a traditional distinction that highlights two kinds of creative products: p-criativity (ontogenetic, individual) and h-creativity (cultural, historical, with social outcomes for a group or culture). The operant approach of these variables, formulated in a creativity theory extended to the field of technological innovation, aims to be a tool either to comprehend and estimulate individual creativity, and also a way to understand how creative products (inventions and innovations) are accepted and spreaded (or not) in a cultural group. Possible applications in groups, organizations and institutions are given as examples of some practical problems that this operant approach could help.
 

Creativity: Beyond the Mind, Behind the Curtain

Domain: Theory
EDWARD BRANDON AMEZQUITA (University of North Texas), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract:

Creativity is a beautiful, some believe unexplainable phenomenon: from the song that makes use cry, to the movie that makes us excited, to the painting that makes us ponder, and to the comedian that makes us laugh. Mentalistic and innate accounts of creativity often suggest it is a something one possesses or expresses. What makes this account appealing is that creativity does not describe behavior, instead it describes an outcome of behavior. It describes a unique solution or an effect on an audience; the behaviors which produce that effect are how creativity is expressed. An alternative approach is offered here that examines some of the behavior-environmental relations that may account for those behavioral outcomes considered creative. What is occurring during the creative process that reinforces the artist’s behavior during the act of creating? This presentation will begin to answer this question by drawing upon the work and training of improvisational comedians who have developed methods and conceptual principles that allow anyone to perform on stage to “create” a scene, even with no prior history. Contingency adduction, successive approximations, extended tacts will be shown to be fundamental components of at least some “creative acts.”

 
 
 
Invited Panel #66
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
The Potential of Statistical Inference in Behavior Analysis: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Derek Reed (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Derek Reed, Ph.D.
Panelists: CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech), SHAWN GILROY (Louisiana State University), AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Jonathan Friedel and Dr. Brady DeHart’s SQAB Tutorial on the utility of statistics in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of statistical analyses in behavior analysis, (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by inferential statistics, and (3) describe the controversy of using statistical inference in behavior analysis.
CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech)
Christopher Franck received his Ph.D. from the Department of Statistics at North Carolina State University in 2010 and is currently an Assistant Professor in the Department of Statistics at Virginia Tech. Dr. Franck's research interests include the statistical modeling of behavioral data, Bayesian inference with an emphasis in model selection, and spatial statistics.
SHAWN GILROY (Louisiana State University)
Dr. Shawn Gilroy is an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Louisiana State University. Dr. Gilroy received his PhD from Temple University, completing his predoctoral training at the Munroe-Meyer Institute and his postdoctoral training at the Kennedy-Krieger Institute. Prior to his post at Louisiana State University, Dr. Gilroy served as a Marie Sklodowska Curie international research fellow at the National University of Ireland, Galway. His work centers on the development and evaluation of evidence-based treatments using technology for children with developmental disorders and the translation of applied behavioral economic methods to clinical populations.
AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
Amy Odum is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Her research interests are in basic behavioral phenomena, such as response persistence, sensitivity to delayed outcomes, conditional discriminations, and environmental influences on drug effects. Her work has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute of Mental Health. She completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont’s Human Behavioral Pharmacology Laboratory after earning her Ph.D. and M.A. in Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, from West Virginia University. She received a B.S. in Psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Odum has been Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She is a Fellow of ABAI and is currently Editor in Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #67
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Translating Behavioral Observation Research to Intervention for Couples With Pain

Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Gabrielle T. Lee, Ph.D.
Chair: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University)
ANNMARIE CANO (Wayne State University)
Annmarie Cano, Ph.D. is a Professor of Psychology at Wayne State University in Detroit (Michigan, USA). Dr. Cano conducts research on emotion regulation and intimacy processes in couples facing physical and mental health problems. Building on her basic research findings on empathic interaction, she has developed a mindfulness and acceptance intervention aimed at helping both partners improve their own emotion regulation and quality of life while also supporting their partners to do the same. As a first-generation college student and Latina, Dr. Cano is committed to supporting access, diversity, and inclusion in higher education and is conducting research in this domain as well. Dr. Cano has over 70 publications and has served as PI on grants from the National Institutes of Health. In 2016, she was elected Fellow of the American Psychological Association in two divisions (Society for Health Psychology and Society for Couple and Family Psychology). Dr. Cano has served the field as Associate Editor at Health Psychology and Journal of Family Psychology and currently sits on the editorial boards of American Psychologist and Journal of Pain. She earned her master’s and doctoral degrees in psychology from Stony Brook University and her bachelor’s degree in psychology from Princeton University.
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions for pain typically target individuals and when loved ones are involved, their roles are often conceptualized as information providers or reinforcers of pain behaviors. At the same time, a growing literature on supportive behaviors such as partner responsiveness, emotional validation, and empathy has suggested that interventions may be more effective if these types of behaviors are incorporated into treatment. Dr. Cano will provide an overview of correlational and experimental research on empathic behaviors in pain and describe a new intervention for couples that is based on this research. Evidence of intervention feasibility and acceptability will also be presented to describe the challenges of intervention development. Finally, Dr. Cano will share a set of lessons learned to inform work aimed at bridging the gap between basic behavioral and clinical intervention research.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Pending.
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Working With Practitioners in Mainland China: From Theory to Practice
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Fan-Yu Lin (Robert Morris University)
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The number of certified behavior analysts in mainland China is increasing at a drastic pace every year. Despite this growth, its nature of service delivery, the focus of target service recipients, and the presence of a comprehensive professional standards make behavior analysis a developing profession that is unlike others in China. In this critical phase of development, practitioners’ adherence to ethical and professional standards becomes an even more critical key for its future success. While it is important to understand the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, one must demonstrate the interpretation of this Code through everyday practice. In a country with a vast diversity in beliefs, customs, and other cultural variables, this interpretation may not be apparent at times. The central theme for this symposium is working with practitioners in mainland, China. From a theoretical perspective, the presenters will first illustrate the ethical challenges that behavior analysts may face while providing services in a variety of settings in China. The audience will then learn about two empirical studies that demonstrate the use of data-based decision making to guide practitioners’ service delivery in the context of direct teaching and supervision in mainland, China.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): China, Ethics, Service delivery, Supervision
Target Audience:

Undergraduate, graduate, or practitioners in the field of behavior analysis

 

Service Delivery Through a Cultural Lens: It May Not Be That Simple

(Theory)
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
Abstract:

Over the past decade, educational and therapeutic services driven by Applied Behavior Analysis has gained more and more attention in mainland, China, particularly in the area of treatment for autism. Despite this increase in recognition and acceptance, the quality of service for students with special needs varies drastically across settings. This variation is caused by a need for more quality training courses, current misunderstanding toward students with special needs and their educators, and the availability of alternative, and often nonscientific treatment options. Behavior analysts provide services under clear and comprehensive professional and ethical guidelines. However, when cultural variations come into play, practitioners may require additional guidance with decision making during service delivery. From a conceptual analysis of behavioral perspective, this presentation will focus on the ethical challenges that behavior analysts may encounter while working in different educational and therapeutic setting in China. Potential directions and recommendations for future research and practice will also be discussed.

 

Comparison of Simple Conditional Discrimination Method and Conditional Only Discrimination Method: Using Discrete Trial Training in Teaching Receptive Labeling to Young Children With Autism in China

(Applied Research)
FAN-YU LIN (Robert Morris University), Jing Zhu (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The emerging Western model of professional training and service delivery in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) leads to a continuous debate between universal designs and localized decisions in China, a country with over 75,000 preschools with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Sun & Allison, 2010; Zhang & Ji, 2005), who receive alarmingly uneven service quality given the high demand of treatment (Xu, Yang, Ji, Xu, & Wang, 2014). Even for those who claim the use of ABA procedures in teaching receptive labeling, one of the fundamental skills for preschoolers, the decision-making process is not typically based on data, but is rather on routines or personal preferences. In this study, two discrimination methods were compared in teaching students with autism. The first method is simple conditional discrimination (SCD), which involves a total of nine steps to gradually increase task difficulty over time. The second method is conditional only discrimination method (COD), which includes presenting the target task from the onset of the intervention (Grow, Carr, Kodak, Jostad, & Kisamore 2011). The data suggested COD resulted in more efficient acquisition while SCD fostered gradual improvement. The results provide data driven guidance for Chinese ABA practitioners in the decision making process of ASD program design.

 
A Comparison of Two Types of Remote Performance Feedback on Treatment Integrity
(Applied Research)
JING ZHU (University of Iowa), Allison Bruhn (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Treatment integrity (TI) has a direct impact on early intensive behavioral interventions outcomes for children with autism. Research suggests that providing feedback can improve TI. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate and compare the effects of two remote feedback methods, videoconferencing feedback and email feedback (with graph), on TI of teachers working with children with autism in China. Four teachers will participate in the study. During baseline, teachers’ TI of implementing discrete trial training and incidental teaching will be measured. During comparison, the teachers will receive performance feedback via either videoconferencing or email with graph. The associations of the feedback method and teaching procedure will be counterbalanced across all teachers. Teachers’ acceptance and preference of the two types of feedback will be collected via a social validity questionnaire at the end of the study. Results of the study will answer the following questions: (1) whether either or both of the remote feedback methods are effective, (2) whether email feedback is as effective as videoconferencing feedback, and (3) whether if there is a preferences between the two types of feedback. We expect to complete the data collection by the end of February in 2019.
 
 
Symposium #69
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
A Systems Approach to Learner-Centered Instruction for Staff and Clients
Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates)
CE Instructor: Matthew C. Howarth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present the effects of behavior analytic interventions that resulted in increased supervisor and technician expertise and an analysis of organizational intervention components. The data show that the implementation of a rule governed organizational system to train clinicians supports increases in academic literacy, communication and social skills for pre-school and elementary age clients diagnosed with autism and related communication disabilities in 1:1 settings. In this model, the data generated through measurement of each individual’s responses drive the system. Clinicians are trained through modules that provide in situ opportunities specifically related to the accurate implementation of clients’ programs, choice of strategies and tactics, materials and selection of new objectives. Supervisors collaborate across clinics to improve the accuracy of the feedback delivered during Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) observations for verbal development protocols. Researchers report more complex data analyses, improved verbal behavior about the science, and increases in rate of learning for the clients taught using a Rule Governed Algorithm which included a Verbal Behavior about the Science Protocol package. We analyze organizational components, discuss relevant measures to consider within the organization, and present meaningful client and staff outcomes when considering a systems approach using data-driven procedures and interlocking contingencies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and Program Supervisors

 
Using a Rule Governed Algorithm to Increase Line Technicians Analysis of Instructional Problems and Decrease Clients’ Learn Units to Criterion
KELLY KING (Touchstone and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of a rule governed algorithm on line technicians’ analysis of instructional problems and clients’ learn units to criterion. We used a delayed multiple baseline design across eight participants who worked at a private center and provided 1:1 instruction for clients diagnosed with autism. The participants were selected because they showed interest in verbal behavior about the science and the scientific vocabulary used at the center. The participants had little or no previous experience with Applied Behavior Analysis and did not typically apply the vocabulary of the science when encountering instructional problems in situ. Training at the center included basic vocabulary, decision analysis and measurement but focused on clients’ program specifics and center-wide and client-specific schedules. The independent variable was the implementation of a Rule Governed Algorithm which included a Verbal Behavior about the Science Protocol package. The dependent variables were total and correct learn units delivered by the line technicians, pre- and post-probe data for mastery of the protocol and learn units to criterion for the clients taught.
 
Methods to Improve Treatment Fidelity
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), JENNY CRONIER (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy), Mara Katra Oblak (Seattle Behavior Consulting), Kelly King (Touchstone and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lauren Becnel (The Touchstone Center), Danica Reaves Savoie (Touchstone Center), Mark Flores (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy)
Abstract: Methods to improve treatment fidelity within and across teaching sites should be the subject of more research to increase the validity and reliability of evidence-based treatment. Client programming is designed and implemented to promote generalization, and supervisors should measure the variability of implementation across Registered Behavior TechniciansTM (RBTs®) to ensure treatment fidelity. Additionally, research efforts across teaching sites are stifled by the lack of calibration across researchers for the implementation of evidence-based protocols. This paper describes a cross-clinic calibration procedure designed to increase the accuracy of implementation of verbal behavior developmental protocols by RBTs® using Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) observations. The procedure includes observations of RBT® protocol implementation and analysis of inter-observer agreement (IOA) across TPRA observations by local and distance collaborating supervisors. Data were collected on the percent of IOA across TPRA observations for each protocol across supervisors. TPRA observations were repeated until criterion for calibration was met. Researchers report the effects of this cross-clinic calibration procedure on the number of correct and incorrect RBT observations by supervisors compared with baseline conditions that did not include multi-site TPRA calibration.
 

A Systematic Implementation of Organization-Wide Behavior Management Components and the Effects on Student Outcome and Job Performance: A Procedural Analysis and Review of Clinical Outcomes

MARA OBLAK (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy), Jenny Cronier (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy)
Abstract:

ABA service providers recognize the need for effective operating procedures and supervision practices that produce quality outcomes. Complex interactions between supervisors and supervisees should result in effective treatment through accurate instruction and delivery of behavioral interventions. The CABAS® model is a data-driven, research-based system that takes into account the interdependent relationship between teachers, students and their parents, and school supervisory personnel, whose primary function is to train and mentor teachers to continually apply the principles and tactics of the science of behavior to ensure student success (Singer-Dudek, Speckman, & Nuzzolo, 2010). We sought to develop a standardized system of individualized instruction for administrators, students and clinicians utilizing components of the CABAS® model in a private ABA clinic and develop a measurement system to develop the quality of the product. We implemented Learn Units, TPRAs, a Decision protocol, the VBDR assessment, developmental protocols and performance-based modules. This data collection describes the components implemented, a procedural analysis of systems implemented, data analysis for staff and clients and future considerations regarding data driven operating procedures.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #70
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Correspondence of Verbal Reports: An Experimental Analysis

Saturday, May 25, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Julio De Rose, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
JULIO DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Julio de Rose received his Ph.D. at the University of São Paulo, Brazil, in 1981, and was a postdoctoral Fulbright fellow at the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center for Mental Retardation. He is now Professor of Psychology at the Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil, and Research Director of the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching, of which he is one of the founders. He is the author and co-author of more than 130 articles and chapters on experimental, applied, and conceptual Behavior Analysis, and has served in the editorial boards of several international journals in the field of Behavior Analysis.
Abstract:

Skinner remarked that verbal responses are “true” or “objective” when the correspondence with a stimulating situation is sharply maintained. Lanza, Starr, & Skinner (1982) developed an “animal model” for the study of variables involved in correspondence: a pigeon “reported” to another about the color of a hidden disc, by pecking a specific key. Having access to the color, the experimenter could investigate contingencies leading to distorted reports. This presentation will address a series of studies with human participants recently conducted in our lab, with variations in this method. Participants reported about previous behavior or played card games in which they reported the value of their cards. A recent study developed a videogame with different audiences asking about the participant’s previous behavior. Several independent variables have been investigated. Correspondence was enhanced by reinforcement of corresponding responses, punishment of non-corresponding responses, probability of response checking, and modelling of corresponding reports by confederates. Non-corresponding reports increased with reinforcement for specific reports (reinforcing reports of correct responses regardless of correspondence), punitive audiences, and modelling of non-corresponding responses by confederates. This series of studies has progressively refined experimental methods and increased the range of variables investigated, contributing to clarify the determinants of correspondence.

Target Audience:

Researchers or students interested in basic and translational research on verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe and discuss Skinner’s conceptualization about correspondence between verbal response and stimulating situation; (2) identify independent and dependent variables in experiments about verbal correspondence; (3) analyze critically methods, results and conclusions of a sample of correspondence experiments; (4) identify variables that increase or decrease correspondence; (5) relate the conceptual and experimental analysis of correspondence to the lay notions of truth and lie.
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #71
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–1:30 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC), AUBREY C. DANIELS (Aubrey Daniels International, Inc.)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #71A
Author Signing
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore
 
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis), MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC), GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik), KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), ANN B BEIRNE (Global Autism Project)
 

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #73
Professional Photographs
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall

Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more!

 
 
Poster Session #75
EAB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
1. Stimulus Substitution in European Nightcrawlers: Conditioning Vibration to Produce a Crawling Response
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KELLY BERTH (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Stimulus-substitution theory explains how the conditioned stimulus paired with an unconditioned stimulus can elicit the same response (Hilgard, 1936). After repeated exposure, the conditioned stimulus can be said to substitute for the unconditioned stimulus. This study is using the unconditioned stimulus of light paired with a neutral stimulus of vibration to produce a crawling response in the European Nightcrawler. Four subjects, divided into groups of two, are being used for two different experimental conditions. Condition one will use forward conditioning, using vibration and light, to see if the subjects escape the light box apparatus into the darker compartment. Condition two will then use a reversal to show true experimental control. Once the subject has escaped into the darker compartment, the vibration will be turned on to see if the subject will then crawl back to the compartment with no light or vibration. Currently, the subjects have been exposed to four, 15-minute habituation trials. The subjects have also been exposed to 10, 5-minute trials of light only in the apparatus to ensure they can escape. Conditioning trials will follow to obtain results.
 
2. Discriminated Escape Response of the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach to Butane Combustion
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIN ELIZABETH WYLIE (Northern Michigan University), Ally Vacha (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: The use of invertebrates in the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) comes with a variety of advantages such as reduced cost, minimal upkeep requirements, and less regulation than vertebrates. Historically, little of this research has been conducted using the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (MHC). The current study seeks to expand upon the use of heat as an aversive stimulus for MHC through the teaching of an auditory discrimination. Preliminary results with three female MHC showed a greater escape response during trials where Tone 1 was followed by the presentation of a heat stimulus than trials where Tone 2 was followed by no presentation of a heat stimulus. A two sample t-test confirmed the statistical significance of this difference, t(42) = 5.26, p < .00001. Although preliminary results are significant, the subjects’ response timings revealed escape was initiated most often after the cessation of the tones, indicating tone discrimination has not yet been acquired. Overall, the preliminary results suggest that although heat serves as an aversive stimulus for MHC, the discrimination between the tones failed to develop during preliminary trials. Further trials will be conducted in a Rescorla-Wagner model of pairings to determine what is necessary to teach MHC this auditory discrimination.
 
3. Measuring Transfer of Stimulus Control: Pigeons Acquiring Behavioral Skills
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALLISTON K. REID (Wofford College), Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England, Australia), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

Transfer of stimulus control is an essential feature of many acquisition procedures, such as in errorless learning, fading, treatments for prompt dependence, and skill learning. Learning new behavioral skills often involves the transfer of stimulus control from discriminative stimuli present during early training to new endogenous cues that gain stimulus control with extended practice, often leading to skill autonomy. Four studies examined how behavioral skills may become autonomous by developing reliable practice cues when the originally predictive cues were modified or eliminated. As exteroceptive cues were degraded and eliminated over four successive phases using multiple schedules, pigeons solved the discrimination problem by transferring stimulus control to other available exteroceptive and endogenous cues. By measuring and comparing conditional discriminations in signaled vs. unsignaled components, we quantified the degree of stimulus control and measured changes in discriminative control across sessions. The final phase eliminated all discriminative stimuli. Pigeons achieved autonomy by ingeniously developing a new behavioral skill that could always yield reinforcement, but not via the transfer of stimulus control observed in Phases 1-3. Transfer of stimulus control to other available exteroceptive and endogenous cues is one process that may lead to skill autonomy, but it’s not the only one.

 
4. Social Enrichment Effects on Demand for Food With Fixed and Random Outcomes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATHERINE GARLAND (Reed College Student), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College), Ana Carolina Trousdell Franceschini (Banking Standards Board - UK)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

This study compared operant behavior on fixed ratio (FR) and random ratio (RR) food reinforcement schedules in enriched and non-enriched female Sprague-Dawley rats. The enriched rats were given post-session access to enrichment objects and other rats; non-enriched rats were kept in standard housing. Demand functions were generated for all subjects under both FR and RR schedules, with schedule order counterbalanced across subjects. Rats from the enriched group consistently responded at higher rates and at higher prices than did rats from the non-enriched group. Additionally, non-enriched rats showed the typical schedule difference, with higher levels of responding on RR than comparable FR schedules. Such differences were absent for enriched rats. For enriched rats, there was correlation between response rates on the FR schedule and social dominance in the enrichment setting. The results both join with other findings on the facilitative behavioral effects of enrichment, and add a much-needed level of quantitative rigor to the analysis of enrichment effects.

 
5. Failure to Find Altruistic Behavior in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HAORAN WAN (Reed College), Cyrus Fletcher Kirkman (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Prior research has found that one rat will release a second rat from restraint in the presence of food, thereby allowing that second rat access to food. Such behavior, clearly beneficial to the second rat and costly to the first, has been interpreted as altruistic. Because clear demonstrations of altruism in rats are rare, such findings deserve a careful look. The present study aimed to replicate this finding, but with more detailed methods to examine more systematically if, and under what conditions, a rat might share food with its cagemate partner. Rats were given repeated choices between 5 pellets of food and 10-s social access to familiar rat in an open economy, with free access to food and the social partner outside the 60-min sessions. Social access was arranged by lifting a door to a restraint, within which the partner rat was held. Rats responded consistently for both food and social interaction, but sharing occurred at very low levels across sessions and conditions (mean < 1%, across subjects and conditions), even under conditions in which the rats were satiated. The results are therefore inconsistent with claims in the literature that rats are altruistically motivated to share food with other rats.
 
6. Effects of Deprivation Level on Food Motivated Responding in Fatty and Lean Zucker Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALE CARRILLO (The University of Kansas), Stefanie S. Stancato (University of Kansas), Jennifer L. Hudnall (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

Obesity is one of the most prevalent behavioral disorders in the United States affecting approximately 40% of the adult population. Nearly 93.3 million individuals suffer from aversive clinical issues comorbid with obesity, including heart disease, diabetes, and certain types of cancer (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2018). Currently, the role of motivating operations (MO), or the stimulus control that alters the value of a commodity, in obesity is unknown. Further, present technology used to explore genetic and behavioral interactions in obesity remains subpar. Fatty Zucker rats are widely used to model and test genetic obesity as they are Leptin-deficient; Leptin being a chemical mediator of energy balance and food intake suppressor. In this study, a reversal design was used to analyze the effects of deprivation on food motivated responding using 6 fatty and lean Zucker rats. Motivation was assessed via lever-pressing demand tasks following baseline (deprivation) and experimental condition (satiation). Data analysis suggests elevated food motivation in the fatty rats across many work requirements despite food satiation. This is significant as it addresses the role of MOs in genetic obesity and provides potential behavioral targets to address satiation and obesity.

 
7. Assessing Cross-Price Interactions Between Food and Social Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CYRUS FLETCHER KIRKMAN (Reed College), Haoran Wan (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

Prior research has shown that responding can be maintained under concurrent food and social reinforcement in rats, but little is known about interactions between these reinforcers. In the present study, we approached the problem from a behavioral economic perspective, using demand-curve methods to analyze interactions between food and social reinforcement. Four rats were given repeated choices between food and 10-s of social access to a familiar rat on concurrent schedules. Social access was arranged by lifting a door to a restraint, within which the partner rat was held. The price of social access was held constant at fixed ratio (FR) 1 across all conditions, while the price of food was systematically increased from FR 1 to FR 64. Of interest was cross-price elasticity, or demand for social reinforcement as a function of changes in the price of food reinforcement. Food responding was maintained at lower to moderate prices but declined to low levels at higher prices. Social responding was relatively constant at the lower to moderate food prices but increased when food responding dropped at the higher FR food prices, suggesting a substitutable relationship. The methods show promise as a way to quantify interactions between qualitatively different reinforcers.

 
8. Direct Extinction of Repetition
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SIV KRISTIN NERGAARD (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Identifying the underlying processes of varied behavior has proven elusive. Neuringer has suggested an “endogenous stochastic process” underlying “responding unpredictably” as an operant. The standard view is that variability is selected when reinforcement is contingent on it. This view implies at least three things: (1) different responses cycle between reinforcement and extinction, (2) repetition is consistently extinguished, and (3) reinforcement is distributed such that responding persists. This experiment arranged contingencies with these three characteristics without making reinforcement directly contingent on variability. The subjects were 4 experimentally naïve water-deprived male Wistar Kyoto rats. Reinforcement was contingent on a complex pre-determined number of lever-presses on one of two available operanda. Several stereotypic patterns would satisfy the contingency. If a pattern emerged, sequences containing this pattern would not be reinforced. The result of this contingency was average U values between U 0,69 and U 0,94, for all sessions. The fact that variability can emerge from other situations than a variability contingency does not disprove the “endogenous stochastic process” hypothesis. But, as intermittent-extinction is continuously present in any differential reinforcement contingency, rendering control conditions impossible, it is relevant to ask how much of the variable responding in variability experiments is due to intermittent extinction.
 
9. Immediate-Reward Training Increases Impulsive Choice in Experienced Lewis Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Rachel Loyst (St. Lawrence University), Hannah Mungenast (St. Lawrence University), Cole Poulin (St. Lawrence University), ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: A strong preference for smaller-sooner rewards (SSR) over larger-later rewards (LLR) is associated with a host of behavioral maladies, including substance abuse, obesity, risky sexual behavior, and texting while driving. A growing body of literature suggests that forced, extended exposure to delayed rewards may increase preference for LLR during subsequent choice tasks in rats. Recent research also suggests, however, that the opposite may be true: extended, forced exposure to immediate rewards may decrease preference for LLR during subsequent choice tasks. In the present experiment 23 male Lewis rats were exposed to a pretest delay discounting task. A control group was then weighed and fed for 31 days and an intervention group was exposed to 31 days (3,000+ trials) of immediate-reward (Fixed-Ratio 2) training. All rats were then tested in a posttest delay discounting task. Results indicated a significant decrease in LLR choice for intervention rats in the posttest. There were no significant changes in LLR choice from pretest to posttest for the control rats. These findings suggest that extended, forced exposure to immediate rewards may decrease LLR choice, much like extended, forced exposure to delayed rewards increases LLR choice.
 
10. Demand and Preference for Specific and Generalized Reinforcers in Pigeons: Does Economic Context Matter?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES GLASS (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: This study examined pigeons’ demand and preference for specific and generalized token reinforcers across a range of economic contexts. Specific (green) tokens could be exchanged for food, specific (red) tokens could be exchanged for water, and generalized tokens could be exchangeable for either food or water. All 3 possible pairwise choice combinations were assessed (food vs water, generalized vs food, generalized vs water) under 4 different economy types: closed (all food and water consumption occurred within experimental sessions), open (free access to food and water outside of experimental sessions), closed-food (all food available within the session, free access to water outside the session) and closed-water (all water available within the session, free access to food outside the session). Demand functions were generated within each set of pairwise comparisons by systematically increasing the fixed-ratio price of token production, and analyzed in relation to the exponential demand model. The study builds on prior research by expanding the range of economic contexts in token demand and preference as well as general principles of substitutability between generalized reinforcers and specific reinforcers.
 
11. Effects of Prevailing Reinforcement Rate on Punitive Functions of Shock and Timeout Punishment
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CORY WHIRTLEY (West Virginia University), Vince Alexander Bello (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Punishment procedures are commonly used to suppress severe challenging behavior in clinical settings. Despite the prevalence of punishment procedures, information regarding environmental conditions that influence the effectiveness of these procedures is still insufficient. In a series of three laboratory experiments, effects of the prevailing rate of reinforcement on punished responding was examined. In the first two experiments, responding was punished through timeout from positive reinforcement. Rats’ lever pressing was maintained on variable-interval (VI) schedules of food reinforcement. A punishment contingency was evaluated across components of a multiple schedule (Experiment 1) or across conditions (Experiment 2) in which presses also produced a 30-s timeout according to a variable-ratio schedule. Across conditions of each experiment, the VI schedule was manipulated to produce reinforcement rates ranging from 0.5 to 6 pellets per min. Experiment 3 (currently underway) uses the same design as Experiment 2 to evaluate effects of reinforcement rate on the suppressive function of electric shock rather than timeout. The results from these experiments will be compared to help clarify the relations among reinforcement rate, response strength, and the punitive functions of aversive stimuli.
 
12. Choice Between Immediate Food With Delayed Shock and Delayed Food Alone
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

Some problematic human behavior occurs when a single choice produces consequences that include both reinforcing and aversive outcomes. The present experiment explored this type of choice situation with rats by investigating how the value of an immediate food reinforcer followed by a shock changes as a function of the delay to the shock. The rats chose between two food pellets delivered immediately and followed by delayed shock, and two food pellets delivered alone after a delay. Within each condition, the delay to food was adjusted based on the rats’ previous choices until both consequences were chosen equally often and the delay to food was stable. At this “indifference point,” the delayed food was equal in value to the immediate food followed by shock. Across conditions, the delay to shock was manipulated. Generally, the shock devalued the immediate food to the greatest extent when the delay to shock was short, and the effects of shock weakened as the delay was raised in a pattern resembling a hyperbola. The finding that effects of aversive events on choice are weakened by delay parallels research on temporal discounting of positive reinforcers.

 
13. Analysis of Different Dimensions of Behavior Under Fixed Ratio and Fixed Interval Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (Universidad Veracruzana), Jairo Tamayo (Universidad Veracruzana), Porfirio Toledo (Universidad Veracruzana), Martha Avendaño (Universidad Veracruzana), Carlos Hernández (Universidad Veracruzana), Esteban Escamilla (Laboratorio Nacional de Informática Avanzada), Jonathan Castillo (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

We describe the implementation of five different measures of behavior: directionality, vigor, preference, variation and persistence to analyze and represent the effect of food delivery according to Fixed-Ratio and Fixed-Interval schedules of reinforcement. The subjects were 4 rats, divided in two groups. We used an enlarged experimental chamber of 92 cm x 92 cm with three levers and one food dispenser. Responses on any lever produced reinforcers according to the current schedule. In different phases, the location of levers (on the same or different walls) and schedule of reinforcement (Fixed Ratio-1 or Fixed Interval-30s) varied. We found that the five measures of behavior were sensitive to the current schedule of reinforcement and that changes in some of those dimensions did not correlate with changes in other measures of behavior. The importance of analyzing different dimensions of behavior and thinking of new forms of representing behavioral data will be discussed.

 
14. Don't Let Go: An Analysis of Short-Duration Presses in Rats Responding Under Fixed-Duration Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Kabas Elmeligy (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Nicole Nadeau (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Brianna Lamb (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract: When reinforcement is arranged for lever holding for fixed durations, rats will often emit many responses which are too short to meet reinforcement criteria. Bimodal distributions of durations obtained with fixed-duration schedules are similar to distributions of inter-response times typically recorded under differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate schedules. If reinforcer delivery is provided upon continuous lever depression, rather than depression and release, the potential role of timing can be minimized. However, even under these conditions, our laboratory has documented bimodal distributions of response durations. The goal of the current investigation was to perform a descriptive analysis of sub-criteria durations in rats responding under fixed-duration schedules of food delivery. Rats emitted individually-unique and repetitive responses we characterized as idiosyncratic. Sub-criteria durations were often recorded in the midst of bouts of pressing, biting, and sniffing which sometimes resulted in momentary release of the response lever before it was quickly depressed again. Although premature hopper entry was observed, it accounted for a minority of sub-criteria durations.
 
15. Sexual Behavior and Feeding in Wistar Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FELIPE DIAZ (Guadalajara University), Maria Acero (Guadalajara University), Jonnathan Gudiño (Guadalajara university), Jaime Gutiérrez (Guadalajara University)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

Sexual behavior and feeding have been described separately without specifying the interaction of both under the same contingencies. It has been affirmed that the analogous behavioral repertoires described in both behaviors could be to the manipulation of the same variables. The purpose is to analyze sexual and feeding behavior through the manipulation of reinforcement parameters: magnitude, delay and novel sexual stimulation. Four experiments were designed that are logically concatenated. In Experiment 1, the effect of a novel sexual stimulation on sexual behavior and feeding will be described. In Experiment 2, the effect of the deprivation of sexual activity will be analyzed according to the receptivity of the females. Experiment 3 will describe sexual behavior based on Lee's Body Mass Index and Experiment 4 will compare the copulatory efficacy of standard males versus a common male rat. The design of the experiments follows the Mixed Factorial Design, fully covering the sources of internal disability and obtaining external validity, show effect and interaction of the manipulated variables. The contribution consists in showing the generality of the principles of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior to the case of sexual behavior and its interaction with food, two basic behavioral repertoires common to all organisms.

 
16. Effect of Four Reinforcers on Feeding Behavior in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Felipe Diaz (Guadalajara University), JAIME GUTIÉRREZ (Guadalajara University), Jonnathan Gudiño (Guadalajara University), Maria Acero (Guadalajara University)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

The empirical evidence about the use of different reinforcers still does not clearly show its replaceability. In the present study the effect of four reinforcers on feeding behavior in rats is described throughout three independent experiments. In Experiment 1 rats were food deprived and rolled pellets were delivered. In Experiment 2 the rats were water deprived and 0.10ml of water was delivered. For both experiments a CRF on a lever was used to feed rats during one-hour of experimental sessions. In Experiment 3 rats were food-deprived and industrial pellets or tapioca was delivered according to a VI 10, 20 or 30 seconds on successive experimental phases. The temporal distribution for all the reinforcers used was similar to the typical patterns for food commonly used in experimental chambers. Response rate was higher for industrial pellets, followed by tapioca, rolled pellets and water, in this order. These findings suggest that it is feasible to replace the traditionally used industrial pellets by cheaper ones to generate evidence comparable with both, operant and motivation literature. It is analyzed the usefulness of cheaper reinforcers with different palatability.

 
17. Variability, Rats, and Red Bull: Revisiting the Question With a Multiple Schedule and Body Surface Area-Based Dosing
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Matthew Andrzejewski (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Paige Orfield (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Ryan Powers (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), NEIL GRAUPNER (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nate David Popodi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

Behavioral variability has been proposed as a dimension of operant behavior that is vulnerable to environmental manipulations. For example, it has been demonstrated that variability of 4-lever press sequences can be affected by dopamine drugs such as amphetamines and SKF-38393. In a previous experiment, we tested the effects of over-the-counter energy drinks on variability of rats sequential responding. Three rats were trained on a procedure similar to that of Neuringer (1991) and Pesek et al. (2011) where sequences of four level presses were reinforced if they were novel compared to the past eight response sequences, referred to as a lag 8 condition. While the OTC energy drink Red Bull did not appear to have any discernible effects on U (entropy – the variability of emitted sequences), a control component from the experiment was missing. In this experiment, we will directly replicate those of Pesek et al. (2011) using a multiple schedule which includes a control condition. In addition, we will provide doses of energy drinks determined by body surface rather than weight, as indicated by current literature.

 
18. Behavioral Contrast in Multiple DRL-PR Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Ryan Powers (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nate David Popodi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Matthew Tarrant (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Grace Schmaling (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Anai Parker (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), John Harrison (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract: Changes in rate of responding in one component of a multiple schedule produced by changes in the reinforcement probability of another component are termed “behavioral contrast.” In the present experiment, we explored the possibility that changes in reinforcement in one component might affect “motivation” for the reinforcer in a second component. Three rats were exposed to a 2 component multiple schedule, where lever presses in one component were reinforced on DRL schedule and a PR-5 in the other. The value of the DRL (3.75”, 7.5”, 15”, and 30”) was manipulated across phases, within-subjects, in a pseudo-random way and changed only after stable performance was obtained. The present experiment, therefore, explored the possibility that changes to the DRL schedule might affect measures of responding (rate, breakpoint) in the PR component. Preliminary data indicate an effect of DRL value on PR responding, in the direction predicted. That is, responding on the PR appears to increase when the DRL schedule is made leaner.
 
19. Behavioral Assessment of Intracytoplasmic Sperm InjectionMice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno - Behavior Analysis Program), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno - Behavior Analysis Program), MATTHEW CHRISTOPHER PETERSON (University of Nevada, Reno - Behavior Analysis Program), Yue Wang (University of Nevada, Reno - Department of Biology), Huili Zheng (University of Nevada, Reno - Department of Biology), Wei Yan (University of Nevada, Reno - Department of Biology), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno - Behavior Analysis Program)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

Intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) is an in vitro fertilization (IVF) method that involves the direct delivery of spermatozoon into the ooplasm of an egg. Since its introduction in 1992, ICSI has grown in popularity and is now the most commonly used IVF method worldwide. Despite this, some concerns have arisen regarding the procedure, namely that it circumvents natural sperm selection at the level of conception and could therefore lead to adverse postnatal outcomes. These concerns have led researchers to begin investigating ICSI outcomes in both humans and mouse models. This poster describes the first stage of an interdisciplinary collaboration in which we investigated operant learning in ICSI mice. First generation ICSI mice (n = 26) and naturally-conceived controls (n = 28) were compared across a battery of operant conditioning procedures: nose poke acquisition, a discrimination task, a do-not-match-to-position (DNMTP) recognition memory task, and retention assessments to measure the extent to which DNMTP performance was maintained across longer periods of time. The main finding was differences between ICSI and same-sex controls in nose poke acquisition and the discrimination task performance. We consider the implications of these initial findings for further behavioral research with ICSI mice.

 
20. Differences in Risk-Sensitive Foraging due to the Availability Heuristic
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BAINE B. CRAFT (Seattle Pacific University), Rachel M Donka (Seattle Pacific University), Joshua Paul Sevigny (Seattle Pacific University)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

The availability heuristic (reliance on recent events or information for decision making) is a systematic bias in human cognition. Few studies have been conducted to determine if the availability heuristic impacts risky decisions or if animals utilize such heuristics. This experiment sought to determine if recent events influenced risk sensitivity in rats. Sprague Dawley rats were randomly assigned to a Win and Loss Group. Both groups chose between a constant option that delivered 2 100% sugar pellets following a 3 s delay (p = 1.0)and a variable option that delivered 2 pellets 100% sugar pellets after a 1 s or 5 s delay (p = .5). In the Win Group (n = 10) subjects experienced a run of good luck or short delays prior to choices while the Loss Group (n = 10) experience a run of bad luck or long delays prior to choice. No statistically significant difference in choice was observed between groups (see Figure 1). These findings indicate that recent events or the availability heuristic do not drive variable or risky decision making. Rather, data is best described by the sequential choice model, which predicts that animals make choices in a chronological manner as they encounter different choice options.

 
21. The Influence of Caffeine on the Process of Insight
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERTO SOARES PESSOA NETO (Universidade Federal do Ceará, UFC), Marcela Prata Oliveira (Universidade Federal do Ceará, UFC), Yulla Christoffersen Knaus (Universidade de São Paulo, USP), Daniely Ildegardes Brito Tatmatsu (Universidade Federal do Ceará, UFC)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

This research has the purpose to investigate the influence of the use, chronic and acute, of caffeine in insight learning process on albino Wistar rats. The research was divided on six stages: 1) Discriminative training to signalize reinforcer availability; 2) an open field test; 3) a pre-test with each animal in the experimental cage; Then the animals will be divided into three groups, a control group (GC), an acute-use caffeine group (GCA) and a chronic-use caffeine group (GCC), each one with four animals; 4) consists on an independently training of dig and climbs repertoire; 5) individuals of each group were displayed to a puzzle that needed previous learned repertoire to be solved; 6) they were placed on the open field teste for the second time. Results shown that in the training stage all group had similar results, although GCC showed a better result on both repertoires then GCA. On GCC group all subjects were able to solve the problem, but in the GC and GCA only two animals solved the problem. Overall the acute-use of caffeine may produce a better performance on problem solving situations and it also can affect some process of learning.

 
22. The Sequential Choice Model Evidenced by a Risk-Sensitive Foraging Procedure in a Mammalian Species
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BAINE B. CRAFT (Seattle Pacific University), Joshua Paul Sevigny (Seattle Pacific University), Rachel M Donka (Seattle Pacific University)
Discussant: Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract: Within Risk-sensitive Foraging literature, scalar utility theory has been criticized due to its assumption that foragers encounter multiple patches simultaneously and chose based on a cognitive comparison of alternatives. The sequential choice model instead predicts that animals make decisions chronologically as they encounter different foraging patches. This study manipulates amount and delay in successive trials to further demonstrate the effectiveness of the sequential choice model. Using Sprague Dawley rats (n = 9) as subjects, reward amount and delay were manipulated to compare the two models across four treatments. Conditions were presented to subjects using a within-subjects design in ABACAD order. In the baseline (Condition A), a fixed option resulted in 6 100% sugar pellets following a delay of 2s (p = 1.0) whereas a variable option resulted in 6 100% sugar pellets after a delay of either 1s or 3s (p = .5). Conditions B, C and D had progressively smaller rewards and higher delays. We predicted increasingly risk-prone behavior in each of these conditions. Results confirmed expectations; subjects became statistically significantly more risk-prone when delay increased and quantity decreased (see Figure 1). Furthermore, subjects choices were best described using the sequential choice model.
 
23. Effects of Social Enrichment on Adjusting to a Fixed-Interval Schedule Following Variable-Ratio Conditioning
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CASSANDRA ANDERSON (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Elizabeth Schuerch (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: An investigation was conducted on the influence of social enrichment on fixed-interval (FI) performances of rats following experience on a variable-ratio (VR) schedule of reinforcement. The subjects were 8 male Wistar rats housed either in pairs (n = 4) or individually (n = 4). Both groups of rats were trained on a VR 20 schedule of reinforcement for 48 sessions before being transitioning to an FI 30-s schedule of reinforcement for 90 sessions. On average, response rates decreased as would be expected for the isolated group (p = .03) but did not change significantly in the socially housed group and in fact increased on average. Despite previous reports that social enrichment enhances learning, the current experiment shows that only the isolated group adjusted appropriately to the feedback from the FI schedule. This finding is consistent with other research suggesting that social enrichment may inhibit motivation by lowering the incentive value of food reinforcers.
 
24. Within-Session Changes in Operant Responding as a Function of Reinforcer Quality
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATHLEEN ROBIN MCNEALY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mary Pharr (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Slow habituation to food reinforcers can increase total food consumed and lead to overeating and obesity; however, to our knowledge, there have been no studies examining the speed of habituation based solely on flavor preference. To examine within-session changes in operant responding based on flavor preference, we conducted a hedonic value assessment of four flavors of BioServ pellets with similar caloric value, fat, and sugar content (i.e., Banana, Sucrose, Chocolate, & Grain) on five Wistar rats using a paired-comparisons procedure and calculated hedonic values based on Thurstone (1927) to determine the preference order for each animal. Subjects were placed on a variable interval (VI) 7.5-s schedule for 30-min operant sessions and allowed to reach stability on each flavor in a counterbalanced order. Within-session patterns of responding were quantified by McSweeney, Hinson, and Cannon’s (1996) quantitative model: P=b/e^aT-c/(c+T). The parameters reflecting habituation (i.e., a & b) differed as function of flavor preference with subjects exhibiting slower habituation to their most preferred flavor [a F(3,12) = 8.24, p = .003; b F(3,12) = 7.19, p = .005]. Results suggest that more preferred food items result in slower habituation regardless of nutritional properties, which has implications for dietary interventions.
 
25. The Relationship of Food Restriction, Sign-Tracking, and an Earthquake to Within-Session Changes in Operant Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNIKA FLYNN (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Operant responding may habituate (decreased responsiveness over time) or sensitize (increased responsiveness over time) to repeatedly-presented reinforcers (McSweeney & Murphy, 2014). These within-session changes have been studied as they relate to broader behaviors such as addiction and food intake. 16 male Wistar rats were classified as either sign-trackers (n = 8) or goal-trackers (n = 8) in a Pavlovian conditioning task and then trained on a variable interval 7.5-s schedule of reinforcement. Groups did not differ in habituation, sensitization, or response rates when food restricted. Free-feeding decreased responding similarly in the two groups and did not affect habituation or sensitization. Additionally, because of previously documented increases in sensitization caused by aversive stimuli, 6 subjects were tested the day of a magnitude 7.1 earthquake. Within-session patterns of responding differed significantly between the day of the earthquake and the previous day F(29, 145) = 2.23, p = .001, with larger increases and smaller decreases observed after the earthquake. Taken together the current results are consistent with previous findings that (1) within-session decreases in operant responding are attributable to habituation rather than satiety, and (2) aversive stimulation can increase responsiveness to unrelated stimuli, including positive reinforcers.

 
27. Can a Single Model Describe Discounting Across Amounts, Signs, and Commodities?: A Quantitative and Machine-Learning Attempt
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DAVID J. COX (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patrick Johnson (California State University, Chico), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Delay discounting is sometimes discussed as a trait variable – a pre-existing characteristic people bring to a situation. A trait approach suggests an association between discounting across outcomes characteristics (e.g., amount, commodity, and gain/loss). A trait approach would predict related, but not necessarily equivalent, discounting across characteristics. In contrast, a specificity approach suggests people do not possess an underlying discounting trait and there should be little-to-no relationship between discounting across outcome characteristics. In this study, we used traditional quantitative analyses and machine learning to describe data obtained from 23 cocaine- and 24 never-using individuals. Participants completed 16 total discounting tasks spanning: gains and losses; money, health, and cocaine; and, amounts of $10, $100, and $1000. When traditional models incorporate independent parameters for amount, commodity, gain/loss, and discount rate, we found that a single discount parameter described discounting well only across amounts, but not across the other domains (commodity, gain/loss). In contrast, machine learning suggested a single discounting parameter could describe discounting well across all domains.

 
28. Correlations Between Delay Discounting and Cognitive Abilities
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YU-HUA YEH (Washington University in St. Louis), Yanjie Zhou (Wuhan University), Rebecca Williams (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the decrease in the subjective value of an outcome as the time until its occurrence increases. The literature on the relation between delay discounting and cognitive abilities is unclear, with findings typically based on limited sample sizes and including only a few measures of cognition. The present effort evaluated correlations between degree of delay discounting and performance on 11 cognitive tasks using data collected from 1206 young adults, 22-35 years old, from the Human Connectome Project. After correcting the p-values for multiple testing and controlling for income level and education, only four of the cognitive abilities evaluated proved to be significantly correlated, albeit weakly, with delay discounting: fluid intelligence, reading decoding, vocabulary comprehension, and spatial orientation. Other measures of cognition (e.g., episodic memory, sustained attention, executive function/cognitive flexibility, executive function/inhibition, working memory) were not significantly correlated with degree of discounting. The present findings suggest that delay discounting has a weak relation with some specific cognitive abilities, but not with others, and argue for further investigation into processes that support or moderate the relation between delay discounting and cognitive abilities.
 
29. Effects of Real and Hypothetical Outcomes on Discounting of Delayed Choices With a Video Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GISEL G. G. ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Sandra Ferrer (National Autonomous University of Mexico, UNAM), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Although one of the most representative findings on the delay discounting is the lack of differences between hypothetical and (potentially) real outcomes, some studies have made comparisons to identify those differences, using arrangements that are, by their nature, distinct in the levels of delay and the characteristics of the reward. The present experiment assessed the effect of hypothetical outcomes vs. real delays and rewards, using a video game. Thirty-two adolescents (12 to 15 years old) were required without drug abuse disorder or obesity. A whiting-subject factorial design 2x2 was used, considering the type of outcome: video game (real delays and rewards) and a traditional delay discounting task (hypothetical delays and rewards). The order of presentation was randomized across participants (i.e., hypothetical-real outcomes or real-hypothetical outcomes). An adjusting amount procedure (Du, Green, & Myerson, 2002) was used with five delays (5, 10, 20, 40 y 80 seconds), through four trials. The overall data analysis shows that the adjustment to the mathematical functions (R2 > 0.80), the area under the curve (either with bar graphs or curves), and the statistics (ANOVA repeated measures) have harmony to show greater delay discounting of real delays and rewards using video games, than for hypothetical outcomes.
 
30. Using a Video Game to Evaluate Probability Discounting With Real and Hypothetical Outcomes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALMA LUISA LÓPEZ FUENTES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Ruth García (National Autonomous University of Mexico, UNAM), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

In probability discounting research, comparing real and hypothetical outcomes has mixed results. Furthermore, it seems necessary a test that asserts the understanding of the probability concept before the discounting tasks. The aim of this study was to compare the probability discounting (i.e., choose for probabilistic bigger rewards vs. certain smaller rewards) with real and hypothetical outcomes. Thirty-two teenagers (12-15 years old) participated. First, a condition for training the probability and certainty concept was conducted. The probability discounting tasks followed an adjusting amount procedure. Four trials were used in five levels of probability: 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 90%. The standard amount was 16. The real outcomes were programmed in a video-game. In one option the smaller certain reward was delivered (i.e., medals and trophies). In the other option, a tombola was presented, and the reward was delivered or not depend on the probability programmed. The hypothetical probabilities and rewards were programmed in a traditional probability discounting task. The order presentation of the probabilities and each task were randomized. In both tasks, higher adjustment was observed with hyperboloid (R2> .80) than hyperbolic model. No differences were found between tasks. Video-games could facilitate the identification of risk-taking in a target population.

 
31. Body Mass Index and Body Fat Percentage in Delay-Discounting of Consumable Rewards
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DALIA K. JARDINES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

It has been found that people with obesity tend to choose smaller-immediate amounts of money instead of greater-delayed ones, which reflects impulsive instead of self-controlled behavior according to the delay-discounting procedure. In previous studies conducted in the laboratory of the authors, the relation between the participants’ weight and their delay-discounting rates for different kinds of consumable rewards was shown. Globally, teenagers with higher body mass index (BMI) showed more self-controlled behavior, measured with delay-discounting rates, for soda and fast food than for water and healthy food, respectively. However, different results were found with body fat percentage (BFP). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the generality of the delay-discounting findings of our previous studies, with adults and with both health indices, BMI and BFP. Sixty-one adults between 18 and 50 years old were exposed to a delay-discounting task, which tested five rewards that varied in its calorie level: water, soda, healthy food, fast food, and money as a control. The amounts of the rewards were varied according to an adjusting-amount procedure. The results were like those of our previous studies; that is, adults with higher weight showed more self-controlled behavior, measured with delay-discounting rates, for soda and fast food than for water, healthy food, and even money. These results were similar for both, BMI and BFP and contribute to the study of self-control as a state behavior, which changes according to features of both rewards and participants.

 
32. Discounting I for You: A Test of the Effects of Generic-You on Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KENNETH W. JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted to test the effects of the verbal stimulus functions of “you” on hypothetical, monetary delay discounting in undergraduates. Experiment 1 exposed 37 undergraduates to two discounting tasks that differed only in terms of the verbal prompt presented in each: “Which do you prefer?” vs. “Which should you select?” The former prompt was dubbed the Prefer version because the usage of “you” presumably functions to engage a single individual’s preference alone. The latter prompt was dubbed the Should version because the usage of “you” was generic-you, which presumably functions to engage people in general, or what is expected based on the rules and norms of their group. We hypothesized that when participants were exposed to the Should version, they would discount larger, delayed monetary rewards less than when exposed to the Prefer version. There were no significant differences between Prefer and Should versions in Experiment 1, so Experiment 2 altered the presentation of verbal prompts by presenting “Which do you like?” and “Which should you choose?”—in larger and different colored fonts—to 30 additional undergraduates. There were significant differences between Like and Should versions in Experiment 2, indicating that generic-you results in shallower discounting curves. Implications regarding the wording of hypothetical delay discounting tasks, and rules more generally, are discussed in terms of their potential influence on human decision-making.
 
33. The Effects of a Relation Training Procedure on Individual and Group Context Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LAURA BARCELOS NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: The devaluing of future outcomes has been examined extensively in terms of discounting in the field of behavior analysis. The role of language is highlighted in the discounting literature by several studies demonstrating how the framing of questions and options effect discounting (see Koffarnus et. al., 2013 for a review). There are a few studies that have sought to alter discounting by targeting proposed underlying language processes (for an example see Dixon & Holton, 2009). The current study examines how particular form of relation training may influence subsequent responding on discounting task. Participants first completed a baseline measure of both individual and group-context discounting. This was followed by a relational training task that required participants to pair the words “you” and “other” with the words “bad” and “good.” All participants experienced two versions of the relational tasks, each including different combinations of “you” or “others” and “good” or “bad.” Discounting measures followed each instance of training. Preliminary analyses suggest a complex interaction across responses at different delays. Four participants show a particularly consistent response pattern for the 3-year and 5-year delays, decreases in discounting are noted after the “You-Good” training and an increase in discounting after the “Others-Bad.”
 
34. An Exploration of Variables Impacting Progressive Ratio Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Progressive ratio (PR) schedules are often used to identify the value of a reinforcer, which is often defined by the point at which an organism stops responding. This point, the breakpoint, however, can be impacted by procedural considerations such as the starting response requirement, the algorithm used for increasing the response requirement, the rate of reinforcement, the criteria for identifying the breakpoint, and the context in which the PR schedule is arranged. The current presentation uses PR schedules to assesses the effectiveness of two putative reinforcers for completing a ratio requirement under varying contexts. Manipulations such as the response required to access the reinforcer and the use of a progress bar are focused on primarily and are assessed through measuring the total responses emitted and the total ratios completed per reinforcer. Results suggest that contextual variables such as the progress bar and response type impacts measurement of the reinforcer value.

 
 
 
Poster Session #76
PCH Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
35. The Development and Validation of an Ethics Measure for Punishment-Based Interventions
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH POKORSKI (Vanderbilt University), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the process used to create and validate a measure for analyzing the adherence of researchers to BACB and CEC ethics codes related to the use of punishment. Minimal research has analyzed the extent to which studies comply with these ethical standards, and none have done so specifically related to the BACB and CEC codes. Thus, a code was created to capture the level to which researchers applying punishment adhered to ethical standards of these organizations. This process involved three steps: code development, validation, and application. First, a code was created by synthesizing the BACB and CEC ethics codes. Next, a survey was created to determine the extent to which practitioners (special education teachers and behavior analysts) agreed with standards. 107 surveys were completed and analyzed. Finally, the code was used within a systematic review to measure the extent to which 22 studies utilizing punishment adhered to standards. Results indicated an average adherence to standards of 49%, with no improved adherence over time, suggesting a general lack of focus on the ethics of punishment-based interventions in research. Recommendations include the continued refinement of this code and the development of tools to assist practitioners in choosing/implementing ethical interventions.
 
36. A Comparison of Twelve Nonoverlap Methods to Estimate Treatment Effect in Single-Subject Experimental Research
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research
Serife Yucesoy-Ozkan (Anadolu University), SALIH RAKAP (Ondokuz Mayis University), Emrah Gulboy (Anadolu University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

A number of nonoverlap methods to calculate treatment effect estimates have been developed for single-subject experimental research studies. Although extant literature contains several studies comparing some of these methods with each other and visual analysis, there is no study in the literature investigating most of the available nonoverlap methods in a single study using same graphs and visual analysts. Purpose of our study was to compare 12 commonly-used nonoverlap methods with each other and visual analysis. Data were obtained from 25 studies focused on embedded instruction and schema-based instruction and included a total of 101 graphs. Treatment effect estimates using 12 nonoverlap methods were calculated for each graph by hand or using an online calculator. Five experts conducted visual analysis of each graph. Results showed that strong agreements existed between visual analysis and Percentage of Nonoverlapping Data (PND), TauNOVLAP, and Tau-U when raw data were analyzed, and PND, Percentage Of Non-Overlapping Corrected Data (PNCD), and Percentage of Data Exceeding a Median Trend (PEM-T) when categorized data were analyzed. Among 12 methods investigated, PND had the highest agreement rate with visual analysis, followed by PEM-T, Percentage of All Nonoverlapping Data (PAND), PNCD, Improvement Rate Difference, Nonoverlap of All Pairs, and TauNOVLAP. Overall, visual analysis appeared to be more conservative as most nonoverlap methods overestimated treatment effect. Additional research is needed to replicate findings of the present study.

 
37. Are Causes of Schizophrenia Just in Our Head?: A Behavioral Conceptualization of Schizophrenia
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
EFTHYMIA ORKOPOULOU (Eastern Michigan University), Michael Jon Vriesman (Eastern Michigan University), Leah Rose LaLonde (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Schizophrenia involves debilitating and pervasive symptoms that can cause the persons manifesting them significant functional impairments in nearly every aspect of their lives. Traditionally, schizophrenia is considered a primarily biological presentation, which is reflected in the use of antipsychotics as the most preferred therapeutic intervention. Alternative to the biomedical model, “psychotic” behavior patterns can be conceptualized as the presence of behavioral excesses and/or deficits that are maintained by social positive, negative, and/or automatic-sensory reinforcement rather than relevant neurochemical, neuroanatomical or gene abnormalities. By contextualizing an individual’s verbal or motoric bizarre behavior, oppositional responses, perseverative or hallucinatory speech, and stereotypies employing functional analytic methodology, behavior analysts can destigmatize the persons behavior and develop effective interventions, such as social skills training, that improve the impairments while simultaneously addressing limitations of the pharmacotherapeutic treatments. Functionally-based treatments support the idea that the primary goal should not be reducing symptomatology, but rather increasing the frequency of alternative more functional behaviors. Most importantly, they reinforce the view that schizophrenia can be sufficiently understood when considering the purpose behaviors serve in the person’s environment.

 
38. Editors as Authors: Publication Trends of Articles Authored by JABA Editors, 1997–2017
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University), Julie Blaskewicz Boron (University of Nebraska, Omaha), Yilin Wang (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) periodically publishes articles meant to summarize an aspect of the journal as it relates to the broad mission of “publishing research about applications of the experimental analysis of behavior to problems of social importance.” Journal editors review and shape the work of authors, and in so doing, influence the journal’s direction and quality. They also serve as authors themselves contributing to the body of knowledge within a field. Mathews (1997) illuminated the role of editors of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis by analyzing the annual publication rates of 55 editors and associate editors, which showed an increasing trend of postdoctoral experience and greater number of publications prior to appointment as editors. The current paper extends the previous analysis over the subsequent two decades, including 44 editors, adds editor alma mater and gender, and allows multiple comparisons between the original work and current project.

 
39. BFSR Matrix Project: Conceptual Framework and Current Implementations
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada; Behaviorists For Social Responsibility ), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas; Behaviorists For Social Responsibility), Kendra Combs (Behaviorists For Social Responsibility), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board; Behaviorists For Social Responsibility), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists For Social Responsibility), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University; Behaviorists For Social Responsibility), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno; Behaviorists For Social Responsibility)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Meaningful applications of behavioral systems science to social and global issues have been limited, largely due to lack of preparation and access to critical systems and limited conceptual guidance. In the Matrix Project, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has worked for four years to address these limitations, emphasizing the potential for behavioral systems analysis to advance the underlying science. The Project currently includes active work groups in four areas: (a) development of a draft training and mentorship directory; syllabi and course units in the areas of sustainability, resilience, and other areas of social importance; (b) development of state (and national, in the case of Brazil) BFSR chapters, with strong emphasis on student involvement, and supporting individual student engagement in socially significant efforts; (c) examining options for increasing integration of behavior analytic data into state and federal policy; and (d) encouraging and disseminating information related to behaviorists’ involvement in activism and advocacy. These projects offer exemplars of the conceptual framework underlying and structuring all of these projects—a systemic integration of Goldiamond’s constructional approach and Lutzker’s ecobehavioral work, relying primarily on shifting interlocking and recursive patterns of antecedents (particularly SDs and motivative operations), reducing response effort, and accessing already established reinforcers.
 
40. Radical Behaviorist Epistemology: A Literature Review and Suggestions for Future Development
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MONICA PATEL (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: To thoroughly apply a science of behavior to the development of scientific behavior, a well-developed epistemology is needed. Behavior analysts largely agree that the science relies on a contextualistic explanatory model; however, contextualism relies on a pragmatic truth criterion and a debate exists regarding the extent to which pragmatism affords an adequate evaluation of scientific beliefs. Specifically, one point of contention appears to be correspondence relations and the notion of truth in a radical behaviorist science. Some behavior analysts argue that pragmatism ultimately relies on a correspondence truth criterion and is, therefore, insufficient in determining truth (Hayes, 1993), whereas some argue against considering correspondence in a science of behavior altogether (Barnes-Holmes, 2000). Others suggest that certain assumptions may be made in order to account for some degree of correspondence within a pragmatic truth criterion (Hackenberg, 2009; Zuriff, 1980; Schoneberger, 2016). An analysis of the role of correspondence in pragmatism may be an important step in the development of a cohesive radical behaviorist epistemology. The purpose of this poster is to parse out the similarities and differences in current views on radical behaviorist epistemology and discuss these views in the context of developing an empirical epistemology in accordance with radical behaviorism.
 
41. A Functional Analysis of Terms: What Are Generalized Operant Classes?
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
STEPHANIE BONFONTE (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts employ a function-based approach to the analysis of behavior. Responses are defined not by their topography, but by the relations that exist between individual responses and environmental variables. This kind of functional categorization has been fundamental to the development of an effective science of behavior. Although behavior analysts have established a conceptual system that allows for the categorization of many behavioral responses, some classes of behavior require further examination. Of specific interest is the notion of generalized operant classes. Typically defined by the observation of responding in untrained contexts, it appears that this term has been used in a variety of ways. A review of published literature shows that generalized response classes are invoked in the explanation of complex behavior (imitation, match-to-sample, language) for which first-order environmental variables may provide a more precise account. To begin, this poster will analyze the functional use of the terms “generalized” and “higher-order” response class. In addition, the poster will provide alternative accounts based on the concepts of atomic behavioral repertoires and abstracted stimulus dimensions.

 
42. A Review of Methods Used to Establish Conditioned Reinforcers
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MORGAN SCULLY (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), stephanie bonfonte (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcers are commonly used in behavior-analytic interventions, but little research has been conducted to determine the optimal methods to establish a neutral stimulus as a conditioned reinforcer. Throughout the literature there have been two dominant approaches to establish conditioned reinforcers, stimulus-stimulus pairing and establishing a stimulus as a discriminative stimulus. The stimulus-stimulus pairing method operates under the assumption that, through the temporal pairing of a neutral stimulus with a primary or already conditioned reinforcer, the neutral stimulus will acquire the capacity to establish or maintain responding. In the discriminative stimulus method, a previously neutral stimulus is established as a discriminative stimulus for a response that produces a reinforcer. Few studies have directly compared the two procedures to determine their relative effectiveness. Of the studies that have, results have shown that the discriminative stimulus approach was differentially effective and stimulus-stimulus methods were either less effective or not effective at conditioning neutral stimuli as reinforcers. This poster will review and summarize the research on these methods.
 
43. Is JEAB Reporting of Null Hypothesis Statistical Testing Still Retreating From Tactics?A Follow-Up Study
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University), Alison Carey (John Carroll University), Hannah Lenze (John Carroll University), Julia Navratil (John Carroll University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

One of the eminent standards set by Sidman’s (1960) Tactics of Scientific Research for behavioral research was to avoid inferential statistics in the form of null hypothesis statistical testing (NHST). Foster, Jarema, and Poling (1999) documented a growing trend in reporting of such inferential statistics in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) through 1995. Zimmermann, Watkins, and Poling (2015) confirmed the trends into the 2010s. The present study examined articles appearing in JEAB volumes from 2011 to 2018 for use and reporting of NHST, species, and experimental design. Results show continued high reporting of between-subject designs (8-38% across the years), experiments with human participants (17-50%), and increasingly high reporting of NHST in Small-N design studies (24-60%). Whereas the former findings are consistent with previous predictions by Foster et al. and Zimmermann et al., the latter finding has not been reported previously. As we did not examine their appropriateness, it remains unclear what is behind this new trend of combining NHST with Small-N designs.

 
44. Conceptual Analysis of Precurrent Behavior
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
EMMA JEHLE (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Skinner discussed a type of controlling response that has an effect on the probability response that follows. In his work The Technology of Teaching (1968), he termed this response as precurrent behavior, which he describes as a type of behavior that functions to make subsequent behavior more effective. Polson & Parsons (1994) further emphasized that this type of behavior does not produce the reinforcer itself but produces stimuli that affect the likelihood of behavior that follows, and therefore increases the likelihood of behavior resulting in reinforcement. Though most research about this operant pertains to precurrent behavior in the acquisition of problem solving skills, it can also play an important role in the acquisition and maintenance of precursor behavior that precedes problem behavior. In this conceptual analysis, we will review empirical literature on the topic as well as define the core features of precurrent behavior, discuss the altering effects precurrent behavior has on the current operant being observed, and discuss how precursor behavior that precedes problem behavior may be maintained by a precurrent operant contingency.

 
45. Operant Chamber Design in the Positive Reinforcement of D. melanogaster
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
LUKE ANDREW WHITEHOUSE (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University), Erin Elizabeth Wylie (Northern Michigan University), Monica Jones (Northern Michigan University), Hannah Wainright (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Drosophila melanogaster (fruit fly) has long been a model organism in genetics research. Behavioral genetics research with these organisms has relied on the use of neural activation or negative reinforcement by use of aversive stimulation (heat) to analyze behavioral contingencies and the effects of organisms’ phylogenetic endowments. Additionally existent research has required the constraint of the organism in a flight chamber. Optical neural activation of reward pathways has been demonstrated. However both of these paradigms prevent evaluation of naturalistic responding in the context of positive reinforcement contingencies. Drosophila melanogaster’s status as model organism in other fields like genetics means the ability to demonstrate positive reinforcement and schedule control with this organism will help to contextualize modern behavior analytic models alongside her sister sciences. Presented will be this laboratories initial designs, successes and failures at designing an operant chamber which permits free response to positive reinforcement. While the organism’s size and lifespan and present problems for traditional operant chamber design we hope that our designs open avenues for positive reinforcement research.

 
46. Inventing a Supercage for Rats
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center), Alex Davidson (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Jared Thomas Armshaw (University of North Texas), Selena Cruz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

A large constraint placed on operant research with nonhuman organisms is the existing apparatuses which investigators use. These constraints may be purposeful, as with Skinner’s boxes, which were originally meant to control for confounding variables as best as possible. But many experiments are ran with prototypical Skinner boxes simply out of convention, instead of out of sensitivity towards the potential influence of confounding variables. An unfortunate side-effect of this is that many researchers—at least those fortunate enough to still have animal laboratories—feel obligated to spend a large amount of money on pre-made chambers to ask any number of research questions. The time and effort it would take to create one’s own chamber—or variations on it—may seem immense and overwhelming. However, work within the NRRL laboratory at the University of North Texas over the past year has indicated that it is feasible to build and program one’s own chamber cheaply. Additionally, our lab has created a “supercage” capable of housing at least a dozen rats that allows for social enrichment and the examination of nonlinear contingencies.

 
47. Explaining Verbal Interactions: An Evolutionary Approach
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The behavior of organisms results from environmental events that have partly occurred during the history of their species, and partly during the lifetime of the organism. Natural selection explains how physiological and behavioral characteristics of organisms are across generations tailored to the environment. It has produced ontogenetic selection processes that, within each generation, tailor the behavior of organisms to their environment. This poster discusses how these ontogenetic processes of selection by environmental events affect verbal behavior, how they relate to natural selection, and why this connection is relevant. The poster connects these conceptual analyses to empirical studies on verbal interactions between conversational partners, which demonstrate experimental procedures investigating variables that select topic (word) choice, duration of talk, and allocation of talk and gaze to two conversational partners. The latter is investigated in a study on matching in conversations, which expands on the (molar) multiscale approach to an analysis of behavior by suggesting that allocation of conversational partners’ talk and gaze is more likely an example of induction than of strengthening by reinforcement.
 
 
 
Poster Session #77
EDC Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
48. Massed Trial Instruction Versus Task Interspersal: A Comparison of Acquisition and Maintenance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUMMER BOTTINI (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (SUNY at Binghamton)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

Massed trial instruction (MTI) and task interspersal (TI) are frequently used variations of discrete trial training. Available research suggests that TI is less efficient in facilitating response acquisition than MTI but has not yet addressed which procedure facilitates better maintenance of skills. The present study was designed to compare MTI and TI with respect to response acquisition and maintenance. Parents selected two skill sets. Four children were taught targets from skill 1. Skill 2 was taught using MTI and TI. TI also used targets from skill 1. All targets within skill 1 were probed prior to each session. Acquisition of skill 2 and maintenance of skill 1 during MTI versus TI were compared using an alternating treatments design. Data collection is ongoing but will be completed by December 1st. Results thus far replicate previous findings that TI produces slower acquisition than MTI (Figure 1). Results also suggest both procedures may produce equivalent maintenance (Figure 2). Final conclusions will be made when all data are collected. Implications for behavioral programming will be discussed.

 
49. Evaluating the Literature on Recruiting Feedback
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAULA E. CHAN (Cleveland State University), Caitlin Criss (Ohio State University)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

Feedback is critical for learning (Hattie & Timperly, 2007), however, many times students with disabilities struggle to obtain or understand the feedback they are given. The purpose of this poster is to disseminate findings of a systematic literature review designed to determine the effects of interventions designed to recruit feedback or praise. Authors will discuss identified articles, and results from the synthesis, including participant demographics and characteristics of interventions. Additionally, authors will discuss whether the literature meets the quality indicators set forth by the Council for Exceptional Children to determine whether this is an evidence-based practice.

 
50. Decreasing Off-Task Behaviour and Increasing Question Asking Behaviour by Using Positive and Negative Reinforcement
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL ANNE WIENS (St. Lawrence College), Pamela Shea (St. Lawrence College)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of using positive reinforcement and negative reinforcement to increase appropriate question-asking in a 10-year old student. A functional assessment suggested an escape to tangible function to off task behaviours in the classroom. The study used visual, gestural, and verbal prompts to encourage appropriate question-asking behaviours to reduce work avoidance. Question/body-break cards were placed on the student’s desk and the student was encouraged to use these cards to request body breaks or ask questions throughout the day. As the child progressed the cards were reduced. The intervention took place over a 5-day period. The student’s appropriate question-asking behaviour accelerated from 0.3 instances per minute to 1.5 instances per minute. The question-asking/body break cards became a desired item to the student, increasing the probability of success for the intervention. The student’s average off-task behaviour decreased from 12.1 instances per minute to 9.4 instances per minute. The question-asking/body break cards became a conditioned reinforcer, and the student began to economize the use of the cards. These findings support the use of positive reinforcement of appropriate question-asking behaviours and their beneficial impact on a student’s relationship with educators and on future academic success.

 
51. Using a Moral Story, Instructions, Rules, and Praise to Increase the Truth-Telling of Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM MOLINE (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

Although lying is a major concern for many caregivers (Alwin, 1989; Gervais, Tremblay, Desmarais-Gervais, & Vitaro, 2000), there is little behavior analytic research on effective, practical interventions. Studies have shown that a moral story, instruction, or rule implying reinforcers for honesty produced statistically significant improvements in children admitting a transgression (Lee et al., 2014; Talwar, Arruda, & Yachison, 2015; Talwar, Yachison, & Leduc, 2016). We evaluated an intervention package comprised of this moral story, instruction, and rule in combination with praising honest reports when reinforcement favored lying. A failure to replicate the initial increase in honesty using this treatment package in a reversal design was observed for one participant. To date, using the logic of a multiple baseline design across participants, the intervention package has shown increases in honest reports. We are in the process of further evaluating the within-subject reliability of our current findings. Moreover, we are evaluating reinforcement of correspondence (i.e., Differential Reinforcement of Honesty) as an alternative intervention to increase honesty.

 
52. Using Daily Behavior Report Cards During Extended School Year Services for Young Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DORIS ADAMS HILL (Auburn University College of Education), Jonte Taylor (Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

Daily Behavior Report Cards (DBRCs) have shown to be a successful intervention for improving classroom behavior for students considered to display challenging behaviors. DBRCs have been used for students with emotional/ behavioral disorder in an effort to improve academic and social outcomes. Few studies have examined the use of DBRCs for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Even fewer studies have examined the intersection of young (i.e., early childhood) students with IDD in extended school year settings (ESY). The authors examined the effectiveness of DBRCs for young students with IDD in ESY settings. The research questions were: 1. Are DBRCs an effective intervention for improving behavior during ESY services for young students with IDD? 2. Can teachers of young students with IDD effectively implement DBRCs as a behavior intervention during ESY services?

 
53. Adapting Instruction to Reduce Challenging Behavior: A Systematic Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
LAUREN LEJEUNE (Vanderbilt University), Anne Sinclair (Vanderbilt University), Samantha Gesel (Vanderbilt University), Christopher Lemons (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: When students with disabilities engage in challenging behaviors during academic instruction, the negative impacts can be far-reaching for both the students (e.g., reduced instruction) and their teachers (e.g., burnout). Thus, there is a need for researchers to identify evidence-based practices (EBPs) for reducing challenging behavior displayed by students with disabilities, especially behaviors that occur during academic instruction. One approach to solving this problem is through adapting instruction to reduce aversive qualities, thus reducing the establishing operation for escape from instruction. In this systematic review, a multi-stage search was conducted to locate studies focused on adapting instruction in K-12 educational settings with students from all disability categories. Twenty-nine single case design studies were identified that included seven categories of adaptations. Thirteen studies met all of the Council for Exceptional Children’s quality indicators, and six provided evidence of a functional relation with a success estimate greater than 75%. Implications for practitioners and research will be discussed.
 
54. Assessment of Observing Errors During Observational Learning
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HUNTER LONG (California State University, Los Angeles), Katrina Nhan (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), Anna Osipova (California State University, Los Angeles), Ya-Chih Chang (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: A great deal of our behavior seems to develop as a function of observation. Indeed, educators, psychologists, and social scientists more generally have studied observational learning for many years. Behavior analysts have also studied observational learning, and have contributed to the understanding of how we learn from observing others. While much has been learned, we know little about the specific role that observing errors plays in learning from observation. The present study examined the extent to which undergraduate students developed listener skills while observing a model learn those skills, with some of the target stimuli being associated with observing someone make errors and other target stimuli being associated with observing someone make no errors during instruction. In general, results show that more learning resulted from observing errors, although findings varied across individuals. Some of the participants showed no difference between the two conditions, whereas with other participants there were more clear benefits from observing a model make mistakes and be corrected. Implications for further research are provided.
 
55. Effects of Video-Modeling on Appropriate Coping Strategies for Students Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LISA GAYLE CURTIS (Ohio public school district), Jessica Christina Taylor (Cleveland Clinic), Maria Helton (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

Students who are identified deaf/hard of hearing struggle with social skills largely because of their limited access to a social community with whom they can interact fluently (Cawthon et al., 2015; Shogren, 2013). For example, if a student is fluent with American Sign Language (ASL) but spends most of the day interacting with hearing peers who use vocal speech to converse, communication breakdowns may cause frustration. Video modeling is an effective strategy for teaching a variety of skills and social behaviors. Video modeling has its origins in Bandura’s (1977) theory of social learning. The approach is for participants to view appropriate behaviors exhibited by peer models. This study used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of video modeling to teach coping strategies to students identified as DHH. Students were taught different coping strategies to use throughout the day. Percent of opportunities data was taken on the number of opportunities a student had to engage in a coping strategy versus how many times they engaged in a coping strategy. Results of visual and Tau-U analyses indicated increases in the use of coping strategies after the intervention was implemented. Social validity measures indicated the students enjoyed the intervention.

 
56. Application of Differential Reinforcement of Low Rate Behavior to Classical Music Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINE C LAU (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: Previous research has supported the use of a token economy and full-session differential reinforcement of low rate behavior (DRL) in classrooms environments to reduce high frequency behaviors, especially in developmentally disabled and behavior-disordered populations. Little or no previous research has applied these behavior management procedures to classical music instruction settings. This poster presents data from an application of DRL to decrease particularly excessive hand-raising behavior during group classical music instruction with an ensemble of typically developing children. The intervention utilized differential reinforcement of low rate behaviors, managed through a visual token economy to help reduce excessive hand-raising behavior during music ensemble lessons. Before intervention, two students engaged in hand-raising that was so excessive that it almost entirely disrupted instruction. The intervention produced an immediate decrease in the disruptive classroom behavior and the rate of behavior gradually decreased, in accordance with DRL parameters, until it reached a manageable rate. Implications of application of behavior analysis to music instruction are discussed.
 
57. Evaluating the Function of Practice Refusal Behavior in Typically Developing Young Musicians
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINE C. LAU (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that practicing is the key to a successful classical music performance but little or no previous research has attempted to understand musicians’ problems with refusing to practice from a functional standpoint. The purpose of this project was to expand the scope of functional behavioral assessment procedures by attempting to identify the function of practice refusal behavior in typically developing young classical musicians. Multiple structured and open-ended indirect functional assessments were conducted with the musician and the parents, and the parents were trained to collect antecedent-behavior-consequence data at home. Results are analyzed and discussed in terms of future research on behavior analysis in classical music, and the potential implications for application of behavior analysis outside of developmental disabilities in general, and to the arts, in particular.
 
58. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training With Peer Models on Interactive Play With Students With Moderate to Severe Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TANGCHEN LI (The Ohio State University), Alyssa Marie Covey (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to examine the effects of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) with peer models on the interactive play with students with moderate to severe disabilities in the classroom. Four students with disabilities and four typically developing students participated in this study. Two separate multiple baseline designs across participants were used in this study. The first multiple baseline design focused on the accuracy of peer models’ implementation of the play intervention steps, and the second focused on the students with multiple disabilities and the percent of intervals of interactive play. In the first intervention phase, experimenters used BST to teach peer models to implement three interactive play activities with target students. During the second intervention phase, peer models implemented the previously mastered procedural steps using picture task analyses as cues in order to teach target students to engage in interactive play activities.

 
59. A Review of Peer-Mediated Social Interaction Interventions for Early Childhood Special Education
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
TANGCHEN LI (The Ohio State University), Xiaoning Sun (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This review addresses the use of peer-mediated interventions (PMI) to promote social interaction between early childhood students with disabilities and their peers (aged 3 to 8). The purpose of this review is to (a) identify the characteristics and components of peer-mediated social interaction interventions, (b) evaluate the effectiveness of PMI by conducting an analysis of research designs and intervention results, and (c) suggest directions for future research. This review includes 13 English language peer-reviewed studies published between 2008 and 2018 and will highlight the increasing contributions of recent research to this field. The method for search process was aligned with the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) statement. Preliminary results indicate participants in the majority of the reviewed studies demonstrated an increase in social interaction (e.g., initiations, responses, and continuation) when peer training occurred. This poster will also present limitations of reviewed research, directions for future research, and implications for practice.

 
60. Physical Strain and Misbehavior: Prediction and Treatment
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College, Israel)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

We followed sixteen male high-school students practicing a short game "tailored" for the purpose of this study once per week throughout a full semester. Students were placed in four stations, each containing an equal number of items (e.g., bean bags). The game challenges participants to collect as many objects as they can from other stations within a limited time frame and to place these objects in their own station. When this brief game ends, the number of objects inside the boundaries of each station determines the score of the game and the winning team. Rules of the game were manipulated through four different "difficulty domains": Duration, Intensity, Complexity and Distracters during performance. Dependent variable was students' misbehavior. A multielement design showed that the highest levels of misbehavior occurred during intensity sessions, a pattern that became more pronounced as the task prolonged. The poster presents the game structure, data reflecting the variability of misbehavior rates across the different versions and recommendation for implementing the game for assessment as well as treatment purposes.

 
61. Evaluating a Randomized Dependent Group Contingency Plus Positive Peer Reporting Intervention in an Alternative Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAYNE MEREDITH MURPHY (University of Cincinnati), Cara Dillon (University of Cincinnati), Hannah McIntire (University of Cincinnati), Julia Nicole Villarreal (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In a setting where all students in the classroom are diagnosed with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD), teachers are often faced with frequent disruptive behaviors, highlighting the need for effective classroom management strategies to promote student on-task behavior and decrease disruptive behavior. Given that students with EBD often lack appropriate social skills, as well as frequently emit challenging behavior, combining group contingency and positive peer reporting interventions may represent an efficient way to address student needs and promote positive student outcomes. It was hypothesized that students would benefit from the structured opportunity to discuss positive behaviors and to practice prosocial skills, while also working to earn rewards through a randomized dependent group contingency to improve behavior. An ABAB design across three classrooms was implemented in an alternative school setting with students in first through sixth grade students diagnosed with EBD. Results indicated an increase in engagement and decrease in disruptive behavior during intervention phases. There was also a decrease in negative peer interactions and an increase in positive peer interactions during intervention phases. Given high interobserver agreement, adherence data, and clear changes in behavior across phases, I have a high degree of confidence that the intervention led to behavior change.

 
62. Decreasing Problem Behavior Using Yoked-Contingency Protocols for a Student With Autism in an Inclusive Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL L ERNEST (The Faison Center), Magda A. Gucwa (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Problem behavior in children with an autism diagnosis can be a barrier to successfully participating in an inclusive setting with same-aged peers. It can also prevent children with autism from creating meaningful relationships and friendships with their peers. For this study, we introduced three yoked-contingency protocols in to an inclusive Kindergarten classroom to determine their effectiveness at reducing problem behaviors for a student with autism. The participants are nine students in a kindergarten classroom at a private day school between the ages of five and six years old; one of whom has an autism diagnosis. The protocols introduced in the classroom were SLR (Social Listener Reinforcement), Peer Tutoring, and Empathy Training. The protocols were run in small groups of two peers at a time. The protocols were run until our target peer with autism had reached predetermined mastery criteria. The problem behaviors that were measured included: inappropriate comments, aggression, uncooperative behavior, yelling, non-functional vocalizations, crying, and physical stereotypy. Data is currently continuing on two of the three protocols, but to date we have noted a decrease or low rates in the student’s occurrence of aggression, crying, uncooperative behavior, and physical stereotypy, and non-functional vocalizations.

 
63. Increasing Self-Monitoring Effectiveness Using Heart Rate Zone Notifications and the Zones of Regulation
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE KATHERINE JONES (University of Cincinnati; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel Newman (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Schools often provide emotion-regulation intervention support prior to or after behavior incidents occur. However, there is a lack of research on school-based interventions used in-vivo during pre-curser behaviors (e.g., off-task behavior and increased heart rate) to decrease the likelihood of more severe problem behavior. This study used an ABABCBC design to analyze the effectiveness of self-monitoring behavior and physiology in addition to several emotion-regulation lessons from the Zones of Regulation curriculum. Interval time sampling recording was used to track students' on-task, non-disruptive off-task, and disruptive off-task behaviors. After a baseline phase, portions of the Zones of Regulation curriculum were taught to help students learn how to identify, categorize, and regulate their emotions. In the first intervention phase, students self-monitored their behavior and physiology (i.e., heart rate). In the second intervention phase, students participated in the same self-monitoring intervention while wearing a heart rate monitor smartwatch set to vibrate when their heart rate rose above average resting rate. Findings suggest self-monitoring classroom behavior and self-monitoring heart rate helped students increase on-task behavior and reduce off-task behaviors, and the addition of smartwatch heart rate notifications had little influence on student behavior.

 
64. How Teacher Greetings Affects Latency in Middle School English Language Learning Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE BARTON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; AzABA), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A reversal design was utilized in two English Language Learning classrooms to determine if teacher greeting or behavior specific praise would reduce the latency to task engagement. Six students were randomly selected from a pool to participate. Latency was measured from the students’ room entry until the students’ engaged in daily assigned work tasks. Results showed that behavior specific praise was the most effective at reducing latency for all but one student. These results suggest that more emphasis on teacher training of behavior specific praise and self-monitoring programs may be valuable.
 
65. A Comparison of Two Self-Modeling Procedures in a Classroom Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTYN B MOROZ (The School Association for Special Education in DuPage County (SASED) ), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Kathryn Hoff (Illinois State University), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Stacey Siambekos (Naperville Community Unit School District #203), Kathryn Rusnak (Naperville Community Unit School District #203), Gina Baumgartner (Naperville Community Unit School District #203)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The current study investigated the effectiveness of two different self-monitoring interventions. More specifically, the present student examined video modeling alone versus in vivo modeling with a tactile prompt and self-recording component to determine if one approach had a greater impact on increasing on-task behavior among three students enrolled in a general education classroom setting. Three participants enrolled in a general education second-grade classroom who demonstrated high levels of off task behavior were exposed to the two different self-monitoring interventions. An alternating- treatments deign was implemented in order to evaluate the effects of the two different self-monitoring interventions and to determine if one method produced more robust increases in on task behavior among the participants. Results revealed the video modeling alone condition produced greater increases in on task behavior in two of the three participants. Furthermore, a high level of satisfaction for the intervention was reported by the teacher. Limitations of the study as well as implications for further research are also discussed.
 
66. Duration and Frequency of Classroom Attending of Students in Preschool Through First Grade and Other Interesting Normative Data
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
ANNE LAU (ABC Group Hawai'i), Janell Kaneshiro (ABC Group Hawai'i), Cheryl Tse (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Normative data can help educators identify atypical behavior, develop goals for underperforming students, and evaluate social validity outcomes for children following intervention. However, most published data on the normative “behavior” of school children is in fact collected through indirect rating scale measures. This lack of direct observation or use of standard dimensions of behavior could lead to imprecise assessment and goals, and does not lend itself to the application of behavior analysis. This poster will describe duration data of attending to teaching materials, frequency of verbal operants used in response to teaching materials, duration of independent and peer play, and rate of corrections provided by a teacher. These data were taken from five different preschools and one first grade classroom on the island of O’ahu. Children observed were presumably neuro-typical. It is recommended to increase the number of subjects within current demographics and expand data collection to other age groups.

 
67. Using Self-Monitoring With Guided Goal Setting to Increase Academic Engagement in English Class for Ten Students from Chinese Primary School
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
XUETING QI (Beijing Guangming Primary School), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Yu Cao (Gotham Children), Wensheng Liao (Beijing Guangming Primary School), Meiju Zhao (China Women's University)
Discussant: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate whether using self-monitoring with guided goal setting was effective in increasing academic engagement in an English class with students in a Chinese primary school. Both attention levels and the percentage of voluntary hand raising were used to measure academic engagement level. Ten male second-graders from a public Chinese Primary School participated in this study. A changing criterion design was used. Criterion for the next phase was increased incrementally and it was determined by the best performance from the previous phase. Training on self-monitoring was conducted in both resource classroom and their own classroom prior to the implementation of self-monitoring and guide goal setting in the English class. Our results showed that after the intervention there was a significant increase in the student’s attention level and the percentage of voluntary hand raising in class. Eight of the 10 participants achieved the predetermined criteria and 6 of them maintained a high level of academic engagement in class during 1-week follow-up sessions without self-monitoring.
 
68. Does it Really Work? Evaluation of the Effects of Alternative Seating on On-Task Behavior and Problem Behavior in the Classroom Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA ELIZABETH BUTLER (The University of Georgia), Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia), Claire Pritchett Greenway (Early Autism Project), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

Alternative seating is an environmental arrangement with limited evidence for individuals with developmental disabilities. Educators are often asked to incorporate strategies despite empirical evidence. Alternative seating is one strategy with limited evidence for individuals with DD commonly found in classrooms. The current study examined the effects alternative seating versus traditional seating of on task behavior and problem behavior for four elementary school students.

 
69. What's a Teacher to Do When the Tokens and Backup Reinforcers Are Not Motivating the Targeted Elementary School Students? A Middle School Student Perspective Derived Systematic Assessment Tool
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
EMILY COOK (Londonderry School), Richard T Cook (Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

When a token economy is not appearing to create the desired degree of motivation and reinforcement of desired behaviors for its targeted elementary school students, the 'automatic' response of "Just go get better backup reinforcers!" is often not an option, and arguably, shouldn't be. Other aspects, including individual components, and the strengths of associations between behavior, token, and backup should be assessed systematically. Similarly, the extra effort of assessing for, in a systematic fashion, alternate (especially non-material, no cost) backup reinforcers can identify intangible social and attention based reinforcers that middle school kids might actually really want far more than yet another plastic spider ring or cartoon character pencil sharpener. This poster presents a framework for systematically evaluating the salience of tokens and back up reinforcers currently in use in an elementary school token economy, prompting teacher ideas for additional tokens and reinforcers to add, and improving the impact of both the new and currently used ones. Noteworthy aspects of THIS proposed framework include integration of systematic guidelines for such evaluation, including those in Foxx's fundamental "Increasing Behaviors.." text, the "Components, Connections, Consequences, and Context" model, as well as the fundamental "Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence" 3 part contingency, Donabedian's "Structure-Process-Outcome" model, and behavioral analysis modifications of Haddon's Injury Control Strategies and Matrix. Additionally, and very importantly, this rubric is powered by its grounding in and development by the perspectives of the middle school student first author.

 
70. Using Wearable Biomarker Technology to Address Anxious Behaviors in High School Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Joy Goscinski-Jones (Northern Illinois University), Smitha Rakshit (Northern Illinois University), Steve McCue (Northern Illinois University), Beth Collins (Northern Illinois University), Veronica Cornell (Northern Illinois University), Ann Robinson (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

Anxiety is a multi-component construct involving affective states (e.g., subjective fear), cognitions (e.g., thoughts, beliefs) behavioral patterns (avoidance), and associated physiological arousal (e.g., increased heart rate, changes in respiration patterns) (Moskowitz et. al 2017). Behavior analysts frequently rely on direct observation measures to quantify observable behaviors associated with anxiety, agitation, and/or stress for individuals with limited verbal skills (e.g., increased rocking, change in tone of vocalizations) while also attending to environmental variables associated with anxiety or stress. Although direct observation is effective for identifying behavioral manifestations of anxiety, this type of measurement may result in incomplete information as anxiety and stress are internal states that may not be accessible through direct observation. The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness and utility of using wearable biomarker devices, combined with functional assessment screening and behavioral observations, to develop interventions to increase the coping and self-management skills of high school students who experience significant anxiety. We identified five high school students, with a diagnosed anxiety disorder, who were reported by their teachers and therapists as engaging in challenging behavior associated with anxiety. We then conducted an initial screening using the Functional Assessment Screening Tool (Iwata et al.2013) and the Functional Assessment Interview ()’Neill et al., 1997). We then conducted direct observations using an adapted version of the Functional Assessment Direct Observation Form (O’Neill et al., 1997). In addition, each participant wore a Spire device and an Empatica E4 Wrist band to monitor and record physiological indicators of stress and anxiety. We then combined data from behavioral observations with data form the wearable devices to 1) determine if each participants challenging behavior was associated with physiological indicators of anxiety and 2) develop an appropriate function-based intervention in collaboration with the school-based team. Data from the wearable devices indicated that two of the five participants showed increases in physiological indicators of stress and anxiety that were associated the occurrence of target behaviors. Interventions for these two individuals were implemented in the contact of an alternating treatments design. The intervention consisted of a calming activity using a visual app with the Spire device. Both participants were prompted to use the app at the beginning of class periods and activities associated increases physiological indicators of anxiety. The participants were also prompted to use the calming app whenever they experienced anxiety. Although both students used the consistently and independently, neither showed a decrease in physiological indicators of anxiety. In fact, one participant showed an increase in levels of anxiety on days he used the app. The results suggest that wearable devices may be a useful tool in identifying situations in which school-age students experience significant levels of anxiety. However, more research is needed to identify effective interventions for these individuals.

 
71. Effects of Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams on On-Task Behavior in a Preschool Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Southern Mississippi), Lacey Ray (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

Disruptive behaviors such as elopement, calling-out, and aggression are often a major barrier to instruction in preschool classrooms. One widely used class-wide behavior management system built around an interdependent group contingency is Class-Wide Functionally-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT). To date, the first author has only been able to find one study on CW-FIT used in a preschool setting, by Jolstead et al. (2017), which found a therapeutic change in on-task behavior and rates of teacher praise statements and reprimands. The current study used a withdrawal design to evaluate the effectiveness of CW-FIT in a preschool classroom in both large and small group settings on both on-task student behavior and teacher praise and reprimand behaviors. Using visual data analysis consistent with single-case design, results suggested that the implementation of CW-FIT increased on-task group behavior in both the large and small group settings. Results for rates of teacher’s praise and reprimand statements were, however, variable for the two settings. Limitations are also discussed.

 
72. Comparing Functional Behavior Assessment-Based Interventions and Non-Functional Behavior Assessment-Based Interventions: A Systematic Review of Outcomes and Methodological Quality of Studies
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
YUNJI JEONG (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract: This review compared the effectiveness of functional behavior assessment-based interventions (FBAI) versus non-functional behavior assessment-based interventions (NFBAI) through examination of 24 single-case design (SCD) studies that directly compared the effects of these intervention approaches. This review also systematically examined the quality of these studies. All of the reviewed studies reported relative effectiveness of FBAI over NFBAI in reducing problem behaviors, showing a higher percentage of behavior reduction in FBAI than NFBAI conditions. None of the reviewed studies met all the What Works Clearinghouse Design Standards for SCD (Kratochwill et al., 2010). I discussed methods of comparing the effects of FBAI versus NFBAI and made methodological suggestions for future research in this area.
 
73. The Efficacy and Feasibility of Teacher-Implemented Brief Functional Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA M. PULOS (University of Oklahoma), Rene Daman (Oklahoma Autism Network; University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract: With the prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) at an all-time high (1 in 59 children; Baio et al., 2018), it is imperative K-12 educators are equipped with tools to minimize assessment time and maximize treatment exposure for students with ASD. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of teacher-implemented brief functional analysis (FA). A Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and her supervisee trained three teachers of students with ASD emitting problem behaviors in the classroom environment on the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014)—an open-ended functional assessment interview—to develop a hypothesis of the variables influencing the problem behaviors of their students. Next, teachers were trained to conduct a brief FA with one test condition designed from the IISCA and one control alternating in a multielement design (CTCTT). The teacher and BCBA supervisee collected data simultaneously, but independently, while the BCBA interacted with the student during the brief FA. Pairwise correspondence between teacher and the BCBA supervisee’s reported data took place via visual analysis. Results revealed medium correspondence, suggesting the utility of brief FAs conducted in school settings. Implications for practice, limitations, and implications for future research will be addressed.
 
74. The Effect of Task Interspersal on Escape Maintained Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (Michigan State University; The Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

Task interspersal (TI) is a discrete trial training variant in which a number of mastered targets are presented prior to each acquisition target. Previous studies have demonstrated that TI leads to increased learning relative to massed trial training as measured by the number of sessions required for mastery. Recent literature however has suggested that, given the amount of time necessary to conduct additional trials of mastered targets, TI is less efficient when examining overall time spent in instruction. Given its procedural similarity to the high-p sequence, TI may serve to increase the probability of responding for children with high rates of escape, and thus be more efficient for this group of individuals by increasing time on task. Very little research has examined the effects of TI on escape maintained behavior, however. The present study compared TI to massed trial training using a parallel treatments design for two children with high rates of escape behavior during instruction. Initial data indicated that escape maintained behavior decreased during TI; however, escape decreased to low levels across both conditions during subsequent acquisition targets. Implications for future research on TI and escape maintained behavior will be discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #78
TBA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
75. The Effects of Behavior Skills Training on a Mother's Implementation of Constant Time Delay for Her Children With Autism and Developmental Delay
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
YU LING CHEN (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or Developmental Delay (DD) have difficulty with communication. Caregivers, such as parents, often spend a great deal of effort understanding their children and helping them to communicate. Behavior Skills Training (BST) is a didactic instruction procedure that includes the following steps: instructions, modeling, role-play, and feedback. Research has shown that BST is an effective method for training caregivers such as parents, teachers, and paraprofessionals. This study examined the effects of BST on parent implementation of a constant time delay (CTD) procedure for her three children (ages 2-6) with autism or developmental delay. The experimenter trained the mother to use CTD to teach her children to tact pictures. The mother of the three participants was diagnosed with an intellectual disability (ID). Results of the study suggest BST was effective for training the parent to implement the BST steps correctly and was effective for improving each child’s tacting skills.

 
77. Review of the Research on Training Methods and Skill Acquisition for Pre-Service Behavior Analysts
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
REGAN WESTON (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

There is limited research evaluating strategies being used to train pre-service behavior analysts. A review of the literature was conducted to identify studies that examine the effects of teaching strategies on pre-service behavior analysts acquisition of behavior analytic skills. Studies were included if participants were graduate students training to become behavior analysts, the dependent variable was a behavior analytic skill, a single-case research design was used, and individual participant data was reported. A systematic search identified seven studies that met the aforementioned inclusion criteria. The purposes of this review were to: 1) identify and summarize literature on training pre-service behavior analysts, (2) evaluate the quality of existing literature by applying the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) single-case research design standards to the included studies, and (3) obtain an effect size of the strategies that met the WWC single-case research design standards. Results of the included analyses are summarized and implications for future research are discussed.

 
78. Pivotal Applied Behavior Analysis Experiences: How Behavior Analysts Find the Field and Pursue Their BCBA
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Recently, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has seen dramatic increases in university training programs, experimental and applied research studies, and certified practitioners (Burning Glass, 2015; Carr & Nosik, 2017; Deochand & Fuqua, 2016), mirroring increasing nation-wide demand for credentialed behavior analysts (BACB, 2018). However, little research focuses on understanding our professional workforce, including their introductions to the discipline. Behavior analysts across Pennsylvania (n = 98) completed an in-depth quantitative and qualitative survey. Several researchers conducted both the analysis and coding, and measures were taken to ensure sufficient accuracy. Questions focused on a variety of issues/experiences, including their own pivotal experiences with ABA and motivating factors for becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Results highlight that behavior analysts are introduced to the field through working with clients, professional trainings, and during undergraduate or graduate coursework. After learning about the field, the respondents described career opportunities, a desire to gain both knowledge and skills, a connection with the science and practical applications of ABA, and enjoyment of the work and clients as key in pursing their BCBA. The results from study provide important preliminary information about our workforce and the professional and personal experiences which brought them to the field.

 
79. Training Program and Supervision Quality: Experiences and Perspectives of Current Behavior Analysts
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Recent empirical research and special issues have focused on determining appropriate training program ranking metrics, including faculty productivity and pass rates. Arguably, an important way to judge the quality of a training program is by talking with its graduates. Field leaders have recognized the critical importance of student voice in understanding program quality (Iwata, 2015). However, to date no research has focused on understanding the program or supervision experiences of our behavior professionals. A mixed-methods survey was send to over 1,200 behavior analysts across Pennsylvania to understand a variety of professional issues, including questions about their program selection considerations, and strengths and needs of their training program. The respondents (n = 98) also described the type(s), strengths, and needs of their supervision experiences and supervisors. Results from this survey are still being analyzed; however, preliminary findings suggest that future behavior analysts select their training program based on location/convenience, program reputation, and specific program characteristics (e.g., able to work while completing the program). Results from this survey will add an important missing voice into our fields’ conversations regarding training program quality and can provide critically important information for those responsible for training the next generation of behavior analysts.

 
80. Training Vocabulary Using Equivalence in a College Learning Course
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY HUGO (Santa Clara University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract: Equivalence based instruction, derived from basic stimulus equivalence research, appears well suited to train vocabulary in college classrooms. Much of the equivalence based instruction research has employed brief training periods and immediate testing. The present study used equivalence based instruction to train a subset of vocabulary across a 10-week term of an upper-division undergraduate course in learning using a learning management system. Regular assessment of vocabulary was one course component that included pretest, equivalence based instruction, posttest quizzes for each textbook chapter. In training, students learned both term-to-example and definition-to-example relationships. Once students reached an 87% accuracy in training, the posttest presented all six equivalent and emerging relationships. Analysis of data using a 2 (chapter 2 vs. 3) x 2 (experimental vs. control) within-subjects ANOVA showed no significant main effect of chapter, F(1, 15) = .011, p = .919, a main effect of experimental vs. control, F(1,15) = 17.76, p = .001, partial eta = .542, and no interaction, F (1,15) = 2.186, p = .16, with significantly lower performance for the experimental terms (M = 0.92, SD = 0.08) than control (M = 0.96, SD = 0.07) terms. Thus, preliminary results suggest that equivalence based instruction did not produce a learning benefit for vocabulary.
 
81. A Behavioral Analytic Competency-Based Training for Wraparound Professionals
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
MARLENA BRANDSTEIN (Aveanna Health Care), BRIANNA COFFIN (Aveanna Healthcare), Melissa Fenske (Aveanna Healthcare), Adriana Gonzalez-Lopez (Aveanna Health Services), Juan Carlos Lopez (Aveanna Health Care)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Wraparound professionals are typically masters-level service providers who work with individuals with autism in home and community settings. However, as this study shows, some may lack the necessary skills to do so using applied behavioral analytic (ABA) strategies. This study discusses a competency-based training designed to bridge this gap. At the present time, eight participants have received training on how to define behavior, write behavioral goals, and collect and analyze behavioral data visually. Twenty more professionals are projected to complete the training by the end of the project. Preliminary results show that prior to training on average most participants score at 34% competency level. Currently, after fully training two participants, the average competency level increases to 84%. Likewise, participants and administrators report greater satisfaction with this approach as compared to traditional training.

 
82. Correspondence Between a Concurrent-Operants Demand Assessment and a Progressive-Ratio Schedule
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH MALAGODI (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Lindsay Lloveras (New England Center for Children, University of Florida)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract: We applied methods typically used in measuring the effects of consequences in quantifying the effort of tasks in individuals diagnosed with autism. Preference assessments are used to identify items that potentially function as reinforcers in educational and clinical settings. Some experimenters have used the progressive-ratio (PR) schedule to measure relative reinforcing efficacy at progressively increasing response requirements. In basic research, effort has typically been conceptualized as the physical force required to complete a response. Although physical force is an easily manipulated variable in laboratory settings, the relative effort of common tasks proves more difficult to measure. Accurately quantifying the effort required to complete a task may have important clinical implications such as informing selection of lower-effort alternatives to problem behavior in DRA. In the present study, we compared PR breakpoints across a variety of tasks that differ across response dimensions in an attempt to evaluate a singular measure of response effort. Participants were four students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder that were attending a school for individuals with intellectual disability. We found there to be correspondence between the PR and the CODA for one out of four participants.
 
83. Application of Self-Management Strategies to Improve Student Wellbeing and Enhance Learning
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Students in an undergraduate applied behavior analysis (ABA) course were asked to develop and implement a behavioral self-management program in which they pinpointed a single target behavior within one of six dimensions of wellbeing. Students were provided with instruction on ABA principles and strategies and received guidance from the course instructor while crafting action plans for their behavior change projects. The purpose of this project was to enhance students' learning experience while learning the basic principles of behavior analysis. Students were asked to apply ABA principles in order to demonstrate their ability to effectively use self-management strategies to change their own behavior, as well as evaluate the effectiveness of their behavior change strategies. This poster will illustrate the step-by-step process through which the course instructor guided students, share data-based results from individual student projects, as well as share a summary of students' reflections on their experiences and students' perceptions of their ability to use what they learned in the course in future behavior change applications.

 
84. Further Evaluation of Teaching Behavior Technicians to Input Data and Graph Using GraphPad Prism
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH ELIZABETH MARTINEZ ROWE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kayla Rechelle Randall (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

We extended Mitteer, Greer, Fisher, and Cohrs (2018) by examining the effects of a video model on inputting data into GraphPad Prism, which is a necessary skill for graph construction. We also replicated Mitteer et al. by examining the effects of a graphing video model with each participant following acquisition of data input. We used a concurrent multiple-baseline-across-skills design with two behavior technicians to assess input and graphing skills separately prior to and during access to relevant video models. We evaluated the generality of the training procedures by assessing both skills during input-plus-graphing sessions without access to the video models. The video models resulted in mastery of input and graphing skills when assessed individually. We observed training effects generalize to input-plus-graphing sessions once behavior technicians experienced all relevant video models. These results suggest that individuals should view both input and graphing video models prior to depicting single-case design data in Prism but that these skills can maintain at high levels of accuracy without continued access to the training materials.

 
85. The Analysis of the Psychological Dimension in a Teaching-Learning Situation
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Minerva Perez Juarez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Enrique Zepeta Garcia Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Esmeralda Corona (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

In this research the psychological aspects that participate in a teaching-learning situation are analyzed and discussed. That is, the modes of language, as a medium of conventional contact and the abilities, aptitudes and competencies. The functional contact emphasizes the psychological phenomenon, as an activity defined from an individual and at least one object or another individual; the individual is not separable, as part of the relationship of the other entities. The term contact, as a logical category, specifies the means that makes the functional relationship possible. Sixteen children of both sexes of the fifth grade with and without special education requirements from a public elementary school participated in the study analyzed. An intrasubject design was used with a diagnostic test, initial test, intervention phase and a final test. The analysis of the psychological dimension in a teaching-learning situation can be an alternative to transfer from a traditional conception that emphasizes the products and results, to another centered on interdependent relationships in which the complementary modes of language (speaking-listening, reading-writing, observing-pointing/gesturing), are integrated as multimodal episodes and make possible the interaction between people, actions, objects and events pertinent to the situation.

 
86. Gamification in Experimental Behavior Analysis: Teaching Experimental Method With Portal 2 ®
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERTO SOARES PESSOA NETO (Universidade Federal do Ceará, UFC), Carolina Pedroza Barros (Universidade Federal do Ceará, UFC), Daniely Ildegardes Brito Tatmatsu (Universidade Federal do Ceará, UFC)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

This research aims to find a suitable replacement for rats in experimental behavior analysis discipline on undergraduate courses. To achieve this objective the game Portal 2 ® test chamber creation tool has been utilized on naive psychology students as a way to teach them basic behavior analysis concepts, such as modeling, all the participants had to solve a questionnaire before and after the experiment as well as attend to theoretical classes, then they were divided into two groups one of them had practical modeling and extinction classes with a Portal 2 ® test chamber created by the authors and the other had a standard approach with Wistar rats and Skinner boxes. The results showed that both groups had similar results on their post-test which may classify Portal 2 ® test chambers as a suitable alternative to traditional teaching on experimental behavior analysis.

 
 
 
Poster Session #79
CSS Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
87. Using Behavioral Economics to Evaluate Differences in Delay Discounting With Individuals Convicted of Criminal Offenses
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY MOORE (University of Kansas, Center for Community Health and Development, Department of Applied Behavioral Science), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas, Center for Community Health and Development, Department of Applied Behavioral Science), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Criminal behavior is a persistent social problem. Nationally, nearly 68% of individuals released from prison return within three years (National Institutes of Justice, 2014). There is increased interest, including by researchers and federal agencies (e.g., National Institute of Justice) to examine the neurocognitive deficits of offenders. However, additional research advancing the science and practice of examining decisions to commit or abstain from crime, is needed. Individuals who have been convicted of criminal offenses often have co-morbidities or co-occurring conditions such as alcohol and substance abuse, disease, and/or mental illness (Jaffe, Huang, & Hser, 2012). Behavioral economics provides a promising approach for evaluating a variety of reinforcer pathologies including substance abuse, problem gambling, alcohol abuse, and obesity (see, MacKillop, et al. 2011). However, few studies have specifically examined behavioral economics methodology with individuals who have been convicted of criminal offenses. In the present study, participants were recruited from a community-based re-entry program in Kansas City, Missouri. Participants completed computerized assessments including a delay discounting task. Data are presented on delay discounting rates among different types of offenders. Delayed discounting values were analyzed based on offender types including violent offenses, non-violent offenses, sex offenses, and drug offenses. Based on pilot-testing of the computerized assessment, overall the hyperboloid functions seemingly fit the data well for the discounting of money by individuals who had been convicted of multiple offenses (r2=.94), or committed more severe crimes such as sex (r2=.90) and drug-related (r2=.89) offenses. The monetary valuation for sex, drug, and multiple offenses decreases with the delay in time. Additionally, it was found that criminal offenders, particularly those with more severe offenses, displayed similar patterns of delay discounting as identified in previous studies for other maladaptive behaviors (e.g., drug use, gambling). The lessons learned and practical recommendations for advancing behavioral economic research toward reducing criminal behavior and recidivism are presented.

 
88. A Behavioral Economics Study on the Valuing of Polystyrene Alternative Food Containers
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE LAU (ABC Group Hawai'i), Sara Ann Dinkelo (ABC Group Hawai'i), Kelly Deacon (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: “Styrofoam”, or more specifically polystyrene, is a type of plastic that is commonly provided in restaurants as a cheap, disposable container to carry food home, or simply eat out of. Despite the fact that it is made from non-renewable fossil fuels, detrimental to the environment and the health of humans, use is high. There are, however, alternative containers that could help eliminate microplastics from our beaches, oceans, and the tummies of animals- including us. So, why don’t we use those alternatives? The delayed and indirect problematic contingencies may not compete well with the immediate and seemingly more direct rewards. We may discount the problems associated with our use of non-essential, single-use plastics, including polystyrene. As patrons to a restaurant, we may also feel that we don’t have a choice in the matter. This study will seek to determine the number of restaurant patrons that will pay the cost difference between polystyrene and a compostable alternative, when the option is presented for them immediately at the point of purchase.
 
89. Caregiver Substitutability of Evidence-Based Practices: A Behavioral Economic Evaluation
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University), Jodie Waits (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Increases in the use of alternative, unsupported treatments have been observed in multiple countries, including the United States, Australia, and the United Kingdom (Eisenburg, Davis, et al., 1998; Coulter & Willis, 2004; Segar, 2011). When used as an alternative to empirically-supported treatments, these treatments represent a suboptimal use of time and resources. Using the Amazon Mechanical Turk (mTurk) platform, this study evaluated the demand for an empirically-supported treatment for child behavior problems with and without the availability of an alternative, treatment option unsupported by research. Participants were caregivers who endorsed difficulties with child behavior and a willingness to pursue behavioral treatment. Preliminary results indicated that a high degree of caregivers elected to substitute an evidence-based treatment for an alternative, unsupported treatment to varying degrees. These findings represent a novel extension of the applied behavioral economic framework and support continued efforts to use operant demand methodology to inform policy regarding evidence-based treatments.

 
90. Delay Discounting of Reinforcer Loss Evident in Climate Change Policy Preference
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
MASON TODD (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lacie Campbell (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Unprecedented rises in atmospheric CO₂ and other emissions following the industrial revolution are markedly impacting Earth’s geographical and ecological systems. Delay discounting models have traditionally emphasized a hyperbolic decrease in the subjective value of an appetitive commodity over time; however, many outcomes related to climate change may be more appropriately framed as a decrease in the subjective value of reinforcer loss over time. The purpose of the present study was to compare participants delay discounting of climate change (reaching atmospheric point of no return) to monetary discounting of reinforcer loss observed in prior research. We administered a climate change discounting survey and a monetary discounting task to over 300 college student participants. Curve fit analyses suggest that the climate change discounting task produced hyperbolic discounting that resembled and may operate at greater intensity than traditional monetary discounting. We did not observe a correlation between discounting of climate change and monetary discounting, suggesting that trait impulsivity may not provide an appropriate account of behavioral economic factors that could influence or inform policy related to climate change. Implications for national policy reform are discussed.
 
91. Delay Discounting and Social Processes in Relation to Commodity Valuation
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), ALEXANDRA HELEN WILLIAMS (University of Nevada Reno), Allysan Thomas (University of Nevada Reno), Kasey Carajan (University of Nevada Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Delay discounting has been shown to be related to psychological flexibility, social discounting, and substance-use disorders, suggesting that addiction and social processes are related. While relations between delay discounting and the valuation of various commodities have been extensively examined, relations between such commodities and social discounting have not. This study aims to assess such relations, primarily those between social discounting, delay discounting, psychological flexibility, and valuations of food, alcohol and firearms. Eighty U.S. adult participants were recruited using Amazon MTURK and administered questionnaires using Qualtrics. Adjusting-amount procedures were used to measure delay discounting, social discounting, and commodity valuations (i.e., where participants had to choose between an adjusting, smaller amount of money for anything or a fixed, larger gift card for a particular class of commodities). Social discounting was also measured using a monetary-choice questionnaire and a novel slider assessment procedure. Results support previous findings between delay and social discounting and magnitude effects on commodity valuation. However, the tendency for shallow social discounters to value firearms higher than steeper discounters and the lack of relation between delay discounting and firearm valuation suggests important differences between the two forms of discounting and further contextualizes the utility of such procedures.

 
92. Empirical Evaluation of Game Components Based on Learning Theory: A Preliminary Study
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CHANGSEOK LEE (Yonsei University), Seo-I Lee (Yonsei University), Hee Won Kim (Yonsei University), Mincheol Jang (Yonsei University), Yujin Kim (Yonsei University), Suhyon Ahn (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Gamification is a technique that applies game factors to non-game fields. Identifying game factors that make people engage in a game has gained significant attention in gamification, especially in health and education field. The purpose of this study was to investigate the differences between high ranking and low ranking games in 3 factors generated from learning theory. 450 female/male adults ages from 20 to 49 completed Questionnaire for Identifying Game Components (QIGC), which consists of 46-items aimed to measure 3 factors generated from operant conditioning (e.g., antecedents, rewards & natural rewards). In the Roll Playing Game (RPG), which is the most played genre, five high ranking mobile RPG games and five low ranking mobile RPG games were selected. The results showed that high ranking games include more options for natural rewards, immediate and high quality rewards, and are evaluated better in terms of design, sound, accessibility, user interface and management. These results suggest that learning theory is a useful framework to understand and identify gamification factors and apply them to the non-game field.
 
93. Developing a Questionnaire Based on Learning Theory for Identifying Game Components
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Mincheol Jang (Yonsei University), SEO-I LEE (Yonsei University), Changseok Lee (Yonsei University), Hee Won Kim (Yonsei University), Yujin Kim (Yonsei University), Suhyon Ahn (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Most questionnaires in the game fields were developed based on experiences and opinions, limiting their usage in terms of understanding human behaviors and identifying effective factors to make game successful. The purpose of this study is developing a new scale for game developers based on learning theory, in order to identify game elements that affect game behaviors among users. Through previous research analysis, interviewing game experts and applying ABC framework based on learning theory to items, total of 46 items were developed: 10 items of natural rewards from playing games, 13 items of reward systems within games, 23 items of game design and construct element. And, 450 adult participants ages from 20 to 49 completed the questionnaires for the games they were familiar with. The exploratory factor analysis showed two factors (intrinsic and extrinsic reinforcement) in natural rewards, three factors (predictable reward, unpredictable reward, and punishment) in reward systems, and three factors (game management, influencing, and game design) in game design and components. The confirmatory factor analysis showed acceptable fit indices (CFI, TLI and RMSEA). Also, internal consistency falls in the acceptable range. These indices indicate that the new scale is a reliable and valid instrument. Finally, implications were discussed.

 
94. The Effects of Systems and Contingency Analysis and Intervention on Task Completion
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
ADRIENNE MUBAREK (The Chicago School), David Pyles (The Chicago School)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Cultural selection in behavior analysis has been posited as a form of behavioral selection to explain and discuss group behavior. Some research in this area has discussed cultural selection as a “metacontingency,” or aggregate product, that is the results of interactions of a group of individuals. The aggregate product is said to be the reinforcing contingency that maintaining certain individual behaviors within the group. This study compared group performance in terms of the aggregate product, the level of the individual, and then both combined. During each session, two groups of three individuals were asked to build a Lego set (one set per group). At the end of each session, the participants were awarded point based on accuracy and duration. Depending on the condition, the participants saw either their individual earnings and duration, the groups individual earnings and duration, or both. Results for both groups showed that the combined condition was most effective at addressing performance. This may support the need to consider providing consequences based on aggregate performance, along with individual performance measures, to maximize desired outcomes.
 
95. Studies on Metacontingency Relations in Brazilian Law
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
VIRGÍNIA CORDEIRO AMORIM (Universidade Federal do Pará - UFPA; Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso - UFMT/Cuiabá), Lenise Ghisi (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso – UFMT/Cuiabá), Nadia Rodrigues (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso – UFMT/Cuiabá), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Metacontingency has been used as a unit of analysis in several studies on Brazilian laws. This study evaluated the methods used in those investigations in order to identify what kind of information they add concerning: a) reference to behavioral / cultural relations to ground the Law proposition, b) the relations described in the law; c) the control that the law provides of practices regulated by it; d) cultural intervention potentially supported by the Law; and e) cultural interventions effectively carried out under the protection of the law. Sixteen theses or dissertations identified in the repositories of ninety-six graduate programs in Psychology in Brazil and four scientific articles cited by them were examined. The analysis of these studies may provide subsidies for original approaches to legislation on different topics, in light of the concept of metacontingency.
 
96. Using Contingency Contracts to Decrease Problem Behavior of Adolescents Adjudicated for Sexual Offenses
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNA EDGEMON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Jodi Coon (Auburn University)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Contingency contracts are one form of contingency management that have been shown to decrease smoking in adults (Dallery, Meredith, & Glenn, 2008),  increase academic productivity of disadvantaged youths (Kelley & Stokes, 1982), and increase physical activity in undergraduate students (Irons, Pope, Pierce, Van Patten, & Jarvis, 2013).  Contingency contracts may also be effective for decreasing problematic behavior (e.g., verbal aggression, physical aggression, noncompliance) displayed by adolescents who are incarcerated (Gendreau, Listwan, Kuhns, & Exum, 2014).  Effective implementation of contingency contracts with this population may result in decreased problematic behavior from the adolescents as well as decreased aversive consequences for both adolescents (e.g., time out, loss of privileges) and staff (e.g., involvement in incident report).  The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of contingency contracts to decrease problematic behavior of three adolescent males who had been adjudicated for sexual offenses. Suggestions for future research are included.   Keywords: contingency contracts, contingency management, adolescents
 
97. Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Interview Skills of Adolescent Males Who Have Been Adjudicated
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNA EDGEMON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Soracha A O'Rourke (Auburn University), Sally A Hamrick (Auburn University)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training has been shown to teach firearm safety skills to children (Miltenberger et al., 2004), to teach blackjack skills to adults (Speelman, Whiting, & Dixon, 2015), and to teach accurate pouring to college students (Hankla, Kohn, & Normand, 2017). Behavioral skills training may also be effective for teaching interview skills to adolescents who have been adjudicated. Improved interview skills in this population may result in future employment, leading to decreased likelihood of recidivism (Visher & Courtney, 2007; Visher, Debus, & Yahner, 2008; Yahner & Visher, 2008) and increased access to reinforcers such as social interactions and income. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of BST to improve the interview skills of adolescents who had been adjudicated. Effects of BST were evaluated in a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across behaviors design. Procedures implemented were adapted from Stocco, Thompson, Hart, and Soriano (2017).

 
Diversity submission 98. Sexual Harassment Prevention Training: Review and Discussion of Effectiveness Research and Potential Behavior Analytic Contributions
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
ZOEY ISABELLA ULREY (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

There is an increasing awareness of the imbalance of power that exists between men and women, exemplified by wage gaps, lower incidence of women CEOs, and prevalence of sexual harassment towards women in all settings. Sexual harassment is a prevalent problem in the workplace, despite the availability of harassment trainings required in many companies. Because behavior analysts have the expertise to change behavior, general societal problems such as sexual harassment can and should be addressed by behavior analysts. This poster will review research on sexual harassment trainings done in institutions. A small amount of research has examined perceptions of the effectiveness of trainings, but insufficient research has been done on how trainings decrease sexual harassment behaviors. Based on the research and common procedures for trainings on sexual harassment, limitations will be addressed and directions for future research will be presented. Potential improvements for sexual harassment training procedures, based on proven behavioral training procedures in other areas, will be discussed and proposed.

 
99. Increasing Detained Adolescents' Tolerance of Delays and Denials
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
SORACHA A O'ROURKE (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Cassidy McDougale (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Kelli Thompson (Auburn University), Barry Burkhart (Auburn University)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Delay tolerance is based on systematically increasing the duration of exposure to the undesired stimuli. Research suggests juvenile sexual offenders are more likely than non-adjudicated juveniles to present with reports of anxiety, aggression, and misconduct. Engaging in such behaviors while in residential facilities can lead to loss of privileges, interfere with other treatments, and contribute to negative staff-student relationships. The current study evaluated the effects of a progressive time delay to increase tolerance to aversive situations for three detained adolescents. Targeted problem behaviors included repetitive verbal negotiation following restricted access to preferred activities, excessive cleaning in the presence of unorganized stimuli, and inappropriate vocalizations under conditions of low attention. Results indicate this behavior analytic intervention was successful in increasing two adolescents’ ability to tolerate non-preferred situations. Data collection is ongoing for the third participant. Clinical implications of the use of behavior analytic treatment procedures for adolescents adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior are discussed.
 
100. Behavioral Intervention for Disruptive Behavior in Adolescents and Adults With Addiction Problems
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
FELIPE DIAZ (Guadalajara University), Jonnathan Gudiño (Guadalajara University), Jaime Gutiérrez (Guadalajara University), Maria Acero (Guadalajara University), Karina Franco (PENDING)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Disruptive behavior in childhood and adolescence requires immediate attention due to the high incidence of this behavior and its direct association with aggressiveness and antisocial behavior. The purpose of this research was to apply a behavior modification program for disruptive behavior in adolescents and adults. The participants are five adolescents from a youth integration center and five adults in the south-southeast regional justice center. Record sheets are used for the occurrence of behaviors and an application for a mobile device for behavioral registration. The initial records operationalist the disruptive behaviors of the program and were carried out by two observers who met at least 80% of agreement. A stimulus preference evaluation was conducted and subsequently a multiple baseline design consisting of a behavioral contract and token economy. The program lasted four weeks and a follow-up phase. The predicted results include the decrease in disruptive behavior after the intervention in both groups. The results will be discussed in relation to the importance of intervening on disruptive behaviors in populations that are difficult to access and with behavioral problems such as aggression and addictions. Identify strategies and early intervention for this type of behavior will be proposed.

 
101. Toward the Development of a Systematic Analysis of Implicit Bias: Refining Measurement Tools
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JANICE TA (University of Nevada, Reno), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Jose Ruiz (University of Nevada, Reno), Kasey Carajan (University of Nevada, Reno), Andrew Erin Arballo (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Since the early 1980s, researchers have been interested in understanding and measuring implicit bias. Although a number of tools, such as the IRAP, have been developed to measure implicit bias, few (if any) have developed a systematic process for selecting stimuli. The purpose of the present study was to test a recent methodology developed at UNR for selecting stimuli to be utilized within the IRAP. This study was divided into two parts. The first part of the study used a relational history survey, which required participants to describe statements and images (e.g., rural and urban settings) using one-word adjectives, synonyms, and verbal properties. The top ten most commonly used descriptions were compared to experimenter-determined stimuli and then included in a second selection phase. By drawing upon the previous research in behavior analysis, we utilized a sorting methodology to determine which words should be incorporated into the IRAP. Results pertaining to the differentiation between experimenter-determined stimuli and stimuli determined by a representative sample will be discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #80
OBM Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
102. An Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist: Human Services to Assess Employee Performance on Functional Communication Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JULIE LOUISE MELENDEZ (University of Southern California; Creative Behavioral Consultants), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Svada Parhimoon (Creative Behavioral Consultants)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) is a tool developed to identify the environmental variables that affect poor employee performance. Research has supported the utility of the PDC across a variety of settings and, more recently, the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) was created to address the need for such a tool specifically in human services settings. We identified three staff members that exhibited a need for improvement in their performance during in-home applied behavior analysis sessions. The PDC-HS was administered with 2 supervisors to assess the variables that may have affected poor performance in the area of functional communication training by staff that those supervisors were responsible for. The PDC-HS identified that Behavioral Skills Training (BST) would be an appropriate intervention for all participants. BST was evaluated to determine its effectiveness in improving employee performance. Data collection is ongoing, but the initial results suggest that BST may be effective and that other intervention components may be needed for individual staff.

 
104. Effective Management of Staff Performance: Self-Monitoring Coupled With Supervisory Checks
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KINSLEY E WILLIS (Melmark New England), Julia Hrdina (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Within the human services field, staff are required to do a variety of tasks while still caring for children. High levels of fidelity across tasks is essential to student outcomes. Self-monitoring coupled with supervision has been effective in managing staff performance (Richmond, Riordan, Reiss, Pyles, and Baily, 1988). The current study examined the impact of self-monitoring and supervisory checks on the completion of IEP objectives across two classrooms. During baseline, focus sheets were provided to staff in the absence of self-monitoring or supervisory checks. Moderate levels of completion were observed across both classrooms. During intervention, staff were required to record completed IEP objectives on a focus sheet across each student. Staff then computed the percentage of completed programs over the week period and turned in focus sheets to the supervisor. Results of the intervention indicated that self-monitoring and supervisory checks are adequate to improve and maintain high rates of IEP completion. Levels of completion again dropped during a reversal phase. Interobserver agreement was conducted across 71% of sessions and averaged 100%. Future investigations might include a component analysis to see if self-monitoring alone or systematic fading of supervisory checks would maintain high levels of completion.

 
105. The Use of Behavior Skills Training to Teach Components of Direct Instruction
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES SHERMAN (Evergreen Center ), Jacob Richardson (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Behavior Skills Training (BST) has been demonstrated to be an effective method in training staff to perform skills with high fidelity in a relatively short amount of time. In the current study, three components of Direct Instruction (DI) were trained using BST. The participants were two classroom instructors with prior experience implementing DI with students with autism. The targets for staff training were accuracy with signal delivery, error correction, and reinforcer delivery. BST was provided to the participants for each component skill and a multiple baseline design across skills was used to evaluate the effects of BST. Generalization probes were conducted with a student with autism during baseline and after mastery with each skill was demonstrated. BST rapidly increased staff performance across skills with generalization demonstrated during classroom probes. This study extends the use of BST to implementation of DI and the results suggest that BST delivered in role-play scenarios resulted in improved teacher performance of the targeted skills in generalization probes with students.

 
106. Increasing Positive Feedback to Direct Care Staff in a Human Service Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Phillip Orchowitz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brandon Mazzaferro (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Feedback is one of the most prevalent interventions utilized in the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) (VanStelle, 2012). Daniels and Bailey (2014) recommend a feedback ratio of 4:1 (positive to coaching) for improving employee performance within an organization. The purpose of the present study was to increase the ratio of positive to coaching feedback delivered by managers to direct care staff in a human service setting. First, the Performance Diagnostic Checklist–Human Services (PDC-HS) (Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen, & Strain; 2013) was administered to determine what environmental variables contributed to the infrequent delivery of positive feedback. Based on PDC-HS results, an intervention consisting of goal setting and feedback was initiated. That is, managers were instructed to deliver at least twice as much positive feedback as coaching. Supervisors delivered verbal and graphic feedback (group or individualized) to managers on a weekly basis regarding their performance during the previous week. Group feedback resulted in no change in the frequency of positive feedback delivered by managers to direct care staff. Individualized graphic feedback resulted in a 227% increase in the average frequency of positive feedback delivered per week. Additionally, the average percentage of managers meeting the 2:1 ratio goal increased from 27.8% in baseline to 60.9%. Managers indicated they preferred individualized feedback over the group feedback intervention.
 
107. Examining the Effect of Verbal Stimuli on Cooperative Responding Under a Financially Competing Contingency
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth Burleigh (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Implicit relational responses are described in the behavior analytic literature as brief, immediate, relational responses (BIRRs) occurring with respect to specific classes of verbal stimuli present in an individual’s environment (Dymond & Roche, 2013). BIRRs are commonly regarded to as implicit responses. In contrast, explicit responses are referred to as extended and elaborated relational responses (EERRs). Recent literature on leadership in organizations highlight the influence that implicit relational responding may bare on explicit decision making in workplace environments. For instance, decisions to cooperate in service of the group, despite the availability of immediate, financial reinforcers may increase the likelihood of organizational success when financial resources are limited. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a tool designed to assess BIRRs. This study assessed the utility of the IRAP as a verbal stimuli selection tool, by examining the effects of IRAP-selected verbal stimuli on explicit choice responding under piece-rate contingencies in an analog work task. The verbal stimuli were examined for their motivative augmental effects on cooperative choice responding. The piece-rate financially contingency was considered a competing financial contingency, because participants only earned revenue when they choose to work alone, despite cooperative statements presented during the task. A group-level correlational analysis was conducted to determine the predictive utility of IRAP results on explicit responding. The relationship between implicit responding, as demonstrated in the IRAP, and explicit responding, as demonstrated in the simulated work task, will be discussed.
 
109. A Systematic Review of Correlates and Interventions to Treat Burnout of Direct Care Staff Working With Adults with Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
KATELYN SOUCIE-VUKMANICH (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Burnout literature remains inconclusive due to variable methods and few study/result replications (Skirrow & Hatton, 2007). The purposes of this systematic review were threefold: 1) to determine the trend of direct care staff (staff) burnout since 2004; 2) to identify and review the correlates of burnout and effective treatment interventions and; 3) to identify the current gaps in the literature. This systematic review followed the inclusion criteria and graphing procedures by Skirrow and Hatton (2007). The 37 studies included mean subscale scores from the Maslach Burnout Inventory (Maslach, Jackson, & Leiter, 1996), recruited staff who worked directly with adults with disabilities, and were written in English. Results show that personal accomplishment (M = 32.22; range = 4.88-43.7) has increased, emotional exhaustion (M = 17.19; range = 2.09-28.12) has remained stable, and depersonalization (M = 4.74; range = 0.67-11.1) has decreased since 2004. These results suggest that burnout among staff has decreased overtime. Further analyses are still in progress, therefore correlates, effective treatments, gaps, and future directions for research will be discussed on the poster. Understanding correlates of burnout, effective treatment strategies, and gaps in the literature is important to develop a best practice for preventing and treating burnout in staff.

 
110. Applied Interventions for Improving Employee Satisfaction in a Clinical ABA Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY DAVIS (The BISTÅ Center), Cailin M Ockert (The BISTÅ Center)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Baseline data indicates that employee’s overall satisfaction is 5.79/10 with Behavior Analysts scoring the lowest at 3.83. The overall score is concerning in terms of burnout and retention of key employees in a clinic-based ABA agency. Several interventions were implemented after the first survey to address the most commonly reported concerns. The first intervention involved administration providing higher rates of positive written praise in the form of emails and creating a system of reinforcement for employees participating in company goal focusing personal or professional development. The second intervention involved creating more structure in the form of a daily schedule for all on campus clients. The initial results showed employees have increased job satisfaction with the interventions put in place. This indicates that higher levels of written reinforcement and company structure had a reinforcing effect on employee job satisfaction.
 
111. Utilizing Train to Codeto Train Staff to Identify Complex Verbal Operants
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting), David A Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to train a behavior therapist to code video examples of the primary verbal operants (e.g. mand, tact, echoic, and intraverbal). Using Train to Code© software, the participant progressed through an automated seven-level training program which systematically faded out prompts. Pre-test and post-test consisted of a printed worksheet with 32 statements in multiple choice format. Prior to beginning coding, the participant was exposed to definitions (e.g. auditory and textual) for each operant. During training, the participant responded by coding each video exemplar with a keystroke and the software automatically advanced and remediated training levels according to set criteria. Pre-test results indicated the participant was able to code mand and echoic statements with 100% accuracy, but only 32% accuracy on tact and intraverbal trials. Training results, thus far, demonstrated that the participant accurately coded 262 of 337 trials (78% accuracy) across the first three faded prompt levels across two sessions. A post-test probe after level 3 suggested modest improvement with tact and intraverbal coding (50% accuracy) and continued demonstration of 100% accuracy on mand and echoic exemplars. Preliminary results provide implications for the efficacy of automated training programs to teach behavior analytic concepts.

 
 
 
Poster Session #81
CBM Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
112. Barriers to Long-Acting Reversible Contraceptives Among Opioid-Maintained Women
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CATALINA REY (University of Vermont; Vermont Center on Behavior and Health), Heidi Melbostad (University of Vermont; Vermont Center on Behavior and Health), Stacey C. Sigmon (University of Vermont; Vermont Center on Behavior and Health), Lauren Macafee (University of Vermont), Anne Dougherty (University of Vermont), Sarah Heil (University of Vermont; Vermont Center on Behavior and Health)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Introduction: Nearly 80% of pregnancies among women with opioid use disorder (OUD) are unintended while rates of effective contraceptive use are estimated at <10%. Long-acting reversible contraceptives (LARC), namely intrauterine devices (IUDs) and implants, are the most effective reversible forms of contraception because they are user-independent. Nevertheless, few women in opioid agonist treatment (OAT) for OUD report they are likely to use an IUD or implant (41% and 27%, respectively). The purpose of this study was to evaluate potential barriers to LARC use among women in OAT. Methods: 200 women in OAT for OUD completed a survey that included questions assessing reasons that may have prevented LARC initiation. Results: In the subset of 121 women who have never used an IUD, and 169 women who have never used an implant, 45 (37%) and 45 (27%), respectively, reported that they have thought about using the IUD or implant but decided not to. The most common reasons for deciding against an IUD and an implant were concerns about side effects and preferring a “controllable” method. Conclusion: Results suggest there may be similar barriers associated with IUD and implant use for women in OAT.
 
113. Children's Postinfectious Autoimmune Encephalopathy (PANS/PANDAS/CPAE) and Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Bio-Behavioral Analysis of Challenging Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA CARR (The University of Arizona), Kaitlyn Ahlers (The University of Arizona, College of Medicine; University of Montana), Andrew W. Gardner (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry), Sydney Rice (The University of Arizona, College of Medicine - Pediatrics)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Children's Postinfectious Autoimmune Encephalopathy (CPAE) is a condition where an infection triggers an autoimmune reaction which can affect neurological function, mood, and behavior. It has been suggested that behavioral interventions may decrease the frequency of disruptive, aggressive, or oppositional behaviors in children diagnosed with CPAE disorders, despite the onset of symptoms relating to bio-behavioral influence (Thienemann et al., 2017). The current study was threefold: 1.) The Function of Behavior - Medical Screening Tool (FOB-MED) was utilized in a clinic setting to determine a hypothesized function of a child’s behavior diagnosed with CPAE and Autism Spectrum Disorder. 2.) A brief functional analysis (BFA) of challenging behavior was conducted to confirm the function identified by the FOB-MED, and 3.) function-based treatment was provided in the home setting with care providers. Data demonstrated the frequency of challenging behaviors pre and post interventions. The current study examines the impact of both biological and behavioral interventions for a child dually diagnosed with CPAE and ASD, adding to the limited available research for this population.

 
114. A Summary of Behavioral Function for Children With and Without PANS/PANDAS/CPAE Using the Function of Behavior: Medical Setting Screening Tool
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW W. GARDNER (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry and Pediatrics), Sydney Iverson (The University of Arizona Department of Psychiatry), Kaitlyn Ahlers (The University of Arizona Department of Psychiatry), Rebecca Hartzell (University of Arizona College of Education), Chelsea E. Carr (University of Arizona College of Education)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

The Children's Postinfectious Autoimmune Encephalopathy (CPAE) Center of Excellence at The University of Arizona assesses children for Pediatric Acute-Onset Neuropsychiatric Syndrome (PANS) and Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Syndrome Associated with Streptococcal Infection (PANDAS). Although medical treatments can be crucial in alleviating symptoms, research has suggested that psychological and behavioral interventions are also beneficial both in the acute and chronic stages of illness, due to the bio-behavioral influences that arise (Thienemann et al., 2017). A total of 62 children are summarized, with 48 children (ages 4 to 17) receiving a diagnosis of PANS/PANDAS/CPAE. The Function of Behavior – Medical Screening Tool (FOB-MED), a brief screener for medical settings, was utilized to determine the function of patients’ behaviors for efficiency. Data indicated comparable functions of behavior (i.e. attention, tangible/preferred activities, escape, and automatic) across groups (see table) with some variations. The current data indicates that children with a PANS/PANDAS diagnosis may benefit from comparable, function-based interventions as other children. Treatment acceptability data were also collected via the TARF-R. Thus, the FOB-MED can assist practitioners with screening and identifying functions of challenging behavior, and more effectively provide brief treatment recommendations to families in primary care settings.

 
115. Efficacy of Using the Function of Behavior--Medical Screening Tool to Hypothesize Function of Behavior in Clinical Setting
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW W. GARDNER (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry), Rebecca Hartzell (University of Arizona), Alyssa Mitchell (University of Arizona)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

The Function of Behavior – MEDICAL Screening Tool (FOB-MED) was developed to streamline a functional behavior assessment administered by medical professionals. A functional analysis can take approximately two hours for a professional to conduct (Roane, Ringdahl, & Falcomata, 2015), but the FOB-MED only takes fifteen minutes to complete and can identify hypothesized function of behavior (i.e. escape, automatic, tangible, attention). It is administered by a medical professional (i.e. nurse, nurse practitioner, pediatrician) in interview format and consists of eight questions. In the current study, after the FOB-MED was administered, a functional analysis was conducted to establish comparative validity between the results (FOB-MED results to an in-vivo Functional Analysis of challenging behavior). The results for children in diverse medical settings were compared. These initial results indicate matched functions (validity) between the hypothesized function from the FOB-MED and the confirmed function through an in-vivo functional analysis. As validity data for the FOB-MED tool is established over time, the tool can be used in medical settings by primary care professionals to help focus efforts on function-based intervention.

 
116. Executive Functions and Delay Discounting in Substance-Related Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA MEJÍA CRUZ (Instituto Tecnológico de Sonora), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Several studies have related neuropsychological impairments with behavioral, cognitive, emotional and personality disorders derived from chronic drug-use. Research on executive functions has contributed to the neuropsychological understanding of the frontal lobe. The damage of this area implies problems in the control and regulation of behavior. Therefore, the objective of this study was to compare performance patterns in three cognitive tasks (Shifting, Updating and Inhibition) and six tasks of delay discounting of monetary gains and losses considering three magnitudes (3000, 6000, 9000) for each condition in adolescents and adults with moderate and severe dependence and their contrast with control group. We worked with 20 adolescents and 20 adults (20 drug-users and 20 controls), the control subjects were in school environments, while the clinical sample was in treatment centers for problems of drug use and behavior. A positive correlation was found among delay discounting gains, shifting and updating tasks, whereas inhibition task and delay discounting of losses were correlated. A magnitude effect was found for the delay discounting gains and not for the losses in both groups. Low performance was observed in the shifting, updating tasks, and steeply delay discounting in drug users. These findings suggest that discounting tasks could be associated with the same executive function process as shifting and updating tasks, which converts the discount into an objective indicator that could suggests alterations of the frontal lobe.

 
117. Tinnitus Treatment: A Positive Reinforcement Learning-Based Neuro-Operant Experiment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Amrita Pal (UNT), Joshua Caldwell (University of North Texas), Kamakshi Gopal (University of North Texas), DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Tinnitus affects approximately 1 in 10 Americans. However, traditional treatment approaches have shown limited efficacy. This study combines the concepts of lateral inhibition and positive reinforcement learning in an innovative way to alleviate tinnitus. Lateral inhibition is a phenomenon where neurons activated by their characteristic frequency will not only exhibit enhanced excitatory response to that frequency, but will also have an inhibitory influence on surrounding neurons. Lateral inhibition-based mechanisms have been targeted for modulating tinnitus perception and N1m response to the tinnitus frequency.The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of providing positive reinforcement to tinnitus subjects when they respond to sound stimuli centered 1/8th octave away from their tinnitus frequency. We hypothesize that this training will reinforce neuroplasticity and provide relief from tinnitus. Preliminary behavioral and neural data are presented.

 
118. Using Self-Monitoring and Goal Setting to Reduce Caloric Intake
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University), Eliseo D. Jimenez (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: ccording to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in 2017, obesity affects about 93.3 million adults in the United States alone. Obesity can be caused by environmental factors, disease, drugs, socioeconomic status, genetics, and behavior. The CDC talks about reduction and prevention of obesity needing to be multifaceted. Applying behavioral strategies to this problem could lead to significant impact on an organism's behavior that lead to obesity. The purpose of this case study was to implement a self-monitoring and goal setting intervention paired with a high protein diet in order to reduce daily caloric intake and reduce weight. A changing criterion design was used to demonstrate that the intervention was successful in both lowering caloric intake and reducing weight.
 
119. An Assessment of Three Strategies to Teach College Students to Pour Standard Serving Sizes of Beer, Wine, and Liquor
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MAKENZIE HEATHERLY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage), Bethany Munden (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Students’ stated knowledge of standard serving sizes may not correspond to their actual pours of standard serving sizes. Free pour assessments have been shown to effectively improve student’s ability to pour a standard serving size of beer, but whether these effects can be extended to wine and liquor is unknown. The current study sought to replicate and extend previous work in this area by evaluating three free-pour training methods (i.e., stimulus fading, verbal feedback, and superimposition training) on college students’ skill acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of accurate pours of a standard serving size of beer (12 oz), wine (5 oz), and liquor (1.5 oz). We recruited 12 students who failed to pour within 10% of a standard serving size of beer, wine, and liquor. Four participants were assigned to each of our training methods and were assessed immediately following training, and at a 1-week and 30-day follow-up. Data on self-reported volume poured was also obtained throughout the study. Results suggest that (a) all three training methods produced effective outcomes, (b) self-reported pour volumes different greatly from actual pour volumes, and (c) stimulus fading produced the best results with respect to maintenance and generalization following training.
 
120. Comparing the Efficacy of a Functional Interview to a Structured Descriptive Assessment in Identifying Hypothesized Functions of Problem Behavior for Two Doctoral Trainee’s Caseloads
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
KAITLIN M GOULD (University of Massachusetts Boston), Rachel Bradley (Louisiana State University), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Both direct and indirect assessments are routinely used to identify functions of behavior across a variety of settings. However, comparisons between these two types of assessments yield varying results with regard to identified function. Further research is warranted to determine the efficacy and validity of different methods for identifying behavior functions. This is particularly important in outpatient clinical settings, where time and resources are limited. , In this study outpatient behavior therapists will use a checklist following each appointment to record hypothesized function, source of this hypothesis, change in hypothesis, and treatment recommendations. All patients will be selected for participation. If warranted, statistical analyses will be run, in addition to descriptive statistics. Our research questions are as follows: 1. When comparing results of the functional interview conducted at intakes to analogue assessment findings, how often do the results indicate the same function? 2. When these assessment methods indicate differing functions, which result informs treatment? 3. If the behavior function selected for treatment is changed at a later date, when did that change occur? Initial results indicate that the hypothesized behavior function developed at the functional interview changed following the direct assessment analogue about 40% of the time.
 
 
 
Poster Session #83
VRB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
121. The Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on the Social Interaction of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), BYEOL HAE SHIN (Pusan National University), Sangah Lee (Pusan National University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to analyze the effect of the Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) on the ability related to social interactions. The participants of the study were three 5-year-old males with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) in Busan, South Korea. For this study, a multiple probe design across participants was used to identify a potential functional relationship between independent and dependent variables. As an independent variable, the Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) was implemented in which 100 additional tact Learn Units were presented in addition to the mean number of daily Learn Units received by the participants. The social interaction was measured as a primary dependent variable which consisted of initiative and responsive social behaviors (e.g., joint attention/activity, tacts, mands, etc.). The dependent variable was measured in two non-instructional settings: hallway and play. The result indicated that the dependent variable significantly increased during the post-intervention probes comparing to the pre-intervention probes. These results suggest that the Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) is effective to improve the social interaction of the participants with ASD.

 
122. A Comparative Analysis of Specific Versus Non-Specific Praise on Rate of Acquisition of Tacts
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ginger Harms (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Independent tacting is an essential repertoire of verbal behavior that many students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder are missing. There is ample research on teaching tacts to students with ASD, but far fewer on examining effective tactics for increasing the rate of acquisition of tacts therefore, we conducted an experiment using an A-B-A-B reversal design with counterbalanced conditions to compare the effects of specific versus non-specific praise on the rate of tact acquisition. Specific praise, where the name of the stimulus was repeated, and non-specific praise, general praise, was delivered as a consequence when participants correctly tacted. Researchers also used the specific name of the tact during the correction procedure. The experiment is still underway, but the data indicate there are no differences between the use of specific and non-specific praise on the acquisition of tacts. Participant attendance and setting events were a limitation of this study. Future research should be conducted to determine whether the level of verbal behavior or having BiDirectional Naming influences the rate of acquisition of tacts.

 
123. Effects of Different Vocal Patterns Over Vocalizations Induced by Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing on Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
LUIZ ALEXANDRE BARBOSA DE FREITAS (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso; Universidade Federal do Pará; Florida Institute of Technology), Francois Tonneau (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Stimulus-stimulus pairing is a procedure intended to produce vocalizations in children with language delays, especially those for whom standard echoic training failed. The procedure was effective in some studies, partially effective in others and ineffective in some. Two groups of variables might explain such mixed results, characteristics of participants and procedural variables. This study aimed to investigate the effects of vocal pattern during pairings over frequency of novel vocalizations. Participated 3 girls and 6 boys with autism, 2 to 8 yo. Procedure included a pre-assessment screening for existing vocalizations, a baseline session and 10 treatment sessions. In baseline session, 2 vocal sounds were presented in a 1-minute VI schedule without pairing, 5 times each. In treatment, the same sounds were paired with preferred items or social stimulation. Procedure was ineffective for 5 participants (AG, DV, LA, MA, RA) and partially effective for 4 (DA, JV, LN and LP). For those whom the procedure was partially effective, differential results on the vocal pattern during pairings were not consistent. Previous studies used motherese pattern relying on the premise this pattern would have conditioned value due to pairings in early childhood. These results does not support this assumption for children with autism.

 
124. Evaluating the Effects of Varied Numbers of Presentations of Vocalizations During Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA MORTON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Weber (CABAS)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Previous research has proven that stimulus-stimulus pairing is an effective form of intervention for increasing vocalizations. However, few research studies replicate variables used during stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) in order to create a systematic and technological method of implementation for SSP. This research study evaluated the effects of varying the number of presentations of target sounds presented during stimulus-stimulus pairing to bring echoics under echoic control, replicating similar variables of Miliotis et al. (2014). Two conditions, three presentations of a target sound and one presentation of a target sound, were compared using multiple baseline across two participants. The results of the study concluded that 1 presentation sound produced higher rates of producing echoics brought under echoic control.

 
125. Functional Analysis and Response Contingent Pairing of Early Vocal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ASTRID LA CRUZ MONTILLA (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilimington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Behavior analysts may frequently be tasked with addressing profound language delays in clinical populations. Recent applications of functional analysis methodology to verbal behavior have been informative, yet applications to early vocal repertoires (e.g., babbling) have not been described. A recent review described six behavior-analytic articles which conducted functional analyses of verbal behavior. The authors of this review urged researchers to continue to pursue the identification of maintaining contingencies of verbal behavior, particularly noting the need for additional methodologies. The purpose of this study was to extend the application of functional analysis for use in identifying the conditions under which early vocalizations occurred for a two-year old boy with cerebral palsy. Five conditions were assessed in alternating treatments and pairwise designs. Results of the functional analysis indicated that vocalizations were maintained by access to physical and vocal attention. We then compared two methods of response contingent pairing on the rate of vocalizations. Vocalizations occurred more frequently when the reinforcer was delivered contingent upon a vocalization, relative to the delivery of the reinforcer on an arbitrary response (i.e., touching a toy). Considerations for functional analyses and interventions targeting early vocal repertoires are discussed.
 
126. Repeated Probe Procedure on Enhancing Speech Intelligibility in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), YANRU CHEN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Garcia (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: We tested the effectiveness of a repeated probe procedure on the clarity of preschool students’ articulation using a combined multiple probe and simultaneous treatment design. Seven preschoolers who were diagnosed with ASD aged from 3 to 5 participated in the study. We measured the number of syllables the student could echo precisely with point-to point-correspondence from a list of 100 English words. During the repeated probe intervention procedure, there was no contingent reinforcement for the correct echoics nor were there corrections for the incorrect echoics. Results showed that five out of seven participants’ articulation demonstrated moderate to significant improvement following the intervention while the other two did not. Our finding was in line with what was reported in previous research (Lo, 2016; Kleinert, 2018). Results showed that a repeated probe procedure could effectively establish the conditioned reinforcement for observing responses (i.e., auditory stimuli). In addition, our study provided empirical evidence that the correspondence between hear and say is the foundation for joining the child’s observing and production responses.
 
127. Evaluating the Efficacy of Procedures for Improving Mand Articulation
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
XI'AN MAYA WILLIAMS (Marquette University), Samantha Klasek (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

A mand is a key component of verbal behavior training for individuals with language deficits. Mand training provides these individuals with an opportunity to access a variety of reinforcers when a relevant establishing operation (EO) is in place. However, poor articulation of these mands may hinder the individual’s ability to access these reinforcers. Despite the importance of clear articulation when emitting mands, there is limited research evaluating the efficacy of various procedures for teaching this skill. The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate nondifferential reinforcement (NDR), shaping, and echoics as procedures for improving articulation of mands. Current results show the mixed echoic mand training condition was the most efficient. This procedure was then added to both other conditions, formerly depicted as shaping, and NDR. Results are currently ongoing for these conditions; however, there has been greater acquisition for the target mand in both conditions. Potential training difficulties (i.e., co-articulation skill deficits) and other implications will be discussed, and future research ideas will be provided.

 
128. Emergence of Generalized Sound Blending Repertoires of Different Languages in School Age Children as a Function of Direct Blending Training
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
XUETING QI (Beijing Guangming Primary School), Yu Cao (Gotham Children), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mengjia Zhu (Smart ABA), Wensheng Liao (Beijing Guangming Primary School)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: We tested the effects of a direct CVC structure English words sound blending training procedure on three school-age children’s Chinese phonetic alphabet sound blending responses. The participants were from Chinese public primary school who had difficulty in both English words and Chinese phonetic alphabet blending,two of them were first graders,one of them was second grader. We used a delayed multiple probe design with a time-lagged baseline across participants to test the emergence of generalized sound blending repertoires as a function of direct blending training through learn unit. Our data showed that after direct CVC structure English words blending training through learn unit, the accuracy of untaught Chinese phonetic alphabet blending response increased for all participants. The results suggested that generalized sound blending repertoires of different language emerged as a function of the training procedure.
 
129. The Gray Elephant in the Room: An Aided Modeling Review Comparing Gray and Published Literature
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KATE TYGIELSKI CHAZIN (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Kari Gagnon (Vanderbilt University), Virginia Turner (Vanderbilt University), Anne Lord (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) offers individuals with complex communication needs (CCN) a means of connecting and communicating with others in their verbal communities. Aided AAC modeling is the act of concurrently modeling target vocabulary vocally and on an AAC device, and it is one strategy for teaching individuals how to communicate using an AAC device. The purpose of this literature review is to evaluate the effect of aided AAC modeling on communication for individuals with language deficits. Of 3,021 studies found in database, forward, and backward searches, 27 met inclusion criteria and were assessed for this review. We are currently in the process of visually analyzing outcomes and assessing quality indicators. We predict that visual analysis outcomes and quality indicators will be heterogeneous, and that there will be differences between the results of gray and published literature. We also hypothesize that key participant characteristics (e.g., generalized imitation repertoire, ability to match-to-sample) will predict efficacy of aided modeling interventions. This literature review may help us better understand for whom and in what context aided AAC modeling is effective, as well as the impact of publication bias on the evaluation of intervention efficacy.
 
131. An Assessment of Observational Learning Procedures on Rate of Learning
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DARIA KACZOROWSKA (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ginger Harms (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Many studies have demonstrated that young children possess a cusp, known as observational learning, with which they can learn through observing consequences delivered to others. Children with developmental delays often fail to develop this cusp and require intervention. The purpose of this study is to compare the effects of researcher-delivered generalized social reinforcement versus stimuli-specific reinforcement for a peer confederate’s correct responses to tact stimuli during observational learning probe sessions. Participants were two preschoolers with developmental delays. The dependent variable was the number of observational learning presentations to criterion for the target participant. The researchers used an ABAB design with counter-balanced stimuli. The independent variables were stimuli-specific praise or generalized social reinforcement for the peer confederate’s correct responses. The researchers consequated incorrect responses with a correction procedure in each phase. The results show that both participants required fewer presentations to criterion in the stimuli-specific social reinforcement phases than in the generalized social reinforcement phases. These findings highlight differences between learning through antecedent conditions (e.g. Naming) versus learning as a result of consequences (learning through observing the consequences to others). The researchers discuss implications for observational learning procedures as well as tact instruction.
 
 
 
Poster Session #84
DDA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
132. Providing Alternative, Functional Reinforcers During Delays Following Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEAGAN E SUMTER (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Caitlin Fulton (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Following a functional analysis, Functional Communication Training (FCT) involves arranging extinction for problem behavior and reinforcement for a more desirable functional communicative response (FCR). Although effective under ideal arrangements, the introduction of delays following the FCR can result in increased problem behavior. For individuals whose problem behavior is sensitive to multiple sources of reinforcement, providing access to alternative reinforcers during delays may mitigate this increase in problem behavior. We evaluated the effects of providing alternative positive reinforcers during delays periods with an 8-year-old girl displaying multiply controlled problem behavior (i.e., sensitive to attention and access to tangibles). Providing alternative reinforcers (i.e., noncontingent attention during delays to tangibles and noncontingent tangibles during delays to attention) immediately reduced problem behavior to near-zero levels during delays; delay fading was not necessary to sustain reductions in problem behavior. These results extend prior research on developing delay tolerance.

 
133. An Overview of Using Functional Communication Training in the Treatment of an Individual With Hemispherectomy to Reduce Aggression
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALI A MAHAMAT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Virtus Academy)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Previous studies reported on the effectiveness of using Functional Communication Training (FCT) with individuals with autism and other developmental delays Rosenberg, OShea, & OShea, (2002). In the current study, the use of FCT with an individual with Hemispherectomy—brain procedure that involves removing half of the brain-to reduce instances of aggression. ) Peacock, Wehby-Grant, Shields, Shewmon, Chugani, Sankar, & Vinters (1996).The FCT intervention used in this study, was based on a procedure described by Hanley, Jin, Vaneselow, & Hanraty (2013) with a revision. Specifically, instead of the learner saying “my way”, the leaner was taught to show“cool hands”. This intervention was carried out in a clinic-based setting as part of the weekly applied behavior analysis therapy sessions. Overall, the data showed a decrease in the occurrence of instances of aggression. This study helps expand the application of FCT to children that underwent a Hemispherectomy who engage in severe instances of aggression. Keywords: Hemispherectomy, Functional Communication Training, applied behavior analysis

 
134. The Effects of Reinforcement Magnitude on Resistance to Extinction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KAY HARTMAN (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

It is important to establish methods that promote the persistence of a functional communication response (FCR) under adverse conditions (e.g., extinction) to prevent the loss of an FCR. An individual with developmental disabilities was taught an FCR based on the results of a functional analysis. Then, the individual was given access to high magnitudes (120 s) and low magnitudes (20 s) of the reinforcer (access to preferred items) to determine if magnitude would have an effect on the mand’s resistance to extinction. Reinforcement conditions were followed by extinction in a reversal design. Resistance to extinction was assessed in three different ways: change in rate, change in rate expressed as a proportion of the average rate from the preceding reinforcement condition, and cumulative frequency of responses across sessions. Interobserver agreement was collected by a second observer for 41% of sessions from the functional analysis, 40% of sessions from functional communication training, and 33% of magnitude and extinction sessions. Results showed that there was no significant difference in the persistence of the FCR during extinction following differing magnitudes. These findings contrast with the findings in basic literature that suggest greater reinforcement magnitudes promote greater persistence during extinction.

 
135. Rapid Treatment of Severe Destructive Behavior Within a Classroom Using Functional Communication Training With Chained Schedules
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA MAE MORRIS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jordan David Lill (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark D. Shriver (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessica Cox (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alyson Forbes (University of Nebraska Omaha)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is the most commonly prescribed treatment for socially reinforced destructive behavior (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008) and involves teaching a functional communication response (FCR; e.g., “Break, please”) in order to access the reinforcer maintaining destructive behavior (e.g., escape from academic demands) while programming extinction for destructive behavior. Although FCT is highly effective, frequent reinforcement can be impractical for caregivers and, in the case of escape functions, could deter academic progress with excessive breaks from work. Recently, researchers have used multiple or chained schedules during FCT to rapidly reduce FCRs and destructive behavior (Greer et al., 2016) and mitigate treatment relapse (Fuhrman et al., 2016; Fisher et al., 2015). However, the aforementioned FCT treatments occurred in tightly controlled clinical settings for up to six hours per day. In the current study, a behavior analyst consulted two hours per day using chained FCT to rapidly reduce severe destructive behavior and FCRs with two students with intellectual disabilities in a special-education classroom. These findings suggest that behavioral consultants can use FCT with discriminative stimuli to efficiently and effectively treat destructive behavior even within a less-controlled classroom setting and at a relatively low treatment dose.

 
136. Prevalence of Renewal of Problem Behavior During Context Changes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RODRICK LEARY (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Scott Gillespie (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Renewal is defined as an increase in a behavior that has been reduced or extinguished as a result of a shift in environmental or social conditions. Understanding the rates at which renewal occurs provides clinicians, especially those focused on reducing rates of problem behavior, with the opportunity to provide a better quality of treatment by allowing them to address renewal effects in a proactive manner. In the current study, we used a consecutive case series analysis to investigate the probability and size of renewal effects. Of 220 context changes analyzed for this study, renewal occurred in 92 instances (41.8 %). We further analyzed if there were differences in renewal based on the function of the problem behavior (i.e., socially versus automatically maintained) and based on the type of change (i.e., environment versus person change). We used an inverse hyperbolic sine transformation to analyze these data. No significant differences were observed at individual time points (i.e. sessions) based on type of change or function of the problem behavior.

 
137. Translational Evaluation of History Effects on Resurgence
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE TALHELM (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract: Resurgence is the reappearance of an extinguished operant response when an alternative behavior is subsequently treated with extinction (Podlesnik & Shahan, 2009). Relapse of problem behavior may occur due to treatment implementation errors (Sweeney & Shahan, 2015). Problem behavior may reemerge due to its well established or unknown reinforcement history when an appropriate response is met with extinction contingencies. A potential solution to this problem is training serial alternative responses. The current study trained undergraduate students an arbitrary response analogue to problem behavior and two alternative responses. Each response was reinforced for a specific amount of time to establish different reinforcement histories and then tested for resurgence. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the duration of exposure to reinforcement contingencies on resurgence.
 
138. Effects of Functional Communication Training on Functional Requests for a Girl With Rett Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY KATRINA UNHOLZ (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to test the effects of functional communication training (FCT) on the occurrence of crying and the acquisition of functional requests with a 3-year-old girl with Rett syndrome (RTT). A multiple probe design across three functional communication responses (FCRs) was used with a reversal embedded in the first leg. All sessions were conducted by the parent with coaching from a behavior analyst. Therapists provided coaching from a remote location via telecommunication for the parent to teach her daughter to use an augmentative alternative communication (AAC) device in the form of a microswitch to make each request. Different colored microswitches with a picture icon affixed with Velcro to each switch were used to signal the reinforcer for each of the three requests: ‘TV’, ‘Drink’ and ‘No thank you.’ Elevated levels of crying were observed with little or no switch pressing during baseline sessions. Preliminary intervention results demonstrate decreased crying and increased switch pressing when switch pressing is reinforced. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.

 
139. The Effects of Extinction on Resurgence: A Retrospective Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SARA ELIZABETH WISE (University of Iowa), Eddie Lee Scott (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Pei Huang (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians often use functional communication training (FCT) in conjunction with extinction to increase desired response while decreasing problem behaviors. The current study retrospectively evaluated data for seven participants who were exposed to a functional analysis of problem behavior, FCT, and extinction as part of a larger project analyzing factors influencing the persistence of mands following FCT (Ringdahl, Wacker, and Berg, 2012-2018). Recent research suggested that exposures to extinction during FCT impacted later resurgence of problem behavior for participants whose behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement (Schieltz et al., 2017). The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend Schieltz et al. (2017), by comparing the number of problem behavior-extinction pairings during FCT on the resurgence of problem behavior for participants whose problem behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement. The data revealed an inverse relation between the number of response-extinction exposures during FCT and the magnitude of resurgence during a subsequent extinction phase, similar to the results reported by Schieltz et al. (2017). The researchers collected interobserver agreement (IOA) data for reinforcement onset, offset and the occurrence of problem behavior during FCT for 20% of FCT sessions for all participants with a mean of 100% agreement for each participant.

 
140. Using Telehealth to Train Teachers on Communication Interventions that Incorporate the Use of Speech-Generating Devices in a Functional Skills Classroom
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), ALLEGRA RODRIGUEZ-TREVINO (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract: Communication skills are often a major component of educational programs for children with developmental disabilities. Research has shown effective procedures for training teachers using the Behavioral Skills Training model to for communication interventions. However, research has yet to extend to children with developmental disabilities who are learning to communicating via augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems. Telehealth video platforms have been used to allow greater access to medical and therapeutic services. Although the use of Telehealth has been extended as an avenue for parents to access behavioral services for their child, less of the literature has evaluated the use of Telehealth for teacher behavioral consultation. Thus, the current research aimed to evaluate the use of teacher training and Telehealth BST coaching to promote greater communication opportunities within the functional skills classroom for students with developmental disabilities. Both teacher fidelity of the communication interventions and independent student mands were measured for 4 teacher/student dyads. Lastly, data on social validity for the use of Telehealth in the classroom was also collected. Each dyad showed increases in the targeted behaviors, suggesting that the use of a Telehealth and BST may be a viable option for teacher and staff consultation.
 
141. Results from a Pica Treatment Evaluation: Combining Functional Communication Training, Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior, andRedirection
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA THEODORE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anlara McKenzie (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danae Dowd (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Pica, or the ingestion of non-edible objects, is a dangerous behavior exhibited by some children with intellectual disabilities. The purpose of this study was to systematically examine a treatment for a 16-year-old male hospitalized on an inpatient unit for severe problem behavior with pica that was demonstrated during a functional analysis to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. The initial treatment of blocking and redirecting to preferred toys reduced pica attempts; however, continuous non-contingent access to toys is not feasible long-term. Therefore, a signal (a placemat) was introduced to establish stimulus control over eating (only items on the placement were permitted to be consumed; consumption of all other items was blocked). The participant was then taught an incompatible response, disposing of pica items, which resulted in access to one piece of a preferred edible. Finally, to reduce elopement to access pica items, a functional communication response, exchanging a card, resulted in access to picking up pica items; any attempts to pick up pica items in the absence of communication were blocked. Results indicate that the treatment reduced pica and related problem behavior (e.g., elopement).

 
143. An Evaluation of Reinforcement Rate in Treatment and Resurgence of Destructive Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NATASHA CHAMBERLAIN (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Resurgence is a phenomenon that can occur following functional communication training (FCT). If the functional communication response (FCR) contacts extinction, destructive behavior may reemerge. Fisher, Greer, Fuhrman, Saini, and Simmons (2018) employed behavioral momentum theory to identify refinements to FCT that mitigate resurgence. Fisher et al. (2018) demonstrated the combination of three refinements to be effective at reducing the resurgence of destructive behavior relative to a condition in which they conducted FCT in a more typical manner. Because Fisher et al. (2018) combined the three refinements in one evaluation, the relative effectiveness of each is unclear. In the current study, we examined the effectiveness of one of those refinements employed by Fisher et al. (i.e., a lean rate of reinforcement during treatment) in reducing the resurgence of destructive behavior. Two male children and one female child referred for destructive behavior participated. We compared a condition in which we employed a dense schedule of reinforcement for the FCR during treatment to one in which we employed a lean schedule of reinforcement for the FCR during treatment. We did not observe significant differences between the two conditions across participants. We discuss the implications and limitations of the findings.
 
144. Using Conditional Probability Data to Inform the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: While the Functional Analyses are viewed as the golden standard of assessment in behavior analysis, descriptive analyses still have utility in informing functional analysis procedures and treatment. This study examines the use of conditional probability within an ABC analysis to inform the functional analysis of aggressive behaviors displayed by a 9-year-old boy. Through ABC analysis, removal of a tangible was identified as a possible maintaining variable. Additionally, when tangibles were removed as a setting event, the conditional probability data also showed that other specific antecedents were more or less likely to produce problem behavior. For instance, the addition of the presentation of a demand during this setting event showed a lesser probability of target behavior occurring. These hypotheses were tested using a standard functional analysis and pairwise comparisons. The FA first confirmed that removal of tangibles was the function of the behavior. Then, repeated reversals between tangible removal and tangible removal plus demand presented were then tested. The results of the pairwise analysis confirmed that removal of a tangible would evoke target behavior, and that the presentation of demands during this setting event would abate target behaviors.
 
145. Evaluating the Stability of Behavior Function: A Retrospective Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON COX (Brock University)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual disabilities are characterized by significant impairments in cognitive functioning, and often engage in problem behaviors including: self-injury, bizarre vocalizations, aggression and property destruction. Problem behaviors typically persist for extended periods if left untreated, and even with effective intervention, treatment effects may not be maintained. In general, treatment effect maintenance as an objective is secondary to immediate intervention effects and often probes are administered no more than six-month post treatment. When maintenance does fail, few endeavor to explain why; leaving treatment maintenance failures a relatively understudied area in applied research. The current study uses data sets from seven cases collected during a previous study to examine the social and environmental variables maintaining problem behavior across extended periods, up to nine-months. Preliminary results suggest function stability may be observed across three, six and nine-month intervals. Clinical implications and future research direction are discussed in relation to participant outcomes.

 
146. Brief Experimental Analysis to Inform Vocational Systems Level Change for High Schoolers With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
LOUIS R LEIBOWITZ (Ivymount School & Programs), Iris Archundia (Ivymount School & Programs), Lauren J Lestremau (Ivymount School & Programs)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Many individuals with disabilities require explicit vocational training to meaningfully access employment. Often, the pervasiveness of disability and associated deficits necessitates short- or long-term job coaching, and accepting of such support is a critical pre-requisite for future employment. However, the most effective interventions may also be intrusive, which can be stigmatizing and aversive to clients. Although numerous evidence-based interventions exist for skill acquisition, practitioners often rely solely on clinical expertise to inform treatment selection, leading to interventions that are overly intrusive, ineffective, inefficient, or which evoke problem behavior. The use of brief experimental analysis (BEA) may help incorporate data-based decision making into treatment selection, while minimizing assessment time. This study uses BEA to identify the least intrusive, most effective intervention package required for rapid acquisition of vocational tasks for four high school students with developmental and intellectual disabilities. Rates of problem behavior were evaluated to determine social validity. Results indicated that all participants performed vocational tasks to criterion or near-criterion levels with a less intrusive package than current program procedures, and a systems level change was implemented for the subsequent school year. Comparison of aggregated student skill acquisition data across school years will also be presented to evaluate long-term outcomes.

 
147. The Effects of Enriched Activities on the Latency of Challenging Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
IRENE TSEVDOS (Services for the Underserved), James G. O'Brien (Service for the Underserved)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: This single case study reports the effects of enriched activities on delaying on the onset of challenging behavior for an adult male with Intellectual Developmental Disabilities (IDD) and comorbid diagnosis who resides in an individualized residential alternative (IRA). Using an alternating treatment design the latency to onset of challenging behavior was measured between enriched versus non enriched environments. Enriched environments included both client preferred activities determined from a preference assessment and predetermined activities by researcher. Non-intervention days consisted of the individual remaining within his residence with limited access to preferred activities. The result indicated a positive correlation between latency and enriched activities allowing for individual to have more opportunities for independence and community exposure. Discussion points will include variability and the effects on latency.
 
148. A Systematic Removal of Restrictive Procedures
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY WEBSTER (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities, including autism, may engage in severe problem behaviors that require behavior intervention plans. In addition to proactive and reactive interventions, behavior plans may include restrictive strategies. These may restrict movement, access to items, and/or activities. Though research supports the use of restrictive procedures in necessary situations, there is limited guidance for systematic removal of restrictive procedures. Without a system, these strategies may remain in place when less restrictive strategies are more appropriate. This poster will describe an example of a restriction removal process for ensuring that when no longer necessary, restrictions are faded.
 
149. Effects of Choice of Task Order on Compliance and Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BREANNA CHRISTINE BURNS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Shelby Potter (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Choice of task order has become an important element for decreasing problem behavior in individuals who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior (Kern, Mantegna, Vorndran, Bailin, & Hilt, 2001; Romaniuk et al., 2002; Seybert, Dunlap, & Ferro, 1996; Smeltzer, Graff, Ahearn, & Libby, 2009); however, little research has been conducted on using choice of task sequence as a method of increasing compliance in individuals with various functions of problem behavior. The current study extended previous research conducted by Smeltzer, Graff, Ahearn, and Libby (2009) in which choice of low-preferred tasks was shown to increase compliance and decrease problem behavior. A multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded multielement phase was used to assess the effects of choice of order of low-preferred tasks on compliance, task duration, and problem behavior with three individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. A demand assessment was used to determine low-preferred tasks to be used in choice, yoked no-choice, and experimenter’s choice conditions. Results for participant two indicated choice was not effective in decreasing problem behavior and increasing compliance.
 
150. Examining the Effects of Response Blocking on “Arbitrary” Responses and Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
MORGAN MARIE HALLGREN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anlara McKenzie (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Blocking may be used to help prevent injury to an individual who engages in intense self-injurious behavior (SIB); however, in some cases, response blocking may function as positive reinforcement for problem behavior. Because blocking all SIB may be required to maintain the individual’s safety, it may be difficult assess the effects of blocking on problem behavior by manipulating this contingency. To determine whether blocking functions as a reinforcer, “arbitrary,” free operant behaviors may be blocked, and the rate of behavior before and during contingent blocking can be examined. If contingent blocking produces an increase in behavior, a reinforcement effect is demonstrated, suggesting that blocking could increase SIB. However, if arbitrary behaviors do not increase during blocking, this may represent a false negative outcome. The purpose of this analysis was to compare the effects of blocking on arbitrary responses and SIB hypothesized to be maintained by access to response blocking with an individual admitted for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious behavior. Arbitrary behaviors did not increase when blocked suggesting that blocking did not function as reinforcement; however, a subsequent assessment examining the effects of blocking on SIB suggested the presence of a functional relationship.

 
151. Individualized Assessment Approaches for Automatic Self-Injurious Behavior With Self-Restraint
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTY DEPALMA (University of Iowa), Lexy Walgren (University of Iowa), Kellen Hughes (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is a common challenging behavior exhibited by children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental delays. This SIB is maintained by automatic reinforcement in approximately 20% to 25% of cases (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). An even smaller percentage of these cases include behaviors defined as self-restraint, defined as topographically incompatible behaviors that decrease the occurrence of SIB. Self-restraint behavior is poorly understood and rarely studied in the literature. In cases of self-restraint, SIB can be difficult to assess using traditional functional analysis (FA) methods as SIB may occur in conditions where self-restraint items are restricted or SIB may not occur at all if self-restraint is not blocked. Results from these analyses may lead to false positives or negatives that could lead to ineffective or inappropriate treatments. This poster presents three case studies of individuals with developmental disabilities and self-restraint behavior. Assessments conducted within an intensive outpatient clinic utilized different individualized assessment techniques in each case to clarify FA results. Results of these assessments and implications on treatment and future research will be discussed.

 
152. Comparing Results from Anecdotal Assessments Given to Caregivers and an Individual With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAELA SMITH (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Kathleen Ann Bayliss (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Anecdotal assessments are used to help determine the function of behavior and are typically administered to caregivers, rather than directly with an individual for whom an intervention is being designed. However, individuals with advanced verbal skills could also provide information on the potential function(s) of their own behavior. Two common anecdotal assessments, the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) and the Questions about Behavioral Function (QABF), were administered to an individual, and his caregivers, living at a state center for individuals with developmental disabilities. Although this individual had advanced verbal and independent living skills, he emitted several behaviors that impeded his ability to remain in the community. After we administered separate MAS and QABF to his caregivers for aggression, property destruction, and verbal disruption, we administered the same assessments to the individual. We then compared outcomes, to determine if the individual could accurately pinpoint the potential function(s) of his behavior. Preliminary results indicate some correspondence between the individual’s and his caregivers’ anecdotal outcomes, at the level of class of reinforcer. If the individual’s anecdotal outcomes match those of their caregivers, this could foster a collaborative environment in which an individual provides valuable input in designing their intervention.

 
153. Functional Analysis and Behavioral Contrast: Problem Behavior Outside of Session
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional Behavior Assessment consists of indirect assessment, descriptive assessment, and functional analysis. Conducting a functional analysis (FA) is the most empirically supported method of determining problem behavior, yet clinicians report various barriers to conducting FAs. A common concern associated with conducting FAs is that by reinforcing problem behavior during assessment, problem behavior may increase outside of the assessment context (Hanley, 2012). However, little research has validated this concern. In fact, behavioral contrast research suggests the opposite may be more likely. Behavioral contrast can best be described as a change in behavior in one context as a result of the rate of reinforcement of the behavior in another context (Reynolds, 1961). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate problem behavior outside of the FA context. Response-stimulus sequences were observed through descriptive analysis observations across days as well as immediately preceding and following-FA sessions to examine temporal relations and the extent to which caregivers may influence behavior prior-to and post-FA.

 
154. Examining Unclear Functional Analysis Results: Assessment of Problem Behavior Occasioned by Interruption of Free Operant Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHELBY POTTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Anlara McKenzie (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Determining the function of problem behavior is a pivotal first step in the development of a behavior change program. Although many studies have demonstrated that procedures based closely on those described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) are effective at identifying the function of problem behavior, in some cases, an initial functional analysis (FA) is inconclusive, and procedural modifications are required to determine function. In this study, an initial FA based on the Iwata et al. procedures produced undifferentiated results, and a modified FA indicated that the interruption of free operant behavior evoked problem behavior and that problem behavior was maintained by termination of these interruptions (Hagopian, Bruzeck, Bowman, and Jannett, 2007). Following the assessments, an intervention was implemented that reduced problem behavior by 95.13% relative to baseline levels.
 
155. Relation Between Selection Latency and Preference
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN HECKERT (University of Manitoba), C.T. Yu (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Preference assessments for individual with a developmental disability have typically been determined through selection-based or engagement-based procedures. However, response latency may also be a predictor of preference, with more preferred items being selected with a shorter latency during a preference assessment (e.g., Derby et al., 1995). Research on latency as a measure of preference is limited; therefore, the purpose of this report is to expand on this finding. The present study looked at the correlations between preference, reinforcing value, and the latency of item selection during a preference assessment. The reinforcing value for each item was determined using an ABAB design, preference for each item was determined using a paired-stimulus assessment procedure, and latency was determined from video recorded sessions. The sample included three participants diagnosed with a developmental disability, with four items being assessed for each participant. Although there was a strong relation between preference and reinforcing value (r = .76), the relationship between reinforcing value and selection latency was weak (r = -.24), and there was no association between preference and selection latency (r = -.07). As these results are based on limited data, further research is required.
 
156. A Comparison of Perception on Function of Problem Behaviors Across Three Groups of Caregivers
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DONGJOO CHIN (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA), Hyeonsuk Jang (Korea Institute for ABA)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Previous studies show mixed results on discrepancies across the informants on the identification of the function of behaviors. The purpose of this study is to compare the functions of behaviors identified by three different groups of caregivers (teachers, staff/therapists, parents). Teachers (N = 309), staff/therapists (N = 65), and parents (N = 107) completed the Functional Assessment for the Challenging/Problem Behaviors (FAPB) questionnaires via online survey or offline written test to assess the function of behaviors in people with developmental disabilities, whose age ranges from 2 to 49. Results from the Chi-Square Test that the proportions of the six functions of problematic behaviors were significantly different across 3 groups. The proportion of tangible function was higher in the staff/therapist group than other groups, while the percentage of attention was higher in the parent group compared to others. However, in the teacher group, the difference was minimal in teacher group compared to other two groups. Further implications and limitations of this study were discussed.

 
157. An Evaluation of a Response Allocation Assessment as an Alternative to Current Functional Analysis Methodologies
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Cigna Behavioral Health), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The “standard” functional analysis (SFA) is an empirical demonstration of a cause-effect relationship between a target behavior and environmental variables. During the past 20 years, criticisms have arisen of the SFA including (a) the experience required to successfully design and implement the analysis, (b) resources required, (c) extended duration of analysis, (d) evoking potentially dangerous behavior, (e) required control over environmental conditions, and (f) potential findings of ambiguous results. Though multiple research studies and reviews have aimed to address these concerns through a variety of modifications, the current research study aimed to replicate and extend previous research by proposing a new alternative to functional analysis methodologies, the response allocation assessment (RAA). The RAA measures the participant’s allocation of the targeted challenging behavior or functional replacement behavior in a concurrent operant arrangement with a latency measure. This methodology enables the clinician to identify the function of challenging behavior while also assessing the participant’s ability to engage in the targeted replacement behavior. The current study compared the efficiency and effectiveness of the RAA in comparison to the SFA. Discuss of the results and the social validity of the RAA will be included.
 
158. Extending Functional Analysis and Competing Stimulus Assessment Methodologies to Tracheostomy Tube Manipulation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Auburn University/Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David Pierce (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) are widely used in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman 2013). However, with limited exceptions, the procedures are rarely applied to dangerous behaviors associated with medical equipment (e.g., Kurtz & Chin, 2004). The purpose of the current study was to extend the literature on the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior to tracheostomy tube manipulation. The participant was a 5-year-old boy diagnosed with profound intellectual disability, Moebius Syndrome and Pierre Robin sequence. He was referred to a hospital-based outpatient clinic for assessment and treatment of self-injury in the form of tracheostomy tube pulling. The client had constant supervision by trained medical staff at all times. FA results indicated that tracheotomy tube manipulation was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A modified version of the competing stimulus assessment for automatically maintained problem behavior (Haogpian et al., in press) was conducted, and results informed treatment which consisted of access to competing stimuli, prompted item engagement, and response blocking (via tracheostomy cover). Zero instances of tracheostomy touching, as well as increases in visual and tactile toy engagement were observed. Reliability data were collected 29.5% of sessions averaged 89.5% across dependent measures.
 
159. Progressing from Inconclusive Functional Analysis Results to the Development of a Novel, Idiosyncratic Function
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Catherine Maruska (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ALEXA CECELIA MORLEY KALMBACH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joelle Krantz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analyses (FAs) are widely accepted as best practice for ascertaining behavior functions and designing effective behavioral interventions (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013), but many times individual modifications to procedures are necessary to obtain conclusive results (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, and DeLeon, 2013). The purpose of the current study was to assess and intervene on problem behavior displayed by a 15-year-old female, whose functional analysis results were inconclusive, even after common procedural modifications results were utilized (Hagopian et al., 2013). After completing observations and descriptive assessments, a pairwise design was used to determine if consistent exposure to reiterative statements and topics from a therapist increased the establishing operation for problem behavior in the participant. During the test condition, the therapist engaged in conversation with Tessa. Every minute the therapist either (1) consistently discussed a specific topic (preferred or neutral), (2) repeated a question, or (3) asked Tessa to clarify a vocal response. Results of this assessment suggested Tessa engaged in problem behavior maintained by escape from reiterative statements and topics. During treatment, functional communication was evaluated (“let’s chat about something else”), and a significant reduction in problem behavior was observed. This reduction in problem behavior was maintained throughout schedule thinning and generalization.
 
160. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Caregiver Return in Children With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRETT JONES (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The efficacy of functional analysis (FA) methodology to identify functions of problem behavior for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities is well-established. However, in some cases, typical antecedents and consequences need to be modified to account for idiosyncratic variables. For example, Kurtz et al. (2003) reported on three cases where a modified attention condition called the ‘caregiver-return’ condition was included in the FA. In this condition, the caregiver provided pre-session attention to the child. At the start of the session the caregiver left the session room; contingent upon problem behavior, the caregiver returned to deliver verbal and/or physical attention to the child. In the present study, a consecutive controlled case series design was employed to examine FAs where a caregiver return function was identified and treatment was prescribed based on these findings (n = 6). Function-based interventions resulted in a mean 81.3% reduction in problem behavior across the seven participants. For five participants, treatment consisted of functional communication plus extinction (see Figure 1). The contribution of indirect assessment in identifying idiosyncratic variables that will impact functional analysis methodology will be highlighted.

 
161. Direct Behavioral Assessments to Evaluate Medication Effects: A Pilot Reliability Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Sunya Fareed (Vanderbilt University), Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University), Emily Weaver (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: As the prevalence of psychotropic medication use among children with intellectual/developmental disabilities and challenging behavior increases, so does the need to develop reliable measures of medication effects. Behavior analysts use direct measures of behavior to make decisions about whether to continue, modify, or discontinue interventions. In contrast, prescribing physicians commonly rely on parent or caregiver reports to inform medication effectiveness. Direct assessments of behavior under controlled environmental conditions may offer more sensitive and objective measures of therapeutic effects, with potential to inform behavioral mechanisms of drug action. We piloted two direct assessments (i.e., demand latency and progressive ratio) with a sample of 15 children with intellectual/developmental disabilities who were prescribed one or more psychotropic medications to address a behavioral concern. We repeated each assessment three times within a 90-min clinic visit. To evaluate the reliability of the behavioral outcome measures (i.e., latency to challenging behavior, break point), we conducted generalizability studies using the repeated measures data. Results of our initial analysis suggest aggregating data across multiple assessment sessions will be necessary to achieve reliable estimates of behavior, even under structured conditions. We discuss implications for refining these assessments for future research to explore behavioral mechanisms of medication effects.
 
 
 
Poster Session #85
AUT Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
164. Assessment of Parental Acceptability and Preference for Behavioral Interventions for Childhood Problem Behavior in Saudi Arabia
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
AHMAD KHAMIS EID (Center For Autism Research; University of Nevada , Reno), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), AlAnoud Al Saud (Center for Autism Research), Ohud Alhaqbani (Center For Autism research), Aman Jobeir (Center For Autism Research)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

Wolf (1978) suggested that behavioral interventions should not only be evaluated on the basis of the behavior change associated with them, but also on the extent to which the consumers find the interventions to be acceptable. The treatment acceptability model (Kazdin, 1982) was developed to assess the acceptability of various behavioral interventions and has been explored in the research literature in various ways. The present study assessed the extent to which parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, residing in Saudi Arabia, found various behavioral interventions to be acceptable and preferred. Consistent with other studies, parents found interventions using positive reinforcement to be the most acceptable. Positive reinforcement was followed by response cost, time out, medication, and spanking. Generally speaking, less intrusive interventions were preferred to more intrusive interventions. Interestingly, treatment preference rankings corresponded to acceptability scores, suggesting that acceptability may be a valid reflection of preference. The present study is important as behavior analysts continue to work with various groups and cultures around the world, and better understand the extent to which interventions are found to be socially acceptable across different cultural groups. Implications for further research on social validity and treatment acceptability are provided. In addition, recommendations for practicing behavior analysts are reviewed.

 
165. Effects of a Functional Communication Training on Disruptive Behaviours Maintained by Task Avoidance in Children WithAutism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RENATA MICHEL (Grupo Conduzir)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

The present study intended to verify the effects of a Functional Communication Training (FCT) plus a procedure to avoid escape of important activities (Fading Out Procedure), on disruptive behaviours, on the emission of verbal responses and non-verbal responses and to verify if there was a generalisation of the verbal and non verbal response to a naive experimenter. Participants were three children between three and six years old, diagnosed with autism. Initially, the results of the Functional Analysis showed that there was a considerably greater number of disruptive responses emitted by the three participants in the demand condition. In the Functional Communication Training (FCT) Phase, each participant was taught to request to stop a tasks through verbal responses. At the Fading Out Phase, the task execution response and a gradual decrease (most to least prompt): FP - total physical prompt, DL - partial physical prompt, DG - gestural prompt and I - independent response. The results showed that all three participants presented a decrease in the emission of disruptive responses after the acquisition of the verbal response to request a pause to perform tasks.The results from the Fading Out Fase indicated that the three participants acquired the response for the task execution, reducing the emission of verbal requests for execution and maintaining a low number of disruptive responses. At the Generalisation Test of the verbal response (mand) and the non-verbal response (to do the task) to a naive experimenter, it was verified that for all the participants there was generalisation of the verbal and non verbal responses.

 
166. Using Functional Communication Training With Extinction to Reduce Attention-Maintained Problem Behavior: A Novel Application to a Spanish-Speaking Family With English-Speaking Therapists
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
R. KYLE CALDWELL (Marquette Univeristy), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established treatment package used to reduce problem behavior by arranging extinction for undesirable responses and providing reinforcement for a separate, appropriate response. However, the utility of FCT in treating clients and families of different cultures has yet to be explored. The present evaluation replicated standard functional analysis and FCT procedures and subsequently introduced parent training implemented by English-speaking therapists to two Spanish-speaking caregivers of a young man with severe problem behavior through the assistance of an interpreter. After identifying attention as a functional reinforcer for problem behavior, FCT was completed with a manual motor response to recruit 30 s of therapist attention. Overall, we were able to assess and treat all referred problem behavior to near zero levels and subsequently train two parents of a different native language successfully on the implementation of our procedures through additional supports including a family translator. While small in scope, the successes of our treatment extension provide a possible avenue for future research on how to achieve significant clinical outcomes when working with non-English-speaking families, a growing, yet under-represented, population in the U.S.

 
167. Use of Video Prompting to Teach Cooking Tasks to Korean American Adolescents With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUNYOUNG KIM (University of Illinois at Chicago), Veronica Youn Kang (University of Illinois at Chicago), Brandi L. Walton (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

In response to the growing needs to consider the cultural and contextual needs of stakeholders with disabilities in experiment, this study examined the effectiveness of video prompting using an iPad with a system of least prompts on three Korean American adolescents with autism. Through the replication of major procedures used in a study by Mechling, Gast and Fields (2008), researchers focused on teaching independent completions of cooking tasks to make their three preferred foods. Multiple probe designs across cooking recipes were utilized and replaced across the three participants. Results indicate that independent completion of multistep cooking tasks was increased with the use of video prompting using an iPad and maintained across all three participants.

 
168. The Effects of Enhanced Milieu Teaching for Young English Language Learners With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUNYOUNG KIM (University of Illinois at Chicago), Veronica Youn Kang (University of Illinois at Chicago), Ragan McLeod (University of Alabama)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of this experimental study is to evaluate the effects of Enhanced Milieu Teaching (EMT) in two Korean American (KA) children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), replicating a previous study of EMT in preschoolers at risk for language delay (McLeod, Hardy, & Kaiser, 2017). Despite the recent increase in culturally responsive intervention research (Aceves et al., 2015), KAs have been underserved for mental health services (Yamashiro & Matsuoka, 1997; see also Becerra et al., 2014), including EMT. Using a multiple probe design across play materials, the two KA children with ASD engaged in home-based book reading and free play with an interventionist, 3 times every week. EMT techniques were used to teach five target vocabularies for each child. Maintenance of learned skills was also evaluated. Pre- and post-intervention language was measured using the Preschool Language Scale, Fifth Edition (Zimmerman, Steiner, & Pond, 2011). The findings suggest that EMT was effective in improving the vocabulary use in KA children with ASD. Implications for practice and research are discussed.

 
170. Using a Response-Based Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior With Multiple Schedule and Response Cost to Reduce Dangerous, Stereotypic, and Non-Compliant Behavior in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BEN RHODES (SEARCH Learning Group), Nicole Journe (SEARCH Learning Group), Kayla Kopchak (SEARCH Learning Group)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

This present study combined the use of differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) with a response-based token economy system, response cost, and a multiple schedule to reduce the interfering behavior of a seven-year-old girl with autism. The combination of interval DRO and DRA procedures combined with a token economy system had previously proved ineffective in meaningfully reducing high rates of aggression, elopement, tantrums, spitting, oral stereotypy, nose-picking, and non-compliance. In addition, skill acquisition of current programming remained markedly stagnant due to the presence of these behaviors. A response-based DRO procedure combined with a motivational system, response cost, and multiple schedule was introduced. Correct responding to skill acquisition tasks in the absence of interfering behavior were reinforced on an VR2 schedule. Any instance of the previously mentioned behaviors resulted in the removal of all tokens. In addition, a multiple schedule was implemented in which controlling behavior was reinforced contingent on earning all of her tokens. Within several days of beginning the intervention, changes in rates of the interfering behaviors were seen followed by a reduction to near-zero levels. These data suggest the effectiveness of Response-Based procedures combined with response cost and multiple schedules in the reduction of interfering behavior.

 
171. Effect of Component Analysis and Discrimination Training Across Reinforcers on Acquisition of Discriminative Stimulus Control in Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Jessica Quintanilla (Central Texas Autism Center), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), ANDREA KELLY (Central Texas Autism Center), Morgan Stockdale (CTAC), Kelle Rich (Central Texas Autism Center), Marcella Gonzalez (Central Texas Autism Center)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

Teaching children diagnosed with Autism to discriminate common objects is one of the imperative receptive language skills. Discrimination training helps to establish a discriminative stimulus control across various stimuli. Although there is an ample literature on teaching discrimination using transfer of stimulus control (e.g., matching-to-sample to listener responding), there is a need for different techniques that can be used to teach discrimination to children with limited receptive skills and poor stimulus control. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effect of 1) teaching the component steps necessary for selecting the discriminative stimulus separately and 2) teaching discrimination across the already established reinforcers using errorless training on the acquisition of discriminative stimulus control. This technique was used to teach discrimination to one boy with Autism and significant language delays. The result suggests that the analysis and training of component steps and teaching discrimination across various edible and tangible reinforcers was effective not only in increasing the discriminative control across the trained reinforcers, but also across untrained common objects.

 
172. A Quantitative Literature and Quality Review of Intervention Research for Infants and Toddlers "At-Risk" for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN SANTOS (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Chelsea Hardt (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Cantrell (Autism Treatment Center)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of this literature and quality review is to synthesize the intervention literature focused on infants and toddlers identified as “at-risk” for autism spectrum disorder. Searches were conducted in PsycInfo (ProQuest), ERIC, and Psychology and Behavioral Sciences Collection and combined search terms to describe autism (e.g., “autis*”, “global delay”, “mental retardation”, “at-risk”, “high-risk”, and “autism siblings”). The results were limited to peer-reviewed literature. A total of 30 articles were included and summarized according to (a) age of the children, (b) population type, (c) description of parent involvement, (d) intervention, (e) dependent variables, (f) child outcomes, and (g) other outcomes. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 
173. Evaluating Thinning Schedules of Reinforcement in Functional Communication Training Using Multiple Schedules and Chained Schedules
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MADELINE MARIE ASARO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Laura Tardi (Brock University), Catherine McHugh (Brock University), Adam Carter (Hamilton Health Sciences), Nancy Leathen (Brock University)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is designed to decrease problem behavior while increasing a functionally equivalent alternative communicative response (FCR). Although effective, this procedure tends to produce high rates of the FCR that may not be manageable for parents or teachers. The purpose of this evaluation was to evaluate the effectiveness of two common strategies (multiple schedules and chained schedules) to thin the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR with a young child whose problem behavior was multiply controlled. The young child was a five-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We used a multiple baseline across functions design and found that FCT plus extinction produced an immediate decrease in problem behavior in both contexts. This decrease in problem behavior was accompanied by an increase in overall rate of prompted and unprompted mands. The schedule thinning evaluation is ongoing across both functions. Results will be discussed within the context of future areas of research and suggestions for improving the practicality of this intervention for parents and teachers.

 
174. Assessment and Treatment of Perseverative Speech
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLELIA DELTOUR (New England Center for Children), Emily Rosenberg (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Perseverative speech (i.e., repetitively talking about restricted topics, engaging in high rates of repeated mands) in individuals with autism may be difficult to redirect and hinder social relationships (Fisher, Rodriguez, & Owen, 2013). The purpose of the current study was to assess and treat the perseverative speech of a young man with autism. Perseverative speech was defined as emitting the same mand two or more times within a session. An initial analysis showed that different forms of attention did not maintain perseverative speech. A subsequent functional analysis demonstrated that perseverative speech was maintained by access to tangible items. A treatment consisting of a multiple schedule arrangement, in which signaled periods of extinction and reinforcement were alternated, was implemented. During the extinction condition, mands were ignored while demands were presented for increasingly longer durations to mimic the student’s typical hourly classroom schedule. During the reinforcement condition, mands were initially reinforced on a FR1 schedule. The schedule was then faded such that only the first mand was reinforced and subsequent identical mands were placed under extinction. Perseverative speech remained at zero in both conditions at the target extinction duration (50 min). Interobserver agreement was 98.8% (collected for 40% of all sessions).
 
175. Decreasing Food Selectivity Using Simultaneous and Sequential Presentation: A Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA TARDI (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Simultaneous presentation consists of presenting an individual with a piece of a nonpreferred and a preferred food at the same time (Bachmeyer, 2009). Conversely, sequential presentation consists of providing an individual with a preferred food directly after he or she consumes a nonpreferred food (Kern & Marder, 1996). Researchers have found that both food presentation formats increase the consumption of nonpreferred food in children of varying ages and diagnoses. Three studies have compared simultaneous and sequential presentation, two studies found that simultaneous presentation was more effective than sequential presentation (Kern & Marder, 1996; Piazza et al., 2002) and one study found that these procedures were (a) equally effective and (b) that participants preferred the sequential over the simultaneous presentation (VanDalen & Penrod, 2010). These mixed findings may be due to procedural differences, including (a) food presentation, (b) use of pre-intervention assessments, and (c) use of additional intervention components such as nonremoval of the spoon and re-presentation of expelled food. In this poster, we will examine the current literature on the simultaneous and sequential food presentation formats to treat food selectivity, discuss the procedural variations within and across studies, and discuss areas for future research.
 
177. Using Video Modeling to Teach Typical Adolescents to Interact Socially With Peers With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARI CRIS MACFARLAND (Saginaw Valley State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Research has shown video modeling to be an effective procedure for training adult service providers to administer evidence-based practices to children with autism spectrum disorder (Brock & Carter, 2013; Catania et al., 2009; Lipschultz, Vladescu, Reeve, Reeve, & Dipsey, 2015; Vladescu, Carroll, Paden, & Kodak, 2012; Weldy, Rapp, & Capocasa, 2014). The present study extends previous video modeling training (VMT) research by teaching typical adolescents to administer naturalistic evidence-based practices to adolescents and young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This was accomplished by examining the effects of VMT on typical adolescents’ performance of peer mediated social interaction (PMSI), a 10-step procedure comprised of simplified behavioral practices, during roleplay with an adult actor. A multiple probe design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of VMT on delivery of PMSI by five typical adolescents. All participants demonstrated an immediate increase in PMSI as video modeling was systematically applied. Typical adolescents also generalized delivery to adolescents with ASD. Social interaction between two youths with ASD and typical adolescent participants was also evaluated within a peer mediated setting before and after VMT. Social interaction for both youths with ASD improved following VMT.

 
178. Effects of Visual Cues on Yoga Pose Duration and Performance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MORGAN WRIGHT (Eastern Michigan University), Jin Bo (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Fifty to 100% of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) experience difficulties with motor skills. Motor skill deficits can affect children’s abilities to engage in tasks of daily living and physical activity and may reduce opportunities for social engagement. Previous reports have suggested that task-focused physical activity interventions, including engagement in yoga, may be effective for improving motor skills in children with ASD; however, instructional methods are infrequently or inadequately described. The present study used a multiple-baseline design to implement an in-home yoga intervention and to examine its effects on yoga pose performance and general motor skills in two children with ASD. Prompting was used to instruct yoga poses. Access to a visual cue (i.e., stopwatch) was provided for participants to self-monitor pose engagement. Differential performance of yoga poses was systematically measured through video-coding by trained, independent raters. Visual analysis of the data suggests increased sustained engagement in the yoga poses and some improvement in the performance of yoga poses. Yoga may offer a socially acceptable medium for improving motor skills and increasing physical engagement in children with ASD.

 
180. Practitioner’s Perspective on Training and Supervision Received in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Community-Based Services in Quebec, Canada
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNIE PAQUET (Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres), Carmen Dionne (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières), Jacques Joly (Universite de Sherbrooke), Myriam Rousseau (Institut universitaire en DI-TSA), Mélina Rivard (Université du Quebec à Montreal), Maxime Poitras (Université de Sherbrooke)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

In Quebec, early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs are offered by community-based services. To date, available studies have identified some components of EIBI that may influence children’s outcomes, including training and supervision. Supervisors need to be competent in several areas and must carry out various professional activities. However, it may be difficult for community-based EIBI programs to access skilled supervisors and to offer intensive supervision of staff. The purpose of this article is to present data concerning the training and the supervision models offered by organizations in Quebec (Canada) as described by practitioners that are applying EIBI. Quantitative and qualitative analyses were conducted on data collected through a survey adaptation of Love & al. (2009) and of Gamache & al. (2010). This communication focuses on the nature of the EIBI supervision models (e.g. frequency of supervision, content of supervision) and training received as described by the participants (n = 115). The results show some variability in supervision models. These data are part of a larger research project concerning the implementation and outcomes of EIBI offered by organizations in Quebec.

 
181. The Road to Diagnosis: Sociodemographic, Clinical Characteristics, and Service Utilization of Young Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder at a Research Center in Saudi Arabia
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ABDULLAH MOHAMMED ALOTAIBI (Centre For Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Centre (KFSH&RC)), Cheryl Oandasan (Centre For Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Centre (KFSH&RC)), Elham Alqathmi (Centre for Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Centre (KFSH&RC)), Sarah Aman (Centre for Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Centre (KFSH&RC)), Hesham Aldhalaan (Centre for Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Centre (KFSH&RC))
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Understanding how clinical services are accessed and utilized by children suspected to have Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), and identifying factors associated with early ASD diagnosis can assist in developing effective models of ASD care delivery in Saudi Arabia. METHOD: This descriptive study is a retrospective chart review of a convenience sample of children (N= 126; mean age= 54.55 months; median=49.00; Min. = 19.00; Max= 121.00) presenting for assessment at an autism research center in Riyadh, KSA over a 20 month period. RESULTS: 68 children (54.0 %) were diagnosed with ASD at the clinic; mean age was 47.63 months (SD 19.43; median= 42.5; Min.19.00; Max. 98.00); mean age at first parental concern was 20.22 months (SD 9.61; Median 18.00); time from first concern to ASD diagnosis was 13.60 months (SD 9.11; Median 12.00); 63.20% were previously seen by a physician or specialist for parental concerns; 64.70% were previously diagnosed with ASD; 66.18 % had received intervention services before clinic presentation. Sociodemographic, clinical, diagnostic and intervention service utilization characteristics are described. CONCLUSION: The study findings suggest there is a delay between parental first concerns and accessing diagnostic and intervention services in Saudi Arabia. More research will help guide development of improved pathways to care for children showing early ASD concerns in Saudi Arabia.

 
182. Improvement Procedures of Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions Practices by a Research-Practice Partnership
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CARMEN DIONNE (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières), Annie Paquet (Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres), Myriam Rousseau (Institu universitaire en DI-TSA), Suzie McKinnon (CRDITED-CIUSSS Saguenay-Lac-St-Jean), Marie-Joëlle Braconnier (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract: EIBI for children with ASD in Quebec (Canada) is a universal provided public service. A first research project with 15 of the 22 organizations offering this service, permitted to take notice of a great variability in the centers’ self-evaluations of the quality of implementation; documentation received the lowest result (Dionne et al., 2017). This showing of lack of documentation about intervention led to a second project aimed at developing protocols and transfer tools. We will illustrate a research-practice partnership designed to improve intervention practices. The approach chosen, the integrative validity model (Chen, 2010), relies on three sources of information: data from research, observations of the intervention in action and explicit or implicit theories from the stakeholders. Scientific articles from 2004 to 2016, concerning interventions and evaluations for young children with ASD, have been reviewed. Four group meetings were held with representatives of these organizations and researchers: 1) assessment, 2) choice of objectives, 3) choice of intervention strategies and 4) activities involving parents. A protocol was developed and pilot testing was conducted with a small number of children (n = 6). A detailed follow-up was conducted to document implementation (logbooks, focus groups and interviews) in order to improve the content.
 
183. Effects of Early Intervention on Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Scores in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CARLY CRESSMAN (University of Manitoba; St.Amant), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities, revised (ABLA-R; Kerr et al., 1977) tests fundamental visual and audio/visual discrimination skills. There is little research on the progression of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) through the ABLA-R levels, and even less data on the effects of Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention (EIBI) on ABLA-R progress. The present study compares groups of children with ASD, aged 2-5 years, to examine the effects of EIBI and age on ABLA-R outcomes. I evaluated retrospective ABLA-R scores at two time points in children who participated in two different EIBI programs offered by St.Amant. There was no significant difference in pre- or post-intervention scores between groups. A separate analysis of age progression through the ABLA-R showed no statistically significant difference between ages. Results of this study demonstrate that more intensive interventions do not necessarily lead to better ABLA-R scores, a finding that carries clinical significance.
 
184. Supporting Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Schools: Results of a Randomized Controlled Trial
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN J. MARTIN (May Institute), Suzannah J. Iadarola (University of Rochester Medical Center), Lynne Levato (University of Rochester Medical Center), Brenna Cavanaugh (University of Rochester Medical Center), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often require intensive support in schools. Unfortunately, educators seldom have the requisite training to adequately address such concerns. For effective implementation, school-based interventions must be feasible and flexible enough to accommodate the needs of students. Students with Autism Accessing General Education (SAAGE) is a comprehensive, modular intervention that uses a systems approach and active coaching to provide evidence-based interventions grounded in behavior analysis to address student behavioral goals and build school capacity. We review the results of a year-long randomized controlled trial that compared SAAGE to enhanced services-as-usual. Due to limited statistical power, a group-by-time analysis did not reveal significant interaction effects. However, students in the SAAGE condition progressed from “moderate” to “slight” impairment on the Clinical Global Assessment Scale (DD-CGAS; a global rating of functioning that is specific to developmental disabilities), demonstrating the promise of the SAAGE model. An analysis of DD-CGAS subdomains revealed an advantage for the SAAGE group on the school/academic, social behavior, and communication scales, and that in some cases, this advantage had emerged by the midpoint of the intervention. Additionally, teachers were able to implement the modules with adequate fidelity and rated SAAGE as socially valid.

 
185. Repetitive Behavior in a Rat Model of Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
KATELYN GUTOWSKY (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by a range of behavioral deficits, including an increase in repetitive behavior. Valproic acid (VPA), a medication often taken for bipolar disorder or epilepsy, has been shown, when taken in utero, to be a risk factor for ASD. This observation has led to a successful animal model of autism, in which in utero VPA exposure has been shown to be related to later developmental delays and deficits. In the present experiment, rats exposed to VPA in utero showed increased repetitive behavior, as measured in 10-min sessions in an open arena, relative to non-VPA exposed control rats. These findings agree with those found in previous research, and suggest that the model is sufficiently sensitive to detect differences in treated and untreated rats. Research currently in progress is concerned with procedures to reverse some of the deficits associated with ASD through social and environmental enrichment.
 
186. Teaching Safety Skills Using Virtual Reality: A Proof of Concept
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREA CAROLINA VILLEGAS (University of Florida; BehaviorMe, Inc.), Audrey Taylor Boatman (Childs Path, Help Begins at Home), Brianda Jazmin Martin del Campo (Child's Path)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Current methods to teach certain safety skills, such as street crossing or fire safety, present multiple problems for the practitioner as well as for the learner. The environmental conditions for these skills are difficult to recreate in clinical settings and are typically too dangerous to engage with in vivo. As such, methods for skill acquisition involving in vivo training, in situ training, video modeling, and instructional narratives tend to be effortful for the practitioner to implement and/or may present limited generalization to target settings upon assessment. These limitations may be more readily addressed by the capabilities of emerging technology. Virtual reality is one such technology that allows for the simulation of difficult-to-recreate environments in the safety of a clinical setting. The present is an examination of the usability and feasibility of incorporating virtual reality technology for the acquisition of safety skills in a clinical setting with children with autism.

 
187. Using Touch Math to Teach Basic Addition to Children Under the Autism Spectrum
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MEERA RAMANI (ABA India)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The current study examines how the multisensory approach of the Touch Math program is used in a Learning Centre that educates students with Autism and learning difficulties to improve their basic operation addition skills. The students who participated in this study struggled with traditional teaching of basic operation skills, and they were having difficulty maintaining fact knowledge. The current study used baseline assessments, which the two single digit addends without touch points, to determine the student participant’s individual single digit addend knowledge. Then the students explicitly taught the multisensory approach of how to use touch points to count up and all to create a sum of two single digit addends. After being taught how to use the touch points to help add two single digit addends, students were given post-intervention assessments, with touch points on the two single digit addends to determine their individual progress and possible improvement in basic operation addition skills. Although an individual’s results varied, all students showed improvement in their basic operation addition facts, by using the multisensory approach from the Touch Math program to add two single digit addend. Keywords –Touch math, Touch points,Autism, Addition meera@behaviourenrichment.com,rajashree@behaviourenrichment.com,girishhv11@gmail.com

 
188. A Habituation Protocol for Increasing Vest Tolerance for Measuring Physiological Responses in Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NANCY I. SALINAS (Harmony Behavioral Health), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Shawn E. Happe (Harmony Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Some individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) manifest hyper- or hypo-reactivity to sensory input (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition [DSM-V], 2013). Due to this, physiological measures that require contact with the skin may present problems for individuals with atypical responses to tactile stimulation. In order to address this concern, a habituation protocol was used to assess participants’ tolerance to wearing a vest for the collection of physiological measures. Specifically, a repeated presentation procedure was conducted to decrease possible sensitivity to a vest (Thompson & Spencer, 1966). The results indicated that all five participants in this study successfully completed the habituation protocol and none required a lengthy fade in protocol for wearing the vest. Based on these results, apparatus using these types of physiological measures are feasible for conducting research. These findings should encourage other researchers interested in assessing physiological responses with individuals with possible sensory sensitivities.

 
189. Using Modeling and Self-Monitoring to Teach Play Skills to Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DA YUN KIM (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Sunhwa Jung (Kongju National University), Jin Mi Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Jina Noh (Kongju National University)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of a modeling and self-monitoring intervention on the play skills and social initiations of two young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A multiple baseline design across play settings was employed. The experimental conditions included baseline, modeling and self-monitoring, self-monitoring only, and maintenance. The children were taught the appropriate play skills and social initiations related to the play context using the modeling and self-monitoring intervention, and then they used only self-monitoring after the modeling was removed. The results indicated that the modeling and self-monitoring intervention was effective in increasing the play skills and play-related social initiations of both participants. In addition, the participants maintained the increased play skills after removing the intervention. The social validity assessment data indicated that the intervention was meaningful and effective, and the procedures were acceptable. In each experimental procedure, an average of 25% of the sessions was randomly selected to measure inter-observer agreements, and the mean agreements were 97.5% for Child 1 and 96.7% for Child 2. This study supports that the modeling and self-monitoring intervention may be effective for teaching play skills and play related social initiations and maintaining the learned skills.

 
190. Disseminating Autism Intervention Technology
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BINYAMIN BIRKAN (Biruni University)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Some behavior analysts note that we are more successful in developing technology than in disseminating it. This presentation will review data on our efforts to disseminate an intervention program in Turkey and compare its results to other four different programs in US and Europe for children with autism ages two to twenty-one. These efforts span more than two decades; the model includes a packaged curriculum, a staff training and evaluation protocol, a protocol for the assessment of child behavior change, ongoing consumer evaluation, and specification of certain administrative variables. Perhaps most importantly, the model specifies a system of interlocking contingencies that affect the behavior of consumers, staff members, and administrators. At the end of the review, the data on treatment outcomes in the education programs and home settings and the consumer evaluation data indicated that the outcomes are quite similar across the five programs. Those results also suggesting that disseminating autism intervention technology is effective among across cultures and maintains over time.
 
191. Experimental Analysis and Treatment of Precursor Behaviors to Severe Self-Injury Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOYEON KANG (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Suwon Yoo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Jinmi Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Function-based intervention is the main intervention approach for problem behavior and it requires understanding the function of the problem behavior. However, the processing to identify the function of serious problem behavior can be difficult from a safety and ethical point of view. In light of these concerns, as an alternative method, several previous researches have examined utilizing precursor behaviors which reliably precede problem behavior. The current study replicated and extended previous studies which examined the presumed function of the problem behavior and implemented treatment for the behavior using precursor behaviors. The participant is a 15-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. The target behavior is self-injury behavior (SIB: biting and head hitting) and precursor behaviors are crying with a frown and shouting. We first conducted a functional analysis (FA) of the SIB and conducted comparative probability analyses and lag-sequential analyses to identify precursors. We then conducted a FA of the precursors to identify the relation between the function of precursors and problem behavior. Finally, we implemented intervention for the precursors to reduce the SIB. Based on the results, we discuss that the approach using experimental analysis and treatment on precursor behaviors is useful and reliable in reducing serious SIB.
 
192. The Effect of Mirrors in Acquisition of Motor Imitation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOYEON KANG (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Ju Hee Park (Yonsei University), jiyun yoo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Motor imitation is an important skill for facilitating cognitive, language and social development. Many studies have reported that children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have a lack of the skill compared to typically developing children (Rogers, Hepburn, Stackhouse, & Wehner, 2003; Smith & Bryson, 1998). Previous studies explain the deficit of imitation in this population but not many studies have investigated an effective strategy for acquiring motor imitation. According to literature, mirrors may prompt imitation by giving visual feedback on the movement to follow and the child’s movement. The present study examined the efficacy of utilizing mirrors to promote the acquiring of motor imitation for children with ASD. The participant is a 3-year-old boy with ASD. At first we taught the child motor imitation skill (i.e., putting hands on one’s belly) without a mirror. However, the percentage of correct responses was low in learning the skill. Then we added a mirror to teach the imitation of the same task, and we observed for the maintenance of motor imitating skill without a mirror. Based on the results, we discuss the effectiveness of using mirrors on acquiring motor imitation skill for children with ASD.
 
194. Transition Low to High-Tech Augmented Alternative Communication System: Effects on Augmented and Vocal Requesting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract: A considerable number of studies have demonstrated that augmentative alternative communication (AAC) is effective in increasing speech production in some children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; e.g., Gevarter et al., 2016). Thus, the study aimed to (a) investigate the effects of a picture exchange communication system (PECS) Phase IV protocol on the acquisition of spontaneous augmented mands; (b) evaluate the effects of progressive-time delay and synthetic speech output on the development of vocal mands; and (c) determine the participants’ preference for each modality after reaching mastery. A multiple-baseline design across four children with ASD was used to measure the acquisition of augmented and vocal mands during the transition from low-tech to high-tech AAC system. During a natural condition (i.e., play time), we applied the PECS Phase IV protocol to teach the participants to mand by producing multisymbol messages (e.g., I want + name’s of preferred item) using the iPad as well as vocalizations. After reaching mastery, we assessed the participants’ preference for using the PECS Phase IV app or the communication book by comparing the mand allocations. The preliminary results suggest that the PECS protocol can be used to transition from a low to high-tech communication modality.
 
195. Building Rapport With Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELENE ABULADZE (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Establishing a relationship with a young child with ASD is an important variable in the course of successful behavioral treatment. The quality of relationship between two individuals is usually referred as rapport. In behavior analytic literature rapport is measured by its behavioral correlates: proximity, body orientation, eye contact, smiling, physical contact, manding, compliance to demands, etc. Most of the behavioral studies have implemented multicomponent interventions to establish rapport with individuals with disabilities, all of which involved delivery of highly preferred stimuli non-contingently on a time-based schedule (NCR). The current study examined the effect of the non-contingent delivery of reinforcement versus response-contingent delivery of reinforcement on building a relationship with young children with ASD. Multiple baseline design across participants with the alternating treatments component was used as an experimental design. The independent variables were: NCR with preferred edibles, NCR with preferred social stimuli, response contingent delivery of edibles, response-contingent delivery of social. Child-initiated proximity was a primary dependent variable; looking, smiling, physical contact and manding were the secondary dependent variables. The majority of the participants showed increase in proximity after the implementation of the interventions, but there was no clear differentiation between the treatments, which indicates that contingency or the lack of contingency was not a factor for improving rapport as long as highly preferred stimuli were delivered.

 
197. Implementation of the Power Card Strategy to Increase Appropriate Social Commenting of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During Game Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA PRINCE (Temple University; Brett DiNovi and Associates), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Heather Francisco (Brett DiNovi and Associates)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty understanding social expectations and communicating with others. They may have a difficult time making social comments to peers that are on topic to the activity independently. These learners need additional assistance in order to participate in gameplay and commenting about the game being played to others. Visual prompts are a strategy that research has shown to decrease the number of prompts needed to independently make positive social comments during gameplay. Research has also shown that incorporating special interests with visual prompts are used together, the target skill or behavior quickly increases and prompts are able to be faded. Special interests can be characters, people, or things that the child really enjoys. The Power Card strategy is an antecedent strategy, which incorporates the child’s special interest into a script and steps to show how to engage in the appropriate target behavior. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of the Power Card strategy on the frequency of comments three children with ASD made to peers during a game. Results can be interpreted to support the Power Card strategy as effective in increasing the frequency of independent comments made to peers while playing a game. Additionally, novel responses and generalization occurred across all three participants.

 
198. Video Modeling as a Training Tool for Staff Cohorts Implementing Graduated Guidance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA KATHRYN MCFADDEN (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: Current research indicates that video modeling is an effective training tool for staff implementing behavior analytic procedure. However, at many residential programs for individuals with autism, multiple teachers are responsible for teaching the same task. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effectiveness of video modeling as a training tool to improve procedural integrity of staff cohorts using graduated guidance. In addition, the effectiveness of a prescribed graduated guidance procedure was assessed. The implementation of the video modeling training procedure was assessed using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across cohorts and a multiple probe design across tasks. Participants were six direct-care staff and two students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Participants were divided into two cohorts, each consisting of three direct-care staff and one student. Video models with voiceover narration and still shots were used to train the teachers to implement a graduated guidance procedure for three play skills. Interobserver agreement across participants and tasks ranged from 83% to 100%. Results showed that the video models were an effective training tool. In addition, the students learned the tasks with the prescribed graduated guidance procedure.
 
199. Web-Based Stimulus Preference Assessment and Concurrent-Operants Reinforcer Assessment for Videos
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HUGO CURIEL (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), Emily Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), Amelia Fonger (Genesee Health System), Anita Li (Western Michigan University), Steven Ragotzy (Kalamazoo RESA), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: This study implemented web-based stimulus preference and reinforcer assessments for videos. Three children and two adults with a diagnosis of autism participated in the study. Preference hierarchies were effectively identified using brief or full multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments. Concurrent fixed-ratio 1 (and, for two participants, concurrent progressive-ratio 10) schedules were subsequently implemented to assess the relative reinforcing functions of the high-preferred and low-preferred videos. Three participants demonstrated differentiated responding, responding at higher levels for the high-preferred videos than for the low-preferred videos in at least one condition. Two participants regularly switched between the alternative schedules and did not show differentiated responding. These findings provide further evidence of the potential value of technology in behavior analysis.
 
200. Assessment and Treatment of Immediate Echolalia
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZOE NEWMAN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Sarah Lundstrom (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: Immediate echolalia is a type of vocal stereotypy that involves the noncontextual repetition of auditory stimuli that has just been spoken. This behavior can be difficult to assess and treat because it requires additional controls to ensure that equal opportunities to emit the behavior are presented across conditions. Colon et al. (2012) showed that differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA) during verbal operant training is effective in reducing vocal stereotypy. However, common reinforcers during DRA present a challenge in reducing the occurrence of immediate echolalia. For instance, praise involves presenting an auditory stimulus that provides more opportunities for immediate echolalia to occur. The purpose of the present study was to assess DRA with preferred social stimuli as an intervention to reduce immediate echolalia. A functional analysis (FA) was conducted to identify the function of immediate echolalia prior to treatment. In baseline, there were no programmed consequences for immediate echolalia. In DRA, pictures of objects and activities were presented on a poster board, and appropriate tacts were reinforced with preferred social stimuli with no programmed consequences for immediate echolalia. Results show that social stimuli can function as reinforcers for tacting during DRA to reduce immediate echolalia for one participant. Interobserver agreement was collected for 33% of sessions and averaged 92%.
 
201. An Evaluation of a Three Component Schedule of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Meghan Deshais (University of Florida, Caldwell University), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a well-established procedure used in the treatment of problem behavior. Although DRA often involves extinction, there are a variety of reasons why extinction may not be possible. Many studies have evaluated the effects of DRA without extinction; however, to date, no study has evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement across three components in the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior (e.g., compliance, a break mand, and problem behavior). Two individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in the current study. Participants could respond on one of three components: compliance with directives (edibles and highly preferred leisure items), an enriched break (escape from demands plus beanbag and moderately preferred leisure items), or problem behavior (escape from demands). Results showed that the current manipulation resulted in decreases in problem behavior and increases in compliance, even when the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. Interobserver agreement was 92.2% for 45% of sessions.
 
202. The Utility of a Screener Assessment as a Measure of Derived Relational Responding Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KWADWO O. BRITWUM (Southern Illinois University), Anne Sheerin (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory is a contemporary behavior analytic account of complex language and cognition which proposes that language is the result of Arbitrarily Applicable Relational Responding (RFT; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). Over the past decade, several assessments have been developed in an attempt to provide a quantifiable measure of an individual’s ability to engage in relational responding. One recently developed assessment, the PEAK-Screener (Dixon, 2018), was designed to provide a measure of an individual’s performance prior to the implementation of programs targeted at building derived relational responding skills. To date, no research has been conducted on the utility of this assessment. The current investigation sought to assess the relationship between scores on the PEAK-Screener and PEAK-T pre-assessment scores in individuals with ASD. Assessments were conducted across 35 individuals with ASD. The results indicated a positive correlation between PEAK-Screener scores and PEAK-T pre-assessment scores (r = .843, p = .017). These results provide some preliminary evidence of the utility of the Screener as measure of skills for individuals with ASD. Additionally, the brevity of the PEAK-Screener may provide a cost effective and time sensitive method to evaluate skills prior to the implementation of behavior analytic programming.

 
204. Assessing the Need for ABA Services and Potential Autism Diagnoses for Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Jessica M Hinman (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract:

The PEAK Relational Training System Autism Screening and Behavioral Observation Summary (PAS-BOS) is a recently developed assessment tool developed to assist clinicians in planning treatment for skill acquisition, challenging behavior reduction, and potential dosage of treatment based on severity of behavioral deficits. Currently, no published research exists on the PAS-BOS, or the extent to which the measure produces valid results. The current study aimed to address this limitation by assessing the convergent validity of the PAS-BOS by comparing it with results obtained from the Social and Communication Questionnaire, a previously validated autism screening tool. To evaluate the convergent validity of the two measures, both assessments were administered to individuals with autism, and then the scores for each were compared to determine the extent to which similar results were obtained. Preliminary evidence showed a strong, significant relationship between the two measures, which suggest the PAS-BOS is a valid measure. Implications include potential use of the PAS-BOS to help justify quantity and intensity of ABA services for clients.

 
205. The Effect of Training to Distinction Suitable Clothes Using Stimulus Equivalence in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAKO ITO (University of Meisei), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Study objective:The purpose of this study was to allow ASD children with intellectual disabilities to be able to the assessment and training of three relationships by discrimination training based on stimulus equivalence. Setting: This experiment was conducted individually in a laboratory of university. Participant: A 14 years old child diagnosed with ASD and intellectual disabilities participated. Procedures: The multipurpose Matching to Sample Task (MMTS) that was an application for PC was used the assessment and training of three relationships of feeling temperature(cold or hot), clothes (upper: 4 types of photos, bottom: 2 types of photos) , number of room temperature gauge(24°or 40°). Concretely, the MMTS was used to train the distinction of number of suitable room temperature gauge corresponding to feeling temperature . Then I trained distinction of clothes corresponding to number of room temperature gauge Results: It became possible to choose a suitable clothes corresponding to feeling temperature, and the three relations became equivalent.

 
206. Convergent Validity of the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment and the PEAK Relational Training System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE CHOATE (Missouri State University), Leah E Clark (Pender Public Schools), Taylor Lauer (Missouri State University), Annalise Giamanco (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: The PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PEAK-CA) provides a standardized assessment tool that estimates a participant’s ability to learn through direct reinforcement, generalization, equivalence, and relational framing. Prior assessments contained in PEAK have only evaluated one of these four learning modalities in isolation. Support for the validity of prior assessments has been obtained by correlating the assessments with common measures of language (PPVT, VB-MAPP, ABLLS-R) and intellectual (IQ) functioning. The purpose of the present study was to compare results on the PEAK-CA to results obtained on each of the PEAK assessments (PEAK-DTA, PEAK-GA, PEAK-EA, PEAK-TA). Results suggest that each of the PEAK assessments have a strong, positive correlation, supporting each as measure language learning as a common developmental construct. Due to a lower overall time requirement for administering the PEAK-IC compared to the other four PEAK assessments, high convergence between these measures suggests that the PEAK-IC may be a more efficient instrument for estimating language learning in individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities. Results also support the use of PEAK-IC as part of a comprehensive assessments package to guide instructional or curricular programming with this population.
 
207. Money Safety Skills for an Adult With Autism at a University
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Aaron White (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University), LAURA QUINTERO (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Safety skills for individuals with autism is mostly in pamphlet form from organizational websites which target school-aged children rather than adults. University settings pose increased safety concerns for adults with disabilities as many more vulnerable situations can be presented. Participants who filled out the Juvenile Victimization Questionnaire in Pfeffer’s 2012 study reported being a victim of property theft. If these individuals had adequate safety skills, these incidents may not have happened. The intervention had three teaching pieces: teaching the different types of relationships using the PEERS program, teaching which types of relationships are okay to give money to and using skills during scenarios to practice skills in situations. When teaching which types of relationships can have money, photos were used. The participant had to place red or green paper over photos to indicate who could or could not have their money. The participant was provided with a decision tree to guide responses during the second and third teaching pieces. All three steps used an ABAB design. Data demonstrates an immediate increase in trend for all three portions. Data during intervention for all intervention phases is above baseline data suggesting an effective intervention.

 
208. Teaching Children with Autism to Make Independent Requests Using Echoic-to-Mand
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL LEE TOMAK (Western Michigan University), Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Mands are a vital skill for the development of a child’s communicative repertoire and are typically a major focus of early intensive behavior intervention (EIBI). Naturalistic teaching is more efficient than Discrete-Trial Training (DTT) for teaching mands (Jennet, Harris, & Delmolino, 2008). The present study used crucial components from naturalistic teaching to teach mands in a discrete-trial format, using an echoic-to-mand procedure. The intervention increased the children’s independent vocal requests. Initially, it taught the children to mand for items in sight and eventually for items out of sight. Independent mands were successfully taught using this intervention and data indicated that they were taught under the control of the correct stimuli.
 
209. An Evaluation of Within-Assessment Reliability in Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWN J JANETZKE (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments are used to identify a stimulus hierarchy in which stimuli are ranked according to their relative reinforcing efficacy. Paired-stimulus preference assessments (PSPA; Fisher et al., 1992) are a common method used in clinical practice. A PSPA functionally arranges experimental control in a multielement design across trials, controlling for the presentation of stimulus position. However, little research has analyzed reliability of selection within PSPAs. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the reliability of PSPA data within each administration across participants. We found that, on average, there was a moderate degree of replication across three PSPA data sets (mean percentage of selections that were replicated: 67%, 68%, 80%). We also found that the higher ranked a stimulus is within an individual PSPA, the higher probability the selection of that stimulus would be replicated (mean probability of replication by stimulus rank: 1) 85%, 2) 69%, 3) 68%, 4) 53%, 5) 27%, and 6) 0%).

 
210. Changing Criterion Design to Decrease Use of Arm Immobilizers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARY MCDERMOTT (Elwyn New Jersey ), Alexandra Held (Elwyn New Jersey), Samantha Volpe (Endicott College; Elwyn NJ)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Arm immobilizers have been used in order to prevent and limit injury in individuals who engage in severe self-injurious behavior (Griffin, Williams, Stark, Altmeyer, & Mason, 1984). However, once stability has been maintained fading arm immobilizers can pose challenges if they have taken on reinforcing properties (Sungwoo, Leak, Vu, & Mishler, 2008). The current study expanded the current literature by increasing of systematically fading arm immobilizers. This study utilized a multi-element design to identify competing stimuli and latency to head directed self-injury and then a changing criterion design to systematically increase the duration of the removal of arm immobilizers (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hanley, & Adelinis, 1997; Sungwoo, K., Leak, J.M., Vu, C., & Mishler, B., 2008). Latency to challenging behavior was first obtained through a multi-element design in order to determine phase lengths across various potentially competing activities. Latency to the first instance of head direct self-injury was assessed across activities of daily living (ADLs), chores, leisure, and meals. The changing criterion design will increase the time this individual is independently engaged in functional competing activities and decrease the time spent in restrictive mechanical arm restraints.

 
211. A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of Baseline Rates of Reinforcement and Renewal
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA M. COHENOUR (Marcus Autism Center, Severe Behavior), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The re-emergence of extinguished behavior following treatment poses significant threats to the long-term efficacy of interventions designed to reduce and maintain reductions in problem behavior. Renewal is a type of relapse observed in both basic and applied literature and refers to the return of previously extinguished behavior following a change in context. Parameters observed within the basic literature on renewal include those suggesting that higher rates of reinforcement during baseline procedures lead to larger ABA and ABC renewal effects (Berry, Sweeney, & Odum, 2014). We conducted a consecutive case series analysis of 29 participants whose treatment data indicated renewal and 38 participants whose data did not indicate renewal. As an estimate of reinforcement levels during baseline, we defined high rates of reinforcement as participants with an average rate of problem behavior more than two per minute and low reinforcement rates as participants with an average less than two. We then calculated the percentage of individuals in each group who exhibited renewal during later context changes. Preliminary findings suggest that higher levels of problem behavior did not equate to more renewal (see Table 1).

 
212. Mitigating Collateral Effects of Extinction During Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior: A Replication of the Enhanced Choice Model of Skill-Based Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Michelle Mahoney Hopton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Rachel Haws (Vanderbilt University), Caroline Goerke (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) uses synthesized contingencies to teach alternative responses that will compete with problem behavior (Hanley et al., 2014). When manual guidance is prohibited, unsafe, or non-preferred by caregivers, the Enhanced Choice Model of SBT (ECM-SBT; Rajaraman et al., 2018) may be employed to mitigate collateral effects of extinction. Within ECM-SBT, trained responses (e.g., functional communicative responses [FCR]) and two additional alternatives to problem behavior operate concurrently. These two alternatives include (a) entering a ‘hangout’ area, in which evocative conditions are suspended and the client may access all preferred items and activities as well as low-quality attention from the therapist and (b) leaving the session entirely. We replicated ECM-SBT procedures with three elementary students in a public special day school for children who engage in severe and persistent problem behavior, in which manual guidance by non-district personnel was prohibited. We present procedures, including methodological deviations from the Rajaraman study, results of Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses, SBT, and generalization protocols, as well as client response allocation among alternatives within the ECM-SBT model.

 
214. Addressing Limitations to Continuous Descriptive Functional Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SEAN M BARRITE (UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA RENO), Kathleen Wiley (University of Nevada, Reno), Brian James Feeney (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Experimental functional assessments (ExFA) are the gold standard for analyzing behavior-environment functional relationships. Unfortunately, ExFA’s are not always practical. A continuous descriptive functional assessment analysis of antecedent-behavior-consequence (ABC) data (Cooper et. al. 2007) offers an alternative to the ExFA but has limitations of its own such as, accounting for only a limited number of environmental factors, and failing to encapsulate motivating operations, or account for other dimensions of behavior, such as latency and duration of target behaviors. In addition, there is rarely a consensus of results with an ExFA (Lerman & Iwata, 1993; Noell et al., 2001; Tarbox et al., 2009). A modified continuous descriptive assessment (CDA) procedure aimed at addressing these limitations was implemented with a child with Autism-Parent dyad.  Procedural modifications included a structured assessment with multiple conditions utilizing an antecedent manipulation methodology (Carr & Durand 1985), coding the presence or absence of multiple behaviors and stimuli on a second by second basis, and a more precise and flexible temporal analysis of data.  Results suggest the modified protocol may provide more dynamic analysis of behaviors and the conditions under which they occur. By virtue of procedural modifications such as these, CDA’s may lead to greater consensus with ExFA.
 
215. Effects of Single and Multiple Exemplar on Generalization of Foundational Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIANA CHERNICHARO GUIMARAES (Western New England University and New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children and Western New England University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Three children with autism (3 and 4 years old) participated in this evaluation of effects of Single Exemplar Training (SET) and Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) on generalization of foundational skills. Stimulus variations and instructional settings were arranged in a 3x3 grid (matrix). One skill was assigned to each teaching method for each participant. During SET, we taught one skill using only 1 combination of stimuli (e.g., produce ID when asked “what is your name?” in the hallway). During MET, we taught the skill in 3 combinations of stimuli (e.g., object imitation using three unique combinations of three objects and three actions). The number of sessions conducted in the two conditions was yoked for each participant. Following mastery in the training context(s), generalization was evaluated in the remaining combinations. For 2 participants, MET resulted in greater generalization to untrained stimulus combinations than SET. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 33% of sessions (mean: 98%, range: 80% - 100%). Incorporating variations of the environment may lead to more efficient acquisition of skills that are performed across various relevant settings.
 
216. Increasing Tolerance of Hair Clippers in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA BUCKLEY (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may display avoidance, noncompliance and other more severe maladaptive behaviors during routine events such as medical and dental procedures (Altabet, 2002). Individuals with ASD may also display maladaptive behaviors when completing other routine grooming tasks such as hair clipping and hair cutting. Previous research has shown shaping procedures to be effective in increasing tolerance for specific phobias in children with autism (Ricciardi, Luiselli & Camare, 2006). The current study assessed the effectiveness of shaping and positive reinforcement as interventions for tolerance of hair clipping in children with autism. A multiple baseline design across participants was used. Baseline data were taken to determine the presentation and duration in which hair clippers were tolerated by two participants. Shaping programs were then written to systematically introduce the presentation and duration of hair clippers, with the terminal result being toleration of a haircut. Results demonstrate shaping procedures and positive reinforcement increased toleration of hair clippers in both participants. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected during 40% of sessions with an average agreement score of 100% across phases and participants.
 
217. Investigating the Effects of a Partitioning Nudge in Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY WHITTEN SHAW (Central Michigan University), Alexis Price (Central Michigan University), Daniel Abraham Moreno (Central Michigan University), Molly M Conway (Central Michigan University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to test the effects of a partitioning “nudge” on choices in Multiple Stimulus without Replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. We compared the outcomes of a standard MSWO and a partitioned MSWO for two children (aged three and 19) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and other disabilities. Participants completed a series of both types of preference assessment in random order. During standard MSWO trials, eight stimuli were placed in an array and the client was directed to “pick one” until all the items were selected or the participant did not make a selection. During partitioned MSWO trials, procedures were the same except the same stimuli were placed in a cluster with one randomly selected item separated from the cluster. Results showed that items identified as less-preferred in standard MSWO trials were selected later in the array when partitioned, and items identified as high-preferred in standard MSWO trials are selected sooner in the array when partitioned suggesting that partitioning nudges function due to changes in stimulus salience and may be useful in practice to encourage or discourage particular choices.
 
218. Toilet Training Young Children With Autism in a Preschool Classroom Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GRAHAM GREEN (UGA), Kelsie Marie Tyson (The University of Georgia), Emily White (The University of Georgia), Alicia Davis (University of Georgia), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a toilet training package on the successful voids of young children with autism spectrum disorder. This study used a multiple probe across three participants to evaluate the toilet training package in a preschool classroom setting in northeast Georgia. The participants included in the study were four years of age, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, and demonstrated incontinence prior to the implementation of the toilet training procedures. The toilet training package consisted of multiple components such as putting the participants in regular underwear, increasing their fluid intake, scheduled toilet trips, dry checks, neutral experiences for accidents, and reinforcement for successful voids. Following the use of this toilet training package the data indicated a decrease in accidents and an increase in successful voids for each participant during the school day when taken to the restroom on a schedule consistent with other preschool classrooms. Two participants reached criteria after the implementation of the toilet training procedures; however, one participant required additional components during the “off-toilet” times. Maintenance data was also collected, and results indicated that these skills have maintained despite reinforcement for successful voids being faded out.

 
219. Utilizing Time-Out From Honoring Environmental Manipulation Requests to Decrease Automatically Maintained Spitting Behavior and Increase Rule Compliance Across Multiple Functional Response Classes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE HARTZ (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

Abstract: Treatment of automatically maintained behavior can be challenging at times do limited ability to complete with the quality of reinforcement that is generated by engagement in the challenging behavior. In addition, research is limited in relation to treatment of operant spitting, particularly when it is automatically maintained. This study utilized a non-matched form of idiosyncratic reinforcement, and its contingent removal, to treat automatically maintained spitting behavior in one individual with Autism. Specifically, access to environmental manipulation, such as requesting staff to change the placement of items or the phrasing of communication, served as reinforcement within this individuals repertoire. Accordingly, if the participant was following a given rule, to have a healthy mouth (i.e., abstain from spitting), FR1 reinforcement was delivered in the form of honoring such requests. When honoring of such requests was removed contingent on the target behavior, spitting, a punishment effect was observed. Results were replicated across additional topographies of challenging behavior from multiple functional response classes. Statement of Reliability: Interobserver agreement data were collected throughout this study, with agreement near 100%.

 
220. Improving Oral Reading Fluency in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through Individualized Academic Interventions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KIMBERLY MARTELL (Ball State University), Maria Sciuchetti (Ball State University), Jamie Gaither (Ball State University), Shannon Marie Dieringer (Ball State University)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

There is limited research evaluating academic interventions to improve oral reading fluency (ORF) in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of a brief experimental analysis (BEA) for selecting interventions to improve ORF in students with ASD. Two elementary school students with ASD participated in the study. Both participants had an educational classification of ASD and ORF scores at least one grade below their current grade level. The primary outcome measure was correct words per minute (CWPM). A direct skills assessment was conducted to identify instructional and frustrational ORF levels. Next, a BEA was conducted to identify the most effective intervention components for each student. Reading interventions included components of repeated readings, listening passage preview, and/or error correction and were selected using a brief multielement design. CWPM on an instructional probe was compared to scores on high content overlap probes. Based on the BEA, repeated reading was selected for Participant 1 and listening passage preview with error correction was selected for Participant 2. The intervention was implemented for both students and progress monitoring data at the grade level and instructional level were collected on a weekly basis.

 
221. Training Staff and Caregivers to Implement a Behavioral Feeding Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VICTORIA RYAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Carolyn Ritchey (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract: Feeding problems are present in approximately 50% of the general population and 90% of children with autism. In research and clinical protocols, it is often reported that trained staff implement the treatments. However, it is unclear how much of the variability observed in the results of behavioral interventions for feeding is a result of differences in the therapist's ability to implement the treatment reliably. Little attention has been dedicated to how to best train novice staff to conduct these procedures. Furthermore, the training of staff and caregivers to maintain consistency in their implementation is at the utmost importance in maintaining pediatric feeding results. This study compares two types of training across both populations. Training one utilizes model and verbal instructions in which participants observe a therapist feeding a client or confederate. The second training consists of rehearsal in which the staff or caregiver feed a confederate and are provided feedback. Participants are randomly assigned to a training group and trained until mastery criteria of the protocol is met. Thus far, rehearsal has shown to be a more effective and efficient method of training caregivers to implement a feeding protocol. Several more staff and caregivers are currently participating in the study.
 
222. The Influence of Momentary State Relational Responding on Skill Acquisition Rates
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AERICA PRESLEY (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract: An assumption in Relational Frame Theory is that the strengthening of derived relational responding as a generalized operant will lead to faster acquisition rates of new language skills. In a series of two studies, we evaluated the influence of momentary state relational responding on mastery of new skills within a standardized curricular training structure. State relational responding was measured using the PEAK-DT Pre-Assessment and the PEAK-E Pre-Assessment. In Study 1, we administered both assessments to participants with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We then conducted 4-months to 12-months of curricular training guided by the PEAK Relational Training System [4 hours / week]. Mean rates of new skills acquired (PEAK programs mastered) were positively correlated with scores on both assessments. In Study 2, we selected the 5 participants with the highest scores on the PEAK-E Pre-Assessment (age 5-7 years) and evaluated the rate of skill acquisition as the participants progressed through the curricular training. Results show that as participants learn new skills, rates of program mastery increase over time. Taken together, results support the influence of state levels of relational responding on skill acquisition within behavior analytic relational training.
 
223. DRO Plus Punishment Procedure to Increase On-Task Behavior With a Student That Displays Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners In Learning, Inc.), Samaria Juanandres (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Jennifer Cornely (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

Children with autism may engage in stereotypy. Stereotypy may interfere with learning skills such as engagement in appropriate social play, attending to task and other related skills. Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) alone has shown to be an effective treatment for stereotypy (Ahrens, et. Al. 2011) however, according to Laprime, 2014, “the combination of punishment procedures with differential reinforcement has been demonstrated to be more effective at reducing problematic behavior than differential reinforcement alone.” This study used a DRO plus a visual and motor focus punishment procedure to increase on-task behavior with a 5-year-old student who displayed high rates of stereotypy during discrete trials. Using a changing criterion design, duration of on-task was increased by 15 seconds when student met criterion. During baselines, student’s on-task behavior ranged between 5-15 seconds. When DRO and punishment procedure was implemented, student’s on-task behavior increased from 10 seconds to 3 minutes during discrete trials. Results from the study indicate that a combination of a DRO plus a punishment procedure is effective at increasing on-task behavior and is considered more practical than a punishment procedure alone. This procedure was later transferred to the classroom setting, where on-task also increased from 0 seconds to 2 minutes.

 
224. Toilet Training Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Kolb (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

Development of independent toileting skills is a critical goal for pre-school and kindergarten students. The acquisition of independent toileting skills can lead to an increase in sanitation and comforts, substantial monetary gain, and access to various services and settings. Operant conditioning procedures have been used to successfully train toileting skills. Within the LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedure, participants were exposed to 6-15 instances of positive practice with no schedule modifications reported and no procedures specified for excessive accidents. Frequent exposures of positive practice increase the probability of evoking problem behaviors, which in turn, can decrease the effectiveness of intensive toilet training. Thus, the purpose of this manuscript is two-fold. First, it describes a replication of the LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedures using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participant design to evaluate the success of the intervention. Second, it evaluates the effects of schedule modifications on accidents for children who were previously nonresponsive to toilet training.

 
225. Teaching Flexible Schedule-Following for the Treatment of Problem Behavior Occasioned by a Variable Time Schedule of Activity Interruptions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (Canopy Children's Solutions; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Ness (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Parwinder Kaur (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may demonstrate problem behavior around changes in schedules of activities (Jamieson, 2004). Although implementing a structured schedule is one recommendation for addressing this issue, unanticipated schedule changes may occur at times. Therefore, it may be beneficial to incorporate schedule interruptions and skills related to flexible schedule-following during treatment for problem behavior occasioned by schedule changes. The participant for this study was a 16 -year-old male diagnosed with ASD, Intellectual Disability, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, and Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder. He was admitted to an outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. A functional analysis (FA) confirmed that problem behavior was occasioned by a variable time (VT) schedule of activity interruptions. Problem behavior was maintained by regained access to the interrupted activity. Treatment to reduce problem behavior was evaluated within an ABAB withdrawal design and included functional communication training, extinction, and a multiple schedule of reinforcement. The VT schedule of interruptions was faded-in until variability in interruptions resembled the FA baseline, while problem behavior remained minimal. Treatment resulted in clinically significant reductions in problem behavior and high levels of compliance with demands during activity interruptions. Implications for clinical application will be discussed.

 
226. Evaluation of an Indirect and Direct Attention Preference Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Sherah Somervell (Rowan University), Jessica Nastasi (Rowan University), Ariana Cacace (Rowan University), Nia Tift (Rowan University)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract: Clinicians frequently use tangible preference assessments; however, types of attention are typically arbitrarily selected for assessment and treatment. A structured attention preference assessment interview was developed to assess attention across 9 categories. Caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder identified a mean of 8.13 (range, 6-10) forms of preferred attention across 6.63 (range, 5-8) categories. The most identified categories were physical games, praise, and mild physical attention and least identified were eye contact and group attention. Caregivers then ranked the types of attention in two ways. First, caregivers ordered notecards with the type of attention from most to least preferred. Next, a paired stimulus preference assessment was conducted by asking the caregiver to select the child’s preferred attention between two notecards. A hierarchy was created by pairing each type of attention. The rank order correlation between these methods was 0.83 (strong correlation). A paired stimulus preference assessment was conducted with the child participant using images of each type of attention identified. Rank order correlation between the caregivers’ preference assessment and the child’s was 0.20 (weak correlation). The mean administration time of the interview and rankings was 29 min 35 s and the child preference assessment was 18 min 57 s.
 
227. Effects of Matrix Training Using Mobile Technology to Enhance Generative Language Learning in Minimally-Verbal Individuals With Severe Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
OLIVER WENDT (University of Central Florida), Ravi Nigam (Governors State University), Katelyn Warner (Purdue University)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Westborough Behavioral Healthcare Hospital)
Abstract:

Minimally-verbal individuals with autism who use augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) often do not surpass single-word responses for requesting and labeling. A mobile AAC application was developed for matrix training to systematically build up vocabulary and teach longer word combinations. Linguistic elements were presented in systematic combination matrices, arranged to induce generalized rule-like behavior. Multiple probe designs were implemented to assess acquisition of action-object combinations. Generalization probes were taken during intervention to assess performance on combinations not taught before. Participants included five individuals, 8-15 years old, with an official diagnosis of severe autism and no more than 10 spoken words. Performance was measured as the percentage of correct symbol combinations. Magnitude of effect was quantified by calculating the Non-overlap of All Pairs index (NAP). Three learner profiles emerged: “High Performance” participants scored above the mastery level of 80% along with strong effect sizes (average NAP=97%). “Medium Performance” participants needed more time to mastery but steadily increased their performance on generalization (average NAP=93%). One “Low Performance” participant was shifted from a 6x6 to a 4x4 matrix showing low-medium effects (average NAP=64%). Findings suggest matrix training can enhance learning and generalization of semantic relationships in learners with varying levels of language delay.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #73A
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 25, 2019
1:30 PM–2:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), KATHLEEN O'CONNELL (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #73B
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 25, 2019
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #73C
Author Signing
Saturday, May 25, 2019
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore
 
MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC), SONJA R. DE BOER (Remi Vista, Inc), GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik), KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), ANN B BEIRNE (Global Autism Project)
 

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #73D
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 25, 2019
2:30 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University), CAROL METZLER (Oregon Research Institute)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Symposium #86
CE Offered: BACB
Generalization From the Clinic
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is used to teach individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in a variety of settings. While there are many benefits for clients receiving sessions in a clinic-based setting, one area that deserves attention from clinicians is generalization. The gains made by clients have a significantly greater impact when their skills are demonstrated in situations in which training did not occur. Assessing and planning for the occurrence of generalization are key components of quality programming for individuals with ASD. Clinician cannot “train and hope” that skills will generalize to other locations, parents, etc. In this symposium, research on generalization from three different perspectives will be discussed to provide more information to clinicians programming for generalization. In the first talk, a literature review on the amount and type of generalization measured in research studies on individuals with ASD will be shared, along with a discussion of the factors leading to successful generalization. Following this discussion, the effects of a parent training program on parent-child interactions and parental self-efficacy will be reviewed. Lastly, data will be presented on the generalization of treatment gains made in the clinic setting, to parents in the home.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): clinic-based, generalization, parent training
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the current state of inclusion of generalization in recent research articles on individuals with ASD; (2) describe elements of an effective parent training program; (3) identify factors contributing to the success of generalization from the clinic with a technician to the home with parents.
 
A Review: Examining the Use of Generalization in the Current Literature
(Theory)
LEAH HIRSCHFELD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: A key component of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is generalization: the occurrence of skills under circumstances in which they were not specifically trained. In order for generalization to occur, ABA practitioners can teach a number of different scenarios and examples so individuals use the instructional concept outside of one context. This review examined articles in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis over five years. In order to be included in the review, articles had to be primary research that included at least one participant diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Our review showed that researchers frequently did not plan for generalization; however, of the articles that did program for generalization, a majority of them utilized a generalization promotion strategy in the research study design. This review also examined the factors that lead to the success of generalization. The results of this review provide information to better inform current ABA practices to increase generalization of skills taught to individuals with ASD.
 
Examination of Effects of Parent Training on Parent-Child Interactions
(Service Delivery)
JULIE LEMON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Nicholas Marks (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Parent training has been established as a key element of treatment programs for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). However, treatment gains noted in the research vary greatly. The current study expanded upon past research on the naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention, Project ImPACT, by modifying procedures to increase accessibility to parents (e.g. removing homework) and incorporate collaborative practitioner strategies (e.g. asking open ended questions, individualizing examples). Twelve weekly sessions were implemented for six children with ASD and their parents. Each week, the clinician reviewed the target skill(s) with the parent during a 1-hour session and then used behavioral skills training to support the parent in demonstrating the target skill(s) with his/her child during a subsequent 30-minute session. A concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine parent treatment integrity scored from a video of interaction with the child. Data indicate an increase over baseline throughout the course of the treatment for all participants. Additionally, on a measure of parental self-efficacy scores increased over baseline for 5 out of 6 parents. These results build upon the research base behind the benefits of parent training and provide details regarding parental treatment integrity throughout the course of the intervention.
 
Generalization of Clinic-Based Treatment Gains to Parents
(Applied Research)
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Leah Hirschfeld (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: While Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as a treatment for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has demonstrated effectiveness across a multitude of studies, generalization of gains is an area of concern. Not only is it necessary to consider generalization from clinicians to parents, but it is also critical to program for generalization of skills mastered in a clinic to the home. In this study, for children with ASD receiving the majority of their ABA services in a clinic-based setting, skills were identified that were mastered within the ABA program and indicated as not known by parents via the Skills® Assessment before instruction began. The amount of parent training received by the children’s parents was compared with the percent of skills known in a probe at home with their parent. Preliminary data indicate that the children demonstrated a high rate of generalization of skills at home with their parent regardless of amount of parent training received. While the generalization noted by this study is promising, more research is needed to clarify the variables impacting the transfer of skills across people and settings. However, this study provides early support of generalization of skills for children with ASD receiving services at a clinic.
 
 
Panel #87
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Using A Decision Making Framework to Address Ethical Dilemmas in Schools
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D.
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington)
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington)
JOE M. LUCYSHYN (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) guarantees a free and appropriate public education to students with disabilities in the United States. Therefore, publics schools are a setting in which Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) should be working. When working in public schools, however, BCBAs often face numerous ethical challenges. Some of these challenges are related to philosophical differences, others may be related to resource allocations. Regardless of the issues contributing to the ethical dilemmas, BCBAs working in schools need a process to evaluate these dilemmas and make decisions about their practice. Rosenberg and Schwartz (2018) propose a decision making framework that BCBAs can use in their practice to address ethical dilemmas. The decision making framework does not provide BCBAs with a “right” answer, rather it is a tool for them to use to consider the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, student outcomes, and other issues when making decisions about their practices. The purpose of this panel is to describe this process and then use it to address real world ethical dilemmas faced by BCBAs working in public schools.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: BCBAs, specifically those who are working in schools
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will improve their knowledge about the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code 2. Participants will increase their knowledge of a decision making framework proposed by Rosenberg and Schwartz, 2018. 3. Participants will increase their comfort with discussing ethical issues.
 
 
Symposium #88
CE Offered: BACB
Current Strategies to Assess and Treat Multiple Topographies of Food Refusal
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth A. Masler, M.A.
Abstract: A variety of effective behavioral treatments to address pediatric food refusal have been thoroughly discussed in the behavior-analytic literature. Due to the complexity of food refusal, children often present with multiple topographies (e.g., inappropriate mealtime behavior, expulsion, packing) and interventions often include multi-component treatment packages. This symposium includes a study that evaluated the sequential introduction of treatment components designed to address multiple topographies of food refusal. Results suggested that at least three topographies were likely members of a single response class which required simultaneous treatment, although packing was the most resistant to intervention. Thus, the second study focused on a single topography of food refusal, packing. An assessment model was introduced and evaluated to guide the treatment of packing. Results indicated that such a model may be useful in identifying an effective treatment for packing. Together, these studies provide assessment models that may be useful in determining when specific treatment components may be effective.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: 1) Practitioners 2) Researchers
 
Analysis of Response Classes in Pediatric Food Refusal
MEARA X. H. MCMAHON (University of Georgia), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Multicomponent intervention packages used to treat pediatric food refusal often consist of several procedures that may be cumbersome for caregivers to implement (e.g., Pangborn, Borrero, & Borrero, 2012; Werle, Murphy, & Budd, 1993). Practitioners may avoid the use of additional procedures by sequentially introducing treatment components only when necessary. In the present study, the sequential introduction of treatment components designed to address multiple topographies of food refusal was evaluated using reversal designs for three children. Extinction analyses were conducted to determine if topographies were members of a response class. An evaluation of temporal relations between responses suggested that inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) was most likely to occur first if untreated. When escape extinction procedures were implemented for IMB, other topographies of food refusal increased. Results suggest IMB, expulsion and packing may be members of the same response class and all topographies may need to be addressed when designing treatment procedures.
 

Evaluation of a Packing Assessment to Decrease Packing Among Children With Food Refusal

ALEXANDRA MARIE RIVERO (Kennedy Krieger Institute / UMBC), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

A significant problem among children who engage in pediatric food refusal is packing (i.e., pocketing or holding accepted food in the mouth), which could hinder successful treatment. Previous research has identified effective treatments to reduce packing; however, an assessment model to guide treatment decisions is lacking. In the present study, a multielement design was used to identify conditions under which low levels of packing occurred for four children with pediatric food refusal. Results were used to empirically inform treatment selection to decrease packing for three children. Assessments indicated that packing was related to texture, food preference, or response effort and subsequently informed individualized treatments, which led to decreased levels of packing. Results suggest that this model may be useful in the design of treatment packages for children who engage in packing at clinically problematic levels.

 
 
Symposium #89
CE Offered: BACB
Family-Centered Dissemination of Interventions
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute for Technology)
Discussant: Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For interventions to make meaningful changes in the lives of clients and their families, they should be generalized to home settings. These two presentations address challenges faced during generalization to family implementation. The first is on a pyramidal approach to training in which primary caregivers learn how to implement an intervention, and then train others in their family to use it as well. The second is on the use of static or dynamic symbols to indicate when reinforcement is and is not available within a multiple schedule. A discussant, Dr. Andrew Samaha, will provide inside and commentary on these presentations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): multiple-schedules, parent-training, problem behavior, pyramidal training
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who work with children with challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Why might different families require training beyond just the parents? 2. What is the benefit of static versus dynamic signals to indicate reinforcer availability/unavailability? 3. How does the use of multiple schedules preserve the contingency between an alternative response and the reinforcer that previously maintained problem behavior?
 
Culturally Adapted Services: Using Pyramidal Training to Teach Behavior Analytic Procedures to Hispanic Families
(Applied Research)
MARLESHA BELL (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that disparities exist in Applied Behavior Analysis services among Hispanic children with developmental disabilities. One way to reduce disparities is to develop treatments that are congruent with Hispanic families’ customs and cultural values so they are more likely to adopt the treatment in their home. For example, some Hispanic families follow the cultural value familismo. Familismo refers to strong family closeness, and getting along with and contributing to the well being of the nuclear and extended family. In addition, parent training is an important component of Applied Behavior Analysis therapy because it helps generalize and maintain the results in their typical environment. Typically, clinicians train all members of the household, but it is important to consider specific cultural values when choosing parent training models. Therefore, if we identify parent training strategies that are congruent with Hispanic families’ they may be more likely to adopt the training, learn the procedures, and implement them with high treatment fidelity. Thus, the purpose of this study is to use pyramidal training to teach family members who are caregivers for individuals with developmental disabilities to conduct behavior analytic procedures.
 

Comparing the Effects of Static and Dynamic Signals During Multiple Schedules

(Applied Research)
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Florida Institute of Technology), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Lori Ann Kollin (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is effective in reducing problem behavior. Some limitations to FCT include manding excessively (e.g., every 10 seconds) or at inappropriate times (e.g., when parent is making dinner). Multiple schedules using static signals have been used to decrease these limitations while maintaining low levels of problem behavior and appropriate levels of functional communication responses (FCRs). Dynamic signals in the form of Time Timers® have also been shown to maintain appropriate levels of problem behavior and FCRs. Presently, no research has examined the comparison of static and dynamic signals within the context of FCT. Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to compare the effects of static and dynamic signals (i.e., Time Timer®) during multiple schedules consisting of reinforcement and extinction components following FCT. Four children with an autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. Results showed that for three out of four subjects dynamic signals resulted in faster and more consistent discriminated responding.

 
 
Symposium #90
CE Offered: BACB
A Strategic Science of General Education: The CABAS(R) Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D.
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present three papers on the scientific procedures and tactics utilized in the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model of Instruction. Our program includes students with and without disabilities from preschool through middle school age and implements teaching procedures rooted in applied behavior analysis, the strategic science of teaching and the Verbal Behavior Development Theory. In the first paper, we will discuss the key pre-requisite developmental cusps for early learners including Bi-directional Naming, Observational Learning, Transformation of Stimulus Function across saying and writing, and Social Listener Reinforcement. In the second paper, we will describe the extension of the developmental cusps for reader-writers in the general education elementary school setting. The final paper will provide an overview of the later reader/writer and self-editing cusps. Collectively these papers will emphasize the importance of designing instruction based on the verbal behavior development theory and introduce teaching procedures that address both structure and function that ultimately result in the development of independent learners.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AIL, CABAS, VBDT
Target Audience: Teachers and students in graduate programs in applied behavior analysis. Also supervisors and professors with interest in verbal behavior development theory and the strategic science of teaching
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, learners will be able to, 1. Define verbal behavior development theory related to general education. 2. List the prerequisite cusps for early learners 3. List the reader and writer cusps 4. Describe how to arrange instruction once critical cusps are induced.
 

How Students Become an Accelerated Independent Learner: Pre-Requisite Verbal Behavior Cusps

FRANCIS JIHYE HWANG (Teacher College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

A key element of a successful student is the ability to be an independent learner. Over the past three decades of research, Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT) identified the pre-requisite cusps and capabilities (i.e., Bi-directional Naming, Observational Learning, Transformation of Stimulus Function across saying and writing, and Social Listener Reinforcement) that a student needs to acquire prior to becoming an accelerated independent learner (AIL). As an AIL, the student requires minimal direct instruction from the teacher, leading to acquisition of academic materials at their own pace. For over a decade, AIL classrooms demonstrated the effectiveness in student performance across Pre-K to middle school grade classrooms in a public-school district general education and self-contained special education classrooms. In this presentation, I will discuss the development of the pre-requisite cusps and capabilities necessary for an AIL along with the effects of the presence of these cusps on how lessons are designed and taught to these individuals.

 
The Development of Elementary Reader and Writer Stages in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom
LAUREN BALDONADO (Morris School District), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: We will provide a description of the elementary reader and writer stages in an Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classroom for grades K-2. The verbal behavior development theory is an essential component and has an impact on methods of instruction and curriculum design. Reader and writer stages in these early grades build on one another such that the student becomes more independent as he or she acquires more skills. Verbal behavior developmental cusps and capabilities demonstrated in these stages include: responding to own textual responding as a listener, Naming accrues from listening to a story, textually responding at 80 words per minute (wpm), print transcription, print dictation, transformation of stimulus function across vocal and written responses, and reading governs responding. Interventions to induce reader/writer cusps/capabilities are built into the district-mandated curriculum so that students acquire objectives at a faster rate and learn things they could not before. Functional writing objectives are taught across reading, math, and social studies objectives to build skills for technical writing that affects reader behavior.
 
Learner Independence: Instructional Tactics and Protocols Employed in a Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Middle School Classroom
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Teaching reading and learning skills that allow students to become independent learners is a critical component of higher-grade level Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) classrooms. Independent learning skills allow students to acquire essential reading repertoires and to receive maximized instruction. Students received systematically sequenced learning objectives through personalized system of instruction (PSI) and peer tutoring. They monitor the amount of instruction received, measured by the number of learn units received, as well as the rate of acquisition through graphing their own learn units. Students’ acquisition of independent learning skills also allows teachers to focus on designing instructions that optimize students’ learning. Teachers scripted behaviorally defined objectives with criteria that suit students’ individual levels of verbal behavior and sequenced objectives to ensure that students mastered all necessary prerequisite skills before tackling more advanced objectives. Teachers also implemented research-based protocols rooted in the verbal behavior development theory to induce early or advanced reader/writer skills and cusps including self-editing and writing governs complex operations of others. All of the components work together to foster independence of students in a middle-school CABAS® classroom.
 
 
Paper Session #91
Conceptual Work in Behavioral Neuroscience and the Experimental Analysis of Behavior
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Abdulrazaq A. Imam (John Carroll University)
 
How Behavior Analysis Avoided Psychology’s Methodological Ouroboros: A Historical Look
Domain: Theory
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University)
 
Abstract: Psychology is undergoing major cultural changes methodologically, with efforts to redefine how psychologists analyze and report their data. Davidson (2018) argues that psychology’s methodological crises stem from mechanical objectivity involving the adoption of an analytic tool as source of dependable knowledge, which leads to institutionalization, and eventually uncritical ritualistic use, such as happened with null hypothesis statistical testing (NHST). The ritualized tool then is subjected to severe criticism resulting in its demise and replacement with another tool. This is psychology’s methodological Ouroboros that Davidson fears will befall the new calls for the adoption of effect sizes in psychological research reporting. His antidote to breaking the cycle is expert judgment. I argue that behavior analysis has avoided the cycle because there is certain premium placed on the experience, expertise, judgment, and decision-making of the scientist in Sidman’s (1960) methodology classic that appear to be absent in psychology’s ritualized processes, which led Davidson to invoke the wrath of the Ouroboros. Davidson, I. J. (2018). The ouroboros of psychological methodology: The case of effect sizes (mechanical objectivity vs expertise). Review of General Psychology. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/gpr0000154 Sidman, M. (1960). Tactics of scientific research. Boston, MA: Author Cooperative.
 
Consciousness and Decision-Making: A Neuro-Operant Analysis
Domain: Theory
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: Consciousness and decision making are arguably hot topics in current neuroscientifc research. Here we discuss these topics from a neuro-operant perspective, proposing interpretations consistent with a Skinnerian perspective and arguing that such a perspective can lead to more pragmatic defnitions and potentially transformative technologies compared to phenomenological and reductionist alternatives.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #92
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Understanding, Measuring, and Changing Bystander Behavior in Bullying

Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D.
Chair: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
AMANDA NICKERSON (University at Buffalo, The State University of New York)
Amanda Nickerson is a professor of school psychology and director of the Alberti Center for Bullying Abuse Prevention at the University at Buffalo, the State University of New York. Her research focuses on school violence and bullying, and the critical role of family, peers, and schools in preventing violence and building social-emotional strengths of youth. Dr. Nickerson has published more than 90 journal articles and book chapters, and written or edited 5 books (including the PREPaRE School Crisis Prevention and Intervention Model and the Handbook of School Violence and School Safety: International Research and Practice, 2nd ed). Her research has been funded by the National Institutes of Health, the American Educational Research Association, the New York State Developmental Disabilities Planning Council, and the Committee for Children. Dr. Nickerson served as associate editor of the Journal of School Violence and is on the editorial boards of several other journals in school psychology. She is a licensed psychologist, nationally certified school psychologist, fellow of the American Psychological Association, and Coordinator of Research for the National Association of School Psychologists’ School Safety and Crisis Prevention Committee.
Abstract:

Bullying has received unprecedented attention from legislators, media, and the general public. Studies of the phenomenon have widened the lens from focusing solely on perpetrators and victims to examining the role of peers who are almost always present when bullying occurs. These “bystanders” often remain passive or even join in, which can maintain or increase the bullying behaviors. To inform prevention and intervention efforts, it is important to understand the factors associated with bystanders’ attitudes and actions. In this presentation, findings from a program of research examining the behavior of peers in bullying situations and the factors that predict the likelihood of actively defending (directly or indirectly) in bullying will be highlighted. The measurement, validation, and application of a five-step model of bystander intervention in bullying will be shared. Implications for practice, including the importance of shaping prosocial norms and explicitly teaching the 5-step bystander intervention model and offering multiple intervention options according to individual and situational variables, will be suggested.

Target Audience:

Researchers, educators, mental health professionals (focus on children and adolescents in schools)

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify roles of youth in bullying interactions; (2) describe the five-step bystander intervention model as applied to bullying; (3) discuss the individual and situational variables that predict bystander intervention; (4) identify the implications of the role of bystanders in bullying prevention and intervention.
 
 
Symposium #93
Behavioral Technology in Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Education
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Clare Bohan (Dublin City University)
Abstract:

The studies presented in this symposium demonstrate how behavioral technology may be successfully applied with learners at primary, secondary and tertiary institutions. We first present a study using equivalence based instruction in the primary school class room which employed a group contingency. Next, a systematic review of the literature on gamified interventions at secondary (age 12-18) school level which leads on to a third presentation, an applied study which employed the Caught Being Good Game with a class of adolescents at risk of school non-completion. Finally, behavioral technology and assistive technology were merged in a study which provided self-management training for university students with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assistive Technology, Education, Gamified interventions, Group contingencies
 

Equivalence Based Instruction and Group Responding in the Primary School Classroom

Ronda Barron (Dublin City University), SINEAD SMYTH (DCU), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

Equivalence Based Instruction (EBI) involves the application of the concepts of stimulus equivalence in academic contexts, to teach material of relevance to the learner. The current study made use of use equivalence based instruction (with matching-to-sample) to teach elements of the Irish primary school science curriculum in a group context. Pre-experimental category awareness was tested using a paper and pencil test. Nine conditional discriminatiosn were trained through a matching-to-sample procedure presented via Powerpoint presentation. Participants were tested for the emergence of three four-member equivalence classes. Individual student responses were collected using a computerised “clicker”, and the software program generated group scores. However, using a group contingency progression from training to testing depended on group mastery of the conditional discriminations trained. Participants were tested through the same means for trained relations and the emergence of derived symmetry and transitivity relations and the re-administration of a similar pencil and paper category task. The results demonstrated the group passed all training and testing phases meeting the criteria for equivalence. Significant differences were also found between pre- and post-intervention knowledge levels.

 

The Caught Being Good Game: An Investigation Into the Effects of a Positive Group Contingency on At-Risk Student Behaviour

CLARE BOHAN (Dublin City University), Sinead Smyth (Dublin City University), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine)
Abstract:

Classroom management is a central element of daily schooling which can take up a substantial amount of a teacher’s time and energy. The Caught Being Good game (CBGG) is a novel gamified classroom management strategy which puts a positive spin on the classic Good Behaviour Game (GBG) intervention. Rather than a focus on provision of fouls when student break class rules, students are awarded points for rule-following. The CBGG has been effective in reducing disruption and increasing engagement in school populations. The current study investigates the effects of feedback during implementation of the CBGG with second-level students. A version of the game with delayed feedback is compared to a version where feedback is public and immediate. A first year class attending a Dublin secondary school and their teacher were recruited. A reversal design with phases ABACABAC was used to assess intervention effects (A=Baseline, B=Delayed Feedback, C=Immediate Feedback). There was a reduction in disruption and an increase in engagement when each version of the game was put in place. Social validity measures suggested that both the participating teacher and students found the game acceptable for use in the second-level classroom. Results will be discussed in further detail and future directions will be considered.

 

Combining a Wearable Smartwatch With a Behaviour Analytic Self-Management Strategy to Support University Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Sean J O'Neill (Dublin City University), SINEAD SMYTH (Dublin City University)
Abstract:

Self-management skills (goal setting, self-monitoring, self-recording) are critical to successful study in third level education. Independent study behaviour is one aspect of university life that require the self-management of time in relation to study goals. Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), that attend third level education, can have difficulty self-managing independent study. This may result in some students not meeting the standards required for successful course completion. The current study (N=2) used a changing criterion design to evaluate the effects of a novel intervention package to increase independent study in university students with ASD. The intervention combined a self-management strategy (goal setting and self-monitoring) together with wearable technology, available off the shelf and customisable, and was used to prompt and record behaviours consistent with student selected academic goals. Findings, and their implications for the kind of supports needed by students with ASD that attend third level education, are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #94
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Organizational Behavior Management Assessment and Intervention
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, M.S.
Abstract: This symposium includes three talks that span basic to applied experimental evaluations of assessments and interventions to foster desired employee behavior. Novak will share findings of an experiment that evaluated the predictive validity of three preference assessment formats for identifying reinforcers for college students completing a computerized work task. The remaining two presentations will summarize findings from applications of organizational behavior management assessments and interventions. Cruz will describe results of an experiment that examined the utility of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Safety to identify interventions to improve appropriate employee hand washing within a human service setting. Finally, Wine will present a series of experiments that assessed reinforcement delay, with embedded probabilities, on employee filing behavior.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcement delay, reinforcer assessment, safety
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, individuals working within the field of organizational behavior management
 
A Translational Evaluation of Preference Assessment Formats for Employees
(Basic Research)
MATTHEW NOVAK (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We evaluated the predictive validity of three formats for identifying reinforcers for completing an experimental work task by undergraduate student participants. The computerized task involved a series of transcription and match-to-sample activities. The first format was a Likert-type survey that asked participants how much work they would be willing to do to gain access to each stimulus. The second format asked participants to rank the stimuli according to how much work they would do to earn each stimulus. The third format was a hypothetical work task that asked participants whether they would be willing to complete a given number of work tasks to gain each stimulus. The presented number advanced in a progressive fashion until reaching a break point for each stimulus. Using a multielement design we then assessed the reinforcing efficacy of the stimuli at a low, fixed response requirement. Finally, participants had the opportunity to work for each stimulus under a progressive ratio schedule in a multielement design. Although data collection is ongoing, pilot data indicate high correspondence between each preference assessment format and high correspondence between preference assessment outcomes and reinforcer assessment work rates.
 

Further Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Safety

(Applied Research)
NELMAR JACINTO CRUZ (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Curtis Phillabaum (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Thomas (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We evaluated the utility of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist- Saftey (PDC-Safety) (Martinez-Onstott, Wilder, & Sigurdsson, 2016) by comparing the effectiveness of a PDC-Safety indicated intervention with a PDC-Safety non-indicated intervention. The interventions targeted participants’ hand washing behavior at a clinic serving children with intellectual disabilities. Failure to wash hands at appropriate times could pose health risks to both behavior technicians and clients, so efforts should be made to increase the likelihood of hand washing. Based on the results of the PDC-Safety, a lack of antecedents was the variable contributing to unsafe performance. The indicated intervention, which consisted of a prompt, was effective to increases safe performance, although two of three participants required additional intervention components. The non-indicated intervention, which consisted of increased access to materials, was ineffective. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the tool to identify effective interventions to increase safe performance in a variety of settings.

 
An Examination of Reward Delay and Probability in Employees
(Applied Research)
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center & Florida Institute of Technology), Ting Bentley (The Faison Center), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The effects of delay to delivery of earned rewards were evaluated in program support employees. During study 1, an immediate reward delivery condition was implemented. During study 2, employees were exposed to increasing delays to reward delivery. Employees continued to respond at high levels up to a 32-day delay. Study 3 held the 32-day delay constant but also evaluated three different probabilities of receiving the rewards: 1.0, .5, and .1. Employees continued to respond during delays but decreased responding when the probability of receiving the rewards decreased.
 
 
Symposium #95
CE Offered: BACB
Does Behavior Analysis Have a Metaphysical Crisis?
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
Discussant: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Scientists are reluctant to discuss metaphysics, preferring to apply the methods typical of their disciplines to questions of current interest. However, a natural science of human behavior raises special problems in that it treats objectively topics which the wider community treats subjectively. Furthermore, the recent debate about the status of private events in the experimental analysis of behaviour is about the presuppositions of the science, and thus its metaphysics, rather than about specific findings. Arguably, we have been using a "Skinnerian metaphysics" without regularly examining it in detail or considering whether there are alternatives that are consistent with the most fundamental precepts of the experimental analysis of behavior. Leslie's paper will identify those fundamental precepts and argue that the core ideas consist only of "antirepresentationalism" and a commitment to behavior principles that relate environmental regularities to systematic behavior change. These embrace a wider range of behavioral phenomena than currently without reducing empirical rigor. Clavijo Alvarez’s paper will scrutinize the ontological assumptions and differences in the debates on privacy, realism versus an anti-realist perspective, and mechanism versus contextualism, and recommend the neutral monism of Russell and others as an ontology that may be acceptable to the whole behavior analysis community.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): metaphysics, monism, private events
Target Audience:

This symposium reviews fundamental issues that should be considered by all behavior analyts at or above masters level, including practitioners.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify basic tenets of behavior analysis; (2) identify the roles of some major Western philosphers in defining the metaphysics of science; (3) describe at least two accounts of the role of private events in behavior analysis
 
Metaphysics and the Basic Tenets of Behavior Analysis
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University)
Abstract: Metaphysics is the study of that which is known a priori, and what can be deduced from what is so known. There is a strong Western philosophical tradition of naturalism and realism. David Hume claimed that we cannot help believing in the existence of bodies and other people, and in inductive inference, and that these beliefs come from “nature” not “reason”; reason thus operates within bounds which are already set. These Humean principles are embedded in the metaphysics of science and thus have been imported into behaviour analysis. However, Rorty suggests that these are not necessary truths but conventions of that philosophical tradition. Alternatively, we can adopt some metaphysical assumptions that are closer to direct perception and do not entail the familiar problems of dualism. Additionally, we have been constrained by some assumptions made by Skinner about the operant conditioning process which again are not necessary and may need to be discarded. Revising our metaphysical and theoretical assumptions, while retaining core principles which define behavior analysis, may enable us not only to resolve debates about private events, but also allow us to provide accounts of a range of interesting findings on animal cognition which otherwise pose problems for behavior analysis.
 

Neutral Monism as an Ontology for Behavior Analysis? Might Be...

ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

Some of the arguments used by members of the Behavior Analysis community indicate that their ontological assumptions differ. Sometimes the divergence is subtle as, for example, in the controversy around the notion of privacy and its role in explaining behavior. Privacy was the way in which Skinner and the radical behaviorists dealt with subjectivity. They were committed, however, to a particular ontology. Others, by starting from different ontological assumptions, necessarily have a different stance on the subject of privacy. In other cases, the controversy has been openly about ontological concerns, as in the dispute between those with a realistic view versus those with an anti-realist perspective, or between those who support a mechanistic approach versus those who support a contextual one. Nonetheless, Radical Behaviorists and Behavior Analysts do share beliefs including a certain degree of environmental determinism, the importance of behavior as the relevant data and, broadly, rejection of mentalism. Some of the main postulates of neutral monism, the ontology of Mach, James, and Russell, could offer ontological assumptions that can eventually be shared by most members of the Behavior Analysis community. This presentation examines these assumptions and their possible implications for a behavioral interpretation of behavior.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #96
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

Common Mistakes Behavior Analysts Make When Working in Schools (and What to Do Instead)

Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Jennifer Austin, Ph.D.
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments)
JENNIFER AUSTIN (University of South Wales)

Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D., BCBA-D has been applying the science of behavior analysis to improve outcomes for children and their teachers for over 20 years.  Both her research and clinical work focus on how behavior analytic assessment and intervention strategies can be applied with typically developing children, as well as examining what adaptations may be necessary for making our science “work” in mainstream classrooms.  She has worked with numerous schools in the US and the UK, focusing primarily on those in disadvantaged communities.  Dr. Austin received her PhD from the Florida State University and currently serves as Professor of Psychology and Head of Behavior Analysis at the University of South Wales.  Prior to moving to the United Kingdom, Dr. Austin served as faculty at the University of South Florida, California State University, Fresno and the University of Houston, Clear Lake.  She is the President of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis and a former Associate Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice.

Abstract:

Current statistics regarding problem behavior and academic attainment confirm that schools need behavior analysts more than ever. However, many schools that could benefit from our services do not know we exist (or have misconceptions about what we do). Further, our enthusiasm for helping schools enact meaningful changes in student and teacher behavior may cause us to miss some important contingencies that might impact our effectiveness as behavioral consultants. Drawing on work conducted at the University of South Wales, this presentation will identify some tips for “opening the school doors” for behavior analysis. It also will identify some common mistakes that behavior analysts make in schools, including such areas as functional assessment strategies, intervention planning and approach, and data collection. Importantly, it will provide some potential solutions to these problems, as well as identifying some interpersonal skills that might be useful in improving our efficacy in both mainstream and special education settings.

Target Audience:

Behavior analytic practitioners working in schools (particularly early career behavior analysts)

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify common mistakes that behavior analysts might make when working in schools, including mistakes related to assessment, intervention, and data collection; (2) describe some solutions to common mistakes; (3) identify interpersonal skills that may affect school personnel’s willingness to use behavior analytic strategies; (4) describe some strategies for gaining entry to schools that could benefit from behavior analytic consultation.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #97
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Using Genetically Modified Organisms to Probe Neurobiological Bases of Behavior
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Paul Soto, Ph.D.
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Presenting Authors: : PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

This tutorial will provide a general introduction to some technologies available for manipulating gene expression in mice. Technologies for manipulating gene expression can be used to investigate the neurobiological contributors to behavior. Results obtained from studies in dopamine receptor knockout mice on the role of dopamine receptors in food’s reinforcing efficacy will be used as an example of use of a global knockout approach. Results obtained from studies in Alzheimer’s transgenic APPswe/PS1dE9 mice on the role of beta amyloid in cognitive decline will be used as an example of a transgene approach. Additionally, the tutorial will discuss emerging technologies that allow precise control over the timing and location of modification of genetic expression. These emerging technologies allow behavioral researchers to investigate the role of neurobiological variables on behavior from a developmental perspective and to address questions regarding the role of particular brain regions in behavior. Genetically modified organisms provide a promising avenue for fruitful collaborations between behavior analysts and geneticists, neuroscientists, and scientists in other complementary areas.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish genetic knockout and transgene manipulations; (2) describe emerging technologies for regionally and temporally selective manipulations of gene expression; (3) describe the impact of dopamine receptor deletion on reinforcer efficacy; and (4) describe the impact of transgene-mediated build-up of beta amyloid on delayed matching-to-position and 3-choice serial reaction time task performances.
 
PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University)
Dr. Soto completed graduate training in psychology at Emory University and postdoctoral training in behavioral pharmacology at the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Prior to accepting a position at LSU in 2017, Dr. Soto held tenure-track appointments in the School of Medicine at Johns Hopkins University and Texas Tech University. Dr. Soto’s research interests are in (1) the use of laboratory animal models of psychiatric diseases and symptoms for the evaluation of potential therapeutic approaches, (2) the use of drugs and genetically engineered animals to identify the neurobiological contributors to basic and complex behavioral processes, and (3) the investigation of short- and long-term effects of exposure to psychiatric medications. Some of Dr. Soto’s research has involved the investigation of the role of dopamine D2-like receptors in learning and memory and the long-term effects of early-life exposure to ADHD stimulant medications and antipsychotic medications, both of which are frequently prescribed in children. Dr. Soto’s research has been published in many journals including high impact journals such as Neuropsychopharmacology and Psychopharmacology.  Additionally, Dr. Soto recently completed a four-year appointment as an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Finally, Dr. Soto is currently managing the final year of an NIH R15 project to investigate the longitudinal profile of cognitive decline in Alzheimer’s disease transgenic mice.
 
 
Panel #98
CE Offered: BACB
Current Practices in Online Education for Teaching Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, Ph.D.
Chair: Julianne Lasley (Capella University )
CHERYL J. DAVIS (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
DANA R. REINECKE (Capella University)
NOELLE NEAULT (Simmons College)
Abstract: At the university-level, online instruction in behavior analysis is achieved using a variety of pedagogical tactics. Examples of these tactics include different methods to deliver content, ways to facilitate learner engagement, and approaches to effective feedback application. In addition to written formats, instructional content may be delivered using either or both live and recorded lectures, with or without active student responding. Asynchronous discussion boards may be used in a variety of formats to facilitate learner engagement, including large and small group contact, embedded video, and written contributions. Instructor or peer feedback may be delivered in different ways, including audio, video and written formats. Presenters in this panel are experienced online educators who have used and evaluated all of these varied practices in past and current coursework. Each panelist will discuss one of the practices and offer an assessment of the advantages and disadvantages of each practice based on professional experience. Panelists will take questions from the audience and the moderator.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: The target audience is faculty in higher education programs teaching behavior analysis or related content.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: (1) describe ways to establish an effective online teaching presence, and to deliver effective feedback; (2) describe ways to incorporate evidence-based practices into online learning formats; (3) describe strategies to increase active student responding in online classrooms; (4) describe strategies to facilitate learner engagement in online communities.
Keyword(s): asynchronous instruction, online instruction, synchronous instruction, TBA
 
 
Panel #99
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Open Educational Resources
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Veronica J. Howard, Ph.D.
Chair: Cassandra Anderson (University of Alaska Anchorage)
MAGGIE PAVONE (Lindenwood University)
RYAN SAIN (Northwest Autism Center)
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: Open educational resources (OERs) are educational materials that can be freely downloaded, edited, and shared to better serve all students. (SPARC, 2017). OERs can help disseminate behavior analysis to a wider audience without the barriers of university or program enrollment. While open resources are used widely for high-enrollment undergraduate general education courses, few if any resources exist that accurately portray behavior analysis. This creates a pragmatic barrier to student education and may pose a challenge when related fields (i.e., psychology) attempt to represent our science. This panel will: Demonstrate how to locate OERs that may be useful in education, practice, and professional development. Describe the types of OERs currently available that are related to behavior analysis. Discuss the contingencies that maintain (or fail to maintain) the production of ABA-related OERs. Introduce a new professional resource group to encourage collaboration on new OERs and assist interested BCBAs in locating quality OERs.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Behavior analytic educators and supervisors
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe what open educational resources (OER) are and where to find them. Participants will be able to describe the contingencies shaping OER creators and benefits for OER users.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, OER, Open Access, Open-Ed Resources
 
 
Special Event #99A
Remembering Gerald Mertens
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)

Jerry Mertens was the founder of ABAI. If there had been no Jerry Mertens, there would be no ABAI, and you wouldn’t be a member of this wonderful organization. The first meeting of “ABAI” was, in 1974, under the name of “Organization Meeting: Midwestern Experimental Analysis of Behavior Group”. The next year, we became “MABA”, then “ABA”, and now “ABAI”. But Jerry started it all. Jerry was not a scholar, not a researcher; he had an MA (from the University of Mississippi). Instead he was a teacher, at Saint Cloud State University, for 53 years, from 1965 to 2018. Jerry trained up the undergrads and then shipped them off to grad schools around the country. And every summer, for years, he’d load a school bus full of undergrads and take them on a tour of the major behavioral centers around the country. If there had been no Jerry Mertens, there would be many people who would not be behavior analysts today. In recognition of his contribution to our field, ABAI has arranged a remembrance event with some remarks by a few close colleagues, as well as the opportunity for other attendees to speak in honor of Jerry’s memory.

Speakers will include:

Melinda Sota (Executive Leadership Group, Inc)

Peter Killeen (Arizona State University)

Linda Hayes (University of Nevada Reno)

Brady Phelps (South Dakota State University)

Dick Malott (Western Michigan University)

 
 
Symposium #100
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting Social Interactions for Children With Developmental Disabilities and Their Peers
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
CE Instructor: Tracy Jane Raulston, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities are likely to experience difficulties socially interacting with their peers during natural routines, including play times at school or home. Additionally, children with developmental disabilities may have difficulty forming friendships or report lower quality of friendships as well as increased loneliness, peer rejection, or bullying. Social behavior and social play are important areas of child development and may require explicit intervention procedures and supports. This symposium is comprised of four presentations of original datasets. Each study evaluated an intervention to increase social skills between children with ASD or other developmental disabilities and their typically-developing peers. The interventions targeted social skills including responding to peer bids for joint attention, taking turns during imaginary play activities, recess skills, and taking game turns during playdates. Intervention components consisted of environmental arrangement, prompting, reinforcement, use of video scene displays in an augmentative and alternative communication device (AAC), and direct instruction (DI). Key takeaways are that children and their peers may require systematic teaching procedures in natural environments in order to fully benefit during social routines.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): "play interventions", "social skills", "young children"
Target Audience:

This event is appropriate for practitioners and researchers working in classrooms or homes of children with developmental disabilities.

 
Peer Mediated Early Social Skill Intervention in an Inclusive Preschool Classroom
SARAH GRACE HANSEN (Georgia State University), Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio), Megan Mowbray (Georgia State), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Joint attention, or shared attention of two individuals on an object or event, is a pivotal social communication skill that develops in most children before their second birthday. Response to (i.e., following someone’s point) and initiation of (i.e., pointing out an object or event) joint attention are considered pivotal skills for later social communication skill acquisition. Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may not develop these skills without targeted intervention, and may not demonstrate mastery of these skills even by preschool. For this reason, involving peers in intervention on these skills may allow for greater support in the natural environment. The current study extends findings of a peer mediated joint attention intervention targeting response to joint attention skill in preschool settings using peer training and interventionist mediated priming sessions. Results indicated peer bids and target child responses both increased following intervention. The current study extended the work of Hansen and colleagues by implementing the intervention in inclusive preschool classrooms, teaching both initiation and response to joint attention skills to the target child, and removing interventionist mediated priming sessions. Results indicated increase in peer bids, target child response, target child bids and subsequent peer response in a multiple baseline design across behaviors embedded in a multiple baseline design across participants. Implications and opportunities for future research are discussed.
 
Effects of a Mobile App on Communication During Interactive Play in Autism: A Pilot Study
EMILY LAUBSCHER (Penn State), Janice Light (Penn State), David McNaughton (Penn State)
Abstract: In early childhood, interactive pretend play with peers provides an important context for development of social communication skills that tend to be challenging for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Children with ASD and limited speech are at risk for exclusion from pretend play due to difficulties with both acquisition of symbolic play behaviors and expressive communication during play; as such, they often miss out on the very play experiences that would allow them to observe and practice the skills they lack. Several existing interventions have successfully targeted both play behaviors and communication during pretend play for children with ASD, but few have provided adequate expressive communication supports for nonverbal children. To address this gap, the current pilot study uses a multiple probe design across activities to examine the effect of an innovative AAC approach, the use of video visual scene displays (video VSDs), on communication and play skills for one child with ASD and limited speech during pretend play with a typically developing peer. Results showed an increase in frequency of communicative turns for the participant with ASD, suggesting that video VSDs may be promising tools for supporting social communication during play for nonverbal children with ASD.
 
A Direct Instruction Treatment Package Approach to Teaching Playground Rules and Expectations
SLOAN STORIE (University of Oregon), Allaina Douglas (University of Oregon), Andrew Bulla (Armstrong State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The playground is one of the most unstructured times during the school day (Colvin & Lowe, 1986). Playground time can be especially difficult for students with disabilities due to a lack of social skills and training (Nabors, Willoughby, Leff, & McMenamin, 2001). One approach that teaches skills and concepts to generalize to new situations is direct instruction ([DI] Carnine, 1994). This study used a DI treatment package to examine social skills of students with and without disabilities on the playground. Participants consisted of two typically developing Kindergarteners and a Preschooler with a diagnosis of Cerebral Palsy, and developmental disabilities. The effects of this intervention were examined with two single-subject designs. A withdrawal design was used to determine if a functional relation existed between a DI lesson on “Be Kind” and scheduled feedback on student’s demonstration of inviting their classmates to play and sharing their space and materials. A multiple-baseline design was used to identify if there was a functional relation between the DI lesson “Be On Time” and practice sessions on each student’s demonstration of cleaning up and lining up right away. Although functional relations were not demonstrated, authors identified interesting patterns to consider when implementing the playground treatment package.
 

Coaching Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Embed Social Skills Instruction During Playdates

TRACY JANE RAULSTON (Penn State), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Rebecca Frantz (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Naima Bhana (The Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Children need opportunities to practice social skills outside of school, and a common means for this is through playdates. There are few studies examining methods to teach children with ASD social skills during playdates and have included children with advanced language skills, such as the ability to ask questions to peers. In the current study, we examined a parent-implemented packaged intervention aimed at embedding instruction in early social skills during playdates in the home of the child with ASD. A concurrent multiple-probe across parent-child-peer triads single-case design was employed. Data were collected on parent treatment fidelity and frequency of child and peer mands (e.g., requesting a turn) and child and peer responses to mands (e.g., passing the game die). During the coaching phase, parents were taught the steps of the packaged intervention, which included a social narrative, activity schedule, environmental arrangement, prompting, and reinforcement strategies. Parents were taught to embed social skills instruction within the context of game play. During baseline, low levels of treatment fidelity, child, and peer behaviors were observed for all three triads. Upon implementation of coaching, an immediate increase in level of independent correct steps of treatment fidelity was observed for triads one and two. An immediate increase in level and trend was observed for child behavior and peer behavior for triad one. An immediate increase in level and trend was observed for child behavior and peer responses, with moderate changes observed for peer mands for triad two. A small change in level was observed for parent, child, and peer behaviors in triad three. Due to emergence of child challenging behavior and a decreasing trend in target behaviors for triad three, a procedural modification was employed. Following the procedural modification, an immediate increase in level was observed in parent treatment fidelity, and moderate changes in level for child mands and peer behaviors were observed. This pilot study suggests that training parents of children with ASD to implement evidence-based strategies with their child and a peer may be an effective means to support early social skills, but that child challenging behavior and communication needs may affect outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #101
CE Offered: BACB
Responding to the Emotions of Others: Theory, Research, and Practice in Autism Treatment
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to present theory and research focused on improving the responding of individuals with autism to the emotions of others. To engage in social referencing, empathy, and helping individuals must be able to respond to the verbal and non-verbal emotional displays of others as discriminative stimuli. Individuals with autism display challenges orienting toward and responding to these social stimuli and behavior analytic instruction can be been used to alleviate these deficits. This symposium will begin with a discussion of social referencing from a behavior-analytic framework. The second paper presents a demonstration of the effects of discrimination training on the differential responding to joyful and fearful expressions within social referencing. The third paper will focus on the effects of a teaching package to train empathetic responses by adolescents with autism using socially mediated reinforcers. The fourth paper will present a comparison of group and individual instruction to teach empathy and helping.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): emotions, empathy, helping, social referencing
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn a behavioral conceptualization of social referencing 2. Attendees will be able to conceptualize emotions as discriminative stimuli 2. Attendees will learn single case experimental designs for evaluating treatments focused on improving social referencing, empathy, and helping in children with autism 3. Attendees will learn effective procedures for improving social referencing, empathy, and helping
 
Social Referencing and Joint Attention: Toward a Conceptual Analysis and a Functional Distinction
PAMELA NICHOLE PETERSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Social referencing is a social response that has been largely discussed in the developmental literature. Behaviorally-defined as a discriminated operant consisting of a chain of responses following the presentation of a novel or ambiguous stimulus, social referencing is lacking in children with autism. Due to the failure of children with autism to demonstrate social referencing, behavior analysts have begun to consider the conditions most suitable to teaching this chain of responses. Effective design of behavior-analytic teaching procedures necessitates a thorough understanding of the relevant behavioral processes and contingencies that maintain social referencing. A behavioral conceptualization of social referencing will be expanded upon and the role of discriminative stimuli and establishing operations in the facilitation of the response chain in typically-developing children will be discussed. Additionally, a functional distinction between social referencing and joint attention, a topographically similar response often considered to be maintained by the same contingencies, will be posited.
 

Teaching Children With Autism to Respond to Joyful and Fearful Expressions Within Social Referencing

JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Stephanie Ruch (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime Stine (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

During social referencing, infants as young as 6 months of age look to others when confronted with unfamiliar or unexpected events in the environment as a means of determining how to respond to such events. Typically, approach or avoidance responses are learned by responding to positive and negative affective cues of the parent or caregiver (e.g., smiling and frowning). Unfortunately, social referencing repertoires are limited, delayed, or completely lacking in children with autism. Despite these documented social deficits, to date there has been only one published study that has focused on ameliorating social referencing deficits in children with autism. In this study we used a multiple baseline design across three participants to determine the effects of discrimination training, verbal instructions, and manual guidance on the differential responding of children with autism to fearful and joyful expressions. All three participants learned to discriminate the expressions presented within the context of social referencing but generalization to others was limited. A discussion of social referencing and future directions for research will be presented.

 

Using a Three Component Generalization Strategy to Teach Empathy to Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder

VICTORIA BARBUTO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Alexandra O'Grady (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that children and adolescents who show empathy and towards others are likely to increase their opportunities for future interactions with peers and family members. This study extended the work of Garcia-Albea, Reeve, Reeve, Kisamore, LeBlanc, and Brothers (2015) to teach empathetic responses to four adolescent males with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A treatment package consisting of video modeling, audio and manual prompts, behavior rehearsals, and socially mediated consequences was used to teach empathy. It further programed for generalization using a three-component generalization strategy (i.e., general-case analysis, multiple-exemplar training, and experimenter-defined categories). Each empathy category was comprised of nine compound discriminative stimuli, that programmed for generalization from trained to novel compound discriminative stimuli. A multiple probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package and the degree of empathetic response acquisition across participants.The results indicated the effectiveness of the treatment package and empathetic responses maintained in the absence of the treatment package. Further, the skill generalized from trained to novel compound discriminative stimuli and from untrained to a novel empathy category.

 

Comparing Group and Individual Instruction to Teach Empathy and Helping Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MELISSA ANDREACIO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of NJ, LLC)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have deficits in language and social skills that make it difficult to learn to initiate and respond to others. Individual and group instruction have been used to teach different social behaviors but confounds have been noted in the research in how skills have been assessed. A two by two factorial design was used to compare group and individual instruction to determine which form of instruction was more effective to teach eight children with ASD empathy and helping skills. Four of the participants were taught empathy and helping with group instruction and the other four were taught empathy and helping with individual instruction. Video models were presented either individually or in a group, questions were posed to participants, and in-vivo assessment trials were conducted individually in separate rooms. Generalization probes were conducted using a novel empathy and helping scenario and maintenance data was collected one week, two weeks, and four weeks after the completion of the intervention. All participants learned helping and empathy skills, generalized these skills to novel situations, and maintained them, however, no differences was found between group or individual instruction.

 
 
Symposium #102
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Procedural Variables in Skill Acquisition Arrangements for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Karen A. Toussaint, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior-analytic teaching procedures have been shown to be effective in promoting the acquisition of important skills in children with autism. Research that specifies the critical features upon which this success depends may lead to refinements in our instructional design, and improvements in outcomes for the children we serve. This symposium consists of four studies that compare procedural variables in skill acquisition arrangements for children with autism. These procedural variables include the within-trial sequence of sample and comparison stimulus presentation, the within-session timing of an opportunity for the learner to choose a reinforcer, and the criteria for introducing multiple exemplars and initiating differential reinforcement of unprompted and prompted correct responses.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, remediation, skill acquisition, teaching procedures
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners who evaluate or implement instructional programs to children with autism or intellectual disabilities.

Learning Objectives: If asked to do so following this presentation attendees will: 1. Identify the stimuli presented in a matching-to-sample trial, distinguishing between sample and comparison stimuli. 2. Describe multiple-exemplar teaching as a strategy for promoting generalization of skills. 3. Define differential reinforcement and describe how this is applied in the context of promoting independent responding.
 

A Comparison of Presenting the Sample or Comparisons First During Audio-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

COURTNEY LYN MEYERHOFER (Marquette University), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University), Miranda May Olsen (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Gabriella VanDenElzen (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Dayna Costello (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Auditory-visual conditional discriminations (AVCD) occur when behavior comes under the control of auditory stimuli (e.g., a vocal sample) and a related visual stimulus (e.g., a picture in an array) in the environment. The sequence of procedures in AVCD training may vary; this study evaluated two common sequences by comparing sample- and comparison-first presentation format. A sample-first training format involves the presentation of an auditory sample stimulus before the array of visual stimuli, and a comparison-first format involves the presentation of the array of visual stimuli before the auditory sample stimulus. The study used a multiple probe design across two stimulus sets with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design. Four individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated. Results show that all eight comparisons for the sample-first condition were efficacious and seven of the eight comparisons for the comparison-first condition were efficacious. The comparison-first condition was the most efficient procedure in four of the eight comparisons. In two of the comparisons, both sample- and comparison-first procedures were equally efficient. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Serial and Concurrent Training With Multiple Exemplars to Teach Propositional Direction-Following to Children With Autism

TERESA LING (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Multiple exemplar teaching (MET) has been shown to improve the likelihood that a learned response will occur in situations that are different from the training environment. The purpose of this study was to compare effects of two methods for programming MET: serial and concurrent training. Two young men with autism spectrum disorder were taught to follow prepositional spoken directives using serial and concurrent presentation of multiple exemplars. Trials to mastery and generalization to untrained, natural environment locations were evaluated using each method. One participant met mastery criteria more quickly using concurrent training. Both training methods resulted in generalization to untrained, natural environment locations for both participants.

 

Reinforcer Choice as an Antecedent Versus Consequence During Acquisition Tasks for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

RAFAELLA GASHI (Garden Academy), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Providing choice of reinforcers has shown to be an effective and efficient strategy to increase skill acquisition (Toussaint, Kodak, & Vladescu, 2016). However, less is known about the differential effectiveness and efficiency of providing choices before or after task responding. We sought to replicate and extend Peterson, Lerman, and Nissen (2016) by evaluating reinforcer choice using auditory-visual conditional discrimination acquisition targets with three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We assigned three unknown targets to each condition and taught the targets using a constant prompt delay with a gesture prompt. During the antecedent condition, participants selected the putative reinforcer prior to earning tokens. During the consequence condition, participants selected the reinforcer following earning tokens. Antecedent and consequence choice responding was evaluating using an adapted alternating treatment design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design Results showed acquisition of targets across both the antecedent and consequence condition for two of three participants. However, consequence choice condition appeared to be more efficient for all three participants. These data provide preliminary support that providing choice prior to task responding, a commonly used strategy with children with autism spectrum disorder, may not result in the most efficient responding.

 
Comparing Skill Acquisition Under Varying Onsets of Differential Reinforcement
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Kasey Clark Nippes (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that differential reinforcement may increase instructional efficiency relative to nondifferential reinforcement. However, little research has directly evaluated when during instruction to begin differentially reinforcing unprompted and prompted correct responses. The current study evaluated the effect of implementing differential reinforcement at different times relative to the onset of teaching new skills to three learners with autism spectrum disorder. Specifically, we first determined the most effective differential reinforcement arrangement for each participant. Next, we evaluated the efficacy and efficiency of differential reinforcement from the immediate onset, early onset, or late onset. The results indicated that across participants, the immediate onset of differential reinforcement resulted in the most efficient instruction in six of seven comparisons. These outcomes will be discussed in light of previous research and recommendations for future research.
 
 
Symposium #103
CE Offered: BACB
Removing Barriers to Managing Diabetes With Cognitive Impairment
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Elise Pearl (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University)
CE Instructor: Rebecca A Sharp, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Cognitive impairment and type 2 diabetes often co-occur: individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders are 1.5 to 2.7 times more likely to have diabetes than the general population, and there is a 1.5- to 2-fold increased risk that older adults with diabetes will develop a major neurocognitive disorder, such as vascular dementia. Adults with cognitive impairment and diabetes tend to receive substandard diabetes care, putting them at increased risk of complications and hospitalization. Consequently, approximately 33% and 9-17% of individuals with type 2 diabetes and cognitive impairment experience episodes of hyper or hypoglycemia, respectively. Problematic glycemic control associated with poorly managed type 2 diabetes can function as an antecedent, contributing to increased frequencies of behavioral problems when neurodevelopmental or neurocognitive disorders are also present. This symposium will present a behavior analytic approach to diabetes management, including a structured task analysis, and discuss barriers and facilitators to diabetes management, particularly the role of specific cognitive deficits, family care partner behavior, and the structure of food environments.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): care partners, cognitive impairment, diabetes management, task analysis
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working with children or adults, particularly those with impaired cognition and comorbid medical concerns.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to 1. identify tasks required to manage diabetes and how these may be affected by impaired cognition; 2. contextualize difficulty structuring supportive food environments and consider intervention strategies; 3. conceptualize facilitators and barriers to care partner management of comorbid diabetes and cognitive impairment.
 
Task Analysis of Type 2 Diabetes Management
LINDSEY BUNIO (Eastern Michigan University), Kayla Rinna (Eastern Michigan), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts can prevent adverse events and contribute to the quality of service delivery for adults with type 2 diabetes and impaired cognition by enhancing adherence to treatment regimens. When a client has diabetes, a behavior analysis includes assessment of and intervention on the chain of behaviors required to effectively manage blood sugar levels, including systematic monitoring and medication administration. This presentation introduces the development and the implementation of a task analysis that clarifies areas of skill breakdown and suggests interventions at each relevant step. This task analysis can be modified based on the type of medication (e.g., insulin vs. oral tablets), and it can assess potential breakdowns within the complex sequence related to various elements, such as specific devices and tracking methods. Behavior analysts will be able to distinguish specific components of the process that the client may self-manage from those components that may require additional support or assistance for completion. Also discussed will be steps to train family care partners to provide the additional support.
 

Integrating Neuropsychological Test Data With Behavioral Analytic Conceptualization

REBECCA CAMPBELL (Wayne State University), John Woodard (Wayne State University)
Abstract:

Managing type 2 diabetes entails significant patient involvement to perform many daily self-care tasks, such as monitoring blood glucose, taking medications, and maintaining a diabetic diet. Chronic and poorly managed type 2 diabetes -- with frequent episodes of hyper- and hypoglycemia -- often is accompanied by functional decline, including changes in sensory acuity due to diabetic retinopathy and executive functioning, i.e., initiating complex actions, organizing, and planning. Decreased motor skills and difficulties learning, attending, or remembering may also occur. These types of changes further diminish individuals’ ability to direct and engage effectively in their diabetes care. Available neuropsychological testing data can supplement a task analysis and provide further useful information about the types of difficulties that may interfere with tasks necessary to self-management of diabetes. Common neuropsychological changes in type 2 diabetes will be discussed, along with the specific instruments used to measure these changes, and their potential impact on behavioral intervention strategies. When possible, neuropsychological testing should be integrated with behavioral analytic case conceptualizations, to facilitate intervention planning.

 

Food Environments and Glycemic Control: Education and Behavior Analytic Intervention

Kate Krautbauer (Eastern Michigan University), ELISE PEARL (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Eating well is critical to health for all people, and this may be particularly true for individuals with type 2 diabetes. Given the relevance of behavioral economics and discounting to everyday food choices and obesity as a general public health problem, impaired cognition -- accompanied by decreased influence of larger later outcomes over behavior -- presents unique challenges when arranging or structuring a food environment to support adherence to diabetes management. Extremes of blood sugar - both high (hyperglycemia) and low (hypoglycemia) - have been associated with accelerated functional decline and behavioral disturbances. Hyperglycemia has been linked to the development of physical impairment and increased risk for delirium or psychosis. Hypoglycemia has been associated with increased difficulty tracking contingencies over time, impairment in immediate and delayed stimulus control, decrements in motor control and gait, and break down of behavioral chains. The impact of glycemic control on the functional status and behavior of those with comorbid diabetes and cognitive impairment will be reviewed. Contingency management interventions designed to increase the likelihood of glycemic control by targeting the food environment will be suggested.

 
Care Partners’ Role in Managing Diabetes and Cognitive Impairment
Jennifer Battles (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), KAYLA RINNA (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Effectively managing diabetes in the presence of cognitive limitations poses a significant challenge for healthcare providers, advocates, and families. Many adults with diabetes and impaired cognition have informal care partners -- family members or friends -- who assist with or complete instrumental activities of daily living, such as cooking or medication administration. Data from public health surveys indicate that long-term demands of informal caregiving for spouses or family members with cognitive impairment correlate with care partner health problems and functional decline. For this reason, there have been national initiatives to support care partners by providing education and skills. Despite these initiatives, many informal care partners do not receive proper training to assist individuals with cognitive impairment with diabetes management. Thus, care partners may misattribute behavioral changes associated with poor glycemic control to the neurodevelopmental or neurodegenerative disorder. Notably, evidence suggests that healthcare providers may make similar attributional errors. The current paper will review the facilitators and barriers to diabetes management within families and health systems, introduce functional analytic case diagrams to illustrate the reciprocal relationship between blood glucose control and external social/family factors, and suggest points of intervention for behavior analysts. Future research directions will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #104
CE Offered: BACB
Emerging Trends in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Dex West (Saint Louis University)
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Adam DeLine Hahs, Ph.D.
Abstract: The current symposium seeks to showcase emerging new trends in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approaches and conceptualization refinement of identified mechanisms of change. Each paper provides a unique approach to using ACT, and explicit targeting of psychological flexibility. Psychological flexibility is a central mechanism for all ACT techniques, one that focuses on changing behavior in accordance with all stimuli and valued-based contingencies. The first paper will showcase emerging evidence in the validity of the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ) with currently available psychometric's for children. The second paper explores the utility of ACT on children’s responses to a continues performance task (CPT-X). The third paper evaluates the relationship between derived relational responding and psychological flexibility, as measured with the CPFQ, with children with autism. Finally, the fourth paper explored the effects of an ACT body image self-help book on psychological flexibility and body-image avoidance behavior with participants with maladaptive body-image coping strategies. Attendees will gain first hand knowledge about new psychometric tools useful for measuring psychological flexibility, as well as new ACT intervention strategies.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, derived relations, psychological flexibility
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts and assistant level certified behavior analysts.
Learning Objectives: At the end of the symposium, attendees will: 1. Identify useful psychometric surveys to use to measure psychological flexibility 2. Define mechanisms of change for psychological flexibility 3. Identify emerging trends in ACT research for behavior analysts 4. Label measures and measurement systems for ACT intervention strategies
 

Assessing Psychological Flexibility With Children: Current Measures and Future Directions

(Applied Research)
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Psychological flexibility is a central mechanism of change for therapeutic techniques that emphasize the relationship between human language and psychological suffering. Psychological flexibility can be described as persistence with or changing of behavior, in accordance with values-based contingencies, while contacting all stimuli, both public and private, in the present environment (e.g. Bond, Hayes, & Barnes-Holmes, 2006). In the context of Acceptance Commitment Therapy or Training, interventions are designed to increase this flexibility among individuals, including children with behavioral needs, and methods of assessment are necessary to examine the effects of such treatments. First, we examine the relationship between self-reports of psychological flexibility and language ability for a sample of children with and without autism and discuss the implications of this data in terms of treatment. Then, we explore psychological flexibility assessment measures currently available specifically for children, and relationship of these, such as the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire, to other common measures of child behavior. Finally, we conclude with a discussion of possible future directions in the assessment of children’s psychological flexibility.

 
Use of an Acceptance and Commitment Training Curriculum to Target Psychological Flexibility, Attention, and Behavior Management
(Applied Research)
MARY RACHEL ENOCH (Antioch University New England)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Training is an intervention that integrates mindfulness and acceptance with behavior change processes. Study one had 40 participants aged 6-12 years old. The study sought to demonstrate whether ACT activities increased particular attention processes. ACT participants (M = 5.4, SD = 9.8) showed fewer inaccuracies on the CPT-X task compared to the control group (M = 19.75, SD = 16.1) at posttest F (1, 38) = 11.49, p = .02, ηp² = .232. Study two had a total of 30 participants aged 7-12 years old. The study sought to determine if ACT camp increased psychological flexibility among the participants in the experimental group. The results of the AFQ-Y suggest there was significant difference in psychological flexibility between the experimental group (M=17.13, SD= 2.64) compared to the control group (M=27.4, SD=2.64) at posttest F (1, 28) = 7.53, p= .01, ηp²= .212. The third study is currently being conducted and includes 14 after school sites each with 60 participants. Staff were trained on an ACT curriculum and receive weekly coaching from a BCBA. Data is being collected on rates of problem behavior to determine if an ACT curriculum is effective in the afterschool setting to reduce rates of problem behavior.
 

Evaluating the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and the Children's Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Basic Research)
JESSICA M HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Danielle Hilkey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current investigation evaluated the relationship between complex Derived Relational Responding and psychological flexibility in individuals of various ages diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) or a related developmental disability. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System Transformation pre-assessment was used to measure Derived Relational Responding while psychological flexibility was measured using the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ) which was reported by participants themselves and their caregivers. As data collection is still in the early stages and complete statistical analyses cannot yet be conducted, preliminary data suggests a relationship between the PEAK-T and CPFQ: Child and CPFQ: Caregiver assessments. Specifically, with a strong relationship between the PEAK-T and CPFQ: Caregiver assessment. These findings suggest that increased derived relational responding likely results in improved psychological flexibility as reported by the child and their caregiver which suggests a clinical utility in improving relational responding in individuals with ASD.

 

An Evaluation of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy-Based Self-Help Intervention for Body Image Inflexibility

(Basic Research)
JADE CAMPBELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Body image involves the experience of one’s body, and body image disturbance occurs when one’s experience of body image is particularly painful and disruptive to daily living. Body image flexibility seems to be an important component for reducing body image disturbance. In recent years, there has been an increase in the interest of using self-help manuals as an alternative to interpersonal therapy for treating body image disturbance. The presented study aimed to help individuals struggling with their body image utilizing a self-help book based in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Participants who reported body image disturbance during prescreen evaluations were invited to partake in an eight-week self-help program designed to increase body-image flexibility and reduce maladaptive body-image coping strategies. Changes in target behaviors were assessed via self-report data collected online at five different intervals: 1) prescreening (baseline); 2) midway through the readings (week 4); 3) upon completion of the readings (week 8); 4) 4-week follow-up (week 12); 5) 16-week follow-up (week 24). In general, participants exhibited improvements in body-image flexibility and reductions in body-image avoidance behavior over the course of treatment and beyond. Individual-level outcomes will be presented in detail and further implications discussed.

 
 
Symposium #105
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission The Way Forward: Behavior Analysis and the Contingencies of Inclusion
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Vivian Mach (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Adam Hockman (The Mechner Foundation)
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are in the unique position to build bridges that cross cultures and to respect diversity in meaningful measurable ways. We can reach across professions, across disciplines, and across age groups to address patterns that harm any population. We can translate procedures from other fields, and design and sequence measurable objectives without relying on psychological constructs. This symposium will share an analysis and solutions for challenges that arise from exclusionary cultural diversity practices and the great need to provide diversity training. Behavior analysts can contribute to policy and practices that affect the LGBTQ community. We discuss the need to develop culturally competent assessment and treatment interventions for those diagnosed on the autism spectrum. We examine the current and historical make up of the leadership in our own international organization. The constructional approach is presented to help define and facilitate how behavior analysis can move us forward in addressing these issues.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): bias, constructional approach, cultural diversity, discrimination
Target Audience:

College professors BCBA practitioners

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to name three free or low cost resources that are available for teaching adults and youth about LGBTQ needs. Participants will be able to state two examples of differences between the etiology of autism in different cultures. Participants will be able to state which emotion is a by-product of the distancing contingency.
 
Diversity submission 

Cross-Cultural Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis for Treating Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
STACEE LEATHERMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), James C. Moore (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ileana Torres (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The worldwide impact of autism creates a need to develop culturally competent assessment and treatment interventions that can be implemented in a variety of cultures. The literature on interventions for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has identified behavioral interventions as being very effective in Western cultures. However, there is little research about behavioral interventions in non-Western cultures. Culture can affect a person’s beliefs about the cause or origin of ASD, which types of treatment the person seeks, and the goals/outcomes the person expects. Western ABA providers working with individuals with ASD from diverse cultures need to develop and maintain multicultural competencies to better understand the needs of the people with whom they work and to be able to modify interventions to be more effective in non-Western cultures. This paper discusses the impact of culture on the diagnosis and treatment of ASD, barriers to accessing ASD treatment services in non-Western cultures, the existing research gap regarding the cross-cultural implementation of ABA, current ABA efforts to address diversity issues in the field, and recommendations for future research.

 
Diversity submission 

Free and Appropriate Education for All: LGBTQ Youth and Inclusive Schools

(Service Delivery)
SEAN MICHAEL WILL (PEER International; Denton ISD)
Abstract:

Inclusive practices for students, teachers, and families help create an inviting school culture. All families need to experience a safe and welcoming environment. Stereotypes of gender may limit life experiences, limit access to meaningful consequences, and limit available alternatives. In 2016, the first-ever national survey was administered to parse high school students by sexuality. The two new questions added to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control survey asked students about (1) their sexual orientation and (2) the gender of their partners. These data show that 1.3 million teens, about 8% of all high school students in America, report being lesbian, gay, or bisexual. This presentation will present a behavior analytic approach to define bullying and other social interactions that lead to exclusion. We will share resources that promote inclusion and teach students to create allies, and to recognize the undesirable role of the bystander. Behavior analysis provides us with the framework to design and arrange these complex social contingencies.

 
Diversity submission 

Diversity and Representation Within the Field of Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
ALFRED TUMINELLO (Touchstone), Dominique Michellee Rougeau (Mental Health Connections of SWLA/Crossing Roads ABA)
Abstract:

As a field, Applied Behavior Analysis is expected to be able to produce socially significant changes in the lives of individuals from diverse social, cultural, and economic backgrounds. While behavior analysts strive to provide the best care to their clients, only minimal support may be available to help behavior analysts develop the skills needed for effectively bridging gaps that exist when providers and clients share little in terms of cultural understanding. This challenge is particularly well illustrated when reviewing the sociocultural backgrounds of those comprising major leadership groups, such as the Behavior Analysis Certification Board and Association for Professional Behavior Analysts, as well as when accounting for the frequency of related presentations at major conferences. Without a concentrated effort to both develop field-wide leaders from diverse communities and promote appropriate diversity and sensitivity training for practitioners, consumers of ABA services may find it difficult to find behavior analysts with whom they can effectively communicate. As our field naturally results in contact with people from all walks of life, it is important for practitioners at every level to have a solid understanding of the issues surrounding diversity within the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

 
Diversity submission Contingencies of Inclusion and Exclusion: A Constructional Approach to Cultural Diversity
(Theory)
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy; PEER International)
Abstract: Concepts of freedom and equality have been at the core of the debate on how we should live and treat one another since the inception of this country. Skinner (1971) thought the concepts important enough to devote an entire book to the subject. In that book he argued that radical behaviorism could make a contribution to understanding the key issues framing debates concerning freedom, and could offer ways to help achieve the often elusive goals of equality and the "good" life. The purpose of this paper is to consider an analysis of an issue currently described as cultural diversity; an analysis derived from the principles of contingency analysis. Presented here is the constructional approach as formulated by Goldiamond in an attempt to treat these problems such as bias, prejudice, and discrimination as disturbing patterns that are maintained by their consequences, and viewed as patterns of social or societal behavior that can be rationalized given the available alternatives.
 
 
Symposium #106
Self-Care Across the Developmental Life Span of the Behavior Analyst
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Victoria Hanczyk (Teacher's College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Self-care is an ill-defined set of behavioral repertoires to help increase job performance and decrease burnout and turnover. Behavior analysts worked in applied settings are often exposed to highly emotional and highly stressful situations that may increase rates of job-related stress and burnout. Given lack of self-care has been tied to a number of negative outcomes in other service areas, behavior analysts must be aware of self-care repertoires and their impact throughout the developmental progression of their careers. These symposia will examine self-care behaviors appropriate for individuals at multiple stages of their careers: from graduate school, to practicing professionals, to those further in their career, and beyond. Interventions and strategies to promote self-care and reduce behaviors associated with burnout and turnover will be examined, and methods to be used in the future will be explored. Recommendations for future practice and future directions of research will be discussed, as well as the limitations that currently exist in enacting a self-care routine.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Self-Care in Graduate School: Making the Most of the Very Little
ABBY LEWIS (Teachers College, Columbia)
Abstract: Graduate school is often experienced as a time of intense stress for a number of individuals in the field of behavior analysis and other helping professions. Limited financial resources, location changes, time constraints, and demanding practicum and course work are associated with high levels of dissatisfaction and potential departure from graduate programs and the field as a whole. This presentation will explore possibilities in planning outside of the box with regard to self-care during this time when limited financial and time resources make self-care incredibly difficult and even more crucial. Components of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) will be utilized to maximize self-care routines in relation to individual student’s values and ability to engage in committed action. Initial data from two graduate students, as well as limitations and future directions, will be discussed. Of note, particular barriers to implementing self-care routines will be discussed, as we well as providing potential solutions to such complex problems.
 

Real Talk: Self-Care and Self-Care Deficits Among Practitioners

SHANE SPIKER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
Abstract:

As a helping profession, behavior analysts are regularly exposed to difficult, troubling, and/or dangerous situations that have lasting effects. We are skilled at identifying socially significant problems with individuals we serve, but we still struggle with turning the research lens on ourselves to some degree. This, in turn, prevents us from being able to identify, explore, and organize information about the behavior analyst as a practitioner. This paper focuses on the direct experiences of behavior analysts in discussion self-care, self-care deficits, and the direct impact self-care deficits may have on our practice.

 

Self-Care and Habit Development With Organizational Behavior Management: Workplace and Other Applications

JACQUELINE NOTO (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management research and applications are broad, spanning a variety of businesses, industries, and any setting where getting results is reliant on other people. Results come through behavior and behavior comes when good things happen when workers perform. Managers should strive not just for a productive workplace, but a workplace where productivity does not sacrifice the happiness, health, and overall wellbeing of the workforce. In all areas of performance management, external consequences delivered by others can help build performance, but the natural consequences will build habits. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss an OBM model to understanding performance and how to build healthy, ethical and productive habits.

 

ACT Like You Matter: Using Acceptance and Commitment Training to Facilitate Your Own Self-Care

Tom Buqo (Hofstra University), ANA ELISA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT, pronounced as the word) is a third-wave behavior therapy based upon a functional contextualist framework. The purpose of the therapy is to increase repertoires of behavior that promote psychological flexibility and ultimately well-being. While access to a therapist may be difficult due to social, economic, and other barriers, principles and concepts from ACT can be applied by individuals to allow for improvement in their own quality of life. The purpose of this presentation is to present the hexagon model of psychological flexibility and discuss how behavior analysts can apply each of these six processes in their own lives to improve values alignment, commitment to action, and overall well-being. Potential barriers to this will be discussed, as well as providing examples that people can use in the moment to manage their own lives, decrease burn out, and move in the direction of a life worth living.

 
 
Symposium #107
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Applications With Preschool Children With and Without Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University)
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although the majority of behavior analytic applications have been carried out with clinical and special needs populations, behavior analytic procedures are also highly applicable with populations without disabilities or diagnoses. In the current symposium, four authors will present research on applications of behavior analysis with preschool children with and without disabilities. First, Kovar will present a study on teaching self-control to typically developing preschool children who demonstrated impulsivity. Second, Halfdanardottir will present a study on the translation and implementation of the preschool life skills (PLS) program with typically developing preschool children in Reykjavik, Iceland. In the third presentation, Glaze will describe a study on the potential aversive properties of a vicarious reinforcement arrangement with preschool children. Finally, Bernstein will describe a study on the assessment and treatment of age-inappropriate self-feeding (finger feeding) with seven young children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. After the presentations, Nicole Heal will provide discussant’s comments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Feeding, Preschool life-skills, Self-Control, Vicarious reinforcement
Target Audience:

Practitioners and graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different mediating responses that improve self-control ; (2) Describe the necessary components in a behavior skills training when teaching new skills to preschool children ; (3) Identify under what conditions vicarious reinforcement conditions could be aversive; (4) Recognize the difference between self-feeding as a motivational problem or as a skill deficit problem
 

A Procedure to Teach Self-Control to Preschoolers of Typical Development

Nicole Kovar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), NICOLE PANTANO (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Demonstration of self-control in children has been correlated with attentiveness, academic achievement, and reduced drug use and body mass index later in life. Although some previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of teaching mediating responses to increase self-control, normative assessment has not been used to inform the selection of those responses. The purpose of the present study was evaluate the effects of mediating-response training on choices of four typically-developing 3- to 5-year-olds who demonstrated impulsivity. Responses trained were based on a descriptive assessment conducted with preschoolers who demonstrated self-control and included activity engagement, verbal behavior, and pushing the snack out of view. Stimulus preference assessments were conducted to demonstrate that toys used for activity engagement were moderately preferred. Following training and during maintenance and generalization probes with the classroom teacher, all participants selected larger delayed snacks over smaller immediate snacks and waited 5 min to consume them. Social validity assessments showed high ratings of goals, procedures, and outcomes.

 

Important Skills for Elementary School: Implementing Preschool Life Skills Program in a Preschool in Iceland

BARA FANNEY HALFDANARDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Transition from preschool to elementary school can be difficult, especially for children that have not acquired school readiness skills. The preschool life skills (PLS) program was first developed as a class-wide teaching program, teaching typically developing preschool children important social and communication skills (Hanley, Heal, Tiger, & Ingvarsson, 2007). The aim of this study was to examine the impact of systematic teaching of school readiness skills in a preschool in Iceland. First, we compared the view of preschool and elementary school teachers in Iceland on important school readiness skills. Next, we translated the PLS program into Icelandic and adapted it to those skills that Icelandic teachers thought to be important. Finally, we implemented PLS in a preschool in Iceland for children who were starting first grade in elementary school in the fall of 2018. Results from the survey showed that both preschool and elementary school teachers in Iceland viewed instruction following and functional communication as the most important skills for children to acquire before first grade. The implementation of PLS increased the likelihood of the occurrence of instruction following and functional communication and decreased problem behavior for most children.

 
Evaluating the Potential Aversiveness of Vicarious Reinforcement Arrangements for Preschool Children
STEPHANIE M. GLAZE (The University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Vicarious reinforcement (VSR) refers to a change in behavior as a result of observing the delivery of reinforcement to another person. As such, VSR procedures would appear to be a viable teaching strategy for use in group settings (e.g., preschool classrooms). However, some researchers have reported the emergence of problem behavior under conditions in which only the model’s behavior is reinforced and reinforcement is withheld from observers’ behavior. The purpose of this study was to experimentally examine the extent to which a VSR arrangement may be aversive for young children by arranging conditions under which the observer can terminate (i.e., escape) the delivery of reinforcement to the model. To date, six typically developing preschool children have participated. Although results were mixed, the majority of observers displayed behavior suggesting that the VSR arrangement was aversive. Results are discussed in terms of implications and applied issues related to the use of VSR in for classroom and other applied settings.
 

Response Blocking to Assess Self-Feeding Deficits in Young Children With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

ALEC BERNSTEIN (UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Children typically gain skills to appropriately self-feed by the age of two years (Carruth et al., 2004). Those with delayed skills are at risk for insufficient nutrition (Carruth et al., 2004) and developmental and growth delays (Manikam & Perman, 2000; O’Brien et al., 1991). Although the behavior analytic literature has addressed a multitude of treatments for pediatric feeding delays and disorders, relatively few studies have evaluated whether delays are maintained by motivational or skill deficits. The current study describes the assessment and treatment of age-inappropriate self-feeding (finger feeding) for seven young children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Response blocking was used to assess whether the absence of appropriate self-feeding was a motivational or a skill deficit. Results suggested motivational deficits for three children and skill deficits for four children. Treatments informed by assessment results (i.e., backward chaining and differential reinforcement) were effective at increasing age-appropriate self-feeding for all children. Results are discussed in terms of the importance of pre-treatment assessment for both treatment efficacy and efficiency when working with young children in early childhood education and intervention environments.

 
 
Symposium #108
Theoretical and Empirical Advances in Social Discounting Toward Societal Change
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Discounting rates inform researchers on how individuals make decisions across various choice contexts by analyzing changes in choice when those contexts are parametrically titrated along various dimensions. While many theoretical and empirical questions remain, social discounting (i.e., how the subjective value of another person receiving a reward over oneself decreases as the social distance to that person increases) may be a particularly important interbehavioral process to understand when considering how to increase patterns of prosocial behavior at the level of social policy. The present series of talks will examine manipulations of social discounting tasks that can enhance understanding of altruistic decision-making, as well as relations between social discounting and other forms of discounting (i.e., delay and probability discounting), commodity valuation, and drug effects. Evidence from these studies elucidate avenues for studying new niches of social behavior and suggest pathways for policy changes toward increased social cohesion, cultural competency, and lasting patterns of altruistic behavior.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): altruism, social discounting
 

Reciprocal Discounting: Investigating the Relationship Between Social Discounting and Perceived Reciprocation From Others

NATALIE BUDDIGA (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Discount functions indicate how the value of a reward decreases with changes in some other variable. In the case of probability discounting, value decreases with decreases in the probability of receiving the reward. Whereas with social discounting, value decreases with increases in the social distance of the person receiving that reward. A weak correlation has been found between probability and social discounting – potentially due to how increases in social distance track decreases in the probability of reciprocation (from that socially distant individual). The current study aimed to better explore this relationship through comparing performance on three questionnaires: standard social and probability discounting questionnaires and a novel reciprocal social discounting questionnaire. The reciprocal social discounting questionnaire asks the participant to infer what monetary amounts they believe an individual at a particular social distance would forgo for them, the participant (e.g. “Which would Person 1 prefer: $75 for themselves OR $75 for you?). Results from 55 participants indicate a closer correspondence between reciprocal and standard social discounting than either other pair of discounting questionnaires. These results inform a potential relationship between measures of perceived reciprocation and an individual’s social discount rate.

 
Social Discounting in Pairs of People at Different Social Positions Respecting the Choosing Individual
ALDO TOLEDO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Social discounting refers to the decrease in the willingness of an individual to give a reward to another person as the social distance between them increases. As a parametric extension for social discounting, we exposed a person to choose a given amount of money to one of two persons who were at different social distances from each other and from the choosing person. In a first experiment, 117 participants were exposed to four conditions of a social-discounting task which consisted of series of choices between a smaller reward for a socially closer person and a larger reward for a socially farther person. The social distance between both persons, as well as that between the participant and the closer person, was manipulated within and between conditions, respectively. Results showed that participants were less willing to give the reward to the farther person as the social distance between the nearer and the farther persons increased. Other experiments are in progress and test the reliability of the latter findings. This research extend the study of social discounting and suggest that altruistic and selfish behaviors are relative, depending on the social distance maintained among the choosing individual and other potential receivers.
 
Psilocybin and Social Behavior
DAVID J. COX (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Roland R. Griffiths (Johns Hopkins University - School of Medicine), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Psilocybin has shown to increase social cooperation in an Ultimatum Game and empathy for social partners. Unexamined is whether psilocybin impacts social discounting or responding in a Prisoner’s Dilemma game, and how enduring any changes might be. We administered psilocybin to participants (N = 75) who also started a program of meditation/spiritual practices. Healthy participants were randomized to three groups (25 each): (1) high-dose (20 and 30 mg/70kg on sessions 1 and 2, respectively) with high-support for spiritual practice; (2) high-dose (20 and 30 mg/70 kg on sessions 1 and 2, respectively) with moderate-level (“standard”) support for spiritual practice; and (3) very low-dose (1 mg/70 kg on sessions 1 and 2) with standard-support for spiritual practice. Psilocybin was administered double-blind and instructions to participants/staff minimized expectancy confounds. Participants completed social and monetary discounting tasks, and an iterative Prisoner’s Dilemma game at baseline and at 6-months follow-up. Monetary delay discounting did not differ from baseline at 6-month follow-up. Social discounting AUC and cooperation in the Prisoner’s Dilemma game increased between baseline and follow-up for all three groups, but did not differ among the groups. Psilocybin and/or spiritual practice may occasion enduring increases in prosocial behavior.
 
Discounting, Guns, and Money: Relations Between Social Discounting, Delay Discounting, and Commodity Valuation
WILL FLEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Considering that both social discounting and psychological flexibility have been found to be positively correlated with delay discounting, interpersonal processes may function as pathways toward patterns of self-control. Individuals who steeply discount certain commodities—such as money—when delay to their receipt is increased often also demonstrate higher valuation for other, ‘addictive’ commodities and activities, such as opioids, methamphetamines, and gambling. However, the extent to which social discounting predicts valuation of such commodities remains unclear. The purpose of this Amazon MTurk study sought to examine (1) relations between delay discounting and social discounting using various social discounting tasks, including an adjusting-amount across social distances tasks, an amended monetary-choice questionnaire, and a novel slider response task, and (2) relations between discounting and food, alcohol, and firearm valuation using similar adjusting-amount across magnitudes tasks. Relations between these measures and psychological flexibility, political leanings, and demographic variables were also assessed. Findings from this study suggest differential predictive utilities of different social discounting tasks, differences between commodities related to social and delay discounting, a general decreasing function of commodity valuation as the magnitude of alternatives is increased, and various aims for directing commodity acquisition that may be feasible at the level of group-level interventions and social policy.
 
 
Symposium #109
CE Offered: BACB
University-School Partnerships in Behavior Analysis: Supporting Economically Disadvantaged Public Schools
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katherine Mahaffy (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Denise Ross (Western Michigan University )
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Abstract: Public schools may serve a diverse group of students including students with differing ethnic and racial backgrounds, disability statuses, locales, and socioeconomic classes. As such, behavior analysts who work in public schools may need a variety of tools to support teachers, parents, school administrators, and communities. The current symposium addresses the application of behavior analysis to public schools serving large numbers of students with low socioeconomic status (SES). Specifically, this symposium will present four papers that describe the needs of economically disadvantaged PK-12 students, review the representation of economically disadvantaged students in behavior analysis research, describe interventions to support teachers and improve student academic performance, and discuss the utility of university-school partnerships in economically disadvantaged schools. Implications and recommendations for practitioners and researchers will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Teachers, school administrators, practitioners, university personnel
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, learners will be able to: 1) Describe the academic status and needs of economically disadvantaged learners in public schools 2) Discuss the inclusion of economically disadvantaged learners in behavior analysis research 3) Describe two academic and social interventions that can be used for economically disadvantaged schools
 

The Status and Needs of Economically Disadvantaged Schools and Learners

(Theory)
MYA HERNANDEZ (Western Michigan University), Katherine Mahaffy (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

According to the National Center for Children in Poverty (NCCP, 2018), 44% percent of children under age 18 in the United States are considered economically disadvantaged. Research suggests that these children are more likely to experience academic challenges than children who are not economically disadvantaged. This presentation will describe the academic needs of economically disadvantaged learners, historical contributions of behavior analysis to improving educational outcomes, and the current needs that behavior analysis can address. Implications and recommendations for practitioners and researchers will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Peer Observation on Teacher Intervention Integrity

(Applied Research)
Garrett Warrilow (Pfizer Pharmaceuticals), Sarah Ann Pichler (Western Michigan University), MYA HERNANDEZ (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This study used the observer effect as part of a teacher training package by evaluating the effects of peer observations on an observing teacher's implementation integrity of components of a Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) system for four middle school teachers. The primary dependent variables were the number of praise and corrective statements made by the teachers to their students, and how closely the teacher approximated a ratio of three praise statements to every one corrective statement. Secondary dependent variables included the number of behavioral expectations set by the teacher for the students, and the number of office referrals written by the teacher. Results suggest that peer observations increased intervention integrity of target classroom management behaviors for three of four participants and that participants were highly satisfied with the procedure. Implications for teacher training in schools, and how the findings relate to the observer effect, are discussed.

 

The Effects of Decoding Instruction on Oral Reading Fluency for Older Students With Reading Delays

(Applied Research)
GAIGE JOHNSON (May Institute)
Abstract:

Struggling older readers often have difficulty with early decoding skills (Tolman, 2005; Toste, Williams, & Capin, 2017). If they are unable to master decoding, they may have difficulty with more complex skills, such as passage reading fluency. The current study extends research on reading fluency for older students by evaluating the combined effects of a phonics procedure and a fluency-building strategy on their reading fluency. Participants were older students with below grade level reading performance who had deficits in oral reading fluency and decoding. Dependent variables were the number of correctly sorted word patterns and the number of correct words per minute read in a passage and on a word list. During the intervention, a modified word sort procedure was used to train students to sort and read words containing the target word patterns. Following the initial word sort procedure, fluency building was employed by training word reading to a fluency criterion. Connected text passages were used to assess participants’ fluency when reading passages that contained the word pattern. A multiple-probe design across responses was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention on the decoding skills and oral reading fluency of participants. Results showed that participants’ decoding and oral reading fluency increased following the intervention.

 
Representation of Economically Disadvantaged Learners in Applied Behavior Analysis Research: A Review of the Literature
(Theory)
BRANDI FONTENOT (Western Michigan University), Margaret Uwayo (Western Michigan University), Sarah Byrne (Michigan State University)
Abstract: In the United States, 24% of school-age children attend high-poverty schools. Research suggests that these children are at a greater risk for academic underperformance and dropping out of school than their peers who are not from economically disadvantaged backgrounds. As such, some economically disadvantaged children may need educational interventions to improve their academic outcomes. This presentation reviews the representation of children from economically disadvantaged backgrounds as research participants in behavioral journals. Ninety-one articles from behavioral journals were reviewed to determine the publication trends between 1968 and 2017. Results suggested that economically disadvantaged children are increasingly included in behavior analytic research. However, there are opportunities to conduct research with economically disadvantaged children who have disabilities or who are English Language Learners.
 
 
Symposium #110
Recent Conceptual and Empirical Advances in Relational Frame Theory
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Discussant: Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The body of empirical evidence in support of the Relational Frame Theory account of verbal behavior has grown steadily in the 30 years since the theory was developed. However, the theory itself remained somewhat unchanged since the first book-length treatment published in 2001. This has limited the theory’s ability to fully explain numerous complex phenomena, including rule-governed behavior and perspective-taking. Recent conceptual developments in the theory, however, look set to change this shortcoming, particularly the development of: the multi-dimensional multi-level framework (MDML); the Differential Arbitrarily Applicable Relational Responding Effects model (DAARRE); and the Relating, Orienting, and Evoking (ROE) model. This symposium explores each of the ways these developments in RFT, while building upon existing concepts. The symposium also examines the various ways in which these developments extend RFT’s account of both rule-governed behavior and perspective-taking, thereby offering greater conceptual and experimental precision.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): RFT
 

Bridging the Gap Between Rule-Governed Behavior and Derived Stimulus Relations

COLIN HARTE (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Ama Kissi (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The concept of rule-governed behavior or instructional control has been widely recognized for many decades within the behavior-analytic literature. It has also been argued that the human capacity to formulate and follow increasingly complex rules may undermine sensitivity to direct contingencies of reinforcement, and that excessive reliance upon rules may be an important variable in human psychological suffering. While the concept of rules would appear to have been relatively useful within behavior analysis, it seems wise from time to time to reflect upon the utility of even well-established concepts within a scientific discipline. Doing so may be particularly important if it begins to emerge that the existing concept does not readily orient researchers toward potentially important variables associated with that very concept. The primary purpose of the current paper is to engage in this reflection. Specifically, we will focus on the link that has been made between rule-governed behavior and derived relational responding, and consider the extent to which it might be useful to supplement talk of rules or instructions with terms that refer to the dynamics of derived relational responding.

 

A Relational Frame Theory Analysis of Perspective-Taking and “Self”: Basic Concepts and Procedures

CIARA MCENTEGGART (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Deirdre Kavanagh (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Perspective-taking appears to be a key process in the development of “self”. Working under the rubric of Relational Frame Theory (RFT), researchers have investigated the role of perspective-taking as deictic relational responding in the analysis of self in relation to others, place, and time. This research has primarily been conducted through the use of an extended developmental protocol, which is now almost 20 years old. These relational performances have specifically been referred to as responding in accordance with I versus YOU, HERE versus THERE, and NOW versus THEN. The current paper reviews these relational concepts of self and perspective-taking in the context of the original protocol designed to study these performances in young children, populations with language and other developmental difficulties, and even clinical samples. The paper summarizes the various studies and the developmental outcomes that have been observed. The paper also identifies limitations in the use of the original protocol and in the concepts themselves.

 

Recent Conceptual and Methodological Developments in the Relational Frame Theory Analysis of Perspective-Taking and “Self”

YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University), Ciara McEnteggart (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Deirdre Kavanagh (Ghent University), João Henrique de Almeida (Federal University of San Carlos, Brazil), Carolina Coury Silveira (Federal University of San Carlos, Brazil)
Abstract:

In spite of initial wide-spread use of the original RFT-based protocol on perspective-taking as deictic relational responding, conceptual and empirical work on this topic has slowed considerably in the last 10 years. This appears to result mainly from methodological limitations of the original protocol and in difficulties in directly targeting deictic relations with other procedures. However, recent research has attempted to use the well-established Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to study deictic relations, as a means of assessing relational perspective-taking. In addition, this work has been more recently extended with developments in RFT itself, especially what has been referred to as the multi-dimensional multi-level framework (MDML). The current paper reviews this framework and its many implications for understanding perspective-taking as derived relational responding. The paper also presents some empirical evidence that suggests that the IRAP may have brought the field closer to a functional-analytic approach to perspective-taking and the concept of self than was previously available.

 

Relational Frame Theory: Why is it so Scary?

DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Ciara McEnteggart (Ghent University), Colin Harte (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The paper will begin with a brief overview of relational frame theory (RFT; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001), identifying the basic units of analysis proposed by RFT, as a behavior-analytic account of human language and cognition. The impact these analytic units have had, and still have, on RFT research will also be reviewed. A relatively new RFT concept, known as the multi-dimensional multi-level (MDML) framework will then be presented. A recent model of specific properties of relational framing, the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model, will also be considered. A case will then be made to integrate the MDML framework and the DAARRE model into a hyper-dimensional, multi-level (HDML) framework. This integration yields a new conceptual unit of analysis within RFT, which involves relating, orienting, and evoking, or ROEing (pronounced “rowing”). The ROE seemingly requires that all of the behavioral processes (but not operations) in the analysis of human language and cognition need to be re-worked, thus rendering RFT a genuinely “scary” prospect for the entire field.

 
 
Symposium #111
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Training Procedures and Generalization of Mands for Information
Saturday, May 25, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mary Halbur (Marquette University)
Discussant: M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, M.S.
Abstract: Mands for information allow a learner to obtain information that may help them access additional reinforcers. There is a need for research on identifying the most efficient and efficacious way to teach mands for information to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) because direct teaching of these skills is often necessary. The purpose of this symposium is to provide resources on current research and clinical applications when teaching learners to engage in mands for information. In the first study, Halbur and colleagues taught individuals to mand to obtain information about the location of preferred items under EO and AO conditions. They also evaluated generalization of these mands across stimuli and locations. In the second study, Ingvarsson and Jessel investigated teaching mands for missing items using an interrupted chains procedure and assessed generalization of autoclitic frames. In the third study, Patil and colleagues taught children to engage in “why” mands across distinct scenarios (i.e., unusual events, emotional responses) and assessed generalization. In the fourth study, Pyles et al. established causal information as a reinforcer and investigated teaching “why” to children with ASD across EO and AO conditions. Following these presentations, our discussant will provide clinical recommendations and avenues for future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): abolishing operations, establishing operations, generalization, mands
Target Audience: graduate students, researchers, and behavior analytic clinicians
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation the participants will be able to (1) discuss potential methods for teaching learners to engage in various mands for information, (2) describe the possible benefits of including EO and AO learning trials when training mands, and (3) evaluate how to program for generalization of mands for information
 

Teaching Mands for Information With Where Under Establishing and Abolishing Operation Conditions

MARY HALBUR (Marquette University), Dayna Costello (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Alyssa P. Scott (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder have deficits in appropriately manding for information using Wh-questions, although this question-asking repertoire is a valuable skill within social interactions and academic programs. Furthermore, mands for information provide the learner with necessary information in order to obtain access to preferred items and leisure activities (e.g., the location of a missing toy or where a snack might be stored). To ensure that mands are under correct antecedent control, previous behavior analytic studies have included conditions with both establishing (EO) and abolishing operations (AO); however, research on the mand ‘where’ is limited in this format. Thus, the present investigation utilized a prompt delay to teach two children with autism to mand for information (i.e., the location of a preferred edible) under a relevant EO but not when an AO was in place for such information. Prior to and following training, generalization probes were conducted in new locations as well as with novel therapists and materials. Clinical suggestions and future research considerations will be reviewed.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Mand for Known and Unknown Items Using Contrived Establishing Operations

EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Joshua Jessel (Queens College)
Abstract:

The interrupted chains procedure has been used to teach children with limited verbal repertoires to independently mand for missing items required to complete a task. Previous research has included interrupted chains to teach children with autism autoclitic mand frames for information about the location of missing items and persons in possession of the missing items (e.g., Lechago, Carr, Grow, Love, & Almason, 2010). We extended previous research by (a) measuring generalization of autoclitic frames both within and between tasks with multiple missing items that the participants could tact, (b) assessing whether or not the autoclitic frames would emerge following tact training of previously unknown items, and (c) evaluating if the participants could be taught to mand for the appropriate information to evoke the autoclitic frame for unknown items (i.e., “What am I missing?”). Following training, the two boys with autism who participated in this study were able to independently mand for known missing items without direct teaching and mand for information about unknown missing items.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Mand “Why?”

PRIYA PATIL (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of New Jersey)
Abstract:

For most children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), manding for information is an important skill that must be systematically taught. Although previous studies have evaluated interventions for teaching the mands Where?, What?, When?, Who?, and How?, to date no studies have demonstrated effective procedures for teaching the mand, “why?” The purpose of this study was to teach three children with ASD to mand, “why?” under relevant establishing operation (EO) conditions in three distinct scenarios: restricted access to preferred items, unusual events, and observation of emotional responses. A trial-unique procedure (Williams, Johnston & Saunders, 2006) was used for all scenarios to increase the value of information provided during all trials. A preference assessment was conducted for all three participants for one scenario in the study. The intervention was evaluated in the context of a multiple probe design across scenarios. Generalization was programmed for by interspersing generalization probe trials during each session. Generalization was assessed using novel preferred items, novel scenarios, and novel people. All three participants acquired the mand “why?” for all three scenarios. Generalization and maintenance were demonstrated for all three scenarios. Social validity measures were conducted to assess the goals, procedures, and outcome of the study.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Mand for Information Using “Why?” as a Function if Denied Access

MEGAN PYLES (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulty developing complex verbal behavior, including question-asking. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a procedure to teach two children with ASD to ask “Why?” Typically, Why-questions are followed by causal information that describes the reason an event occurs. For this reason, we established causal information as a reinforcer by denying access to items without providing a reason. Participants were prompted to ask “Why?” and were provided information that led to access of preferred items. To ensure that “Why?” only occurred when information was valuable, we included a condition where access to items was restricted, but a reason for denied access was provided. Both participants learned to ask “Why?” when information was needed and refrained from asking “Why?” when information was not needed. Results from this study suggest that this procedure was successful in teaching children with ASD to ask “Why?”

 
 
Invited Paper Session #112
CE Offered: BACB/NASP — 
Supervision

Providing Effective Supervision to Clinical Practitioners Pre- and Post-Certification

Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Tyra Sellers, Ph.D.
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
TYRA SELLERS (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Dr. Tyra Sellers received her Ph.D. in Disabilities Discipline –Applied Behavior Analysis from Utah State University in 2011 and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She earned a B.A. in Philosophy and M.A. in Special Education from San Francisco State University, and J.D. from the University of San Francisco. Dr. Sellers has over 20 years of clinical experience working with individuals with disabilities, spanning from EIBI through adult services in a wide variety of settings (public and non-public schools, vocational settings, in-home, clinics). Her research interests include behavior variability, choice, functional analyses, and behavioral interventions.
Abstract:

By the end of 1999, the first year in which the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® certification was available, there were 4,707 Board Certified Behavior Analysts® (BCBA®), and by the 10th year, in 2009 there were 5, 731 BCBAs. Fast forward to August of 2018, and there were 29,104 BCBAs; a 400% increase in the past nine years. This means that not only are there increasing numbers of individuals actively pursuing certification, but a flood of novice certificants in the workforce. Whereas our field places a particular emphasis on providing high quality supervision during an individual’s accrual of practical experience hours, it is equally critical to ensure that individuals, post-certification, continue to provide excellent clinical services. It is especially true when one considers that 76% of individuals who responded to a 2016 job task survey from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® reported their primary-practice areas were providing clinical services to individuals with Autism and Developmental Disorders. Merriam-Webster defines supervision as: “the action, process, or occupation of supervising; especially: a critical watching and directing (as of activities or a course of action).” This is a functional definition, not topographical. In other words, supervision is not defined by the level or title of the parties involved (e.g., pre or post-certification), but by the purposeful activities that take place. This talk focuses on a tiered conceptualization of, and approach to, providing effective supervision that ensures the initial and continued development of robust clinical repertoires.

Target Audience:

This talk is targeted to individuals who are responsible for providing supervision of fieldwork experience, on-going supervision of clinical services, and designing or managing supervision practices, as well as for individual who will become supervisors in the near future.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss strategies for providing effective supervision to individuals accruing their practical experience hours; (2) discuss strategies for providing effective supervision to individual post-certification; (3) be familiar with available resources related to effective supervisory practices.
 
 
Symposium #113
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral and Pharmacological Determinants of Impulsive Behavior and Attending: A Search for Mechanism
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Impulsive behavior has been termed a “transdisease” process because it is a key component in numerous clinical disorders. Deficits in attending certainly qualify as well. Experimental measures of both are grounded in choice, one of the two conference themes in 2019. These processes will be examined from multiple perspectives but all with the goal of understanding their behavioral and pharmacological mechanisms and correlates. The first paper will examine correlates among attending, impulsive behavior, and short-term remembering in a mouse model of Alzheimer’s disease. The second will examine how reinforcement magnitude and probability influence methylphenidate’s effects on risky decision making. The third will examine the role of baseline levels of impulsivity in determining the effect of d-amphetamine. Together, these papers will present, in a single setting, these multifaceted concepts using different experimental models. They will also summarize how impulsive behavior and attending relate to other important phenomena such as short-term remembering dementia, and the broader context in which the choices are made.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Alzheimer's Disease, Attention, Delay Discounting, Psychomotor Stimulants
Target Audience:

Scientists and practitioners interested in current thinking about the determinants of impulsive behavior and attending. While the studies are basic they have very clear transnational and applied implications.

Learning Objectives: Learn how the baseline rate of discounting influences the effects of drugs used to manage impulsive behavior. Learn how attending and remembering are related in an experimental model of Alzheimer's disease Learn how delay discounting interacts with
 

Longitudinal Assessment of Short-Term Remembering and Attending in a Mouse Model of Alzheimer’s Related Amyloidosis

PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University), Breanna Harris (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

In 2017, an estimated five million Americans were living with Alzheimer’s disease (AD), a progressive neurological disease that interferes with cognitive function, reduces quality of life, and is a significant economic burden to society. There is a need for pharmacotherapeutics for AD-associated cognitive impairment, the development of which requires preclinical models of AD-associated cognitive impairment. The aim of this study was to evaluate cognitive impairment in a mouse model of AD-associated amyloidosis. APPswe/PS1dE9 double transgenic (Tg) male and female mice and non-transgenic (non-Tg) littermates were trained on a delayed-matching-to-position (DMTP) or 3-choice serial reaction time (3CSRT) task. Mice were tested either continuously or intermittently from approximately 2 to 18 months of age. In the DMTP task, accuracy declined with the delay between sample lever presentation and choice opportunity although there was little evidence of between-genotype differences in performance. In the 3CSRT task, accuracy declined with duration of the signal stimulus and impulsive responses decreased as the time before the signal stimulus increased, but there were no between-genotype differences in accuracy, impulsive responses, or omissions. Potential factors contributing to lack of impairment in DMTP/3CSRT performance in the APPswe/PS1dE9 double mouse model of AD-associated amyloidosis will be discussed.

 
Methylphenidate Alters Sensitivity to Reinforcement Amount, Delay, and Probability: Implications for Impulsive/Risky Choice
Jeremy Langford (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: There has been growing interest in studying effects of drugs on impulsive and risky decision making. Identifying the relevant dimensions of reinforcement involved in these choices and quantifying the impact of drugs on control of choice by those dimensions might prove useful. The purpose of this study was to investigate drug-induced changes in control by reinforcement amount and delay in combination (Experiment 1) and reinforcement amount and probability in combination (Experiment 2) in a laboratory model of choice. In both experiments, pigeons responded on a rapid-acquisition, concurrent-chains procedure in which both terminal-link parameters of reinforcement alternated independently and pseudo-randomly across sessions; in some sessions both parameters favored one response key (dominated sessions); in other sessions each parameter favored a different key (tradeoff sessions). In both experiments, Initial-link response allocation tracked the four different terminal-link arrangements in a manner indicating independent and additive contributions by both reinforcement parameters (as assumed by the Generalized Matching Law). Methylphenidate reliably attenuated sensitivity to all dimensions of reinforcement at doses that did not substantially alter bias or initial-link response rates. Implications for theories of choice and for identifying behavioral mechanisms of drug action on impulsive and risky choice are discussed.
 

Baseline Dependency and Delay Discounting

M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Eastern Carolina University), Derek Pope (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract:

Psychomotor stimulants can increase activity and impulsivity under non-clinical conditions but have the opposite effects in individuals with ADHD. This suggests a baseline-dependency in which a drug stabilizes an aspect of behavior by decreasing high-probability events while increasing low-probability events. Baseline-dependent effects on delay-discounting can be examined experimentally using inbred mouse strains that have different behavioral profiles and also by arranging conditions that yield different levels of discounting. BALB/c mice show greater sensitivity to reinforcer magnitude and delay than C57Bl/6 mice, making these two strains ideal subjects for examining baseline dependency on both measures. The presence of delay-specific stimuli can also influence the degree of magnitude- and delay sensitivity. These gene X environment interactions can be exploited to identify a common basis for the effects of a psychomotor stimulant. Across strains and stimulus conditions, d-amphetamine decreases both magnitude and delay sensitivity when they are high and increases it when it is low. The effects of this drug, both in an experimental model and in clinical settings, depends critically upon the baseline conditions under which behavior is maintained.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #114
CE Offered: BACB

Fighting Fake News and Post-Truth Politics With Behavioral Science: The Pro-Truth Pledge

Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
GLEB TSIPURSKY (Pro-Truth Pledge)

Dr. Gleb Tsipursky is passionate about promoting truth-oriented behavior, rational thinking, and wise decision-making. He currently serves as the President of Intentional Insights, a nonprofit devoted to popularizing these topics. Its main current focus is the Pro-Truth Pledge, a project that aims to reverse the tide of lies and promote truth in public discourse through combining behavioral science and crowd-sourcing. He is also the CEO of Disaster Avoidance Experts, Inc, a boutique consulting firm that uses behavioral analysis to improve organizational performance. He has a strong research background with over 15 years in academia, including 7 years as a professor at Ohio State University and the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill. He published dozens of peer-reviewed publications in academic publications such as Journal of Political and Social Psychology and Behavior and Social Issues, and currently serves on the Editorial Board of the ABAI journal Behavior and Social Issues. He writes frequently for a broad audience, most notably his national bestseller on truth-seeking The Truth Seeker’s Handbook: A Science-Based Guide, and is currently writing From Post-Truth to Pro-Truth: Fighting Misinformation with Behavioral Science. Pieces by or about him regularly come out in prominent venues such as Time, Scientific American, Psychology Today, Newsweek, The Conversation, Inc. Magazine, CNBC, and elsewhere. He has appeared as a guest on network TV in the US, including CBS News and affiliates of Fox and ABC, and internationally, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation, and on US and international radio stations such as NPR, WBAI (New York City), KGO (San Francisco), 700WLW (Cincinnati), KRLD (Dallas), AM980 (Canada).

Abstract:

We have witnessed an alarming deterioration of truth in democracies around the globe, especially in the political arena. This presentation describes a behavioral analysis-based intervention, the Pro-Truth Pledge, which combines behavioral science research with crowd-sourcing to help address this problem. The pledge asks signers – private citizens and public figures – to commit to 12 behaviors that behavioral science has shown to be correlated with an orientation toward truthfulness. Pledge mechanisms have been shown in other contexts to lead private citizens to engage in more pro-social behavior. For public figures, the pledge offers specific incentives to behave in concordance with the pledge, with rewards in the form of positive reputation for honesty and truth-telling, and accountability through crowd-sourced evaluation and potential aversive consequences contingent upon deception. A study conducted on the pledge and published in the journal, Behavior and Social Issues, has demonstrated its effectiveness in reducing the sharing of misinformation on social media. These preliminary findings suggest that the pledge offers an important behavioral analysis-based intervention for addressing at least some of the problems caused by fake news and post-truth politics.

Target Audience:

Any attendees interested in how to use behavioral analysis to address the current global problem of misinformation in democracies

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss what behavioral factors cause people to believe in and spread misinformation; (2) discuss why our current cultural, political, and technological environment facilitate post-truth politics and fake news; (3) review what behavioral analysis and other behavioral science fields have found about how to prevent people from spreading misinformation; (4) understand the research behind the effectiveness of the Pro-Truth Pledge as a behavioral analysis-based intervention against misinformation and post-truth politics; (5) discuss how behavioral analysts can take pragmatic steps to help turn back the tide of misinformation and post-truth politics in democracies around the globe.
 
 
Symposium #115
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
From Coursework to Practice: Emphasizing Ethics Along the Way
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Eliseo D. Jimenez (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Eliseo D. Jimenez, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior analysts work in various roles with diverse responsibilities, each posing unique ethical quandaries. This symposium combines three presentations emphasizing ethical issues that affect prospective and practicing behavior analysts during their schooling, training and supervision experience, and professional work. The first presentation will highlight challenges related to embedding ethics in a university special education/behavior analysis course sequence and present ways for promoting ethical situations/codes in the classroom that go beyond a single required ethics course. The second presentation will review common ethical issues Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) encounter during the credentialing process, as well as in the field, especially those resulting from inadequate supervision. Practical strategies for alleviating these issues and promoting the provision of adequate supervision will be shared. The last presentation will describe common ethical issues encountered by practicing school-based behavior analysts and pinpoint practical ways school-based behavior analysts can address these issues without compromising their ethical obligations. This symposium will provide ethical considerations for behavior analysts working in university settings, those supervising RBTs, and those working in school settings. Implications for practice will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): coursework, education, ethics, supervision
Target Audience: Certified analysts and credentialed technicians
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list ways to effectively embed ethical and conduct standards in their courses; (2) describe characteristics of proper RBT training and identify practical strategies to promote adequate supervision and practice; (3) describe ethical issues encountered by school-based behavior analysts and identify relevant ethical guidelines and strategies to address those issues.
 
Application of Ethical Codes Beyond Ethics Course
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University)
Abstract: The BACB requires 45 hours in a standalone course related to ethical principles and concepts in their verified course sequence. However, ethics and the application of these ethical principles should go beyond one course. Ethical principles can and should be embedded in classes where possible, and situations should be developed in the classroom that allows students to apply skills learned in their ethics course to another course’s content. One of the challenges that programs can face is applying the Ethical & Professional Compliance Codes in the classroom that students have previously learned. This presentation will highlight challenges related to embedding ethics in a special education/behavior analysis course sequence and present ways for promoting ethical situations/ codes in the classroom that goes beyond the required ethics course.
 

Registered Behavior Technician Credentialing Process: Issues and Strategies

ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract:

According to the BACB, between 2016 and 2017, one of the most frequently violated categories is that of “improper or inadequate supervision or delegation.” Specifically, this category reflects ethical deviations to Compliance Codes 5.0 (Behavior Analysts as Supervisors) and 10.05 (Compliance with BACB Supervision and Coursework Standards). The RBT credentialing process includes the passing of a competency assessment, which is to be completed by a BACB certificant that has met supervision requirements. Additionally, once credentialed, the RBT must obtain ongoing supervision for a minimum of 5% of service hours delivered. This presentation will review common ethical issues RBTs encounter during the credentialing process, as well as in the field, especially those resulting from inadequate supervision. Practical strategies for alleviating these issues and promoting the provision of adequate supervision will be shared.

 
Ethical Considerations for School-Based Behavior Analysts
JESSICA NAOMI CADETTE DUNN (The Victory Center), Tara Olivia Loughrey (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in school settings face unique challenges related to balancing the needs of students, the wishes of parents, and requirements of the local education agency, while also adhering to the ethical guidelines put forth by the BACB. Ethical issues faced by behavior analysts in schools may relate to maintaining manageable caseloads, providing adequate supervision to teachers and support staff, making appropriate placement and referral decisions, and determining suitable interventions. This presentation will describe common ethical issues encountered by school-based behavior analysts at a small private school for students with autism and related disabilities, many of which can be generalized to those working in public and charter schools. This presentation will also pinpoint practical ways school-based behavior analysts can address these issues without compromising their ethical obligations.
 
 
Paper Session #116
Choice and Skill Learning in Laboratory Animals
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College)
 
Do Rats and Humans Learn Behavioral Skills the Same Way?
Domain: Basic Research
ALLISTON K. REID (Wofford College), Paige Bolton (Wofford College), Logan Brown (Wofford College), Megan Dempsey (Wofford College), Rebeka Parent (Wofford College), Timothy Phillips (Wofford College), Belle Scott (Wofford College)
 
Abstract: Skill learning has been widely studied in humans, but far less in rats. It has a counter-intuitive feature: Factors that degrade performance during acquisition often enhance performance in a subsequent autonomy condition, and vice versa. This finding is strongly supported in knowledge-of-results (KR) procedures, which provide post-trial informative feedback about performance errors during skill acquisition. Procedures with rats typically provide feedback in the form of food reward or timeout. Apparently, no KR procedures have been published with rats. Skill learning in rats has focused on anticipatory cues, rather than informative feedback: the transfer of stimulus control from discriminative control by panel lights to other cues that result from the subject’s own behavior of repeating the same response pattern. This procedure produces the same counter-intuitive feature in rats: Less effective cues or more difficult behavioral skills degrade accuracy during acquisition, yet enhance accuracy during autonomy. This study explored whether informative KR feedback would affect skill learning in rats in the same counter-intuitive fashion as in humans.
 

Choosing Between Many Alternatives: Changing the Number of Alternatives

Domain: Basic Research
BRENT L. ALSOP (University of Otago)
 
Abstract:

Recent research examining choice between multiple alternatives has produced conflicting results (see, for example, Beeby and Alsop, 2017 for a summary). In the present experiment, six pigeons worked on concurrent schedules of reinforcement where four, three, or two of the schedules were available at various times in the day. The allocation of behaviour between pairs of alternatives were analysed as a function of the total number of alternatives available at different times. Pairs of schedules with the same relative rates of reinforcement, but different overall rates of reinforcement were also compared. The locations of the specific schedules across the four response keys was varied across conditions to control for specific response biases. Choice between pairs of alternatives was unaffected by the number of alternatives available, and pairs of schedules with differing overall reinforcer rates but the same relative reinforcer rate also produced similar relative response allocation. The results are discussed in relation to previous research using similar, but different, procedures.

 
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching With Applied Behavior Analysis in Inclusive Settings: Application of Evidence-Based Practices
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rose A. Mason (PUrdue University)
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in public schools has gained traction, primarily touted as a practice for supporting students with disabilities. However, the application of ABA principles is the foundation of high-quality instruction across skill levels. For example, positive behavior support methods applies a system-wide approach to support positive interactions and decrease challenging behaviors through the application of methods such as antecedent interventions and group-based contingencies. Likewise, academic instruction that incorporates systematic, direct instruction and personal systems of learning support acquisition across students with an array of skill levels, including those that have advanced skill levels and those that are behind grade-level. Further, the data-driven nature of the science facilitates ongoing progress monitoring at individual and group levels to guide educational decision-making. This symposium will explore the influence of ABA on teaching including comprehensive models, individualization of instruction, and inclusive practices for students with and without disabilities. The role of continuous measurement of student and teacher behavior to support acquisition of math and reading skills will be explored. In addition, application of component analysis procedures to identify the necessary features of an effective classroom will be discussed. Additionally, the role of research in identifying effective evidenced-based practices to support inclusion of individuals with autism will be examined, including gaps in our knowledge.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Comprehensive Models, inclusion, Instruction
Target Audience:

BCBAs Teachers

Learning Objectives: The learner will: 1.Learn how to collect data on the essential behaviors of teachers, students and supervisors in inclusive classrooms using a behavior analytic systems approach 2. Understand the evidence-base for interventions to support learners with autism in inclusive education environments 2. Be able to describe system-wide application of behavior analysis in schools including development and maintenance.
 
Using Science to Solve Educational Problems: How to Design Public School Classrooms Using the Principles and Tactics of Behavior Analysis
(Applied Research)
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Laura Darcy (Nicholls State University), Mary A. Johnson (Touchstone), Danica Reaves Savoie (Touchstone Center)
Abstract: We describe the system for developing and maintaining quality practices in schools by providing a system-wide application of behavior analysis to all of the components of education for teaching all circular standard. Drawing from the CABAS and AIL models of instruction and other relevant published behavior analytic literature we implemented a system for implementing scientifically sound teaching applications for TABA classrooms in public schools. We outline some of those components including: classroom management, designing interventions, use of evidence based curricula, supervision, and research based tools to train and monitor professionals. The implementation of these procedures was done in successive phases to ensure the fidelity of the model was not compromised and also to inductively analyze which components were needed and when. Key components of the model include creating a positive classroom environment with several systems of reinforcement, training the classroom assistant to implement model components and to ensure that all instruction is individualized. The results are reported by the measurement of student progress vis-a-vis mastery of grade level expectations. The induction of verbal developmental capabilities for students including observational learning, naming and functional writing is also discussed. We also show data to display examples from one of our schools in a pilot full inclusion classroom and six special education public classrooms.
 

Inclusion of Students With Autism: A Systematic Review of the Evidence

(Applied Research)
Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), DANNI WANG (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Federal policy, including the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), mandate students with disabilities be educated in the least restrictive environment. Additionally, policy and social justice advocates support inclusive models of education. In an effort to support skill acquisition and ameliorate challenging behaviors, a plethora of evidence-based interventions have been identified. However, little is known about which specific interventions are most effective in inclusive environments and for which target skills. The purpose of this study was to systematically review and synthesize high-quality single-case research evaluating the effectiveness of evidence-based practices implemented in inclusive environments. Additionally, meta-analytic methodology was employed to identify study and participant characteristics that differentially impact the effect of evidenced based practices. Findings indicate that a large portion of our evidence-base regarding effective interventions in inclusive setting targets social-communication skills and the evidence for academic interventions is scarce. Additionally, the majority of the evidence is conducted in elementary schools rather than secondary. Additional participant characteristics and intervention components were explored. Implications for practice and areas for future research will be discussed.

 
Beyond Evidence Based Practice: A Strategic Science of Teaching
(Applied Research)
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: A strategic science of teaching differs from evidence-based practices in that the strategic science of teaching requires usage of science at the level of application. Over the last 38 years, the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of teaching, based on advanced application of Applied Behavior Analysis, has identified how to incorporate existing research-based tactics in ABA to teach reading, writing, math, and complex problem solving. This model includes continuous measurement of student, teacher, and supervisor behavior. In addition, it includes a research-based decision protocol model to connect teaching tactics with learning and verbal behavior cusps. This identifies different ways to teach children based on how they contact the instructional environment.
 
 
Symposium #119
Behavior Analysis and the Topics of Personality and Self
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Brady J. Phelps (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University)
Abstract:

There is some confusion in non-human animal behavior research concerning the term “personality.” This is because the term “personality” is used in two independent research domains: ethology uses a phenomenological approach to study the structure of individual differences (what they call personality) in direct comparison with human personality research, and behavioral ecology uses animal personality to predict the conditions surrounding selection of among-individual variation in “repeatable” behavior. The ultimate goal of personality research should be to account for all variables that afford individual differences in order to predict behavioral outcomes. Arguments will be made argue for the importance of including personality concepts in a thoroughgoing science of behavior. On the topic of self, Skinner authored chapters on the subject of self in Science and Human Behavior (Skinner, 1953), About Behaviorism (Skinner, 1974) and in one of his last works Recent Issues in the Analysis of Behavior (Skinner, 1989). Skinner attempted to address arguments that behavior analysis has neglected the study the topic of self; “It is often said that a science of behavior studies the human organism but neglects the person or self” (Skinner, 1974, p. 184). Other writers (Keller and Schoenfeld, 1950) also discussed this topic in some depth.

Instruction Level: Advanced
 

Why Should Behavior Analysts Care About Personality Research?

CHRISTINA NORD (University of Lethbridge)
Abstract:

There is some confusion in non-human animal behavior research concerning the term “personality.” This is because the term “personality” is used in two independent research domains: ethology uses a phenomenological approach to study the structure of individual differences (what they call personality) in direct comparison with human personality research, and behavioral ecology uses animal personality to predict the conditions surrounding selection of among-individual variation in “repeatable” behavior. The ultimate goal of personality research should be to account for all variables that afford individual differences in order to predict behavioral outcomes. Work by Dingemanse and colleagues (e.g., Dingemanse et al. 2010, Dingemanse 2017) has sought to systematize personality research through their Behavioral Reaction Norm (BRN) approach, which provides operational definitions and clear analyses in an attempt to incorporate these disjointed fields. Here I focus on the history of personality research, its use in the human and non-human animal literature, and argue for the importance of including personality concepts in a thoroughgoing science of behavior.

 
Behavior Analysis and the Self
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Skinner repeatedly addressed the concept of self, authoring chapters on the subject of self in Science and Human Behavior (Skinner, 1953), About Behaviorism (Skinner, 1974) and in one of his last works Recent Issues in the Analysis of Behavior (Skinner, 1989). Skinner attempted to address arguments that behavior analysis has neglected the study the topic of self; “It is often said that a science of behavior studies the human organism but neglects the person or self” (Skinner, 1974, p. 184). Other behavior writers (Keller and Schoenfeld, 1950) proposed that the self consisted of relations amongst different behaviors of an individual and observations of one’s behaviors. These writers described the self as "a word that is meant to designate the ability to speak of (be `aware' of) one's own behavior, or the ability to use one's own behavior as the SD for further behavior, verbal or otherwise" (p. 369). This paper summarizes some of the major assumptions of traditional views of self, and then summarizes the positions of Skinner and others. The self is behavior in need of explanation, in contrast to the belief that the self functions to explain as well as cause behavior.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #120
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Stimulus Equivalence 101
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Caio Miguel, Ph.D.
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Presenting Authors: : CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Researchers and clinicians rely heavily on the matching-to-sample procedure (MTS) to establish conditional discriminations. In an MTS trial, a visual or auditory sample is presented, followed by several comparisons (pictures or objects). The selection of the correct comparison leads to reinforcement while selection of the incorrect one leads to some form of correction. Clinically, MTS is used for teaching a variety of skills, including listener behavior, categorization, math, and reading. An important characteristic of MTS is that samples and comparisons become substitutable for each other (i.e., equivalent). Understanding the variables responsible for the development of equivalence classes has been the topic of investigation in the field of behavior analysis for almost 50 years, generating an enormous (and complicated) body of research. This research has led to the development of at least three theoretical accounts to explain meaning and symbolic behavior, as well as has informed clinicians on how to take advantage of the MTS procedure to produce a multitude of generative/novel performances. This talk will serve as a first introduction to the concept of stimulus equivalence and its ramifications for both research and practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic researchers, students, board certified behavior analysts, and licensed psychologists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the different parameters that affect equivalence outcomes; (2) describe the three main theories explaining equivalence outcomes; (3) understand the theoretical and applied implications of equivalence research.
 
CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Dr. Caio Miguel is a Professor of Psychology and Director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He holds adjunct appointments at Endicott College and at the University of Sa~o Paulo, Brazil. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) past Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), and current editorial board member of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Miguel's research focuses on stimulus control, verbal behavior, and problem-solving strategies. He has given hundreds of professional presentations in North America, South America and Europe, and has had over 60 manuscripts published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. He is the recipient of the 2013-2014 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, and the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Student Committee of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 
 
Panel #121
CE Offered: BACB
Starting From Scratch: Training Behavior Analysts in Latin America and the Lessons Learned
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya, M.A.
Chair: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (ABA Technologies Inc.; Florida Institute of Technology)
CAROLA SCOLARI (Universidad Autónoma de Chile)
AMANDA BUENO DOS SANTOS (CEDIN)
PENELOPE JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Obstacles for training behavior analysts in Latin America, where educational resources are scarce, transcend the language barrier. While it seems reasonable to expect that an increase in behavior analytic programs to train qualified clinicians will increase the availability of higher-quality ABA services for citizens in need, other leading factors need to be considered and addressed simultaneously in order to promote the correct desired change that could benefit, and not impair, the current organization of the system. Some of these factors might include the promotion of continuing professional development, ethical practice and professional regulation of the field. Panel participants will discuss their experiences training behavior analysts with diverse backgrounds across Latin America. They will examine the current environmental contingencies disadvantaging the systematic and responsible growth of the profession and provision of high-quality services in these countries, and identify what behaviors from all stakeholders can have the greatest impact on these desired results. Most importantly, they will analyze the antecedent- and consequence-based solutions that could support and maintain these desired changes in the long-term.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Supervisors, faculties, practitioners interested in international dissemination

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, students will be able to: 1. State the rationale for increasing the number of well-trained certified behavior analysts in Latin America 2. Identify the desired behaviors from all parties involved in the training and certifying of behavior analysts in Latin America 3. List antecedent- and consequence-based solutions to increase the number of certified behavior analysts in Latin America
Keyword(s): Dissemination, International development, Latin America
 
 
Panel #122
PDS: PhD to Professor: Navigating the Academic Job Market
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Every year, graduating doctoral students and postdocs carefully prepare for “life after graduate school.” For some, this means beginning the search for academic faculty positions in a hypercompetitive academic job market—an often intense and stressful process. To prepare you for success, this panel of experts will provide advice and tips in the hope of making your job search a little easier. Panelists will offer advice on tackling the job market, composing application materials (e.g., teaching statements, research statements, etc.), and preparing for on-campus interviews (e.g., job talks, individual interviews, etc.). Join us so that you are better prepared to apply for faculty positions when the academic job market is hot. When is that, you ask? You will have to join us to find out!

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Jobs, Academia
 
 
Paper Session #123
Strategies to Teach Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Amanda P. Laprime (Center for Children with Special Needs & Northeastern University )
 
Using Latency Measures to Enhance Decision Making in Clinical Settings
Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (Center for Children with Special Needs & Northeastern University)
 
Abstract: Latency has received a high level of interest in the behavior analytic community as a measure which may provide deeper information around idiosyncratic variables related to operant behavior. A number of research studies have demonstrated that latency measures may be comparable to response rate as a measure, and also be predictive of other factors of interest when conducting functional analyses (FA), identifying response classes, and during skill acquisition instruction (Call, Pabico, & Lomas, 2009; Thomason-Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, & Roscoe, 2011). In the current paper, the author will show how the use of latency may contribute to behavior analytic practice during assessment and intervention, and provide a model for when and how to utilize latency in each of these capacities.
 

Using a Chaining Procedure With a Text Prompt to Increase the Intraverbal Story Telling of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Basic Research
MEERA RAMANI (ABA India), Rajashree Balasubramanian (Behavior Enrichment Dubai)
 
Abstract:

Abstract Intraverbal behavior can be observed in many typical verbal interactions between people. Perhaps some of the most obvious types of intraverbals involve answering the questions of others. Echoic, tact, and textual transfer procedures have been proven successful in establishing simple intraverbals [Braam and PolingApplied Research in Mental Retardation,4, 279–302, 1983].However, these strategies could not be applied to storytelling as it involves complex training procedures. The current study investigated the use of a novel procedure which included a chaining procedure and textual prompts to establish intraverbal behavior in the form of telling short stories to 2 boys aged 4 and 9. Results indicated that the study was effective in teaching stories to 2 children under the ASD spectrum. Keywords:Autism, Chaining, Intraverbals, Storytelling, Textual prompts Author - Meera@behaviourenrichment.com,shyniukn@gmail.com,shreyasriram9@gmail.com,rajashree@behaviourenrichment.com

 

Teaching Emergent Intraverbal and Tact Behavior via Listener Training With Class-Specific Consequences

Domain: Applied Research
ANDRÉ A B VARELLA (Universidade Catolica Dom Bosco), Tatiana Katayama (Universidade Católica Dom Bosco)
 
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder may show difficulties in acquiring verbal repertoires. The Stimulus Equivalence Technology have been used as an important tool for teaching emergent verbal behavior to individuals with autism; however, few studies explored the possibility of using class-specific consequences to generate novel behaviors, especially vocal responses. The present study used a multiple-probe design across two sets to investigate the effects of a listener training embedded with auditory class-specify consequences in the emergence of intraverbal and tact responses. Two children with autism were exposed to pretests and posttests of intraverbal and tact behaviors. Participants were taught to select one of three pictures upon hearing a verbal Sd (for instance, choosing the Australian flag after the experimenter says “point to where the koala live”). Correct responses were followed immediately by a dictated name provided by the experimenter (an auditory specific consequence, e.g., “Australia”). Results showed the emergence of intraverbal relations (e.g., saying “Australia" upon hearing “tell me where the koala live”) and tact relations (saying “Australia” when asked “what is it?”). Thus, embedding auditory specific consequences in listener training may be an effective procedure to generate emergent vocal behavior (intraverbal and tact relations).

 

Using Motor Imitation Techniques to Improve Echoic Skills in Four Children Under the Age of 4

Domain: Basic Research
RAJASHREE BALASUBRAMANIAN (University of Florida)
 
Abstract:

Role modeling and imitation are important elements to learning processes of children. When imitations become constant, language and motor skills will be permanent. EchoicAn elementaryverbal operantinvolving a response that is evoked by averbaldiscriminative stimulus that has point-to-point correspondence and formal similarity with the response. The children under the study had no words as echoic. Echoic can be taught by transferring from the mand, motor imitation, songs, “sound play” and pairing with reinforcement. In this study, we analyze the efficacy of using motor imitation skills to increase echoic skills in children under 4 years of age. The children under the experimental group were 4 children from 3 different institutes (“Group A”). The control group (those that do not receive any treatment) consisted of 4 more children who did not have 40 motor imitation skills (“Group B”). Training was given in a set-up which was individualized (1:1). 40 imitation drills (including gross, fine, motor imitation with objects & oro motor) are targeted over a period of 3 months. Therapists are asked to maintain data on number of motor imitation skills achieved during the 3-month period. After 40 drills are achieved (measured by 3 consecutive independent cold probe responses over 3 sessions), they were taught to echo CVCV words using Kauffman procedure. The comparative control group of another 4 kids (Group B) were taught echoic directly, without meeting the pre-requisite of 40 imitation skills. At the end of 3 months, data on achievement of echoic skills between Groups A & B is analyzed. The study did demonstrate that after teaching imitation skills the children acquired better Echoic skills. Acronyms-Echoic,Imitation ,Oro-motor ,gross motor . Authors meera@behaviourenrichment.com,harikapatlolla@yahoo.com,thirdeye.aba@gmail.com

 
 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Toilet Training Research
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Azrin and Fox (1971), LeBlanc et al. (2005), and Lomas Mevers et al. (2018) empirically evaluated procedures for toilet training individuals with disabilities. More recently, Greer et al. (2016) demonstrated a treatment package for toilet training typically developing individuals. The current symposium will include four presentations on replications, component analyses, and extensions of common toilet training practices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): enuresis, toilet training
Target Audience:

This presentation is for any behavior analysts who might be toilet training clients.

 

A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of a Toilet Training Program for Children With Autism Evaluating Gender Differences

ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University), Scott Gillespie (Emory University)
Abstract:

To date, most of the research on autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has focused on males; therefore, little is known if there are differences in the manifestation of ASD between males and females. One example involves daytime enuresis, a behavioral issue commonly observed in children with ASD (Von Gontard, Pirrung, Niemczyk, & Equit, 2015). Intervention for daytime enuresis typically involves systematic fluid loading to increase opportunities for voiding, a progressive sit schedule with positive reinforcement for successful voids, and return to sitting upon episodes of incontinence (Lomas Mevers, Muething, Call, Scheithauer, & Hewett, 2018). The goal of this study was to conduct a consecutive case series analysis of outcomes of an intensive toileting program for treatment of daytime enuresis in children with ASD. We examined treatment outcome data from 2014 until 2018 and compared outcomes between males and females. Results demonstrated low significance between outcomes of males and females in terms of procedure modifications and final criteria met, and high significance in terms of performance during 6-month follow-up with males significantly more likely to have positive, long-term success. Results will be discussed in terms of the physiological and behavioral aspects that might affect females performance during intervention for day time enuresis.

 

Evaluation of an Abbreviated Toilet Training Procedure for Use With Young Children

Ansley Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Lianne Hurtado (Nemours Children's Hospital), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), DANIELA GALVEZ MORENO (Nemours Children's Hospital and Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

LeBlanc et al. (2005) described an effective, intensive outpatient procedure to decrease urinary incontinence among children with autism. This procedure included programmed consequences for appropriate urination and self-initiation, the provision of increased fluids, the use of a urine sensor to detect accidents, training a mand for elimination, and overcorrection contingent upon inappropriate urination. In the present study, we replicated and abbreviated LeBlanc et al.’s procedure by omitting the use of a urine sensor and overcorrection contingent upon accidents. We used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the abbreviated procedure with three young children who were nonresponsive to non-intensive toilet training procedures. The results suggest that the procedure was effective to decrease urinary incontinence among all three children. Further, it took less time to implement than the procedure described by LeBlanc et al. Results are discussed in terms of the utility and efficiency of the procedure for a variety of populations and settings.

 

Efficiency of an Intensive Toilet Training Treatment for Young Children

ASHLEY ROMERO (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Young children between the ages of 13-30 months begin to have the skills necessary to begin the process of toilet training. However, delayed toilet training of typically developing children has become a trend (Simon & Thompson, 2006). Delayed training can have negative health, financial, and social implications. To date, we have systematically replicated the intensive toilet training procedure described by LeBlanc et. al (2005) with seven children (ages 22-58 mo) with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities for whom the treatment package described by Greer et al. (2016) was not immediately effective. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline was used to evaluate the training procedure, which consisted of a graduated sit schedule, reinforcement of successful urinations and self-initiations, increased fluids, communication training, a urine sensor and alarm, and positive practice for accidents. Results showed that the LeBlanc training procedure was effective for rapid performance acquisition that generalized and maintained in the preschool classroom for 5 of 7 subjects. Results are discussed in terms of treatment efficacy and efficiency, generality of procedures across populations (children with and without IDD), and social validity of treatment procedures in early childhood education and intervention environments.

 

An Analysis of Toilet-Training Procedures Recommended for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts working with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other intellectual and developmental disabilities, especially in early intervention type settings, are commonly asked for assistance in toilet training. Most of the current research in applied behavior analysis on toilet training interventions for children with ASD are replications and/or modifications of Azrin & Foxx (1971) or LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedures. These procedures differ from what is commonly used for typically developing children. For example, Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package for typically developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. These components were evaluated both in isolation and together in a treatment package with 19 typically developing and 1 child diagnosed with ASD. The primary purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effectiveness of the three aforementioned components, that are typically used in toilet training procedures for children, but in this case for children with ASD. If these procedures were ineffective, a secondary purpose was to evaluate elimination patterns to allow researchers to identify modifications necessary for individualized toilet training.

 
 
Symposium #125
Recent Translational and Applied Research on Renewal and Resurgence
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kayla Rechelle Randall (University of Nebraska Medical Center )
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Effective interventions for socially significant problems such as severe destructive behavior and pediatric feeding disorders may be susceptible to treatment relapse. Renewal is a type of treatment relapse in which previously extinguished target behavior returns as a function of a change in context. Resurgence describes a kind of treatment relapse in which previously extinguished target behavior returns because of a decrement in the rate of reinforcement for an alternative behavior. Both forms of relapse could pose a significant disruption to successful interventions. As such, research concerning renewal and resurgence may provide methods to better understand and mitigate these types of treatment relapse. This symposium offers four presentations about renewal and resurgence. Ryan Kimball will share the effects of response competition and its influence on the renewal of target responding in a translational investigation. Sarah Haney will present on a mitigation assessment for the renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. Carolyn Ritchey will share the effects of multiple-context training on the resurgence of target behavior in a translational study. Finally, Théo Robinson will present on using MTurk as a resource for collecting basic research data on treatment relapse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): renewal, resurgence, translational research, treatment relapse
 

Investigations of Operant ABA Renewal During Alternative Reinforcement

RYAN KIMBALL (UNMC Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kayla Rechelle Randall (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Renewal is problematic when treating severe behavior disorders because destructive behavior may reemerge from simply transitioning between contexts (e.g., from clinic to home). Recent research suggests that renewal may be a reliable phenomenon even when alternative reinforcement remains in place (e.g., for a communication response) during context changes such as a transition from the clinic to the home. In Experiment 1, we examined a translational model of treatment relapse using a novel ABA renewal design in which alternative responding continued to produce reinforcement during a return to a context associated with reinforcement of target responding (Context A). Participants included children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or intellectual disabilities. We measured target and alternative responding with analog tasks for destructive and communicative behavior. Overall, extinction plus differential reinforcement was more effective at disrupting target responding relative to extinction alone, and renewal occurred for only two of six participants when returning to Context A. Alternatively, we observed renewal for five of six participants when we programmed extinction alone. In Experiment 2, we sought to determine whether these findings were due to response competition. Our data suggest that response competition most likely influence renewal when more than one response is available.

 
An Evaluation of a Mitigation Strategy for Renewal of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
SARAH D HANEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jaime Crowley (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Renewal, the increase in problem behavior during intervention due to context changes (e.g., transfer of intervention from clinic to home), may be particularly concerning during intervention for pediatric feeding disorders because multiple context changes are often necessary for intervention generalization and maintenance (Podlesnik & Kelley, 2015). In the current study, we tested for renewal and evaluated a renewal-mitigation strategy when we transferred intervention from a therapist to a caregiver. We used an ABA arrangement for the renewal test and a multiple baseline across participants design to demonstrate the generality of the renewal effect with two children with feeding disorders. We randomly assigned either the participant’s solid or liquid intervention to the renewal or to the mitigation assessment and randomly assigned the order of the renewal and mitigation assessments. For both assessments, the A phase was caregiver-fed baseline, the B phase was therapist-fed intervention during the renewal test or therapist-fed intervention with caregiver fading for the mitigation-strategy evaluation, and the return to the A phase was caregiver-fed intervention. Renewal and the effects of the mitigation strategy were dependent on the order in which we conducted the two conditions. We discuss the clinical implications of these results and directions for future research.
 

Assessing Multiple-Context Training to Mitigate Resurgence in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CAROLYN RITCHEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Stephanie Wathen (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at the Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology), Yaara Shaham (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, The Florida Institute of Technology), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Resurgence is a form of treatment relapse observed when a previously extinguished response returns following the discontinuation or reduction in rate of reinforcement of a more recently reinforced response. This laboratory study used a touchscreen interface to examine multiple-context training as a potential method to mitigate resurgence of problem behavior in children with ASD. In Phase 1, we reinforced target responding on a variable-ratio schedule in one context (A or D). In Phase 2, we reinforced alternative responding on a continuous schedule and discontinued reinforcement for the target response in Context B only or across three different contexts (E, F and G). In Phase 3, we assessed resurgence while returning to Context A/D or presented the task in a novel context C/H while withholding reinforcement for both the alternative and target responses. Each participant experienced all of the aforementioned phases (A-H) in a counterbalanced order. Multiple-context training did not significantly mitigate resurgence of the target response observed in Phase 3. The current study and other translational examinations of treatment relapse provide a method to evaluate techniques to enhance the generality and durability of behavioral interventions.

 
Using Amazon’s Mechanical Turk to Produce Basic Research Data in the Area of Relapse
THÉO PAUL ROBINSON (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at The Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Treatment relapse is a serious concern for clinicians, and has attracted attention from both basic and applied researchers. Previously effective interventions sometimes fail, and knowing the conditions that produce failure or support continued treatment efficacy represent important areas of research for behavior analysts. Current research on treatment relapse is generally restricted to non-human laboratories, human-operant arrangements (such as tablet-based programs conducted with college students as subjects), and individuals with developmental disabilities who exhibit severe problem behavior. We assessed the utility of recruiting participants from Amazon’s Mechanical Turk (MTurk) in lieu of non-human animals in a basic laboratory, humans in human-operant preparations, or humans who engage in serious problem behavior. We exposed subjects to renewal, resurgence, and super-resurgence operations. Results were similar to those obtained in non-human laboratories, human-operant arrangements, and individuals with developmental disabilities, and suggest that MTurk may be a reliable resource for collecting basic research data on relapse phenomena.
 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Consideration of Demographic and Cultural Variables in Behavioral Research and Practice
Saturday, May 25, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Demographic and cultural variables undoubtedly influence the global adoption and success of behavioral services, but limited research exists in this area. The authors of Study 1 identified reasons for the appointment cancellations of 43 children in an outpatient ABA program. Common barriers included those related to socio-economic status (e.g., work conflicts, instability in living situation), emphasizing the importance of considering stakeholder characteristics in service delivery. The authors of Study 2 conducted a review of articles recently published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and found that demographic variables were generally underreported. The authors will describe obstacles to and rationale for fully reporting demographic variables in future publications. The authors of Study 3 analyzed the efficacy and social validity of a training program to teach function-based approaches to parents and practitioners in Chennai, India. The authors will discuss the cultural variables relevant to this region that were considered during the development phase of their study. The authors of Study 4 successfully extended tele-health services to families located in South America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East. Both efficacy and social validity data will highlight the outcomes of the authors’ global outreach efforts. Finally, Elizabeth Fong will discuss these four studies in relation to our need for a more effective science of cultural and demographic influences.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): culture, demographics, telehealth, treatment acceptability
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify a minimum of three demographic variables that may influence treatment adoption or adherence. 2. Participants will describe the manner in which training can be tailored to cultures outside of the US 3. Participants will acknowledge the importance of social validity measures in the dissemination of behavioral services to diverse populations.
 
Diversity submission 

Barriers to Appointment Attendance Among Families Receiving Applied Behavior Analysis Services for Problem Behavior

STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Research has shown that children diagnosed with developmental disabilities exhibiting severe problem behavior benefit from Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy. Because ABA therapy often places a heavy emphasis on caregiver involvement and consistency of treatment practice, the effectiveness of therapy may be compromised if excessive cancellations occur. The current study identified common reasons for appointment cancellations. This allowed us to examine potential barriers that may be intervened on to increase the likelihood of treatment success. Attendance records of 43 children being seen in a weekly outpatient ABA program that focused on parent training for problem behavior were reviewed. Frequency of cancellations were measured, grouped into categories, and ranked from highest to lowest. Preliminary data collected over twelve weeks indicated that scheduling conflicts, illness, and scheduling miscommunications were the most frequent reasons that cancellations occurred. These variables were discussed in terms of possible interventions that could be used to decrease cancellations and subsequently increase success of intervention for parents at high-risk of experiencing barriers to appointment attendance.

 
Diversity submission 

On the Reporting of Demographic Variables in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis

STEPHANIE JONES (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Describing participants’ demographic variables (ethnicity/race, socioeconomic status (SES), gender/sex, age, etc.) may be important for identifying how such variables may impact behavioral interventions and for identifying patterns across research articles. We evaluated the extent to which studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis for the last five years included demographic variables of participants. Any mention of information regarding age, gender or sex, ethnicity or race, SES, diagnosis, functioning level, scores on standardized tests or assessments, educational levels, and culture for any participant in the study was coded. The data were analyzed as the percentage of experiments mentioning a broad demographic variable (e.g., SES), and number of individuals mentioned in an experiment with a specific characteristic within the broader demographic category (e.g., low income). Generally, demographic variables were underreported, which may limit the broader impact of those publications. Obstacles to and rationale for fully reporting demographic variables are explored.

 
Diversity submission Investigation of a Training Manual for Teaching Behavioral Skills to Parents and Professionals in India
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Maithri Sivaraman (Tendrils Centre for Autism)
Abstract: In regions such as India, where one-to-one behavior analytic intervention is not easily accessible, parents and service providers may advocate for children with disabilities better if they have foundational training in the behavior analytic approach to problem behavior. The purpose of the present study was to develop and test the effectiveness of a manualized training in increasing behavior analytic perspectives and skills used to manage problem behavior. We noted several cultural adaptations used in both the manual and the training. Forty-six parents and service providers from Chennai, India participated in the study, and were assigned to either an immediate training (n=22) or a waitlist control (n=24) group. The training produced overall increases in participants’ knowledge and approach to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Moreover, all participants rated the acceptability of training highly in our measure of social validity. Guidelines for international dissemination are discussed.
 
Diversity submission Outcomes of a Global Telehealth Parent-Training Project
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Ozlem Toper Korkmaz (Uludağ Üniversitesi), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Teaching parents to conduct functional analyses (FAs) and to implement functional communication training (FCT) is a highly effective approach for treating problem behavior maintained by social consequences (Derby et al., 1997). Studies have found that delivering this assessment and intervention package via telehealth technologies is effective and acceptable to parents in the United States (Wacker et al., 2013b). In the presentation, we will discuss the outcomes of families located in South America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East who we coached via telehealth to implement FAs and FCT with their children with autism. Two behavior therapists located at a U.S. university conducted weekly 1-hour appointments with the use of interpreters for the non-English speaking families. The majority of the parents used smart phones to communicate with the clinicians. The parent-implemented FAs successfully identified the function(s) of problem behavior, and FCT reduced problem behavior and increased communication responses for all children. Moreover, the caregivers rated the procedures and use of telehealth as very acceptable. Overall, these results suggest that behavior analysts located in the United States can offer behavioral services via telehealth to individuals with autism around the world.
 
 
Panel #127
ECHO Ed: Using Case Based Learning to Increase Knowledge and Support for Education Teams Working With Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Katherine Bateman (University of Virginia)
GAIL LOVETTE (University of Virginia)
ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia)
KATE SADLER (University of Virginia)
Abstract:

As the prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) continues to increase, more students diagnosed with ASD are educated in public school settings, dramatically increasing the need for high-quality behavioral and instructional interventions. The Project ECHO (Extension of Community Healthcare Outcomes) framework can be adapted to provide assistance in these areas to districts and schools that serve students identified with ASD. This panel will present ECHO- Education: Autism as a platform to deliver and facilitate high quality case-based support, professional development, and opportunities for collaboration among university-based specialists and school-based staff working with students with ASD in general and special education settings. The ECHO- Education: Autism model utilizes videoconferencing technology to simultaneously connect school and district-based staff in school districts across Virginia (known as the 'spokes') to an inter-disciplinary panel of university-based specialists (known as the 'hub') in bi-monthly hour-long clinics. During each session, two of the spoke teams present a specific de-identified student case to the hub and other spokes with the goal of collaborating to develop sustainable interventions for the student. Additionally, a brief didactic presentation in behavioral and/or instructional intervention or support is presented by the specialists in the hub. These professional learning opportunities are targeted to the specific needs and requests from the participating spokes. The ultimate goal of this videoconferencing model is to develop 'learning loops' among the spokes that offer the potential to increase collaboration and support within and among districts, schools, and teachers across Virginia, especially in areas that may have limited access to these resources. Measures of efficacy of the implementation of the ECHO- Education: Autism model include positive child and teacher outcomes, as well as increased school and district-wide development and capacity building as knowledge and support is disseminated through this collaborative experience. This panel will discuss the implementation of the pilot ECHO- Education: Autism initiative described above and will present a case study demonstrating the effectiveness of this model in increasing knowledge and support for education teams working with students with ASD in classrooms and schools across Virginia.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, intervention, professional development, telehealth
 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: BACB
Motor Planning: A Behavior Analytic Account and Evidence Base for Use
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Discussant: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract: The use of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) is a practice that continues to evolve, as technology changes, becomes more economical, and readily available. The use of handheld technology (i.e., the iPad™) as a speech-generating device (SGD), is more common than ever, yet we continue to lack an evidence-based practice for its use. One method of instruction that has gained visibility outside of behavior analysis is motor planning; however, given the limited data to support its use, coupled with the use of internal processes as an explanation for behavior, most behavior analysts avoid a discussion of motor planning, including its potential benefit. This symposium will present a behavior analytic account for the use of motor planning as an instructional strategy for the acquisition of verbal behavior using the iPad as a speech-generating device, while providing a behavior analytic account for the processes that take place when developing a motor plan.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Mand, Motor Planning, Speech-Generating Device
Target Audience: Intermediate practitioners
Learning Objectives: 1. Review of verbal behavior and evidence base for mand training 2. Review of the literature for the use of handheld technology as a speech generating device 3. How to implement motor planning in terms of handheld technology as a speech generating device
 
A Behavior Analytic Account of Motor Planning
(Theory)
JESSICA MILLER (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Alison Karnes (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: Motor planning refers to the covert process by which an individual plans bodily movements. Some degree of motor planning is needed in order to effectively use a speech-generating device (SGD). Individuals with autism may have an increased incidence of motor development deficits. Where deficits exist, it is reasonable to teach communication in a way that minimizes the need for complex motor planning. One such method of teaching language with SGD to individuals with ASD is the Language Acquisition through Motor Planning (LAMPTM) approach (Halloran & Halloran, 2006). Despite the use of non-behavioral language in the description of LAMPTM protocols, a behavior analytic account of many of its methods is possible. This presentation will provide a behavior analytic account of motor planning as an instructional method for the use of handheld technology as a SGD.
 
An Evidence Base for the Use of Motor Planning
(Applied Research)
ALISON KARNES (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Jessica Miller (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: This presented will describe research that addresses the gaps in the motor planning literature by evaluating the effectiveness of motor planning with core vocabulary and a prompting package including within stimulus prompts, constant time delay prompts, and response prompts in the acquisition of manding in a play-based environment with three preschool aged children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A changing criterion design within a multiple baseline design across participants was selected. The study includes an initial three phases specific to the within stimulus prompt included in the screen layout and a fourth phase that uses priming and the prompting package to expand the participants’ manding repertoire. The results of this study indicate that the procedures were effective at establishing a mand repertoire in participants. Implications of this study and future directions for similar research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Training Care Staff in Applied Behavior Analysis, Part 2: Pyramidal Training Studies
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Wendy A. Machalicek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Dissemination of evidence-based practices to individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities requires effective, acceptable and efficient training of many care givers. One solution to this problem is to develop and evaluate pyramidal caregiver training whereby one level I staff acquires staff training skills and then trains multiple level II staff thereby changing the behavior of students and clients with autism and intellectual disabilities. This symposium will present three empirical papers. In the first we will report the effects of training teachers to teach classroom assistants in multiple applied behavior analytic skills in a special school. In the second we will present the effects of pyramidal training on staff acquisition of five applied behavior analytic skills over a 10-month period. The third paper will report the results of a randomized controlled trial in which staff working with adults with autism and intellectual disabilities were trained in applied behavior analytic skills. This symposium will show that pyramidal training is an effective, efficient and acceptable form of disseminating applied behavior analytic skills in applied settings.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): feedback, modeling, pyramidal training, rehearsal
Target Audience: BCBAs; graduate students in applied behavior analysis; researchers in ABA
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)describe the rationale for pyramidal training; (2) describe the effects of behavioral skill training on acquisition of pyramidal training skills; and (3) describe strategies to promote generalization of application of pyramidal training skills.
 
Designing Effective And Efficient Protocols To Train Caregivers to Implement Behavior Analytic Procedures
(Service Delivery)
PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Maya Madzharova (The Graduate Center and Queens College, CUNY)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a highly effective, evidence-based treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Designing efficient and effective protocols to train caregivers to implement ABA interventions is important because low treatment integrity compromises the effectiveness of ABA. Using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three novice classroom instructors we evaluated the effects of a training consisting of: (1) video and in-vivo modeling and feedback, (2) an algorithm, and (3) multiple exemplars on the acquisition of five ABA procedures (i.e., discrete trial teaching, multiple stimulus without replacement, echoic mand training, stimulus-stimulus pairing, and graphing percentage data). Upon mastery of these procedures we further evaluated the instructors’ generalized teaching skills on novel ABA procedures. All instructors mastered the directly taught skills and some generalized these skills to novel ABA procedures. We discuss the importance of these results in light of designing efficient training protocols for novice instructors in ABA settings.
 
The Effects of Pyramidal Training on Staff Acquisition of Five Behavior Analytic Procedures
(Service Delivery)
LINDSAY MAFFEI ALMODOVAR ALMODOVAR (CUNY Graduate Center at Queens College), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Direct care staff members serving people with intellectual and developmental disabilities are often required to implement several behavior analytic procedures with only limited training soon after being hired. Pyramidal training is an effective model for disseminating applied behavior analytic skills to employees that treat individuals with developmental disabilities. This study used a multiple probes design across teachers and a delayed multiple baseline design across teaching assistants to evaluate the effects of video models, role play and feedback on teachers’ accuracy in implementing behavioral skills training and on teaching assistants’ accuracy in implementing five applied behavior analytic procedures (i.e. stimulus-stimulus pairing, multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment, mand training, discrete trial teaching, and graphing discrete trial data). Pyramidal training was effective in increasing first tier participants’ procedural integrity of behavioral skills training steps and in increasing second tier participants’ procedural integrity of implementing the target procedures. First tier participants required feedback to maintain training skills over time, to train procedures other than the procedure implemented during their own training and to train novel staff members. Thus, pyramidal BST required ongoing supervision by a behavior analyst to effectively disseminate multiple ABA skills to a variety of staff members over time.
 
Dissemination of Evidence-Based Practice to Frontline Staff Working in the Field of Intellectual Disability
(Service Delivery)
LAURA GORMLEY (Trinity College Dublin), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Brona O'Sullivan (Rehab Care Dublin), Darragh O Regan (RehabCare, Ireland)
Abstract: Research has shown that staff with varying backgrounds and educational qualifications can be effectively trained to carry out procedures in line with evidence-based practice. Behavior Skills Training (BST) is a competency-based training model, used to effectively educate a broad selection of professionals, including frontline staff, in a diverse range of work-related skills. However, the BST intervention has yet to be evaluated in a large group-based experimental design. Therefore, 104 frontline staff were recruited from twelve service sites within one of the largest intellectual disability service providers in the Republic of Ireland. A total of 54 participants were assigned to the intervention condition, which used BST to coach participants in reinforcement, systematic prompting, functional communication training, and task analysis. Fifty participants were assigned to the wait list control condition. Results from the clustered randomised control trial showed that participants who received BST demonstrated statistically significant improvements across knowledge outcome measures. In contrast, participants in the wait list control condition showed either no change or a statistically significant decrease in knowledge scores over the study period. In addition, there was clear evidence of knowledge maintenance, target skill acquisition and subsequent generalization to the workplace environment, among participants in the intervention condition.
 
 
Paper Session #130
Teaching Social Behavior
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Rebecca Hartzell (University of Arizona)
 

School Readiness: The Application of Behaviour Analysis to Promote Classroom Inclusion and Group Based Participation

Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN CHAPMAN (Clinical Director, Woodbury Autism Education and Research), Sinead Lisa Raftery (Clinical Supervisor, Woodbury Autism Education and Research)
 
Abstract:

Student success within a classroom setting is largely affected by the ability to participate and learn within a group. Historically Applied Behaviour Analysis has focused on intensive, early intervention in a 1:1 student-teacher ratio. While this intensive intervention has a large research base supporting its efficacy there is less research into the application of these principles within a classroom setting. At Woodbury Autism Education and Research a comprehensive group curriculum, focusing on the pre-requisite skills necessary for learning in a group, was developed following a review of relevant literature. A delayed multiple baseline design was applied to investigate whether compliance with the derived curriculum would result in improved learning and participation within a group setting. Skills selected as targets were categorised under the following domains; behaviour, communication, attending, independence and social skills. Results demonstrated improved ability to learn within a group setting following systematic implementation of individualised group goals, drawn from the curriculum. Accelerated learning, improved observational learning and increased independence were demonstrated through decreased trials to criterion, increased frequency of peer imitation and decreased frequency of intervention by classroom support staff. The application of ABA within a classroom setting has the potential to provide appropriate, cost-effective, support to wider population of students.

 

Consistent Efficacy of a Two Phase Social Skills Intervention on Social Engagement and the Effectiveness of Lessons Versus Lessons and Prompting With Peers on Social Engagement in the Lunchroom

Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA HARTZELL (University of Arizona), Chelsea E. Carr (University of Arizona)
 
Abstract:

Reviews conclude that social skills interventions that are child specific, adult directed, and peer mediated produce the most significant gains in social engagement for children with autism. This presentation will present a two-phase adult directed intervention procedure that combines child specific lessons and prompting with peer support. Results will be a synthesis of five multiple baseline studies conducted with students with disabilities at the elementary, middle, and high school level. Additionally, a study examining the contribution of adult directed lessons to student social engagement as part of the multicomponent procedure will be presented. How effective were lesson on the social engagement of students with autism in the lunchroom? How effective were the lessons and prompting with peers? Social validity rating by teachers and paraprofessionals indicated the social intervention was appropriate and effective. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #131
Choice Between Drug and Non-Drug Reinforcers: Effects of Delay Discounting, Drug Cues, and Pharmacological Interventions
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Certain drugs (e.g., cocaine) can function as potent reinforcers in both humans and non-humans. Choice procedures have been extremely useful in characterizing the reinforcing functions of drugs, understanding the conditions under which drugs serve as reinforcers, and, in turn, understanding variables that contribute to substance abuse. Presenters in this symposium will explore the use of choice procedures to examine variables that impact the relative values of drug and non-drug reinforcers in non-human primates and in humans. These variables include: delays between the choice and presentation of the drug or non-drug reinforcer, drug-related cues, pharmacological interventions, and sensitivity to losses. Understanding effects of these variables on the relative value of drug and non-drug reinforcers will have translational value in the treatment of substance abuse.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Alternative Reinforcers, Choice, Delay Discounting, Drug Reinforcers
 
Delay Discounting of Food and Cocaine in Male Rhesus Monkeys
(Basic Research)
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Joel Myerson (Washington University), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Most delay-discounting studies have presented choices between an immediate and delayed reinforcer of the same type (e.g., food vs. food). However, choices between different types of reinforcers (e.g., food vs. drug) are important for drug abuse. Choice between immediate cocaine and delayed food exemplifies drug abuse from the typical delay-discounting perspective: individuals choose more immediate drug effects over presumably more valuable, but delayed, nondrug alternatives. We find relatively steep discounting in this situation. The reverse situation, choice between delayed cocaine and immediate food, is also critical to study because considerable time often elapses between choosing to take a drug and actually obtaining it, and we find discounting is relatively shallow when cocaine is delayed. These findings demonstrate that degree of discounting is context dependent, which represents a critical difference between drug vs. nondrug discounting and discounting when the immediate and delayed reinforcers are the same. We are currently developing a more rapid procedure for measuring delay discounting which yields discounting functions in half the time taken in previous studies, and which will greatly increase the efficiency of future research on the role of discounting in drug abuse. A key determination will be comparing the qualitative and quantitative similarities between these two approaches.
 
Drug and Alternative Reinforcer Choice in Humans: Influence of Pharmacological Pretreatment, Cues, Delay and Loss Sensitivity
(Applied Research)
William Stoops (University of Kentucky), Justin Strickland (University of Kentucky), JOSHUA LILE (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: Decisions to take drugs are influenced by numerous factors in humans. This talk will present results from controlled human laboratory studies that have evaluated a number of determinants of drug and alternative reinforcer choice. Specific determinants covered will include the influence of pharmacological pretreatment (i.e., putative pharmacotherapies) on cocaine versus money choice (see Figure 1 for an example), the role of drug cues in choice of monetary alternatives, the impact of delay and pharmacological pretreatment on choice to engage in sexual behavior and how sensitivity to loss impacts drug and alternative reinforcer choice. The overarching goal of this presentation is to demonstrate the multi-faceted nature of drug and alternative reinforcer choice in humans in order to better design interventions to change behavior.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #132
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Consequences of Violence and Neglect in Children: The Risks of Neurobiological and Psychological Impairments

Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Willy-Tore Morch, Ph.D.
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
WILLY-TORE MORCH (The Arctic University of Norway, Tromsø)
Small children who live in long-lasting stress and anxiety, whether they be victims within their own homes or refugees suffering on a more global level, develop neurobiological impairments. The brain is plastic and “user dependent”. A child is born with 100 billion nerve cells, but only 15% are connected to other cells. During the first three years, 250.000 new connections are performed per hour in the child’s brain. The architects are the genes, but the constructors are the parents and the child’s social network. Positive experiences stimulate the myelination process in the cells axons and the myelin sheets increase the velocity of the nerve impulse. Long-lasting stress and anxiety reduces the myelination process and influences brain activity. Four brain structures are important for the brain’s reactions to stress and anxiety. The presenter will discuss the specific impacts that stress and anxiety have on each of these brain structures and the ensuing affect they have on the child’s development of crucial abilities necessary to successfully navigate the world. It is of great importance that sources of stress and anxiety, e.g. violence, abuse and neglect, but also war- and refugee experiences are quickly brought to an end. The role of child protection agencies, either by parent training interventions or by taking the child out of the family, is crucial. Likewise, the reception and caretaking of refugee children preventing neurobiological impairments will have life-long consequences for these children’s schooling, education, employment and mental health. The presenter will also briefly highlight parenting strategies and therapeutic interventions that can help to reduce the risk for these vulnerable children.
Abstract:

Small children who live in long-lasting stress and anxiety, whether they be victims within their own homes or refugees suffering on a more global level, develop neurobiological impairments. The brain is plastic and “user dependent”. A child is born with 100 billion nerve cells, but only 15% are connected to other cells. During the first three years, 250.000 new connections are performed per hour in the child’s brain. The architects are the genes, but the constructors are the parents and the child’s social network. Positive experiences stimulate the myelination process in the cells axons and the myelin sheets increase the velocity of the nerve impulse. Long-lasting stress and anxiety reduces the myelination process and influences brain activity. Four brain structures are important for the brain’s reactions to stress and anxiety. The presenter will discuss the specific impacts that stress and anxiety have on each of these brain structures and the ensuing affect they have on the child’s development of crucial abilities necessary to successfully navigate the world. It is of great importance that sources of stress and anxiety, e.g. violence, abuse and neglect, but also war- and refugee experiences are quickly brought to an end. The role of child protection agencies, either by parent training interventions or by taking the child out of the family, is crucial. Likewise, the reception and caretaking of refugee children preventing neurobiological impairments will have life-long consequences for these children’s schooling, education, employment and mental health. The presenter will also briefly highlight parenting strategies and therapeutic interventions that can help to reduce the risk for these vulnerable children.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; social workers; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the user dependent brain; (2) understand the effects of long-lasting stress and anxiety experiences in the brain; (3) discuss parent training.
 
 
Symposium #133
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Evaluating Strategies for Improving Early Infant Care
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rika Ortega (ABAI)
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D.
Abstract: Infant care can often be stressful for parents of a newborn child. In addition, the early stages of development for the infant pose many unique risks (e.g., sudden infant death syndrome). Parents should be educated on those risks and trained to implement appropriate care to avoid possible harm and support normal growth. Study 1 evaluated infant moral judgement by presenting infants with options to choose from puppets that expressed interests in similar or opposite preferences with the participant. Contrary to previous work, the repeated opportunities to select the differing puppets in the concurrent arrangement did not support the notion that infants tend to prefer prosocial or similar companions. Strategies for reducing tantrums during tummy time were evaluated in Study 2. A preference assessment was developed using the percentage of eye contact with individually presented items to select preferred items to use during tummy time. Although there was marked improvement in head elevation and eliminations of tantrums regardless of the value of the item, social validity measures indicated that parents tended to favor using the more-preferred items during tummy time. Study 3 developed a video intended to disseminate knowledge on safe infant sleep practices and tummy time. A significant improvement in knowledge in the pretest/posttest arrangement was obtained with current and expectant parents who watched the video. All studies support the notion that behavior analytic technology can improve early infant care.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Caregiver education, infant care, moral judgment, tummy time
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who need to learn how to care for infants.
 

Do Infants Make Moral Judgments?: Investigating Other Probable Explanations

(Applied Research)
CAROLYNN S. KOHN (University of the Pacific), Amir Cruz-Khalili (University of the Pacific), Katrina Michele Ruiz Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
Abstract:

3. Research employing single choice paradigms suggest infants show a preference for prosocial others and those who are similar to themselves. This study (two experiments, N = 44 infants, aged 8 to 15 months) replicated and extended previous work by including (a) within-subject repeated measures and (b) an experimental manipulation of a plausible demand characteristic. In both experiments, (a) infants chose between two foods, (b) watched a puppet show in which one puppet expressed a liking for one of the foods and a disliking for the other food followed by a second puppet who expressed the opposite preferences, and (c) chose between the two puppets. Results for the first-choice trial indicated a majority of infants did not choose the puppet who liked the same food as the infant (i.e., the similar puppet). Within-subject repeated trials also indicated a majority of infants did not choose the similar puppet but a majority did choose a puppet presented on the same side. Findings suggest infants may not display very early preferences, for similar others and supports recommendations made by others, including publishing null findings, standardizing data collection and reporting methods, and examining individual differences by employing within-subject designs with repeated measures.

 

Improving Tummy Time for Infants and Caregivers: A Treatment Comparison With Social Validation

(Applied Research)
RIKA ORTEGA (Queens College), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Antoinette Morea (Queens College)
Abstract:

Tummy time is an activity intended to strengthen infant motor development by placing them in a prone position. However, many infants may find this time aversive, often evoking noncompliant behavior and tantrums. Previous studies have used preferred tangible items during tummy time to reduce challenging behavior and improve head elevation. We extended this previous research by comparing the effects of a more-preferred stimulus (i.e., toy penguin) in comparison to a less-preferred stimulus (i.e., mother attention alone) selected from a preference assessment with two typically developing infants. During the preference assessment, items were placed to the side of the infants’ sight while they were seated in a comfortable position and the percentage of eye contact with each item was used to establish a hierarchy of preference. During the treatment comparison, the infant was placed in the prone position and the items were situated just above the infants’ view to ensure that seeing the item required holding the head up. Although both treatments improved head elevation and reduced tantrums, the caregiver selected the treatment using the more-preferred stimulus during a concurrent-chains preference assessment.

 

Implications and Future Directions for Educating Caregivers About Infant Safe Sleep and Tummy Time

(Applied Research)
AMBER E. MENDRES-SMITH (University of Maryland, School of Medicine), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mariana I. Castillo (UMBC), Barbara J. Davis (Ann Storck Center), Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shuyan Sun (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Alison Falck (University of Maryland, School of Medicine), Suhagi Kadakia (University of Maryland, School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Annually, approximately 3,500 infants die suddenly and unexpectedly in the United States, and many of these deaths are due to unsafe sleep positioning or environments (Centers for Disease Control, 2018). To promote safe sleeping and infant development, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends that caregivers put infants on their backs for sleep and on their stomachs to play, known as “tummy time.” In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of an educational video on 120 current and expectant parents’ knowledge of the AAP’s positioning recommendations. The video was associated with a significant improvement in participants’ knowledge from pre- to post-test. We also identified that participants’ reasons for positioning their babies unsafely for sleep and for limiting tummy time was largely associated with infant intolerance. In this presentation, I will: (a) discuss the implications of our results and the role of behavior analysis in addressing infant safe-sleep and tummy-time behavior and (b) describe a new intervention to teach parents of high-risk, hospitalized premature infants about safe sleep and tummy time.

 
 
Panel #134
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations When Expanding Behavior-Analytic Services to Memory Care Settings
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
JENNA MATTINGLY (The Shabani Institute)
MARANDA ANN TRAHAN (Trinity Services, Inc.)
CHRISTOPHER WALMSLEY (Humboldt State University)
Abstract: Building up clientele and working with staff in memory care settings can be particularly challenging. Physicians, nurses, and caregivers want to use non-pharmacological interventions to manage the challenging behaviors exhibited by those with dementia, but there are not enough behavior analysts in clinical practice for referrals. Furthermore, once the clinician gets their foot in the door, it can be difficult to get buy-in from team members due to the general unfamiliarity of behavior analysis in aging. Adherence with behavior plans must come from the top down and it can be difficult for geriatric care managers to free up already overwhelmed staff to train them on additional responsibilities. As an additional challenge, nonbehavioral interventions already in place in memory care settings may include those based on poor empirical support, and may negatively impact client outcomes as the behavior analyst begins providing services. This panel will provide discussion on anticipated barriers and proposed solutions regarding a) setting up practice with older adults, b) staff training, and c) how to navigate unfamiliar nonbehavioral interventions when expanding services in the area of behavioral gerontology.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Current board certified behavior analysts
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe strategies to establish your practice with older adults, (2) State solutions to barriers associated with training staff in aging settings, and (3) State tactics to evaluate nonbehavioral interventions encountered in aging settings.
Keyword(s): aging, behavioral gerontology, practitioners
 
 
Panel #135
CE Offered: BACB
Sustainability of Behavioral Interventions and Lasting Systems Change
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Veronica J. Howard, Ph.D.
Chair: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
RACHEL L. WHITE (University of Alaska Anchorage; Good Behavior Beginnings)
HANA JURGENS (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
YULEMA CRUZ (Global Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has produced a wealth of information on interventions to produce socially significant behavior change. As a result, many individuals seek the services of Behavior Analysts, most notably, services for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Although there is a high demand for Behavior Analysts to consult with clients and create successful interventions for behavior change, once the Behavior Analyst’s consultation ends, the interventions are not often continued. Sustainability of behavioral interventions is a key factor in the maintenance of behavior changes within a setting. Sustainability of system change also requires building the capacity for on-going services. This panel will feature individuals working on various aspects of building capacity and creating sustainable programs. Panelists will speak on their success with creating sustainable programs for individuals and teachers that lasted after consultation ended. Panelists will also discuss strategies used to produce sustainable behavior change at the group, organization, and system level.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate/BCBAs; Behavior Analysts interested in creating lasting change.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify key features of creating sustainable models. 2. Participants will list examples of way to improve sustainability of behavioral interventions. 3. Participants will describe how changes in supervision systems improve sustainability.
Keyword(s): supervision, sustainability, training
 
 
Symposium #136
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research Evaluating Video for Enhancing Sports Performance
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Merritt Schenk, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers that evaluate interventions for enhancing sports performance with a focus on the different components of current video interventions. Schenk and Miltenberger discuss research evaluating the separate contributions of video modeling and video feedback for enhancing the performance of little league baseball pitchers. Snapp and Miltenberger discuss research evaluating the utility of video feedback for improving three separate cheerleading tumbling skills. Sellers discusses research evaluating the combined effects of video modeling and video feedback for improving three foundational rock climbing skills.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Sports Performance
Target Audience: The target audience is all practicing behavior analysts who wish to learn about the application of behavior analytic techniques with typical developing populations.
Learning Objectives: 1. Replicate and demonstrate the utility of behavioral interventions for sports performance 2. Begin to assess the useful components in established interventions for sports-related performance enhancement 3. Continue to disseminate behavior analysis to fields outside of developmental disabilities
 

Evaluating Video Modeling Versus Video Feedback to Improve Baseball Pitching

Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study examined the use of video modeling and video feedback to evaluate how each procedure may improve pitching skills of baseball players in a community Little League. A multiple baseline design across participants with an ABC sequence was used to evaluate the intervention. In Phase 1 of intervention, the effects of video modeling were assessed. In Phase 2, the effects of video feedback were assessed for participants who did not show adequate performance improvement during Phase 1. A follow-up phase was conducted to examine maintenance of skill performance after a successful intervention. The results indicate that video modeling had little to no effect on performance, and video feedback was the important component to teaching pitching skills.

 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Video Feedback to Improve Cheerleading Skills
SARA KATE SNAPP (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of video feedback to improve three cheerleading tumbling skills in a multiple baseline across behaviors design. The study included three high school cheerleaders. Target behaviors included a front walkover roundoff back handspring, a standing back tuck, and a toe touch two back handsprings. Video feedback increase the percentage correct for each of the three skills for all three participants. This study represents a systematic replication of video feedback to a novel sport and shows the robustness of this procedure for enhancing sports performance.
 
An Application of Expert Video Modeling and Feedback to Increase Foundational Climbing Skills in Novice Rock Climbers
SETH WALKER (Utah State University), Kerry Abigail Shea (Utah State University), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: There is a growing body of research examining novel applications of behavior analytic technology. One specific area of study is the application of behavior analysis in sports, health, and fitness. Several studies have examined the efficacy of behavior analytic coaching strategies in sports to increase performer fluency and accuracy. Rock climbing is a multifaceted sport that requires mastery of a number of complex behavior chains in order to successfully navigate either an artificial or natural climbing surface. To date, training rock climbing movement has not been a focus of many empirical investigations. The majority of rock climbing studies that do investigate training for climbers typically focus on the physiological aspects of rock climbing. In this study, researchers examined the application of expert video modeling and feedback on the performance of foundational rock climbing skills. Participants demonstrated an increase in fluency for all skills that were targeted in the intervention.
 
 
Symposium #137
CE Offered: BACB
Mindfulness: Investigations of its Effects on Creativity, Charity, and Emotional Regulation
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Don Togade (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada)
CE Instructor: Don Togade, Ph.D.
Abstract:

“Mindfulness” originated from the Pali word sati and the Sanskrit word smirti, which refers to an individual’s awareness, attention, remembering (Neale, 2006). Despite its popularity, majority of mindfulness investigations have employed indirect measures in determining its effects (e.g., Batalo 2012; Rabiee., 2014). This symposium presents three recently completed research studies on the impact of mindfulness on behavior, which included direct measures of behavioral effects; specifically, its effects on creativity, charitable giving, and emotional regulation were measured. Adults within the general population, both novice and more experienced meditators, were included in these studies. In light of the results obtained and based on the body of previous research on the behavioural effects of mindfulness, applied implications and future research recommendations will be outlined.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The symposium will be geared towards undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis, BCBA and BCBA-D researchers and practitioners in education, healthcare, and applied clinical work.

 

Creativity in the Present Moment: A Behavior-Analytic Exploration of the Effects of Mindfulness Practice on Adults’ Creative Performance

DON TOGADE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada), August Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Jessica Gamba (National Louise University), Diana J. Walker (Trinity Services/Illinois Crisis Prevention Network), Patricia Arredondo (Fielding Graduate University; Arizona State University)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the effects of mindfulness practice on creative performance of adult participants classified as novice and experienced meditators across four computer tasks. Novice and experienced meditators’ mindfulness and creative performance across divergent, convergent, recombination, and block design were measured while exposed to neutral activity and mindfulness conditions. Participants’ self-reported levels of mindfulness was measured based on the difference between pre- and post- tests scores on the Mindfulness Awareness Assessment Scale (MAAS) and Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Scale (KIMS) across conditions, whereas direct measure of mindfulness was recorded using an iPhone app during mindfulness and maintenance conditions only. Across creative tasks, rate of both novel and redundant responses, duration of task completion, inter-response time (IRT), and latency to the first response were measured per session. Following steady state creative performance in the final mindfulness condition, participants’ mindfulness and creative performance were tested for maintenance. Across meditators, difference scores from the MAAS and KIMS did not yield significant changes between conditions, and difference scores maintained for both the MAAS and KIMS during maintenance tests. Finally, measures of rate, duration, IRT, and latency of creative performances yielded undifferentiated outcomes. However, some dimensions of creative performance maintained following without structured practice.

 

Effects of Loving Kindness Meditation on Charitable Giving and Written Statements About Self and Others

SIMRAN AGRAWAL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), August Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Don Togade (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research was to examine the effects of LovingKindness Meditation on charitable giving and written statements about self and others. The study measured charitable giving by counting the amount of total dollars donated in baseline, LovingKindness Meditation, and control condition sessions. Written statements about self and others were measured by administering a writing prompt at the end of each of each session in each of three conditions mentioned above; written statements were categorized as positive, neutral or negative. The results of the study indicate that two out of three participants donated more money in the LovingKindness condition as compared to the baseline or control condition. Additionally, two out of three participants showed higher frequencies of positive statements about self and others in the LovingKidness condition as compared to the other conditions. The overall frequency of negative statements was low for all participants, except for one participant who showed the lowest frequency in the LovingKindness condition.

 
Mindfully Regulating: The Effects of Brief Interventions of Acute Emotion Regulation
JONAH DAVID MCMANUS (University of Louisiana in Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Patrick Rappold (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Emotion regulation involves any attempt at changing, starting, or stopping covert verbal behavior, and associated emotions. Some experts suggest that difficulties in regulating emotions is central to most, if not all, psychological disorders. For this reason, increasing adaptive emotion regulation is a common therapeutic goal, and by extension, a focus of clinical research. Of equal importance might be investigations of brief, self-directed interventions. For example, video game play and mindful breathing are commonly reported as simple approaches to managing intense emotions and responses thereto. The current study examined the impact of two brief interventions, video games and mindful breathing, on acute emotion regulation measured via a distress tolerance task and self-reported emotional states as compared to a waiting control. Results showed divergent effects on emotion regulation as measured by the self-report measures versus the distress tolerance task. Steps for future research and limitations as well as implications for assessment will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #138
The Importance of Replication in Developing Valid Animal Models of Behavioral Disorders
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marc N. Branch (University of Florida)
Abstract: Despite the many genetic and ontogenetic animal models of neurodevelopmental disorders (e.g., intellectual disabilities autism, and attention deficit disorder) available for research none have led to novel treatments. Repeatedly, drugs have been shown to "rescue" behavioral abnormalities associated with these models, only to fail in human, clinical trials. This poor predictive validity of current models has led The National Institutes of Health to make developing new animal models of neurodevelopmental disorders a priority area. One source of error may be the “behavioral assays” used to assess treatments. Current measures of behavior are selected for face validity, and their relation to clinical behaviors is unknown. Behavior analysis explicitly establishes cross-species generality including to humans. Predictive validity is established by showing that a manipulation will have the same outcome in rats, pigeons, non-human primates, and humans. Dr. Hughes presents data from behavior pharmacology - the gold standard for predictive validity of animal models. Dr. Perone discusses the critical component of predictive validity – interspecies generality of processes and methods. Dr. Williams presents an example of interspecies generality research pertaining to neurodevelopmental disorders.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Animal Models, Developmental Dissabilies, Drugs, Human Subjects
 
Replication and Replication Failure in the Search for Fundamental Behavioral Processes
(Theory)
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
Abstract: This talk will discuss strategies for addressing replication successes and failures and illustrate how our response to the failures plays a critical role in advancing our understanding of fundamental behavioral processes. A behavioral process is fundamental if it transcends species boundaries, and precise expressions of fundamental processes are – by their very nature – high in generality and predictive value. The experimental analysis of behavior is devoted to the discovery and articulation of fundamental processes. Achieving this goal depends on experiments that focus on environmental determinants of behavior at the level of the individual organism, rigorous methods with the highest possible internal validity, and both direct and systematic replication. Replication failures are likely, especially when procedures from the animal lab are translated to humans, and they should be welcome. If the experiments are internally valid, the failures are as informative as the successes because the failures point the way to unknown or uncontrolled factors involved in the process of interest. When these factors are identified and controlled, our expressions of the behavioral process will be precise, general, and predictive.
 

Behavioral Pharmacology: An Animal-Model Success Story

(Basic Research)
Christine Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral pharmacology is often described as the merging of the fields of behavior analysis and pharmacology. As a result, our principles and methodologies were brought to bear on understanding both the pharmacological and the behavioral functions of drugs. The utilization of a steady-state research strategy in individual subjects helped to reconcile some views that drug effects were intrinsically variable. Conceptualizing drugs as reinforcing and discriminative stimuli helped not only to develop reliable laboratory animal models, but also, to conceptualize treatment of behavioral disorders both in terms of psycho- and pharmacotherapy. In this presentation, I will present a general overview of the tenets of behavioral pharmacology and discuss a brief history of the use of some of the animal models that have been shown to have high predictive validity including current models of impulsive behavior.

 
Reverse Translation of Problem Behaviors in Developmental Disabilities Through Replication in Animal and Human Subjects
(Applied Research)
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Disruptive and destructive behaviors present a major and persistent problem in people with developmental disabilities (DD). Applied behavior analysis takes a functional approach aimed at treating specific problem behaviors regardless of subjects’ diagnosis. Other disciplines take a medical model and focus on behaviors as symptoms of the underlying neurodevelopmental disabilities. The Incidences of problem behaviors varies across DD syndromes with known genetic etiologies indicating a potential biological underpinning for these behaviors. A major area of research in DD involves animal models of specific syndromes to understand biological mechanisms and develop new treatments, but to date have not succeeded in either goal. Current animal models use behavioral “assays” based on formal similarity to diagnostic behaviors (face validity). The literature acknowledges this practice is unsatisfactory, but there is a lack of reverse translation of the clinical behaviors to basic processes that can be reproduced in animals. In this paper, we present replication of functional relations from animal and human subjects related to conditions that produce maladaptive escape, response disruption, and aggressive behaviors. We argue that the animal and human results are due to similar behavioral processes enhancing the predictive potential of treatments derived from the animal models.
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Academic and Music Skills to Children of Typical Development
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Day-Watkins, Ph.D.
Abstract: In recent years, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has increasingly been used to teach a variety of socially relevant skills and content to children of typical development. The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which EBI was used to teach classes of academic content and music skills. The first study was a replication and extension of Lynch and Cuvo (1995)’s analysis of fraction-pictogram-percentages equivalence classes. Some participants were directly trained and tested on the classes while additional participants observed the training of the classes. The second study extended prior studies in which equivalence classes of music notes were established by also teaching music dynamics, followed by generalization tests of accurate piano playing. In the third study, the Go/no-go procedure, an alternative to match-to-sample to form equivalence classes, was used with compound stimuli to establish reading comprehension among dictated words, pictures, printed words, and textual behavior. Together, the three studies in this symposium extend the content domains and procedures that can be used to establish equivalence classes of relevant content to children of typical development.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, derived relations, equivalence, observational learning
Target Audience: The target audience will be those interested in equivalence-based instruction.
 
Math Instruction: An Investigation of Derived Relations, Observational Learning, and Transfer of Function
BRITTANY CHIASSON (Teachers College, Columbia University), Victoria Verdun (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract: Little research has examined the intersection of derived relations and observational learning, which may be an additional avenue by which an instructor can increase the total amount of learning while conserving instructional resources. In this study, we replicated and extended Lynch and Cuvo (1995)’s analysis of fraction-pictogram-percentages equivalence classes. We trained 3rd grade students on baseline relations and observed the emergence of all possible derived relations. Prior to training, the participants could sort percentage stimuli from lowest to highest (comparative relations), but could not do this with fraction stimuli. Following the formation of equivalence classes, the participants could accurately sort fraction stimuli, thus demonstrating the transfer of function. Two additional participants observed the target participants undergo the training of baseline relations. The observing participants acquired baseline relations with no direct reinforcement, derived all relations, and demonstrated transfer of function. These findings suggest a novel way to incorporate EBI into classroom settings.
 
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Music Notes and Piano Playing Dynamics
SARAH LOSOWYJ (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Emily Gallant (Caldwell University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to extend the equivalence-based instruction (EBI) and music literature by using EBI to teach music concepts to three 8- to 10-year-old children. Participants were first taught to identify five notes on a music staff and piano keyboard using a one-to-many (OTM) training structure with five stimulus classes consisting of four members each. Following the formation of the music note classes, participants were taught to identify and discriminate between three levels of dynamics (magnitude of playing a note) using a OTM training structure with three stimulus classes consisting of four members each. Participants completed two match-to-sample pretests and posttests for all relations in each stimulus set along with two piano playing pretests and posttests. During tests for derived relations, all participants responded in a class-consistent manner, thus indicating the formation of the equivalence classes. In addition, music skills generalized to playing a song with indicated dynamics on a piano keyboard. The results indicate that EBI is an effective procedure for teaching music concepts to children.
 

Reading Comprehension With the Go/No-Go Procedure With Compound Stimuli

Cecelia Brayner de Freitas Gueiros (Universidade de São Paulo), PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

The Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli is an alternative to matching-to-sample to establish equivalence relations between abstract stimuli. The present study is the first to investigate whether the Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli would produce emergent relations among dictated word (A), picture (B) and printed word (C) and the emergence of textual behavior (CD) using a multiple probe design across sets of words. Three preschool children were exposed to five phases: (1) Pretest of BC, CB and CD relation, (2) Pretraining with known stimuli, (3) AB and AC training, (4) Posttests of BC and CB relations and (5) Posttest of the CD relation. During AB and AC training, compound stimuli (formed by auditory and visual stimuli) were successively presented on each trial. Responses in the presence of “related” compounds (A1B1, A2B2, A1C1 or A2C2), but not in the presence of “unrelated” compounds (A1B2, A2B1, A2C1 or A1C2) were differentially reinforced. The results showed that all children achieved the learning criteria and showed the emergence of BC, CB, and CD relations for all sets only after AB and AC training. The Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli is an effective alternative to establish reading comprehension.

 
 
Paper Session #140
Organizational Behavior Management Within Educational Settings
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Paula E. Chan (Cleveland State University)
 
Teaching Supervisees to Recruit Feedback
Domain: Applied Research
PAULA E. CHAN (Cleveland State University)
 
Abstract: Feedback is critical to the learning process (Hattie & Timperly, 2007), and requires clear communication between the supervisor and the supervisee. Many times during supervision, the supervisor will provide feedback, and the supervisee will be expected to listen and integrate feedback within the next session. The purpose of this study was to evaluate an intervention designed to teach student teachers to recruit feedback in their student-teaching placements. Authors used a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the effects of an intervention across three participants. All participants learned to effectively recruit feedback during their supervision sessions. Authors will discuss implications for BCBA supervision and future directions for research.
 

Developing and Refining a Performance Management Process to Improve Employee Engagement in a School Setting

Domain: Service Delivery
Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School), Catherine Grant (Jigsaw CABAS School), EMMA HAWKINS (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw CABAS School)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of this OBM project was to review the Performance Management process in place in a school setting and to make changes to this process within the constraints of the organisation’s budget. The Performance Management process consisted of line managers setting targets for their staff and points were given for targets met. At the start of the project monthly reporting of points was implemented. From these data the average number of points gained per person (taking into account number of working days each month) was calculated. A Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) was conducted to determine changes to the Performance Management process. These changes consisted of an antecedent and information intervention (flowchart implemented summarising Performance Management process so all staff were clear of the system; set rolling targets implemented so that staff could continue to gain points without meeting their Line Manager), an equipment and processes intervention (change to graph) and a consequences intervention (staff set a rolling target to meet with their Line Manager at least fortnightly so that feedback could be received). The number of staff completing monthly summary forms remained stable throughout the project. The average number of points received increased significantly during the intervention.

 
 
 
Panel #141
An Evaluation of Ethical Decision Making
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michelle Nelson (University of West Florida; Lakeview Center, Inc.)
DAYNA BEDDICK (University of West Florida)
SAL RUIZ (University of West Florida; Central Reach LLC)
MIGUEL AVILA (The Professional Crisis Management Association; University of West Florida)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (PECC) is discussed and debated in the field, but often without any purposeful feedback or data presented by the Certificants to the governing body. As stakeholders in the field, we are responsible for articulating concerns regarding conflicting codes and processes, devising harmonious solutions, and demonstrating empirical evidence for the proposed solutions. This is imperative to model for future behavior analysts. The panel seeks to evaluate the ethical decision-making process presented by Rosenberg and Schwarz (2018) as a possible improvement to the current method. Panelists will summarize the key components of the process, as well as the justification behind using a more fluid decision making process. Case studies based on students and learners from across the world will be briefly presented to the audience. Using an interactive, polling-based online software, panelists will collect real-time feedback, data, and ethical dilemmas from the audience to better evaluate the process.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): decision making, ethics
 
 
Invited Panel #142
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Derived Stimulus Relations: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Panelists: ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), KAREN LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College), DANIEL FIENUP (Columbia University)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Caio Miguel’s SQAB Tutorial on derived stimulus relations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current directions of derived stimulus relations research, (2) describe future directions of derived stimulus relations research, and (3) describe similarities between basic and applied derived stimulus relations research programs
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Dr. Erik Arntzen received his Ph.D. from University of Oslo, Norway, in February 2000. Arntzen’s dissertation focused on variables that influenced responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. He also holds a degree in clinical psychology. He is currently a full-time Professor in Behavior Analysis at Oslo and Akershus University College (OAUC). His research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on research in relational stimulus control and verbal behavior. Lately, he has started research projects with a focus on (1) remembering functions in patients with dementia and (2) conditional discrimination of melanoma detection. He has also been interested in ethical considerations and core values in the field of behavior analysis. Furthermore, he has ongoing research projects within the areas of gambling behavior and consumer behavior. He also runs a Behavior Analysis Lab at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen has published papers in a number of different journals including Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), The Psychological Record, Behavioral Interventions, European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA), Experimental of Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, Analysis of Gambling Behavior, the Analysis of Verbal Behavior, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease & other Dementias, and Psychopharmacology. Dr. Arntzen has served as the president and past-president of the European ABA (2008–2014). Dr. Arntzen has been a member of the board of the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis from 1987–1993 and from 2006 to present, holds the position as the secretary of international affairs. Dr. Arntzen is a trustee of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has presented papers at conferences worldwide. Dr. Arntzen has been recognized with awards, including the SABA award for the dissemination of behavior analysis, ABAI award for outstanding mentoring, the research award at Akershus University College, and publication award at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen is one of the founders and the editor of European Journal of Behavior Analysis. He has also served as the editor of Behavior & Philosophy. He has served on the editorials board of several journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Psychological Record, International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, the Behavior Analyst, and The Behavior Analyst Today.
KAREN LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College)
Dr. Lionello-DeNolf is an assistant professor of psychology and the director of the undergraduate and graduate programs in applied behavior analysis at Assumption College. She is also an adjunct faculty member at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. She holds a doctorate in psychology from Purdue University with an emphasis in learning and memory, and she is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level. Dr. Lionello-DeNolf has taught undergraduate and graduate courses in research methods, learning and behavior, behavioral assessment, behavioral interventions, and the experimental analysis of behavior. For more than a decade, Dr. Lionello-DeNolf was a faculty member at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, Shriver Center, where she conducted translational research in the areas of experimental and applied behavior analysis, autism spectrum disorders, developmental disabilities, discrimination learning, stimulus equivalence, behavioral momentum, and choice. She has led several research projects funded by the National Institutes of Health that investigated the learning processes that may underlie some of the language and other deficits in autism and related developmental disabilities. Her research has been published in leading journals, such as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, The Psychological Record, and Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders. Dr. Lionello-DeNolf is past Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Psychological Record, she has served on the editorial review board or as a guest reviewer for a number of journals, and she has served on the Science Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Dr. Lionello-DeNolf is the current Associate Editor for Translational Research for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
DANIEL FIENUP (Columbia University)

Daniel M. Fienup is an Associate Professor of Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University.  He received his Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis from Southern Illinois University and his Ph.D. in School Psychology from Illinois State University.  Dr. Fienup and his students conduct research on instructional design and educational performance.  Dr. Fienup is an Associate Editor for the Journal of Behavioral Education and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior.  He also serves on the editorial board for Behavior Analysis in Practice, Perspectives on Behavioral Science, the Psychological Record, and Behavior Development.  He serves on the Licensed Behavior Analyst New York state board and is a past board member of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis.

 
 
Panel #143
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
PDS: Integrity and Ethics in Publication
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (ABAI Publication Board Coordinator; Southern Illinois University)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Editor, Perspectives on Behavior Science; Temple University)
MITCH FRYLING (Editor, The Psychological Record; California State University, Los Angeles)
MORGAN RYAN (Senior Editor, Behavioral Sciences, Springer.)
Abstract:

The purpose of this meeting is to discuss some of the core practices and guidelines for the Committee on Publication Ethics, or COPE, with an eye toward common issues or dilemmas encountered by the editors of the ABAI journals. The panel will share insights from their experiences as authors, reviewers, and editors, and will also advise newer authors on those common policies and practices that are necessary to ensure that behavior analysts pursue publication with integrity.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

ABAI members interested in publishing.

Learning Objectives: 1. To understand the core practices and guidelines for the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) 2. To identify common issues or dilemmas encountered by the editors of ABAI journals 3. To learn best practices for promoting research integrity
Keyword(s): Publication, ethics
 
 
Panel #144
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Skills Training: A Comparison of Four Pre-Service Training Models
Saturday, May 25, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Wenig, M.S.
Chair: Jessica Wenig (Advances Learning Center)
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
BIANCA SIMS (Behavioral Concepts)
JILL HARPER (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Organizations providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities often face challenges when developing and implementing effective staff training. For instance, in some regions of the country, funders require direct care staff to hold certification as a Registered Behavior Technician™ (RBT®). Behavior Skills Training (BST) provides an evidence-based methodology that can be used to train a variety of skills necessary of a direct care staff member. Data collected during pre-service training (e.g., pre and post feedback surveys, competency assessment scores) offer a source of information regarding training practices that are best for an organization’s needs. For instance, training curriculum, format and duration can be modified based upon the information gathered from such assessments while still maintaining the integrity of BST. The focus of this panel will be a comparison of training models across four organizations (home-based, center-based and educational services) inclusive of a discussion regarding the utility of continual assessment during the training process to inform further development of a pre-service training program. Objectives: 1. Describe development of competency measures to meet the unique needs of an organization 2. Describe models that include training for required RBT certification. 3. Describe scaffolding of training for staff member pursuing advancement 4. Describe a variety of data collection methods that can be used throughout the training process to make informed decisions regarding future training directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, LABAs, Business Owners, Training Coordinators

Learning Objectives: Objectives: 1. Describe development of competency measures to meet the unique needs of an organization 2. Describe models that include training for required RBT certification. 3. Describe scaffolding of training for staff member pursuing advancement 4. Describe a variety of data collection methods that can be used throughout the training process to make informed decisions regarding future training directions.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Skills, Pre-Service Training
 
 
Special Event #145
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Presidential Scholar Address: Nonviolent Resistance in the Global Struggle to Defend Democracy and Human Rights
Saturday, May 25, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom A-F
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar Address: Nonviolent Resistance in the Global Struggle to Defend Democracy and Human Rights

Abstract:

There is growing concern among citizens around the world at the rise in the election of populist governments, increase in authoritarianism, and degradation of democratic rights, institutions, and norms. Meanwhile, the use of nonviolent resistance to defend the rights of minorities and oppressed communities, advance environmental and human rights campaigns, and to preserve democratic freedoms and institutions is being applied with increased frequency. However, as a field, nonviolent resistance continues to be neglected, and as a technique and type of social and political action, the phenomenon is not well understood, including by policymakers, journalists, academics, or citizens or institutions in our societies. This dearth in understanding is dangerous. New research suggests that although the frequency of nonviolent struggle is increasing, its effectiveness is decreasing. This is being attributed to opponent learning and innovation, as well as the fact that as in the past, such struggles often rely on intuition, chance events, improvisation, and people acting without clearly identifying their objectives or understanding what is required to achieve them. As behavior scientists have begun shifting significant attention to social issues, and given their recent growing emphasis on cultural level change, they could become valued partners in shaping more effective strategic action. One important potential area for collaborative work is in researching constructional (Goldiamond), constructive (Gandhi) options for shaping socially and environmentally sustainable communities with the strength and knowledge to resist threats to democracy, and support human rights. In light of the growing exploration of nonviolent resistance to address the various political challenges faced by citizens around the world, a top priority now is to expand the capacity of practitioners of nonviolent action to plan and implement wise strategies that can guide their actions and maximize their effectiveness. By drawing from selected contemporary and historical movements, this presentation will explore the lessons that can be gained from global movements to face current challenges in the fight to advance human rights and defend democratic rights, institutions, and norms.

 
JAMILA RAQIB (Albert Einstein Institution; Center for International Studies at Massachusetts Institute of Technology)
 
Jamila Raqib, an Afghan native, was a nominee for the 2017 Nobel Peace Prize, and is Executive Director of the Albert Einstein Institution in Boston, which promotes the study and strategic use of nonviolent action worldwide. From 2002 until his recent passing, Ms. Raqib worked directly with political scientist Gene Sharp, the world’s foremost scholar on strategic nonviolent action. In 2009, she and Sharp jointly developed a curriculum called Self-Liberation: A Guide to Strategic Planning for Action to End a Dictatorship or Other Oppression drawing extensively on that literature, to provide in-depth guidance for groups planning or engaged in nonviolent struggle for democracy and human rights. She is also a Director’s Fellow at the MIT Media Lab, exploring how innovations in technology and education can make the collection, sharing, and application of knowledge of nonviolent action more effective, timely, and secure. In addition, she is currently doing research on nonviolent social change grounded in Gandhi’s “constructive programme,” which is similar on multiple dimensions to constructional work as outlined in Israel Goldiamond’s work. Ms. Raqib’s TED talk on nonviolent resistance has been translated into 29 languages and has more than 1 million views; many of her presentations are also widely shared on YouTube, making her work accessible especially to young people. She is among a handful of people in the world who has studied the extensive literature on nonviolence social change in real depth and has been working directly with the groups who have been applying that knowledge in conflicts around the world. Raqib regularly gives presentations and conducts educational workshops for activists and organizers, human rights organizations, academics, and government bodies concerned with diverse objectives including challenging dictatorship, combatting corruption, and attaining political rights, economic justice, environmental protection, and women’s empowerment. She also serves as commentator on nonviolent action for multiple media outlets and oversees the dissemination of extensive resources on the topic through the Einstein Institution. She therefore has much to contribute to behavior scientists and practitioners interested in expanding their involvement and participation in social change, human rights, and sustainability efforts, particularly from a constructional perspective.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe two lessons that can be gained from global movements facing current challenges in the struggle to advance human rights, and strengthen and defend democratic institutions; (2) explain the value of nonviolent resistance as a form of social and political action; (3) explain how and why, while the frequency of nonviolent struggle is increasing, its effectiveness is declining in some arenas; (4) describe the value of constructive/constructional strategies for shaping environmentally sustainable and socially just communities.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #146
Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Chair: Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Presenting Authors:

The mission of the Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. Please join us to meet individuals working this in growing area, as well as others interested in getting involved.

Keyword(s): animal, applied, behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #147
Diversity submission UNCOMFORTABLEx: Inaugural Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Chair: Megan Erin Sullivan Kirby (University of South Florida; UNCOMFORTABLEx; Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

Uncomfortable conversations about uncomfortable topics in a social media forum: What could go wrong? With over 5,500 members as of October 2018, and chapters around the world standing up for human rights, social justice and an end to harassment, it's time to meet up in person! B. F. Skinner may have called us the "uncommitted." However, we think of ourselves as brave new leaders using behavioral science at a grassroots level to advance a new progressive movement (Mittaini & Aspholm, 2016). Join us!

Keyword(s): advocacy, human rights, social justice, Uncomfortable BCBA
 
 
Business Meeting #148
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management is among the top management and applied psychology journals according to the Journal Citation Reports. The purpose of the annual meeting is to provide an annual report of the Journal’s activities and accomplishments. In addition, this meeting serves as forum for audience members to voice their ideas and suggestions for future directions and enhancement of Journal’s objectives and activities. The meeting is open.
 
 
Business Meeting #149
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Chair: Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University)
Presenting Authors:

The current editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will present the annual report and discuss journal policies and initiatives. All interested parties are encouraged to attend.

Keyword(s): dissemination, journal, publication
 
 
Business Meeting #150
Student Committee Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:

ABAI student members constitute a significant portion of the Association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for all ABAI student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The Student Committee business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., academic engagement, events, and outreach).

Keyword(s): Professional Development, Student Committee, Students
 
 
Business Meeting #151
What You Didn't Know About the CBA Learning Module Series: Data, Reports, and New Features
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Chair: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions)
Presenting Authors:

The CBA Learning Module Series (CBA LMS) has a proven record of effectiveness as a BCBA/BCaBA exam prep course, with a 91% pass rate for first time exam takers. In addition, over 80 Verified Course Sequences use the software as a curriculum supplement, providing students with the practice necessary to master the knowledge, skills, and abilities outlined in the BACB's Task List. In turn, the real-time performance data collected by our learning platform assists professors and supervisors in identifying weaknesses in student repertoires and where remedial activities might prove helpful. This casual meeting will familiarize both student and administrative experiences of the CBA LMS, focusing on how to use these data to maximize teaching effectiveness. A large portion of this meeting will involve open discussion of existing features and ideas for new features.

Keyword(s): BCBA, Teaching Behavior-Analysis, University Teaching, VCS
 
 
Business Meeting #152
Business Meeting for the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University; NYSABA)
Presenting Authors:

The NYSABA business meeting is held so that representatives of the NYSABA Board can update attendees on the activities of NYSABA over the past year, as well as on goals and activities for the future. Topics discussed include committee reports, legislative issues, NYSABA activities at the ABAI conference, NYSABA activities throughout the state, ongoing CEU opportunities, and other topics affecting behavior analysts in the state of New York. Audience questions are encouraged.

Keyword(s): Affiliate chapter, New York, NYSABA
 
 
Business Meeting #153
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Columbia University Teachers College)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Development SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with complex kinds of behavior such as verbal behavior development, stimulus equivalence, relational frames, and problem solving, as well as normal and problematic behaviors in social interactions, as well as the historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The business meeting will review activities during the past year and discuss plans for the next. All are welcome to attend.

Keyword(s): behavioral development, complex behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #154
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich A
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this business meeting is to update members on ways the VB SIG has been promoting theory, research, and practice in Verbal Behavior. There will be presentations from the Chair, TAVB Editor, Student Liaison, and other officers. We will present awards to the winners of the VB SIG Student Research Competition, the VB SIG Student Grant Competition, and the Jack Michael Award. Attendees may become members prior to attending the meeting or at the front door. We will provide all attendees with a new issue of the VB SIG newsletter, VB News.
Keyword(s): business meeting, special interest, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #155
ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP))
Presenting Authors:
This meeting will provide an update about the growth of the ABA Professional Committee of the China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) during the past year, including the current status of board-approved applied behavior analysis training course sequence, research, and other activities relating to behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): China, China ABA, International
 
 
Business Meeting #156
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Presenting Authors:
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues.
Keyword(s): climate change, sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #157
Theoretical and Conceptual Issues Special Interest Group Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Chair: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Presenting Authors:
The TPC SIG will discuss the past year within the group. Further, we will be discussing positions available within the SIG. Finally we will discuss methods to advance the SIG's purpose, which is to advance discourse about theoretical and conceptual issues throughout behavior analysis. All interested in such issues are welcome to attend and learn how to contribute to the discussions currently taking place.
 
 
Business Meeting #158
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group (SIG) focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. In addition, during the business meeting, the Behavioral Medicine Student Research Award winner will be announced and receive their award.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology
 
 
Business Meeting #159
Crime, Delinquency and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Chair: Timothy Templin (HABA)
Presenting Authors:

Mission Statement: To ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of teaching families in reducing recidivism and the improvement of prison drug programs. ABA has been helpful in guiding the court system in identifying effective sanctions, called graduated sanctions, understanding the effects of behavioral/cognitive-behavioral programs on recidivism, parent training, functional behavioral assessment and team problem solving schools for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students. It has also impacted the assessment of child sexual abuse. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans’ fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. Our annual business meeting is open to all those interested. We will discuss our goals as a special interest group, further areas of research and how to use this field for the public good.

 
 
Business Meeting #160
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.wordpress.com/) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems encountered by adults in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics of high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The meeting will explore attendees' interests and needs and foster collaborations and the sharing of information, to encourage education, training, practice, and research. Further business items consist of determining policies and procedures and structuring SIG activities throughout the year.

Keyword(s): alzheimer, behavioral health, dementia, older adult
 
 
Business Meeting #161
Association for Science in Autism Treatment
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Presenting Authors:

A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT)’s current goals and objectives, and to discuss collaboration opportunities between ASAT and ABAI members. All interested individuals are encouraged to attend this meeting. As there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst provider, ASAT strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free online publication, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/newsletter/

 
 
Business Meeting #162
Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Regent
Chair: Angela Broff (HABA)
Presenting Authors:

The Hawai’i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, advocate for community needs, support service providers and parents, educate community leaders, and promote the advancement of behavior analysis locally. HABA works diligently on legislative and policy issues that impact our community (e.g., autism insurance, behavior analyst licensure, sustainability initiatives) and aims to educate local policymakers about our science. HABA offers several in person- and online- workshops for educators, parents, students, and practitioners. In addition, every Fall, HABA hosts an annual convention located on Oahu.

Keyword(s): HABA, Hawai'i
 
 
Business Meeting #163
History of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the HoBA SIG Business Meeting is to review the SIGs vision (i.e., to advance and expand behavior analysis through its history and historiography) and mission (i.e. to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the fields history), but primarily to develop strategic initiatives. At this years meeting, we will discuss our initiatives in the areas of (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi for HoBA instructors); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., the status of HoBA archives at the Cummings Center for the History of Psychology in Akron, OH; creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic resources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the SIG's website (historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to other websites); and (f) enhancing the SIG's ABA Expo Poster (e.g., posting pictures of unidentified behavior analysts). ABAI members interested in the SIG's vision and mission and working on the foregoing initiatives and planning new ones are invited to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #164
Acceptance and Commitment Training and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Chair: Evelyn Rachael Gould (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to introduce the current SIG Board, and discuss initial SIG and committee initiatives.

Keyword(s): ACT, Meeting, Psychological Flexibility, SIG
 
 
Business Meeting #165
Business Meeting of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Chair: Jennifer A. Bonow (Sage Collective)
Presenting Authors:

Join the NABA board for updates on initiatives, to share your ideas, and to ask your questions. While your there enter for a chance to win prizes like conference registration, tickets to the annual speakers' dinner, and other swag!

Keyword(s): Business Meeting, NABA
 
 
Business Meeting #167
Military and Veteran Issues Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Chair: Kent A. Corso (Xcelerate Innovations, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US and UK military service members' and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK/Canadian veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, post traumatic stress, suicidal issues, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population.

Keyword(s): ABA, military, veteran
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #168
Student Committee Outreach Table
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall

The ABAI Expo at the annual convention is one of the most important events for students to network and learn about other programs. Each year dozens of graduate programs set up posters where faculty and staff are on hand to talk to potential applicants and welcome their incoming and returning students. If you are considering applying to graduate school or have recently been accepted, make this a priority event! To make sure you get the most out of it, the Student Committee will be on hand with tips, guides, and face-to-face support. Be sure to make the Student Committee Outreach Table your first stop!

 
 
Expo Poster Session #169
ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
1. ABAI Accreditation Board
JENNA LYNN MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on ABAI's Accreditation Board's standards and activities.
 
2. Master’s Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board®-approved program of study. Our students complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum, research, and thesis opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities, as well as an opportunity to meet current faculty and students.
 
3. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Program in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida in Tampa offers programs at the graduate and undergraduate level. The doctoral program is designed to develop scientist-practitioners who are accomplished teachers and researchers. Students with a master’s degree in behavior analysis are welcome to apply to the three-year doctoral program. The two-year master’s program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International with a course sequence and practicum approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. The ABA master’s program at the University of South Florida welcomes applicants from students with good academic credentials who have coursework and experience in ABA (and a passion for ABA). Graduates of the master’s program have excellent clinical and research skills so they are prepared for their BCBA exam or for application to a doctoral program. The undergraduate minor in ABA provides the coursework needed for certification as a BCaBA. Students who take the ABA minor are successful applicants for graduate programs in ABA.
 
4. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology
NICHOLAS WEATHERLY (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachael Tilka (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The mission of Florida Tech's Behavior Analysis Degree Programs is to produce competent behavior-analytic practitioners and consultants, who are solidly grounded in basic principles derived from the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB), who approach the world from a radical behaviorist perspective, who will continue to inform their practice with current research findings, contribute to behavioral research, who attain BCBA certification, and who are prepared to enter doctoral programs. Florida Tech currently has a M.S. in ABA offered at both our Melbourne and Orlando campuses, along with a M.S. in OBM, a M.S. in ABA+OBM, and a Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis offered at our Melbourne campus. Florida Tech also offers an online M.A. in Professional Behavior Analysis and a number of certification and CE opportunities.
 
5. Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), Harry Allen Murphy (Florida State University Panama City), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Leah Julia Koehler (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: Florida State University's master's program in Applied Behavior will be completing its 20th year with approximately 300 graduates. This is a terminal, non-thesis, program specifically designed to prepare students to become ethical, competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts who can work across a variety of settings and populations. All classes are taught face-to-face by BCBA-D faculty. Students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. All students have paid assistantships with approved behavior analytic agencies and receive a tuition waiver.
 
6. Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas
Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Vincent Thomas Francisco (University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. It comprises 16 regular faculty members, 55 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, more than 200 undergraduate majors, and over 40 doctoral students. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: 1. Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; 2. Research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; 3. Historical, conceptual, and comparative foundations; and 4. The extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice.
 
7. Doctoral Program in Behavior Analysis at Western New England University
Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), AMY J. HENLEY (Western New England University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Abstract: Through a combination of coursework and supervised practical and research experiences, the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at Western New England University is designed to provide advanced training and authentic experiences for researchers, teachers, and practitioners in Behavior Analysis. The primary aim is to train researchers and scientist-practitioners in the discovery, translation, and application of knowledge toward solving human behavior problems of societal importance. The program prepares students to successfully embark on academic and research careers, as well as careers in the delivery of behavior analysis services. Knowledge and skills are developed through an intensive, 3-year, full time curriculum of (a) formal course work encompassing conceptual, historical, translational, basic, and applied domains of behavior analysis, research and scholarship, professional communication, legal and ethical issues, and teaching; (b) supervised practicum experiences integrating research, college teaching/advising, and professional practice; (c) a requirement to write, present, and defend a publication-quality, extensive, integrated, and critical review of basic, applied, or conceptual literature relevant to behavior analysis; and (d) a requirement to propose, conduct, write, present, and defend an empirical dissertation whose questions and methods are based on a behavior-analytic approach.
 
8. Simmons University: Department of Behavior Analysis
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Master’s Degree program in Behavior Analysis was started in 2000 and received course approval from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) that same year. The Master’s Degree program then met the eligibility standards for accreditation in 2005, 2010 and 2015 by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In 2006 a Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis was launched and in 2008 the Department of Behavior Analysis was created. Since that time enrollment in both programs has grown markedly. Additionally, an on-line Masters degree program was started in the Fall, 2016. Post-graduate school employment for Masters student is close 1to 100% and the pass rate on the BACB examination is above 80% (BACB, 2013). Finally, our faculty is supplemented by the participation of esteemed Behaviorists, such as Dr. David Palmer, Dr. Vince Carbone, Dr. Harry Mackay, Dr. Julie Vargas, Dr. Ted Carr, Dr. Carol Pilgrim, etc. as Instructors, Dissertation Committee members or Invited Speakers at our Annual Conference.
 
9. Western Michigan University: MA and Ph.D. Programs in Behavior Analysis
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services.
 
10. Behavior Analysis Training System
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) is an ABAI accredited, practitioner-based program at Western Michigan University. Students in BATS complete a BACB approved course sequence, a 750-hour intensive practicum, and lead two semesters of an undergraduate seminar on the principles of behavior. In place of a thesis, students complete two Master's projects: a Graduate Portfolio Project and a Systems Analysis Project. By the end of the program, students attain desired skills such as time management, supervision experience, systems analysis experience, and professional presentation/communication skills. Following graduation, students are prepared to sit for the BACB certification exam.
 
11. MS in Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University
MICHELE R. TRAUB (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: St. Cloud State University offers a BAAB-accredited Masters of Science program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students have the option to complete their coursework and practical training on campus in St. Cloud, Minnesota, or do coursework from anywhere in the world and train with local providers as part of our distance-learning MS cohort. Graduates of our program have a 97% first-time pass rate on the BCBA exam and are employed with top ABA providers around the world. Ph.D.-level faculty instruct all coursework, advise on thesis and research endeavors, and mentor students in a variety of specializations. Visit us and learn how St. Cloud State can help you unleash your potential!
 
12. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
13. Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This year marks the 28th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to providing an overview of our Program updates including the areas of training, faculty scholarly interests, application requirements for those who are interest in our Masters and Ph.D. degrees, and graduate funding opportunities. The update will reflect the following accomplishments: • We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. • The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. • The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Our undergraduate training in Behavior Analysis received the ABAI accreditation in 2016.
 
14. University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Jamiika Thomas (UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA, RENO), Laura Barcelos Nomicos (UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA, RENO)
Abstract: This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Arts degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is the only online Masters’ Degree Program accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels. All three programs are recognized Approved Course Sequences by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 20 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in the countries of Canada, Jordan and Saudi Arabia.
 
15. Caldwell University’s Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board© of ABAI©. The core of the program consists of a BACB© -approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB© -approved intensive practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. New Jersey also has many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program.
 
16. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University Teachers College
R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Columbia University Teachers College), DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Columbia University)
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Columbia University Teachers College. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work, train, and conduct research.
 
17. ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs at The Ohio State University
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University), Charis Price (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for over 40 years. OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, ABAI-accredited since 1995, prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies. Both graduate programs offer pre-approved BCBA courses and BCBA supervision.
 
18. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Jenny Ozga (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at WVU trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research.
 
19. University of Houston-Clear Lake Graduate Program in Behavior Analysis
FERNANDA SUEMI ODA (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Landon Cowan (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Naomi Alphonso (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Amanda King (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in theoretical and conceptual issues of behavior analysis and the application of basic principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. Research is student-directed, with opportunities to gain experience in a variety of areas and with various populations. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, Inc® as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. The coursework also prepares graduates for eligibility to be a Texas Licensed Behavior Analyst and to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #170
Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
21. Behavioural Intervention and Autism Programming at the University of New Brunswick
MICHAEL PALMER (University of New Brunswick), Francyne M Jutras (CEL - UNB)
Abstract: Established in 1785, University of New Brunswick (UNB), one of the oldest public universities in North America, offers four programs through its College of Extended Learning. The Certificate Program, offered through the Department of Psychology, is the first of its kind in Atlantic Canada that meets the coursework and experiential requirements for students pursuing assistant-level certification and is offered online and on-campus. Available in English and French, the 120-hour Autism Intervention Training (AIT) Program prepares individuals to intervene with individuals who have autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and exceeds the coursework requirements needed to pursue the Registered Behavior TechnicianTM credential. The AIT Program has trained over 1000 individuals in New Brunswick, Saskatchewan and in France. UNB offers an online Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Intervention Support Certificate and Online Applied Behaviour Analysis Modules for Families and Caregivers (available in English and French). UNB is also proud to announce the Atlantic Provinces Autism Conference, an event to disseminate behaviourally-based and empirically supported practices in the assessment and treatment of individuals with ASD in the Atlantic Provinces. UNB continues to grow its offerings in behaviour intervention and autism programs!
 
23. Capilano University Applied Behavior Analysis-Autism Programs: Bachelor of Arts, Post-Baccalaureate Diploma, and Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
RICHARD STOCK (Capilano University), Brenda Fossett (Capilano University), Miriam Elfert (Capilano University)
Abstract: Capilano University Applied Behavior Analysis-Autism Programs: Bachelor of Arts, Post-Baccalaureate Diploma, and Post-Baccalaureate Certificate The Applied Behavior Analysis department at Capilano University (North Vancouver, British Columbia) offers a Bachelor's degree, a Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, and a Post-Baccalaureate Diploma in ABA-Autism. All three programs are BACB verified course sequences leading to BCaBA eligibility. The Bachelor's and Post-Bac Diploma programs include a 500-hour intensive BCBA supervised practicum. Our programs are available on campus and online.
 
24. Behavior Analysis at Reykjavik University
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University)
Abstract: Reykjavik University (RU) is located in Reykjavik, Iceland. The University´s vision is to create and disseminate knowledge so as to improve the quality of life for individuals and societies with ethics, sustainability, and responsibility. In 2014 RU started a graduate program in Clinical Psychology. The two-year program includes an approved course sequence of courses approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements for the Board Certified Behavior Analysts credential. This is the only approved program in Iceland and is an important step towards developing a critical mass of behavior analysts in Iceland. This poster will describe the key features of the popular program, the faculty, and some exciting new development of a graduate program in Behavior Analysis at Reykjavik University.
 
26. Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales), Aoife McTiernan (University of South Wales)
Abstract: With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s Centre for Behaviour Analysis, housed with the School of Psychology, includes undergraduate and postgraduate programmes, as well as our research-led Behaviour Analysis Clinic. Verified by the BACB, our academic programmes are designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and clinical skills, while our supervised practice programmes ensure students have opportunities to apply and refine their skills across a range of populations and settings. Our on-campus clinic provides a variety of services, including early intervention, parent training, behaviour therapy, and fluency-based academic intervention. In addition to the opportunities at our clinic, close linkages with local schools, charities, prisons, and the National Health Service ensure that students have ample settings for both research and clinical practice. Our faculty have a range of specialisations, helping students contact the scope of behaviour analytic science and applications.
 
27.

Behavior Analaysis in Ireland: M.Sc./PhD Applied Behaviour Analysis, National University of Ireland, Galway

HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland)
Abstract:

The School of Psychology at NUI Galway offers postgraduate training in Applied Behaviour Analysis at both Master’s (MSc) and Doctorate level (Ph.D). Both courses are recognised by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®). The MSc is a taught programme that provides professional training in Applied Behaviour Analysis. The programme subscribes to the scientist-practitioner model, and provides students with thorough and integrated training in academic, practical, and research aspects of ABA. The Ph.D programme is a structured four-year Ph.D programme of study. This qualification articulates within the existing MSc in ABA and therefore combines the Ph.D thesis with the taught academic components and supervised work experience of the existing MSc programme. Research streams include behavioral fluency, social skills intervention, investigation of co-morbidity in Autism, early intensive behavioral education, sleep and feeding, behavioural interventions for challenging behavior and mental health issues. In addition, students of the programmes have a 100% pass rate on the BCBA exam for the last two years. Students have access to excellent research facilities, and are supervised by academic staff with international reputations in behaviour analysis. Graduates are qualified to work in the full spectrum of applied (educational and clinical), research, and academic settings.

 
28. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a two-year master’s program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The full-time program is designed to train future practitioners to provide behavioral services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities; students with academic and behavioral challenges; juvenile offenders; and foster, adoptive, and birth families facing varied challenges. Doctoral training in behavior analysis is also provided at Auburn University through the Cognitive and Behavioral Science (CABS) program. Applicants seeking doctoral training via the CABS program must be board certified behavior analysts.
 
29. Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program: University of the Pacific
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific), Holly Ayn White (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The University of the Pacific, located in Northern California, offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board® verified course sequence (30 units) is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Stipend placements include clinical placements where students can earn BACB Supervised Experience hours in a wide variety of settings and with various populations. Clinical placements provide students the opportunity to participate in conducting, developing and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Supervision is provided by board certified behavior analyst faculty and staff. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a Behavior Analyst.
 
30. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California Campuses
JENNIFER L. BEERS (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Heidi Eilers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about ABA graduate programs in Southern California! We offer both MS and PhD degrees in ABA. The MS in ABA is offered at our Los Angeles, Irvine (Orange County), and San Diego campuses and provides students with the training needed to understand the principles of behavior analysis and how they underlie applied practice. The MS program includes a BACB® verified course sequence. Our PhD in ABA program is offered in Los Angeles and San Diego and expands upon the knowledge learned in the MS ABA program by strengthening students’ research and clinical skills, knowledge base, and training to become university professors as well as lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways.
 
31. California State University, Northridge (CSUN) Master’s of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (California State University, Northridge)
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge), Ashley Rice (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners and to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics. Our students complete a series of oral examinations as well as a culminating project prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through various community-based university practicum experiences and research projects. While we prepare students to practice as Master’s level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs.
 
33. Pepperdine University Master's of Science in Behavioral Psychology
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: Pepperdine University’s M.S. in Behavioral Psychology program (MSBP) provides academic and practical training in applied behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board® has verified Pepperdine’s MSBP course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In addition to rigorous theoretical study, we incorporate three semesters of practicum. This provides students with the opportunity to begin accruing the experience hours necessary for certification. The present poster provides an overview of Pepperdine’s MSBP program.
 
34.

California State University, Fresno Applied Behavior Analysis Program

MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high quality scientist-practitioners, and as a Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework and supervised practicum experience for our graduates to be eligible to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) exam. Students complete two years of course work including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. These are paid positions through campus-based services. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Annual Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State.

 
35. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.S.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
36. Behavior Analysis Training Program and California State University, Stanislaus
Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus), SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus), Katie Wiskow (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: The behavior analysis masters of science (MS) and masters of arts (MA) at California State University, Stanislaus provide broad training in research methods, conceptual foundations, the experimental analysis of behavior, and applied behavior analysis that fulfill academic requirements to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The MS program also fulfills academic requirements to become a licensed California Marriage and Family Therapist and provides further training in trauma and domestic violence, child clinical interventions, advanced counseling, and substance abuse and chemical dependency counseling. The program highlights include a pigeon lab, thesis funds available for every student, an on-campus Child Development Center, and a Student Organization for Behavior Analysis.
 
37. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington
COURTNEY ALSTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Julie Hester (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Matthew McBrady (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in behavior analysis whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in both our Master's and PhD programs (ABA and Psychological Science) in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. The ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate (MA) or as a psychologist (PhD). Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
38.

Master of Science in Psychology With Emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Miami

YANERYS LEON (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Melissa N. Hale (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami)
Abstract:

The University of Miami offers a Master of Science in Psychology with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). This degree program is a full-time graduate program geared for students seeking further training and professional certification in Applied Behavior Analysis. The 42-credit program begins each Fall and is designed to be completed in five consecutive semesters (Fall / Spring / Summer / Fall / Spring). The degree program is designed to meet the requirements for the BACB 5th edition task list. Graduates will meet all the instructional coursework requirements to sit for the BACB exam at the BCBA level. Our program is unique in that all students will complete the entirety of the experiential (practicum) requirement at an on-campus behavioral intervention clinic under the direct supervision of University of Miami faculty. The practicum component involves training in early intervention and assessment and treatment of problem behavior at both the interventionist and supervisor level. Throughout the course of practicum, students will transition from primary interventionists to team supervisors, fulfilling both direct, restricted and indirect, non-restricted training requirements for certification. Faculty members in the program maintain active lines of clinical research offering a variety of opportunities for students seeking research experience.

 
39. Rollins College Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science Master's Program
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College)
Abstract: The mission of the Rollins College (Rollins) Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science (ABACS) master’s degree program is to produce graduates skilled in behavior analysis and clinical science. By the completion of their training, students will exhibit mastery of application and research skills that permit them to design and evaluate behavioral interventions and research. The program is embedded in the Hamilton Holt School at Rollins College, a small liberal arts college in the heart of Winter Park, FL. The program faculty are members of the Health Professions department. The BACB® has verified the Rollins ABACS course sequence and intensive practicum as meeting the coursework and experience requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. This program will prepare students for either master’s-level professional practice in ABA or for doctoral-level work in clinical psychology or behavior analysis.
 
40. Savannah State University Behavior Analysis Program
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), Kimberly N. Frame (Savannah State Univeristy), Katherine Stewart (Savannah State University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program at Savannah State University offers students the opportunity to learn and apply the principles of behavior through coursework, research opportunities, and practical experience. Some examples of coursework are Basic Concepts in Behavior Analysis, Behavior Change in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Assessment in Behavior Analysis. Experiential learning opportunities include serving as an undergraduate teaching intern, working on a research team, or working at local centers for children with autism. Currently students are helping to conduct research on decision making in academic settings, behavior analysis applications in higher education, and verbal behavior. There are numerous exciting opportunities that arise each semester for motivated students. Graduates of the Behavior Analysis Program at Savannah State University are prepared to go to graduate school in behavior analysis or psychology. Additionally, they are in a unique position to apply their degree immediately after graduation.
 
41.

Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus

ASHLEY WHITTINGTON-BARNISH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kaius Ward (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joshua Garner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), August Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB® verified course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!

 
42.

Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus

Susan Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ANNETTE GRIFFITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus! We offer M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our Graduate Certificate and M.S. programs include a BACB® verified course sequence and distance practicum training opportunities. Our Ph.D. program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to assess behavior and apply strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis. Because of the convenience of The Chicago School's online programs, students' lives remains intact. Students can tailor their coursework to best suit their individual interests and career goals.

 
43. Applied Behavior Analysis at Aurora University
STEPHEN F. WALKER (Aurora University), Jonathan K Fernand (Aurora University), Sarah C. Mead (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Aurora University prepares individuals to address significant challenges in today’s society. The ABA program emphasizes a natural science approach to the study of human behavior. The program will introduce students to ways of viewing everyday behavior that differs from the way behavior is typically talked about in everyday speak. Students will be introduced to the basic research that serves as the foundation for applied behavior analysis, and how basic research has given rise to effective behavioral treatments addressing behavioral challenges. Students will have the opportunity to exercise skills learned in the classroom at practicum sites that have been selected because of the high-quality services and the range of experiences the sites provide.
 
44. Purdue University Masters and Doctoral Programs
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University)
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to showcase Purdue University’s Online Masters and Online Graduate Certificate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis as well as our on-campus Doctoral Program in Special Education. Our masters and graduate certificate programs are for students who are interested in the science of behavior analysis and wish to pursue a career in applied behavior analysis. The ABA program has been verified to meet the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. We also have an approved university practicum experience that is linked to the scope and sequence of our courses. Our Doctoral Program in Special Education combines a unique view of the entire education landscape with practical experience and cutting-edge research addressing the latest breakthroughs in assessment, instructional strategies, and evidence-based practices for teaching students with disabilities. Purdue’s doctoral program is designed to prepare future scholars and higher education faculty who are skilled in both special education and behavior analytic research. We will present an overview of our graduate programs, introduce prospective students and conference attendees to our faculty, and answer questions regarding the aims and structure of our programs.
 
45.

Drake University Master's in Applied Behavior Analysis

SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Janelle Ausenhus (Drake University), Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
Abstract:

Drake University offers a Masters in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program and a certificate in ABA program for students who already have a Master’s degree. The program requires five semesters of coursework and practicum training. Drake’s ABA Program is a comprehensive program that provides intensive classroom instruction and supervised practicum experiences. Coursework in the ABA Program will prepare individuals to enter the field with the ability to teach new skills to children and adults; assess, prevent, and treat challenging behavior; supervise others; and work with children and adults with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. Students complete practicum training across multiple practicum sites. Funding is available to support students interested in working in Iowa as board certified behavior analysts through the Iowa Department of Public Health. Drake’s priority deadline is February 1st and interested students can learn more about our program and admission process at www.drake.edu/aba/

 
46. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and a six-course sequence that has been verified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Assumption College is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption College faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at Horace Mann Educational Associates, Seven Hills Foundation, and the Central Massachusetts Collaborative, among others. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
47. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: This poster describes the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts with additional campuses located in Springfield, Massachusetts and Rancho Cucamonga, California. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-verified course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the verified BACB sequence. The BACB-verified courses are delivered in a hybrid-learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services
 
48. Northeastern University's Online Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Since 1976, Northeastern University has provided quality graduate instruction in applied behavior analysis. Our graduate programs include a Master of Science, CAGS, and Certificate Program, and are verified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board ® (BACB). In addition to our core courses in behavior analysis, we also offer optional Intensive Practicum courses. All courses are currently delivered in an online format. Hundreds of our graduates have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts, working to improve the lives of clients and consumers all over the world. To learn more about our programs, please visit us at the Expo.
 
49. Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management M.A. and Ph.D. Programs at WMU
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions.
 
50. BCBA Certification and Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Minnesota
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Training, degree, and research programs in applied behavior analysis at the University of Minnesota
 
51. Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Program
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Saint Louis University (SLU) School of Social Work Applied Behavior Analysis Programs began in 2011 as one of the first schools in Missouri to offer a masters degree in behavior analysis. Today, the ABA programs offer four degree options: a masters of science in applied behavior analysis (M.S. ABA), a masters of social work with a concentration in applied behavior analysis (M.S.W. ABA), a post-masters certificate in applied behavior analysis, and recently added is a Ph.D. in Social Work with an emphasis in applied behavior analysis. Students complete behavior analytic coursework, field practicum experience, research experience, and interdisciplinary practice. Students who attend SLU have the opportunity to engage in research and practice across a range of settings, from clinical out-patient to school-based settings. Similarly, students practice and refine their clinical skills across a range of populations from children and adults with intellectual disabilities to substance-use and similar mental health disparities. With BACB exam pass rates most recently at 100% and both research and clinical practice available beyond practicum, students find employment readily and are accepted into many prestigious PhD programs in Behavior Analysis. The expo poster will highlight why students should attend SLU, and provide students an opportunity to engage in conversation with the faculty within the program.
 
52. Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Missouri
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Karen O'Connor (University of Missouri)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Graduate Certificate program at the University of Missouri will train you to be an exceptional behavior analyst who has the skills to improve quality of life for people with behavioral challenges, including children and adults with developmental needs. You will also gain experience, and knowledge, in cutting edge research in the field of ABA. Behavior analysts successfully use ABA techniques across a variety of populations and settings to bring about meaningful and positive change in behavior. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. has approved the course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In our program, you’ll learn the conceptual foundations of ABA and how these behavioral principles are applied to improve behavior. Central to this program is a collaboration with the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders, which serves as the primary practicum site to give you an exceptional experiential learning opportunity working with individuals with developmental needs.
 
53. Master's of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis at Missouri State University
Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Ann D. Rost (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The Master of Science degree in Applied Behavior Analysis is a joint effort between the Psychology Department and the Department of Counseling, Leadership and Special Education. The coursework consists of 27 credit hours of classroom work and 6 credit hours of practicum work. Also, students will complete an empirically-based 6 credit hour thesis project as a culminating experience. Successful completion of the program will result in having met the course sequence and supervised practicum criteria to sit for the national certification examination and become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. A unique feature of the program is the specialized training opportunities for those who will be working within school settings. Students who complete this program will be trained to be experts in Applied Behavior Analysis so to (1) employ research based instructional strategies for special populations (specifically students with Autism Spectrum Disorders) in clinical, school and home based settings and (2) to become competent scientist-practitioners and researchers in experimental and applied behavioral science.
 
54. University of Nebraska Omaha and Munroe-Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Program
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: The University of Nebraska Omaha and Munroe-Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Program’s mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence in clinical and research skills in applied behavior analysis and mental/behavioral health. The ABA Program trains students in a behavior analytic orientation to provide much needed services for children and adolescents, including those with behavioral and neurodevelopmental disabilities. Coursework sequence and practicum experience are approved by BACB. Students in the program complete 36-45 credit hours. Coursework in the ABA Program also addresses content areas required for licensure as a mental health practitioner in Nebraska.The program has faculty with experience and expertise in applied behavior analysis. The coursework includes online and on-campus courses.
 
55. Behavior Analysis Programs at Long Island University - Post
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Benigno Alonso-Alvarez (LIU Post)
Abstract: The ABA Advanced Certificate program at LIU Post is designed for individuals who have an MA and who wish to receive a formal background in the theory and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis leading to an application for an LBA/BCBA. A Masters Degree program in Behavior Analysis is also available, which includes 36 credit hours of classroom and practicum experience in behavior analysis, and also prepares students for applying for an LBA/BCBA. Hands-on experience is available in both human and small animal labs, in addition to clinical/school settings.
 
56.

Seton Hall University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs

FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University), Brian Conners (Seton Hall University)
Abstract:

Seton Hall University, located in South Orange New Jersey, has several BACB Verified Course Sequence options. We are housed within the College of Education and Human Services, Department of Educational Studies. We have a stand alone post masters course sequence which leads to a Seton Hall certificate in behavior analysis as well as aligning with the BACB 4th edition task list (a fifth edition task list course sequence has been submitted and is awaiting verification). For potential applicants who do not yet hold a masters degree in education or psychology, the VCS course sequence has been infused into existing masters degrees in psychological studies, school psychology and special education as well as a 5-year BA/MA Program in education/special education with applied behavior analysis. A Masters Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis is proposed to start in Fall 2019 with applications being accepted as early as March 2019. The program has connections with both New Jersey and New York ABA schools and clinics so that students can be provided with practicum experiences. The current 4th edition VCS is Verified with Experience. Program faculty are active in the field both in the academic and applied realms and frequently conduct presentations, research posters and publications. Students are encouraged to participate in research projects.

 
57. Caldwell University’s Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
MEGHAN DESHAIS (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwell University’s ABAI© -accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB© -approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities.
 
58. Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Rowan University
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Mary Louise Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University), Victor Chin (Rowan University)
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board®, Inc (BACB®) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 45 credit hour program that fulfills the coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies (CAGS) is an 18 credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree in an approved field. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, severe behavior disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, assessment and treatment and the treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities.
 
59. The Hunter College School of Education Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College)
Abstract: The Hunter College School of Education, located just outside Central Park on the Upper East side of Manhattan, offers a 41-credit Master of Science degree program in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The Hunter College ABA program prepares students to develop, deliver, and evaluate the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic intervention for learners with autism and increases the availability of professionals who have the appropriate training and experience to provide behavior analytic services to learners across the lifespan. Students enrolled in the ABA program have the opportunity to participate in a distance learning format in which they attend class in real-time using internet-based courseware along with classroom-based students. This distance-learning experience provides direct and ongoing personal interactions that maximize students' opportunities to fully participate in the ABA Program. Students who complete the Master of Science degree program have the graduate training necessary to sit for the national Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA) exam. Upon passing the BCBA exam, graduates will be eligible for New York State’s license in behavior analysis.
 
60. Manhattanville College Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
ANTONIA R. GIANNAKAKOS (Manhattanville College)
Abstract: Looking to become a board certified behavior analyst? Are you seeking licensure in the state of New York? Manhattanville College is located in New York State in beautiful and picturesque Westchester County. Manhattanville offers both a Masters of Professional Studies in Applied Behavior Analysis and an Advanced Certificate program for students who already have a master’s degree. We offer a verified course sequence and our coursework is approved by NY State as meeting their educational requirements for licensure. Graduate courses are offered in the evenings to accommodate working professionals. While the majority of our classes are taught in person we do offer some hybrid and online options. The applied behavior analysis program is part of the school of education; a tight-knit community of smart, diverse students, and accomplished, nurturing faculty. Our applied behavior analysis program prepares students to be highly skilled individuals who strive to provide high quality behavior analytic interventions.
 
61. Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of North Dakota
CRISTINE M. DEAVER (University of North Dakota), Jan Witte-Bakken (SOLUTIONS Behavioral Healthcare Professionals), Katherine Terras (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: The Special Education program is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) to offer the applied behavior analysis (ABA) course sequence and intensive practicum for students. There are two options for taking the ABA course sequence and/or intensive practicum: (1) Non-Degree: This option is typically for students who already have a master’s degree or doctorate and only want to take the 18 credits of behavior analytic coursework and/or 15 credits of intensive practicum; (2) Master’s of Science (MS) in Special Education: This option is for students who want to specialize in ABA while earning a graduate degree.
 
63. Applied Behavior Analysis at Oregon Institute of Technology
MARIA LYNN KESSLER (Oregon Institute of Technology), Dawn Allison Bailey (Oregon Institute of Technology), John Borgen (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Oregon Institute of Technology offers graduate and undergraduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis. The focus of the applied behavior analysis programs is on the development of competence in and the application of the concepts, principles, and methods of behavior analysis. The mission of the MS-ABA program is to enable students to become effective and ethical behavior analysts. Students will be prepared to apply principles of behavior analysis to enhance the lives of individuals across a wide variety of settings. The program emphasizes a foundation in theory, concepts, and principles, development of basic behavior analytic skills, and an emphasis on professional and ethical responsibilities. The MS-ABA includes a Behavior Analyst Certification Board BCBA© verified course sequence, practicum, and research opportunities. Oregon Tech also offers a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and a BCaBA© Verified Course Sequence. All courses are available to students at our Klamath Falls and Portland-Metro campuses and at any location via online videoconferencing.
 
64. Graduate Degrees in Special Education at Duquesne University: Expand Your Perspective, Maximize Your Impact
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University)
Abstract: Duquesne's 80-credit doctoral program in Special Education prepares you to be a global leader in research, scholarly inquiry, and professional careers. You'll learn evidence-based practices that translate to the national and international context, and be able to choose your area of academic specialization from two key concentrations in: Autism/Behavior or Assessment/Learning. We offer a course verified sequence from the BACB at the Master's and Doctoral level. Our full-time program offers global-level research and internationally recognized faculty with active research agendas in Africa and China, as well as national and international leadership positions in the field. Faculty work with students to promote publication and presentation of their research at regional and national conferences. Field experiences give students opportunities to connect research and classroom learning with practice. Our campus's location in the heart of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania provides access to field experiences in urban, suburban, and rural educational and community settings.
 
65. Temple University Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: Temple University has been a leader in providing graduate training in applied behavior analysis (ABA) for over 25 years. Beginning under the leadership of Saul Axelrod and Phil Hineline, students received training in the foundations of behavior analysis, conducted research, and learned about application. Temple University ABA training programs have grown to include an M.S.Ed. in ABA, a graduate certificate in ABA, an undergraduate concentration in ABA, and an undergraduate certificate in ABA. Students get training in the science of behavior analysis, a variety of applications, including autism and other intellectual/developmental disabilities, and receive the coursework required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board for the national certifications: BCaBA or the BCBA. Students in the M.S.Ed. program complete supervised fieldwork as well as an empirical thesis project. The students are mentored by 3 full time faculty and enjoy all the city of Philadelphia has to offer including cultural and culinary arts, and our very own Philly Metro chapter of ABAI!
 
67. University of Texas at San Antonio: Autism Research Center
L L MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching)
Abstract: The University of Texas at San Antonio's Autism Research Center serves as a laboratory for developing preservice behavior analysts and special education teachers and researchers. Since 2013 we have been providing free and reduced-cost behavior-analytic intervention to children and adolescents from the South Texas Community. Prof. Bryant Silbaugh's feeding laboratory focuses on validating and disseminating behavioral interventions for pediatric feeding disorders in children with autism. Prof. Lee Mason's verbal behavior laboratory conducts research on language assessment and intervention, such as the stimulus control ratio equation and referent-based instruction. Prof. Alonzo Andrews specializes in interventions to reduce challenging behavior and other behavioral excesses. UTSA's Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching offers degrees at the undergraduate, master's, and doctoral level, with coursework verified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Our innovative ShaperSpace model of professional development emphasizes a selection-based approach to shape the behavior-analytic repertoire. Find out more on our website: www.utsa.edu/autism
 
68. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Utah State University
SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah)
Abstract: The behavior analysis doctoral programs at Utah State University are offered through the Special Education and Psychology departments, and prepare graduates for leadership careers in academia and applied settings. Cross specialization coursework is taught by leaders in the field, including current and former JEAB and JABA editors and associate editors. Coursework includes topics such as evidence-based practice (EBP), behavior theory and philosophy, verbal behavior, relational responding, systems change, translational research in behavior analysis, etc. Applied behavior analytic research and clinical opportunities are available in the areas of early intensive behavioral intervention, assessment and treatment of problem behavior, and the implementation of EBP in schools. Experimental analysis of behavior research opportunities are available in the areas of behavioral economics, behavioral momentum, delay discounting, operant variability, resurgence, and other relapse phenomena. Students complete coursework, research, and practical activities to prepare them for success in academia or clinical settings. Faculty and current students from the doctoral programs will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students.
 
69.

Board Certified Behavior Analyst Training Program at the University of Utah

ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah), Jennifer M Fletcher (University of Utah), John Mercer (University of Utah)
Abstract:

This poster will describe the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) training program at the University of Utah. The program is a joint effort between the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology. The BCBA preparation program can be pursued as part of either a masters or doctoral degree program in both Departments.

 
70. MEd in Applied Behavior Analysis at Utah Valley University
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University)
Abstract: The MEd in Applied Behavior Analysis at Utah Valley University is a 30 credit, 18 month program to prepare professionals to provide services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and related disorders of communication and behavior. Now entering its' 3rd year, the program is a Verified Course Sequence, preparing students to apply for the BCBA certification. The program accepts 10 students a year. Each cohort moves through the course sequence as a group. The program includes an 1000 hour practicum with on-campus group supervision, and individual supervision provided by local schools and agencies in collaboration with UVU. All courses are taught by program faculty with extensive experience providing services to individuals with ASD and their families. The program is housed in the Melisa Nellesen Center for Autism, which supports professional training, programs for students with ASD, and outreach to the Utah community. Program application is available on-line at https://www.uvu.edu/admissions/
 
71. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington), Shane K. Miramontez (University of Washington)
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis program at the University of Washington provides opportunities for both master's level and doctoral level study. The master's program offers on-campus and online education options that prepare students to be competent, ethical, and professional behavior analysts who work with persons with developmental disabilities and their families. Students complete a coursework sequence approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and an intensive practicum, earning a Master’s Degree in Special Education. At the expo, program faculty and current doctoral students will be available to answer questions about coursework, supervision, and to provide additional information about the opportunities offered to students through the University of Washington.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #171
ABAI Boards and Committees
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
72. ABAI Special Interest Groups
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Special interest groups (SIGs) of ABAI provide services and support to members by hosting forums for information exchange and promoting particular areas of interest. SIGs are a critical component of ABAI. SIGs are initiated by members and promote their specialized interests by: Organizing presentations at ABAI's annual convention. Producing publications. Encouraging study in their particular areas of interest. Providing discussion forums online and at conferences and other events.
 
73. ABAI Science Board
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Purpose: Promoting research in behavior analysis is one of ABAI's central goals and the primary purpose of its Science Board. The long-term development of behavior analysis, its strength, and its success depend much on both basic and applied research. ABAI works with several research organizations under the leadership of this board. In addition, ABAI provides grant writing information to members on the web and through articles and workshops.
 
74.

ABAI Membership Board

WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The ABAI Membership Board includes three committees. The Application Review Committee ensures the qualifications of applicants for full membership. This poster will provide a summary of recent membership trends and criteria for different membership levels in ABAI. Special interest groups (SIGs) provide services and support to members by hosting forums for information exchange and promoting particular areas of interest. The Student Committee facilitates the involvement and professional development of the ABAI student membership, and a description of their initiatives will be provided, including: Outstanding Mentor Award, Presidential Scholar Essay Contest, student participation efforts, and the Professional Development Series.

 
75. ABAI Verified Course Sequence Board
JENNA LYNN MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on ABAI's Verified Course Sequence system's standards and activities.
 
76.

ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board

STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Affiliated chapters of ABAI are local, state/provincial, regional, or national organizations that support the field of behavior analysis in specific geographic locations. Chapters range in size froma handful to hundreds of members. Organizational structures vary from chapter to chapter. ABAI encourages all of its members to become involved with the chapters in their locations. Many chapters hold conferences or regular workshops and provide terrific networks for behavior analysts. The objective of the Board is tostrengthen, support, and coordinate ABAI affiliated chapters.

 
77. ABAI Practice Board
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: ABAI supports scientist-practitioners through the work of the Practice Board, which focuses on matters of interest to agencies and providers of behavior analysis services. The objective of the Practice Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the application of behavior analysis. The Board's primary mission is to bring the scholarship of a scientific association to issues facing practitioners; the Practice Board is currently developing areas in which these goals may be pursued.
 
78. ABAI Student Committee
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University)
Abstract: ABAI Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees: the events subcommittee, the dissemination subcommittee, or the awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #173
Affiliate Chapters
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
79.

Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia

ALEXANDRA BROWN (BCBA, Bright Eyes Early Intervention)
Abstract:

The Association for Behaviour Analyis is five years young and rapidly growing. We are a nationwide association, proud to be an affiliated chapter of ABAI. Each year our association has grown both in membership and community involvement. Our organisation continually develops new methods to disseminate behaviour analysis and lay the groundwork to make more systemic changes within funding agencies. As our community of behaviour analysts increases, we are seeing the demand for high quality behaviour analytic services continue to grow. However, meeting this demand is a challenge so we must continue to increase the number of behaviour analysts and quality training institutions. We are pleased to report that we now have one course sequence within an Australian tertiary institution that is about to produce it's first graduating class. Exciting times. We are looking forward to the 45th annual conference in Chicago!

 
80. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis
KARLI PEDREIRA (University of Manitoba), Ryan Heckert (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: MABA's purpose and mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., the applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in, and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis. To achieve this MABA is committed to ensuring opportunities to meet certification requirements within our province, providing information to our members and to the public about behaviour analysis, and hosting professional development opportunities including our annual conference. In 2018 MABA hosted its 13th annual conference with Dr. Timothy Vollmer as our keynote speaker and its second workshop hosted by Dr. Greg Hanley. MABA continues to focus its efforts on licensing Behaviour Analysts in the province of Manitoba, increasing membership, and disseminating information about Behaviour Analysis to members of the Behaviour Analytic community and to the public through workshops, the development of our website and social media, and the distribution of our bi-annual newsletter.
 
81. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA)
KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University), Jennifer Cunningham (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA))
Abstract: ONTABA is a not-for-profit professional organization representing behaviour analysis in Ontario. Our mission is to demonstrate leadership, knowledge, and innovation in education, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis. Our vision is to foster a culture of excellence, integrity, and expertise for the advancement and promotion of the science of behaviour analysis. ONTABA aims to advocate for the ethical and effective provision of behaviour analytic services, promote and support those with an interest in behaviour analysis in Ontario, and educate and inform the public about the practice of behaviour analysis. In addition, ONTABA continues to monitor and participate in professional issues related to behaviour analysis, work towards standardized practices in the field of behaviour analysis in Ontario, and support efforts to regulate the profession of behaviour analysis in Ontario.
 
82. Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis
MONICA PETERS (Nova Scotia Health Authority)
Abstract: The Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis (APABA) was established as an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in 2014 through the determined efforts of a small group of behaviour analytic practitioners spread across the four eastern-most, and smallest, provinces of Canada. In spite of the challenges posed by geographical separation, diverse learning histories and experiences with Applied Behaviour Analysis, APABA has survived and thrived in the five years since its inception. Membership in APABA doubled in 2015, and doubled again in 2016, and has now remained stable. The number of Board Certified Behaviour Analysts in Atlantic Canada has nearly tripled since the inception of APABA in 2014 (www.bacb.com). In this poster presentation, we intend to share the components that have contributed to the chapter’s growth and success, and the initiatives identified in our 2018-2020 strategic plan to provide leadership and support in the sharing and practice of the science of Applied Behaviour Analysis across the Atlantic Provinces.
 
83. The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA)
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Steinunn Hafsteinsdottir (Arnarskoli), Katrin Bjornsdottir (State Diagnostic and Counselling Center), Asa Ingimarsdottir (Klettaskóli), Holmfridur Osk Arnalds (State Diagnostic and Counselling Center)
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is a young association with a diverse membership. Since ICEABA´s establishment in 2004, we have grown in numbers and in ambition. ICEABA activities are numerous throughout the year. One of the main event is a conference that is held every other year and in November 2018 we held our fifth conference. The conference is a two day event where we offer presentations in Icelandic and English. Presentations are delivered by researchers in Iceland as well as by renowned invited speakers from abroad. Attendance at the conference has grown considerably, from approximately 30 attendees at the first conference to over 100 attendees in 2018. In addition to hosting a conference we offer workshops and events for students where we introduce behavior analysis graduate and doctoral programs available to them. The members of ICEABA are excited for the future. We aim to continue working on promoting the science of behavior in Iceland and being a professional reference group for scientists and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis.
 
84.

Behaviour Analysis in Ireland

HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Michelle Ellen Kelly (National College of Ireland), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

The Division of Behaviour Analysis (DBA) is a subdivision of the Psychological Society of Ireland (PSI) and an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Our mission is to promote the development of Behaviour Analysis in Ireland, to provide training and educational workshops and conferences, and to support and advocate for our members in gaining fair and appropriate employment. Our primary interests are in the areas of autism, feeding, sleeping, reading, behavioural gerontology, precision teaching, social skills, employment skills, and relational frame theory among others. Current activities include promoting professional recognition of behaviour analysis in Ireland; providing training and support to current and future behaviour analysts; and working towards improving employment pay and conditions for our members. This poster will showcase our most recent/ innovative research in our interest areas, and detail important advances in the division’s activities.

 
86.

Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA)

KENJI OKUDA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching), Naoki Yamagishi (Ryutsu Keizai University), Yumiko Sasada (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Abstract:

This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1035 as of October 2018. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more.

 
87.

Affiliated Chapter: Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Therapy

JUNG YEON CHO (Daegu Cyber University), Yunhee Shin (Daegu Cyber University)
Abstract:

The Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Chapter's mission is to share the ABA information and collaborate to Behavior Therapist in a field, Parents and relevant bodies beyond the barrier. Since 2009, The Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Chapter(KACBT) have done various activities, hold many meetings, seminars and conferences as well as the case conference through collaborating Daegu Cyber University. 1. Case conference : KACBT has case conference for spreading Behavior Therapy based on ABA every year. (1) 2018 Case Conference - Date : December 1st 2018 - Venue : Daejeon WECAN Center, South Korea - Theme : Positive Behavior Support, Behavior Intervention for Disabilities - Language : Korean (2) 2019 Case Conference - This conference has not yet set. 2. Member ship In order to join our chapter, membership applicants must meet at least one of the following requirements. Application must be : - Studying applied behavior analysis and intervention in a graduate/undergraduate program. - Working as a current behavior therapist and involved in behavior analysis or behavior therapist. - Interested in Applied behavior analysis and Positive behavior support.

 
88.

Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis: Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta

Mario Serrano (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA), ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Rodrigo Benavides (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

This poster describes the mission of the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis (Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta, SMAC). The mission is to advance, communicate, and disseminate behavior analysis in Mexico and internationally. With this mission, SMAC and the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (MJBA) were created in 1975. Ever since, a national conference is organized, initially every other year, and more recently every year. The last conference in 2018 was organized at Boca del Rio, Veracruz. Brief information about the 2019 conference and MJBA will be provided. MJBA, edited by SMAC, is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes papers in English and Spanish. It includes theoretical, experimental, and applied contributions relevant to behavior analysis. Two issues are published each year in June and December. Contact information for SMAC and MJBA will be provided.

 
89. Norwegian ABA
HANNE AUGLAND (Oslo and Akershus University College), Jon Arne Løkke (Østfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present, it has 900 members, and it's steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
90. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis
DAG STROMBERG (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm), Magnus Johansson (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an affiliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year in San Diego. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund.
 
91. ABATURKEY: Establishing Behavior Analysis in Turkey
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is an emerging area in Turkey. However, there are some developments both at institutional as well as clinical level. Regarding the developments at the institutional level, two important milestones will be shared during the presentation. The first one is the foundation of a graduate program at Anadolu University in Eskisehir in 2011. The program has given numerous graduates, and some of them have started to serve as a teaching assistant at higher education institution and some have begun serving as behavior analyst to children and families with disabilities. This program is the first and only program of its kind in Turkey. The second development is the establishment of an affiliated chapter (ABA Turkey). It has been founded in 2013. We are at the crawling stage regarding getting recognized nationally as well as internationally. The aims and objectives of both graduate program and ABA Turkey Chapter will be shared with the audience. Although institutional developments are relatively new, principles and procedures of behavior analysis have been used at clinical l and research level in special education area for the last two decades. Examples of them will be shared during the presentation.
 
92. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
93.

California Association for Behavior Analysis

Jennifer Harris (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Matt McAlear (California Association for Behavior Analysis), Sarah E. Trautman-Eslinger (STE Consultants, LLC), SHARLET D. RAFACZ (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The California Association for Behavior Analysis remains committed to actively serving our membership and consumers of ABA. Annual highlights include another sold out Regional Conference in Long Beach, California and significant increase in our membership, with just over 2500 current members. Further, we have continued to support both our behavior analysts working in academia and those practicing in clinical settings. Our annual Science Retreat for university faculty lead by our Academic Liaisons was a big success. We also held numerous Town Hall Meetings,“Listen and Lunch” gatherings, and webinars for our members throughout the year. Further, we partnered with APBA and headed to Atlanta to support new ABA providers with another ABA Business Bootcamp. Our public policy committee has also been active as we prepare a new 2019 licensure bill. To that end, outreach has been a priority for our organization. We have established a separate Stakeholder Advisory Committee to increase communication and opportunities for dialog regarding the importance of licensure in our state. Additionally, this committee has provided an optimal forum for networking with those outside of behavior analysis including professionals commonly part of interdisciplinary treatment teams. Looking ahead, we are planning for our 2020 Conference and hosting of additional member events, and we are continuing our efforts to disseminate our science to a wider population, including the general public. Ultimately, we remain guided by our founding mission to advance, promote, and protect the science and practice of behavior analysis.

 
94. Colorado Association for Behavior Analysis
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract: The Colorado Association for Behavior Analysis (COABA) was founded as a nonprofit Colorado corporation in June 2014. It is both a chapter of ABAI and an affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. COABA’s mission is to advance awareness about, the development of, and access to the science and practice of behavior analysis in the state of Colorado. COABA’s 2018 activities include efforts to grow membership, host a convention for members annually, dissemination information about behavior analysis in Colorado, and provide support to members in the area of public policy work. More information about COABA can be found at www.coaba.org and www.facebook.com/groups/COABA.
 
95. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis: A Year in Review
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavioral Health Services)
Abstract: The Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) is a professional organization that seeks to promote and advance the science, research and practice of applied behavior analysis in the state of Connecticut. As a professional organization, CTABA is dedicated to supporting the theoretical, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior across a wide array of applications and audiences by providing practitioner support, education opportunities, and by working to promote public understanding of the science. CTABA hosts a variety of events throughout the year such as an annual conference, workshops, socials and networking events. This poster will highlight some of our events from the past year as well as provide data on current and past membership.
 
96. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes)
Abstract: Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 by clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by; encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; hosting conferences and workshops to educate general public; arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware; and functioning as a contact of ABAI.
 
97.

Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis

Nicole Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Sienna VanGelder (Autism Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Luis Rodriguez (Idaho State University), ZACH MAPLE (Developmental Disabilities Resource Center)
Abstract:

The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International, an organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in the Four Corners region of the United States.

 
98. Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), Carolyn Trump (University of Georgia)
Abstract: The Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis (GABA) is dedicated to supporting behavior analysts in the state of Georgia. We have several goals dedicated to advancing behavior analysis in Georgia. First, we provide a professional network resource for behavior analysts in Georgia. Through this network, we promote collaboration, dissemination of recent research, sharing ideas, and discussing needs. Second, we promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis and encourage ethical practice through offering live continuing education in this domain during our annual conference as well as postings related to current information in the field. Third, we serve as a resource for caregivers and other individuals seeking ABA services in Georgia. Lastly, we host an annual regional ABA conference where we provide continuing education through presentations from leading researchers in the field of behavior analysis, as well as events to promote local networking. Professional and student behavior analysts in Georgia are encouraged to join GABA and gain access to valuable information and opportunities to promote professional development.
 
99.

Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis

Kathleen Penland (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis), ANGELA BROFF (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Hawai’i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, advocate for community needs, support service providers and parents, educate community leaders, and promote the advancement of behavior analysis locally. HABA works diligently on legislative and policy issues that impact our community (e.g., autism insurance, behavior analyst licensure, sustainability initiatives) and aims to educate local policymakers about our science. HABA offers several in person- and online- workshops for educators, parents, students, and practitioners. In addition, every Fall, HABA hosts an annual convention located on Oahu.

 
100. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA)
STEPHANIE GORBOLD (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA))
Abstract: The Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) is an associate chapter of Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The chapter was established in order to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Illinois to stay up to date on legislative issues as they apply to our field as well as to offer continuing education and advocacy for ABA practitioners throughout our state. ILABA is a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Authorized Continuing Education (ACE) provider. The organization offers a membership and agency directory, annual conference, job board, representation on practitioner and academic committees, and additional resources to all members.
 
101. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
JANICE L. HUBER (LaBAA)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is the Louisiana affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization which shares the Association for Behavior Analysis International's mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association also strives to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and and to promote compliance with relevant ethics standards.
 
102. The Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: The Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) was established in 2010 to support the science and practice of behavior analysis in Massachusetts. As the home of over 2000 BCBA’s and 17 BACB Verified Course Sequences (VCS) ®, Massachusetts boasts the highest per capita concentration of behavior analysts in the world. MassABA has focused its efforts to support the growth of our field by supporting behavior analysts seeking licensure, advocating for timely reimburse of ABA services by state funding sources, and hosting an annual conference that brings diverse behavior analytic voices and applications to our membership.
 
103. Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Northeastern University), Rebecca A. Markovits (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: BABAT supports and promotes the professional practice of applied behavior analysis in Massachusetts. To accomplish this goal, we conduct an annual conference of international scholars, researchers, and practitioners, as well as provide other continuing education opportunities for behavior analysts. Additionally, we disseminate professional practice advisory policies and alert members to regional and national issues affecting the practice of ABA. BABAT also encourages the advancement of ABA by promoting student scholarship and research along with recognizing the leaders in the field and their enduring contributions. Finally, BABAT supports legislative advocacy for the professional practice of ABA.
 
104. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Elise Pearl (Eastern Michigan University), Eleah Sunde (Eastern Michigan University), Morgan Wright (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Natalie Morris (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
105. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis
Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University), SARA CAMILLE DIAZ DE VILLEGAS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis is a membership-based organization devoted to promoting scholarly interchange in behavior analysis through its annual Fall convention. The annual convention also allows for dissemination of the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts residing in the Midwestern United States.
 
106. Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Abstract: The Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 2005 to: Provide a professional network and resources for behavior analysts in the Northland Be a voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis Be a resource for those seeking ABA services in the Northland Organize an annual ABA conference
 
107. Montana Association for Behavior Analysis (MTABA) and the Development of the Executive Board
ANNA M YOUNG (Montana State University, Billings)
Abstract: The mission of the MTABA is to promote the field of behavior analysis with support for education, research, and practice. Specifically, the organization serves as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, disseminates information to promote its mission to a wider audience, and organizes an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter. In the Fall of 2018, the association set out to fortify the processes of its executive board and corresponding committees. The committees include the Membership Committee, the Program Committee, the Publications Committee, and the Public Policy Committee. The poster will describe a development of each committee’s duties, processes, accomplishments, and corresponding tools used to achieve set goals. Barriers to implementation of committees’ goals and methods for arriving at solutions will be discussed in hopes of sharing and gaining feedback from other members of the behavior analytic community.
 
108.

Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis

Mariela Castro (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer A. Bonow (Sage Collective), HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno), Positive Behavior Support (Positive Behavior Support)
Abstract:

The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is committed to its mission to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice.

 
109. New Hampshire ABA (NHABA)
MARY RACHEL ENOCH (Antioch University New England)
Abstract: The New Hampshire Association of Behavior Analysis (NHABA) was founded as a chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in 2013 to advance Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) within the state of New Hampshire. Our mission is to promote the ethical practice of Applied Behavior Analysis by supporting the development of state standards for practice, promoting research and public education, supporting professional development of behavior analysts and behavior technicians, and raising awareness of the association and it services. NHABA held its third annual conference this past September, hosting a great speaker line up to an audience of 360 people. During the past year, NHABA continued to carry out other aspects of its mission through a variety of activities, including ethics and supervision training, membership development, and dissemination of news and information relevant to the practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. Additionally, the association hosted free community events for parents and educators, with members presenting information about the use of behavior analysis to assist with common childhood issues.
 
110. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
DANA R. REINECKE (Capella University; New York State Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: As a State affiliate chapter of ABAI, NYSABA is the representative body of the profession of behavior analysis within the State of New York. This poster will present information on NYSABA including history, current activities, and future goals. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis happening in New York State.
 
111. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis: Celebrating 30 Years (1989-2019)
RUTH M. HURST (Central Regional Hospital), Selene Johnson (North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis), Whitney Luffman (Autism Society of NC), Kristi Toward (North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis), Callie E. Plattner (Access Family Services), Leigh Ann Strain (Carolina Center for ABA and Autism Treatment), Nancy Poteet (North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis), Aleck Myers (North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) is celebrating 30 years. The history of NCABA shows the growth and current strength of the organization. The 30th Annual Conference, chaired by Selene Johnson, President, included keynotes from Carol Pilgrim, William Ahearn, Scott Geller, Mark Galizio, Nicholas Weatherly and Greg Hanley as well as a panel on Women in Leadership in Behavior Analysis, chaired by Carol Pilgrim and including Judy Favell, Susan Schneider, and Gina Green. They joined past speakers including Carol Pilgrim, Linda LeBlanc, Fred Keller, Murray Sidman, and Brian Iwata. The organization receives the strong support from founding members such as Jim Phillips and Rod Realon. Ongoing support for the association has also come from state residential centers and universities including UNC-Wilmington and UNC-Charlotte. NCABA provides continuing education at their conferences, is promoting legislation for licensure of behavior analysts, and publishes a Newsletter edited by Jamie Clary.
 
112. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis
DAWN ALLISON BAILEY (Oregon Institute of Technology), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. Founded in 2009, ORABA is an official chapter of Association for Behavior Analysis International, an affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts and an ACE Provider for the BACB. Our board consists of teachers and practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis who care deeply about helping their communities. Our aims are to disseminate information about ABA, provide educational opportunities for parents and providers, and advocate legislative policies that protect consumers of ABA services.
 
113. Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Temple University), Beth J. Rosenwasser (JCHAI), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Jessica Kendorski (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine)
Abstract: The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis Chapter was created with the mission to to bring together new and established behavior analysts from the region. The Philadelphia Metropolitan region includes areas regionally surrounding Philadelphia in the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland. Specifically this includes but is not limited to areas such as: New Castle County, Delaware; Cecil County, Maryland; Burlington, Camden, Cumberland, Gloucester, Mercer, and Salem Counties in New Jersey, and Berks, Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania. Our objective is to provide continuing education for behavior analysts in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. Another primary goal of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic, as many of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment.
 
114.

Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis

KELLY BANNA (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Kim Epting (Elon University), Sherry Serdikoff (Savannah State University), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.

 
115. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA)
SARAH A. LECHAGO (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Zachary H. Morford (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis is a 1400 member state chapter whose mission is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states (Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico). TxABA hosts an annual 8-track conference over 3 days during the spring (the next conference will be April 23-36, 2020 in San Antonio, TX). Every year we invite respected academics and practitioners from around the world to speak at our conference. Just last year, TxABA's sister organization - the TxABA Public Policy Group (PPG) - with help from numerous volunteers, successfully worked with state legislators to pass licensure in the state. Licensure became active as of September 1, 2018.
 
116. Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis
JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Texana Center), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project), Ellen R. Catoe (Texana Center)
Abstract: Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis (LSABA) is a local ABAI affiliate, serving the Houston area in Texas. LSABA is proud to be a rapidly-growing membership of professionals and educators who are dedicated to promoting Applied Behavior Analysis, the importance of professional Board Certification and Licensure, and to serving needs within the Houston area. LSABA has a Peer Support Committee in order to better support providers in the greater Houston area. In addition, LSABA provides professional discussion and development, opportunities for continuing education, professional networking, and collaboration with other local organizations to provide training and other services for professionals and consumers alike. LSABA welcomes new members across disciplines who utilize Applied Behavior Analysis in a variety of applications.
 
117. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA)
SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Chrysalis), Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah), Justin Naylor (Affinity Behavior and Mental Health Services), Jane I. Carlson (Utah Valley University; Utah Behavior Services, Inc.), Christian Sabey (Brigham Young University), Jesse Yarger (Chrysalis), Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University), Lauren Marie Perez (UtABA)
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) has been established to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Utah. We help behavior analysts stay up to date on issues as they apply to our field and advocate for behavior analysis practitioners and educators through out the state. We encourage professional development by offering continuing education opportunities through our annual conference, quarterly webinars and information about local events that apply to behavior analysis.
 
118.

The Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis: An Affiliated Chapter of ABAI

CHRISTINE EVANKO (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The mission of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote and support the practice, research and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. In order to meet our mission VABA has set forth the following goals: 1. Improve Viability and Sustainability of the Organization, 2. Provide Quality Service to Our Members, and 3. Advocate for the Science of Behavior Analysis in the Commonwealth.

 
119.

District of Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis Inaugural Year

LERA JOYCE JOHNSON (DC ABA; St. Coletta of Greater Washington; George Mason University), Mary Caruso-Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Barbara J. Kaminski (Green Box ABA, PLLC), Joseph Michael Clem (Alternative Paths Training School), Tamara J. Marder (Johns Hopkins University), David Mittermaier (Capital ABA, LLC), Colleen Williams (BACB), Jacquelin Jackson (J & C Behavioral Therapy, LLC)
Abstract:

District ABA was formed in summer 2017 to promote the professional practice, ethics, research, and dissemination of behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Washington Metropolitan area (aka DMV). We incorporated in February 2018 and have filed an application to become a non-profit. DC ABA was recognized as an affiliate chapter of ABAI on March 20, 2018. In the past year, DC ABA has formed four committees. Public Policy Committee: This committee will advise and assist the board regarding matters involving behavior analysis and governmental entities. The first goal is to pursue a licensure law for BCBAs who serve individuals in the District. Marketing/Publications Committee: This committee focuses on distributing information to raise awareness of behavior in the District Programs Committee: This committee is responsible for organization and management of DCABA’s annual conference and business meeting. Membership Committee: This focus of this committee is on recruitment and dissemination of information to DCABA members. In June, 2018, DC ABA offered its first practicum fair in collaboration with The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in DC. Topics included developing cultural awareness in training behavior analysis, supervision, and serving children with ASD and its ethical implications.

 
120.

Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis

Mahin Para-Cremer (Integrated Development Services), NICOLE SCHARRER (WisABA)
Abstract:

The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis (WisABA) serves as the state chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). WisABA was founded in 2004 and embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. We endeavor to provide a professional development and networking forum for behavior analysts. WisABA serves as an advocacy group for behavior analysts and the people they serve. WisABA membership affords professionals the opportunity to network with other professionals and to grow the field in Wisconsin. Membership in WisABA opens the door to the support and insight of other behavior-analytic professionals in Wisconsin, an intangible and potentially invaluable opportunity. WisABA creates opportunities for accessible continuing education in behavior analysis, including credits applicable to renewing Board Certification in Behavior Analysis (BCBA). WisABA offers career and professional development through its annual conference offerings. The annual WisABA conference gives students a forum for sharing data from clinical training and applied and laboratory research activities, as well as a place to connect with other behavior analysis students and professionals from Wisconsin and around the country. Students can learn of job openings throughout the state and region, and meet/learn about potential employers.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #174
Special Interest Groups
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
121. Autism Special Interest Group
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract: The purpose autism special interest group was developed to 1) promote evidence based practices in regard to treatment for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), 2) promote best practices as it relates to procedures/interventions based upon the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as it relates to individuals diagnosed with ASD, 3) help individuals diagnosed with ASD, families of individuals diagnosed with ASD, and consumers to identify components of evidence based practices, quality behavioral intervention, and effective treatments, 4) help protect individuals diagnosed with ASD and their families from ineffective, non-evidence based, and/or potential harmful treatment(s), 5) serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, and 6) organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.
 
122. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
VALERIE SEGURA (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens)
Abstract: The mission of the Applied Animal Behavior SIG is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. Please come check out the great work that our members are doing in a variety of settings!
 
123. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is the Association for Behavior Analysis International's oldest Special Interest Group, dating back to 1977 as Behaviorists for Social Action. The group offers behavior analysts the opportunity to meet other behavior analysts with progressive social and political perspectives, to develop programming in the convention and field that advances progressive social problem solving, and to provide prompts that facilitate research and applied interventions that address progressive solutions to a wide range of social problems and issues. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility recently transferred the peer-reviewed open-access journal Behavior and Social Issues to ABAI, so now concentrates on presenting symposia, workshops, and papers at the annual ABAI convention. It also initiated its Matrix Project about five years, an effort to foster pragmatic, concrete problem-solving interventions in 26 societal sectors, such as education and politics. A goal of the Matrix Project is to interest additional behavior analysts to join Matrix teams working in the initial sectors. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an an affiliated SIG of ABAI and welcomes all ABAI members to join the discussions and contribute to progressive social change..
 
124. Behavioral Development Special Interest Group
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Columbia University Teachers College), JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe (Fred S. Keller School and Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The Behavioral Development SIG of the Association for Behavior Analysis was created with the mission to promote and support research and theory designed to identify environmental variables that establish and interact with behavioral development, and show how these variables relate to behavioral principles and instructional procedures in other areas, and how they can be manipulated to promote desirable developmental outcomes. Specifically, the organization shall: (a) Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members. (b) Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience © Organize an annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter, and (d) Recognize individuals or groups of individuals who have made significant contributions to further the cause of this SIG. Conference attendees are invited to come and meet the members of the Dev SIG and learn more!
 
125.

Association for Behavior Analysis International Special Interest Group: Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis

TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA), Esther Bubb-McKinnie (Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of teaching families in reducing recidivism and the improvement of prison drug programs. ABA has been helpful in guiding the court system in identifying effective sanctions, called graduated sanctions, understanding the effects of behavioral/cognitive-behavioral programs on recidivism, parent training, functional behavioral assessment and team problem solving schools for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students. It has also impacted the assessment of child sexual abuse. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans’ fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. The Mission of the Crime, Delinquency and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group is to ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency.

 
126.

Acceptance and Commitment Training and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group

EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Evelyn Rachael Gould (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Abstract:

The ACT and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group was launched in 2018. This paper provides an overview of the current SIG Board and initial SIG initiatives, including various committees and task forces. Initial actions included developing the SIG mission, name and objectives, reviewing leadership selection and structure, and communications and activities initiatives.

 
127. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
128. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysts International focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group. We hope that the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.
 
129. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
TORI HUMISTON (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Allison A. Ilem (Spectrum Health Medical Group), Christopher Walmsley (Humboldt State University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (SIG) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems that occur later in life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The Expo poster and its presenters will offer information about the current areas of special interest to behavior analysts working with older adults, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, staff or family training, individual clinical interventions, and human operant studies to examine the loss of verbal skills in the case of neurodegenerative diseases. The poster will detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, workforce development, and the steps to become a SIG member along with social media links and contact information.
 
131. Clinical Special Interest Group
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) involves the application of behavior analytic principles to the full range of human problems, many of which have traditionally been considered “mental health” issues. CBA clinicians work with the relationship between thoughts, feelings, and other behavior to help people move beyond their problems and toward living more fulfilling lives. The Clinical SIG is dedicated to facilitating collaboration between researchers and clinicians to further the field’s ability to apply clinical populations. This group seeks to promote Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) at ABAI and is interested in maintaining the longstanding relationship between basic research and clinical application.
 
132.

Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

Ashley Fiorilli (Animate Behavior), MIGUEL AVILA (PCMA)
Abstract:

To disseminate the science of human behavior to the public at large, through the use of easy to understand explanations. Our goal is to promote behavior analysis in a positive and accurate light, to help society realize the potential of our science. If you are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis worldwide, this is the place for you. We're looking to release behavior analysis from its pigeon-holes, and really publicize the potential our science has to develop global solutions in all realms of life. Behavior Analysts have demonstrated our efficacy in very specific populations, and we're really good at proving that our interventions work...to ourselves. We are not as good at getting the word out to those who aren't aware of the science of behavior!

 
133. ABAI Ethics SIG
DAVID J. COX (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: The Ethics SIG exists to enhance the current state of and provide recommendations for ethical conduct for all individuals who use the title “behavior analyst.” This shall be accomplished through publications within established professional journals and support of behavior analysts pertaining to ethical matters via ethical consultative services; education of behavior analysts through presentations at international and local ABAI chapter conferences; facilitation of the advancement of a behavior analytic approach to ethical decision making; and dissemination of ethical opinions pertaining to all areas of applied behavior analysis, the experimental analysis of behavior, and behaviorism. The scope of ethical focus will include all areas of research, applied work, and academics pertaining to the analysis of behavior.
 
134. Gambling Special Interest Group
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: The mission of the Gambling Special Interest Group (G-SIG) is to foster the growth of gambling research in behavior analysis through collaborative research efforts, the coordination of presentations, and the sharing of resources to the mutual benefit of the field, its adherents, and those who are impacted by such endeavors. Membership is open to all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the G-SIG community of researchers and practitioners. Membership benefits include complementary access to The Handle, the SIG’s newsletter which brings members up to speed with the latest research and technology in gambling. The Handle also covers industry news and the latest issues in gambling to aid researchers and practitioners in maintaining close contact with their subject matter. Other benefits include research software available through the G-SIG website. A variety of custom-made, dynamic software programs including roulette, dice rolling, and slot machines are available for download and further customization.
 
135.

Health, Sports, and Fitness SIG

JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC), Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC), Natalie Juhlin (United States Army)
Abstract:

The mission of the Health, Sports & Fitness Special Interest Group (SIG) is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sports and fitness (HSF). The Health, Sports & Fitness SIG's current activities and goals are 1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sports, and fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sports and fitness (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members. Current members participate in research and practice in the areas of health and wellness training with individuals with and without disabilities, sports training and workplace wellness. SIG members have the opportunity to network for practice and research purposes, as well as learning ways to become more involved in the areas of health, sports, and fitness as behavior analysts.

 
136. The History of Behavior Analysis (HOBA) Special Interest Group
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: This poster describes the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. Our vision is to advance and expand behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Our strategies include maintaining a Listserv and a website, holding annual business meetings at the ABAI conventions, and implementing strategic initiatives. Our current initiatives include (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic sources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the HoBA (website historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to related websites); and (f) enhancing the SIG’s ABA Expo Poster (e.g., identifying behavior analysts in old pictures). If you are interested in the SIG’s vision, mission, and initiatives, please visit our poster and learn something new about our common behavioral past!
 
137. Military/Veterans SIG
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract: Abstract: Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US and UK military and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has been used in developing effective treatments. The EXPO poster will focus on how behavior analysis can assist current military personnel and veterans to reintegrate into society after experiencing trauma associated with experiences in war and other conflict situations. We wish to spread the word that behavior analysis is a viable option that is and should continue to be employed with this group. We look at the role of behavior analysis in the service of nations and in lessening the suffering of military personnel and veterans.
 
138. Neuroscience SIG: Your Brain on Behavior
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: Abstract: We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to visit the expo and speak to us.
 
139. Organizational Behavior Management Network
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network accomplishes this mission through networking, journal publications, newsletters, online resources, and a bi-annual conference.
 
140.

Positive Behavior Support (PBS) Special Interest Group

JODIE SORACCO (UNR), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Abstract:

Positive behavior support (PBS), a systems approach, uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behavior. Behavior analysts involved in PBS operate within various levels from providing direct supports to individuals to applying principles to broad systems (e.g., organizations, schools). The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession.

 
141. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis SIG
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Amego, Inc)
Abstract: The Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis (PIBA) SIG is a special interest group that focuses on all areas of specialization for behavior analyst practitioners. This SIG provides a means of discussion, support and potential for action if warranted among ABAI members. The SIG collaborates with other SIGs and boards of ABAI or external organizations as individual members on legal and ethical issues pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis. We promote and support means of ensuring the continued ability for behavior analysts to practice as independent practitioners. The SIG provides a means of communicating about current trends and concerns pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis, licensing matters, legislation issues, insurance regulations and billing practices and updates, and efforts to place barriers for such practice by outside organizations or individuals. our SIG can be a place for practitioners to share information and discuss opportunities and strategies to promote the practice of behavior analysis.
 
142. Standard Celeration Society
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), Mary Kathryn Reagan (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The Society’s mission is to enable measurement of learning and performance to better understand, manage, and improve the well-being of individuals, organizations and the World. The Society’s heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley. The SCS has been focusing its efforts on building a sustainable organization. With the committed work of the Board of Directors and an incredible volunteer force of a President, ten Vice Presidents, Associate VPs and committee members we are making great strides towards that aim. The Society has always encouraged the development and growth of a science of human behavior, and learning, and promoted using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Come learn about member benefits, special-interest tracks at our annual conference, and so much more.
 
143. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Barbara Gross (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality, LLC), Shane Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.), Janani Vaidya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robin Moyher (George Mason University)
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex research to behavior analysts working in applied settings. The Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
144.

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House), LINA SLIM-TOPDJIAN (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Deirdre Muldoon (The College of Saint Rose), Heather Forbes (The University of Kansas), Landa L. Fox (Positive Connections), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and nally, the various benets of membership in and donation to our SIG. The SIG’s mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally-oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG's various social media. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.

 
145. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Amanda P. Laprime (Center for Children with Special Needs & Northeastern University), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract: The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to people around the world who are interested in Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and a behavioral approach to language. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. VB News is the newsletter published twice annually with featured labs, interviews, and articles by both students and influential researchers. The VB SIG Student Group is a forum for students to discuss verbal behavior and write article summaries for our website and newsletter. Students can apply to two annual research awards: one for a completed research project in verbal behavior, and one for a grant proposal for a study in verbal behavior. These awards are presented at the annual business meeting at ABAI, as is the Jack Michael Award for enduring contributions to the study of verbal behavior. There are many ways to interact with others interested in verbal behavior, such as through our website, our listserv, Facebook, emails, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the VB SIG and to get involved.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #175
Other Organizations
Saturday, May 25, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
146.

Research Training in Drug Abuse Behavior at the University of Kentucky

WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky), Hannah Knudsen (University of Kentucky), Craig Roy Rush (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

The University of Kentucky Department of Behavioral Science has housed a NIDA-funded T32 training program for the last 20 years, and recently secured funding for an additional five years. The program prepares pre- and post-doctoral trainees to assume translational and multidisciplinary research responsibilities in academic and other scientific organizations concerned with substance use disorders (SUDs). Pre-doctoral trainees concentrate in translational and interdisciplinary aspects of SUDs as part of a doctoral program in a behavioral science discipline (e.g., psychology, sociology). Post-doctoral fellows, having a doctorate in a behavioral science discipline, are preparing to lead and design research on SUDs. Elements of the program include: 1) training in the basic building blocks of research (e.g., experimental design, data analysis) and independent research competence, 2) a translational and interdisciplinary orientation taking students beyond their basic discipline and providing exposure to key theoretical concepts and methodological issues related to SUD research, 3) professional development to support a career in SUD research, 4) exploration of SUD-related topics from a medical-behavioral perspective through courses offered by training faculty, 5) training in ethics and responsible conduct of research specific to behavioral SUD research, and 6) opportunities for research around relevant questions in SUDs.

 
147.

Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies

MARY SAWYER (TEAM Coaching), Robert Holdsambeck (Holdsambeck Behavioral Health), Amanda P. Laprime (Center for Children with Special Needs; Northeastern University), Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.), Charles T. Merbitz (Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions)
Abstract:

The Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) is a 501 (c) 3 nonprofit organization that harnesses the expertise of hundreds of behavioral scientists to solve problems in the home, school, community, and the workplace. The CCBS mission is to advance the scientific study of behavior and its humane application to the solution of practical problems, including the prevention and relief of human suffering. Founded by Dr. Robert Epstein in 1981, the CCBS has three goals: to create and deliver trustworthy information on high quality behavioral services and science around the world; to promote global collaboration among behavioral organizations; and to improve the future of behavioral science by educating and developing the next wave of behavioral scientists and practitioners. Most CCBS work is through the voluntary efforts of its directors, trustees, and advisors. These individuals represent the best experts in behavioral science and practice. They develop the highest quality video instruction and presentations, evaluate and accredit world-class programs of workplace safety and applied behavior analysis services, write books and articles, and produce video and audio broadcasts that are distributed through the CCBS online store and over the Internet.

 
149.

Association for Science in Autism Treatment

DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free online publication, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/newsletter/

 
150.

European ABA

HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Christoph F. Boerdlein (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg), Christos Nikopoulos (Autism Consultancy Services, London), Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia), Zuilma Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

European ABA is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysis in Europe. http://www.europeanaba.org/ Our mission is 1. To provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis. 2. To encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe. 3. To organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis. 4. To establish and maintain relations between behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. 5. To maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by email to info@europeanaba.org

 
151. Foxylearning: Awesome Online Learning for Behavioral Science
NICOLE L. BANK (The PartnerShip, LLC), Eric J. Fox (Foxylearning LLC)
Abstract: Foxylearning’s mission is to expand knowledge and understanding of behavior analysis by making awesome online learning that is effective, open, affordable, fun, and easy to use. Our products build on the rich history of innovation in instructional design by behavior analysts, combining key elements of programmed instruction and the personalized system of instruction with evidence-based best practices for multimedia training. We offer fully online, interactive, multimedia, self-paced, and mastery-based tutorials that are made available to the general public free of charge and can be used as a course supplement or to earn continuing education credit. Tutorials on verbal behavior, relational frame theory, visual analysis of single-subject data, and teaching listener responding to children with autism are currently offered. We also offer interactive videos and research articles that can be completed for continuing education. This poster offers further details about our products, guidelines for integrating them into a course or training program, and information for content experts interested in working with Foxylearning to develop new tutorials or videos.
 
152. Behavior Analysis Online at the University of North Texas
BROOK B. WHEETLEY (University of North Texas), Mariah Hope (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Behavior Analysis Online (BAO) is pleased to announce our fully online Master of Arts (MA) in Applied Behavior Analysis and Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) 5th edition Verified Course Sequence beginning Fall 2019! The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis, which includes the 5th edition Verified Course Sequence, is a one-year professional practice degree program designed to provide the knowledge base for effective and compassionate practice of behavior analysis. In addition, a stand-alone 5th edition Verified Course Sequence will be offered for students who already have a master’s degree or are on their way to earning one. ABAI has verified this course sequence toward the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® examination. Applicants will need to meet additional requirements before they can be deemed eligible to take the examination. BAO also offers Continuing Education credits online. We have over 100 lectures, journal articles, and workshops on topics such as supervision, ethics, autism, and gerontology.
 
153. Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program With Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization at East Carolina University
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Elei Stuart (Behavioral Consultation & Psychological Services)
Abstract: East Carolina University has pediatric school and clinical health psychology programs that lead to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the student’s chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the American Psychological Association and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers.
 
154. TBA SIG
DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group’s (TBA SIG) mission is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting. Therefore, the TBA SIG continues to be the prominent place for discussions regarding behavior analysis, both basic and applied. Founded in 1991, it is one of the oldest special interest groups in ABAI. We are one of the largest ABAI SIGs, we count as members some of the top behavior analysts in the world. All behavior analysts teach others to change behavior—whether it's staff trainers, parent educators, university professors, or others. Therefore, by nature we discuss things that are of universal interest to behavior analysts—intervention techniques, basic behavioral principles, and teaching others. We are also one of the most diverse groups of individuals who represent all facets of behavior analysis including clinicians, researchers, students, and consumers. The TBA SIG continues to develop outlets and resources for sharing tools and strategies for teaching and learning more about behavior analysis.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}